Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Publication
Publication
Publication
JANUARY 2017
Worldwide contacts
Product areas
1.1
1
Table of contents
These should be left on before
continuing into the Product Handbook
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- Left click and drag the bottom right of the right page to turn the page, or the bottom left of the left page
(This option is not available on the cover page). The cursor will change to a hand to indicate when this is possible.
To search for an item use the text field at the top right of the screen and enter a Spirax Sarco
product name or a Masterfile number.
You will often get more than one result, this is because all the instances are listed.
1 Search function
By selecting any entries in the list, you will jump directly to that document, with the word you searched
for highlighted.
(Note: please do not use spaces between nomenclature .i.e. type PN1000 rather than PN 1000 and
when typing a masterfile reference number please use hyphens i.e. P612-14).
2 Table of contents These should be left on before continuing into the Product Handbook.
3 Print This option allows you to print either single or multiple pages.
5 Magnifier This enables you to zoom in and out of the page for closer detail. There is a zoom bar at the bottom.
7 Previous page
8 Next page
Introduction
The Spirax Sarco Product Handbook contains the technical information for our most popular range of products for
steam and other industrial fluids.
As well as the products within this handbook, many Spirax Sarco companies can supply further products or services
on request. These may include steam trap surveys and complete packaged solutions which can provide you with plant 1.2
automation. If the product or service you need is not listed in this handbook, contact your local Spirax Sarco sales
company representative.
The documents shown in this book are for initial specification purposes only. Safety information together with
installation and maintenance instructions are provided with every product supplied. Consult your local Spirax Sarco
office if you require help in correctly selecting your product.
The latest technical information is available for our full product range on spiraxsarco.com. The website also offers
other practical information, such as the Steam Engineering Tutorials, which provides useful advice on the design and
maintenance of steam and condensate systems, and other resources such as a Unit Conversion Calculator and Steam
Tables, to help you with day-to-day engineering calculations.
Please note that this is an international publication and not all products are available in all countries.
Approvals
Spirax-Sarco Limited has a certified management system approved against BS EN ISO 9001, OHSAS 18001 and
BS EN ISO 14001 standards. The current certification body used is Lloyds Register Quality Assurance (LRQA).
All products sold into the European Union must comply with all applicable European Directives.
The European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 2014 / 68 / EU applies to many Spirax Sarco products, and the
company has approvals against the requirements of PED Modules B, D and H.
Please contact your local Spirax Sarco sales company representative for further information on marking and
PED categories.
Return to contents
Spirax Sarco
worldwide contacts
Operating Companies
EMEA Americas
Belgium Argentina
1.3 Zwijnaarde +32 9 244 6710 Buenos Aires +54 11 4589 1300
Czech Republic Brazil
Prague +420 274 001 351 São Paulo +55 11 4615 9000
Denmark Canada
Birkerød +45 38 10 4288 Toronto +1 905 660 5510
Egypt Chile
Cairo +20 2 24 17 44 91 Santiago +56 2 2616 2550
Finland Columbia
Helsinki +358 9 4136 1611 Cali +57 2 372 5232
France Mexico
Trappes +33 1 3066 4343 Santa Catarina +81 8220 3600 10
Germany Peru
Konstanz +49 7531 5806 0 Cercado de Lima +51 1 3394-005
Italy USA
Milan +39 0362 49171 Blythewood, SC +1 800 575 0394
Middle East (UAE)
Sharjah +971 6 5575226 Asia Pacific
Netherlands Australia
Rotterdam +31 10 892 03 86 Sydney +61 2 9852 3100
Norway China
Skedsmokorset +47 67 06 7680 Shanghai +86 21 2416 3666
Poland India
Warsaw +48 22 843 76 97 Pune +91 20 27145595
Portugal Indonesia
Carnaxide +351 21 417 5093 Jakarta +62 21 8379 7233
Russia Japan
St Petersburg +7 812 640 90 44 Chiba +81 43 274 4811
South Africa Malaysia
Gauteng +27 11 230 1300 Petaling Jaya +60 3 5635 3323
Spain New Zealand
Barcelona +34 9 3 685 79 29 Auckland +64 9 263 4205
Sweden Philippines
Stockholm +46 8 556 322 30 Makati City +63 2812 8654
Switzerland Singapore
Zollikon +41 44 396 80 00 Singapore +65 6 349 0480
Turkey South Korea
Istanbul +90 216 600 08 00 Seoul +82 2 3489 3489
UK and Ireland Taiwan
Cheltenham +44 1242 521361 Taipei +886 2 2662 6689
Thailand
Bangkok +66 2 374 0344
Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City +84 8 9974324
spiraxsarco.com
Some of the products in this Handbook may not be available in certain markets.
Local regulations may restrict the use of the products shown to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.
Sales Offices
EMEA Americas
Austria Costa Rica
Vienna +43 1 699 6411 Panama 1.4
Hungary Ecuador
Budapest +36 1 222 3708 Jamundí-Valle +57 2 5142626
Jordan
Amman +962 7766 02727 Asia Pacific
Kazakhstan Hong Kong
Almaty +7 812 640 90 44 Kowloon +852 2754 9828
Kenya
Nairobi +254 20 4443340
Romania
Cluj +40 364 404752
Slovak Republic
Trnava +421 918 994 973
Ukraine
Kiev +380 44 585 3495
Return to contents
1.5
1.6
Spirax Sarco
the products
for steam and related
industrial fluids
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1.7
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
3
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
Contents
Complete integrated solutions 06
Packaged heat exchangers, product assemblies, system audits, design, installation, maintenance and
project management.
1.9
Boiler controls and systems 10
Feedtanks, level controls and alarms, feedpump check valves, boiler blowdown valves, TDS control
systems, steam injection systems, sample coolers, heat recovery systems, conductivity meters, condensate
contamination detectors, blowdown vessels and vent heads.
Flowmeters 12
Variable area flowmeters, orifice plates, flow computers and display units.
Control systems 13
Pneumatically/electrically actuated two-port and three-port valves, positioners, programmable electronic
controllers, pneumatic transmitter controllers, pressure reducing valves, surplussing valves, safety valves,
self-acting temperature control valves and high limit temperature cut-outs.
Steam traps 16
Thermodynamic, ball float, balanced pressure, inverted bucket and bimetallic steam traps, sealed and
quickfit steam traps, Spiratec steam trap performance monitors and steam trapping stations.
Automatic steam (or gas) powered fluid pumps, pump-trap combinations, electric powered condensate
recovery units and flash steam recovery vessels.
Humidifiers 19
Direct steam injection humidifiers and Hygromatic self-generative humidifiers.
spiraxsarco.com
1.10
Pipeline ancillaries 21
Manifolds, separators, bellows sealed stop valves, check valves, diffusers, piston actuated isolation valves,
strainers, sight glasses, pressure gauges, air vents, vacuum breakers, hosedown stations, ball valves and
compressed air filters / regulators / lubricators.
10exchange 12
packages
06 13 16
18 19exchange 20exchange 21
packages packages
5
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1.11
Customer focused solutions Ready assembled control System audits Steam condition monitoring
partner systems
spiraxsarco.com
Spirax Sarco has the expertise and products our customers require regarding the use of steam and other related
industrial fluids. Our offering makes us the perfect partner as a solutions provider. These solutions can range from simple
product assemblies to major turnkey projects such as boiler house upgrades. 1.12
System services
At Spirax Sarco we offer a complete range of services to ensure the effective and safe management of steam, condensate
and other industrial utility fluid systems.
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
7
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
• High purity generators Assemblies of products all selected and sized to provide an
A range of generators which produce clean steam, integrated solution. Some examples of packaged
pure steam or WFI (water for injection) conforming to solutions are:
1.13 recognised standards using plant steam as the primary
heat source. • Condensate pump / steam trap assemblies
Condensate pumps with steam trap and / or receiver
• Heat transfer solutions for the effective removal and return of condensate.
Packaged heat exchange solutions can be provided
to meet your exact requirements, offering a highly • Control valve / flowmeter stations
efficient solution to heating with steam. Compact units, Pre-assembled stations including matched products to
which include the unique EasiHeat™ and QuickHeat™ condition the fluid prior to controlling its temperature,
systems, are pre-assembled to offer quick, simple pressure etc., or measuring its flowrate. Includes all
installation, and speedy commissioning. To provide necessary downstream products.
complete flexibility we will also design and provide
unassembled heat exchange solutions to meet your
individual requirements.
Compact standard heat Clean and pure steam Specially designed heat Bespoke engineered systems
transfer packages generators transfer solutions
spiraxsarco.com
1.14
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
9
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
11
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
Flowmeters
Whatever your process or system requirements, there is a flowmeter to suit your needs from the Spirax Sarco range. Our
flowmeters have an unrivalled reputation for accuracy, turndown and reliability. They are versatile, being suitable for steam
as well as most liquids and gases. A comprehensive selection of flow computers and display units, all of which can be
linked to plant and building management systems, complement the range.
2 3 4 5
spiraxsarco.com
Control systems
To enable you to make the right choice for your application Spirax Sarco has developed a range of control systems ranging
from simple self-acting controls to systems that will fit into highly sophisticated control loops.
1 2
3 4 5
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
13
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
6 7 8 10 11
spiraxsarco.com
1.20
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
15
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
Steam traps
It is essential, without loss of live steam, to remove condensate and often air and other incondensable gases from steam
systems. The Spirax Sarco range of steam traps allows the best choice to be made for all applications. A steam trap
performance monitoring system complements the range.
Sizes up to DN100.
For pressures up to 80 bar.
Body material: cast iron, SG iron, cast steel or stainless steel.
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
5. Inverted bucket steam traps It will detect if traps are passing live steam or if they are
Inverted bucket traps are the most robust type of the waterlogged. 1.22
mechanical traps and will resist waterhammer. When the check
valve option has been fitted in the inlet, they can be used with The system either uses sensor chambers mounted
superheated steam. They are available with a wide selection of upstream of conventional steam traps, or integral
valve orifices for precise pressure and load matching. sensors in pipeline connectors or steam traps, giving a
signal to an external test point.
Sizes up to DN80.
For pressures up to 190 bar. Sizes up to DN50.
Body material: cast iron, cast steel, alloy steel or For pressures up to 32 bar.
stainless steel. Body material: carbon steel, SG iron or stainless steel.
5 6 7 8
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
17
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1. Automatic steam (or gas) powered condensate pumps 3. Electric powered condensate recovery units
1.23 This range of self-contained pumps uses steam or other A range of electrically powered condensate return pumps
pressurised gas as motive power and is designed to remove specially designed with low NPSH (Net Positive Suction
and recover condensate (or other fluids) under all operating Head) requirements to handle hot condensate in a
conditions. compact size.
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
Humidifiers
Control of relative humidity is growing in importance as new technologies and health requirements in the workplace demand
tighter environmental management. With both direct steam injection and self-generative humidifiers, Spirax Sarco can provide
the correct solution for your specific humidification needs.
1 2
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
19
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1.25
1. Generation 3. Pure and clean steam trapping
A comprehensive range of clean and pure steam generators A comprehensive range of thermodynamic and
and WFI distillation units designed and manufactured to cGMP, thermostatic steam traps developed specifically for clean
ISPE, ASME BPE and FDA guidelines to produce steam and and pure steam applications. This range includes traps
water in compliance with International Pharmacopia and that minimise condensate back-up for critical
HTM 2031/EN 285 standards. steam-in-place applications.
A variety of sanitary instrumentation is also available to Custom sanitary systems are also available including:
complete your control loop as well as sanitary safety valve to pure steam humidifiers, sanitary heat exchangers, pure
protect your system. steam and steam generators
1 1 2 2
3 3 4 4 4
spiraxsarco.com
Pipeline ancillaries
To achieve long and reliable service from steam plant equipment it is necessary that the steam is clean, dry and that
maintenance can easily be carried out.
Spirax Sarco provides the complete range of products to ensure the condition of the steam and the steam system itself is
properly maintained.
1.26
1. Manifolds 3. Check valves
A compact range of forged steel manifolds designed for steam This range of valves offers an effective, low maintenance
tracing applications. The manifolds have 4, 8 or 12 tracer line solution for the prevention of reverse flow in pipelines.
connections and are supplied with integral piston type isolation
valves. Pipeline sizes up to DN300.
For pressures up to 50 bar.
Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged connections. Body material: bronze or stainless steel.
Connections: wafer pattern or screwed.
2. Bellows sealed stop valves
Bellows sealed stop valves are ideal for any application where 4. Separators
minimal maintenance and zero emissions are required. Separators remove moisture from steam or gas
pipelines. They provide a drain point for condensate
Pipeline sizes up to DN250. droplets moving along the pipe wall and deflect entrained
For pressures up to 40 bar. droplets out of the main flow. Separators therefore
Body material: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or ensure that steam or gas is delivered to its point of
stainless steel. use dry - particularly important with highly rated plant
or equipment like sterilisers, where steam comes into
contact with the product.
1 2
3 4
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
21
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1.28
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
23
1.29
spiraxsarco.com
Product areas
Section 3 Flowmetering
Return to contents
Product highlights
1.31
Spirax Sarco TurboPower - Steam Microturbine Solutions TFA Flowmeter - point of use metering
STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring solution FT23 Geothermal Float Trap
Spirax Sarco Heat Pipe Heat Exchange solution SP400/500 electropneumatic valve positioners
When viewing the videos for the first time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select
the video again.
Spirax Sarco STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring Solution Spirax EasiHeat™
Return to contents
Our capabilities
1.33
When viewing the videos for the first time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select
the video again.
Return to contents
1.35
Boiler house
Bottom blowdown systems
Section 2
TI-P401-25
AB Issue 3
Available types
The mixing unit is available in five nominal diameters (DN150,
DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400) flanged to BS 4504 PN16 or
BS 1560 Class 150.
Immersion tubes are available in diameters to suit the deaerator
heads and lengths of 950, 1200, 1600 and 2100 mm to suit TM
metric feedtanks. Since each deaerator head is built to suit specific
plant requirements we recommend that your local Spirax Sarco
Engineer is contacted for a connection layout sheet and to discuss
your requirements.
Selection table
Total steam Mixing Tank depth
generation unit 1250 1500 2000 2500
rate (kg / h) Mixing unit / immersion tube selection
Head comprises
MU150 MU150 MU150 MU150
5 000 DN150 Item Quantity Description Material
IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100
1 1 Mixing unit Austenitic
MU200 MU200 MU200 MU200 stainless steel
10 000 DN200 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 2 1 Immersion tube Austenitic
MU250 MU250 MU250 MU250 stainless steel
20 000 DN250 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 3 2 Gasket Silicone rubber
MU300 MU300 MU300 MU300
30 000 DN300 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 Application
MU400 MU400 MU400 MU400 Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator heads are ideal for boiler
50 000 DN400 feedtank applications. They are suitable for both new and retrofit
IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 applications. Each head is fitted with a connection for air vent and
recirculating feedwater spray nozzle. The air vent is for the
Limiting conditions immediate venting of liberated gases (the connection should also
PN2.5 rating. Suitable for saturated steam 1 bar g, 120°C. include a vacuum breaker). For further details on the RFS
The mixing unit only is hydraulically tested to 2 bar g. recirculating feedwater spray systems see separate literature.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
65 mm
Connection for recirculating
Connection for air vent/ feedwater spray nozzle
vacuum breaker
100 mm 2.1.2
20 mm
Centre line of B
connections for
cold make-up,
condensate return,
blowdown flash steam, etc.
A
How to specify
Atmosperic deaerator head in austentic stainless steel consisting of
mixing unit, immersion tube, and two gaskets. DN150, DN200,
DN250, DN300 and DN400. Flanged BS 4504 PN16 / BS 1560
Class 300.
How to order
To specify a 150 mm flash condensing deaerator head flanged
BS 4504 PN16 (mixing unit plus immersion tube and gaskets to suit
a 1250 mm deep feedtank):-
MU150 - PN16
IT150 - 950 PN16
2 off gaskets to suit IT150 - 1200 PN16
Connection details also need to be specified.
TI-P401-08
AB Issue 3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Isolating valve Carbon steel with stainless steel internals
2 Y-type strainer SG iron with stainless steel screen
3 Electric pump Cast iron with stainless steel internals
4 Spray nozzle Stainless steel
Limiting conditions
The system is designed for pumping water up to 100°C from an
atmospherically vented tank. Maximum ambient temperature 80°C.
Selection
A system is selected based on circulating approximately 20% of the
feedtank contents.
1
Gross feedtank Recirculating feedwater
contents spray systems 2
litre (kg) Designation Speed setting
3 000 RFS1 1
3 000 to 6 000 RFS1 2 3
1
6 000 to 8 000 RFS1 3
8 000 to 10 000 RFS2 2
10 000 to 30 000 RFS2 3
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco RFS1 recirculating feedwater spray
system.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
Operation
The pump should run continuously when the boiler(s) is on load.
Water should flow through the pump at all times while the pump is
186
130
running.
Maintenance
At convenient regular intervals it is recommended that the strainer
screen is inspected and any debris removed.
271
TI-P401-07
AB Issue 5
Available types
Available as types IT100_, IT150_, IT200_, IT250_, IT300_, and
IT400_ with an integral inside bolt circle sandwich flange to suit
ANSI 150 or EN 1092 PN16. They are available in lengths to suit
TM metric feedtanks. Other lengths can be made to special order.
Immersion tubes are designated by IT followed by DN followed
by length of immersion tube in mm. e.g. IT250-1600 is DN250 and
is 1 600 mm long from the underside of the flange. It is suitable for
a 2 000 mm deep tank.
Important note:
The above table is only valid for condensate, where the flash steam
content has to be considered.
When sizing an immersion tube for use with a de-aerator head,
use the guidelines in the flash condensing de-aerator head TI.
The DH / IT has a higher overall capacity as it is able to condense
the flash steam content of the fluid before it enters the tank. We
do not make a mixing unit to suit the IT100.
Limiting conditions
PN2.5 rating. Suitable for condensate at up to 1 bar g, 120°C.
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Immersion tube Austenitic stainless steel
2 Gaskets Silicone rubber (colour may vary)
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2006
Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
2.1.6
IT400 - 1200 375 490 470 1 200 29 DN150, PN16 flanges complete with:
IT400 - 1600 375 490 470 1 600 39 2. Silicone rubber gaskets to suit DN150, PN16.
IT400 - 2100 375 490 470 2 100 51
Gasket 3 mm
ØB
Immersion tube 6 to 10 mm
Gasket (to be installed prior to passing
the immersion tube through the nozzle)
Pipe to BS 1600
Schedule 5, 10 or 40
Top of Tank
ØA
TI-P409-04
AB Issue 3
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
4090050/3
TI-P409-03
AB Issue 4
Dial Thermometers
Description
Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are reliable and robust instruments
which operate on the bimetallic coil principle.
Applications
Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are ideal for boiler feedtanks,
condensate pumping and many other industrial processes. Where a
pocket is installed it is possible to remove the thermometer without
draining the vessel contents.
Available types
Austenitic stainless steel body, horizontal mounting, with a glass
window.
Optional pocket, with a 150 mm extension to facilitate lagging of
the tank / vessel.
Dial thermometer -
Aluminium body, vertical mounting, with a glass window. Supplied
complete with brass slip-on pocket. Austenitic stainless steel body
Optional version with acrylic window and stainless steel pocket.
Optional extra
Surface finish 0.4 µm
Process condition 1½" sanitary clamp
Sanitary
pocket Horizontal stainless steel 274 mm
temperature dial
Insertion length
Vertical aluminium 174 mm
temperature dial
Note: Surface finish certification is available if stated at the time
of order placement.
Limiting conditions
Stainless body protection rating IP54 Materials
Pressure maximum 25 bar g Body Stainless steel
With or without pocket
Temperature maximum 120°C Bezel Stainless steel
Aluminium body Window Glass
Maximum pressure Pressure maximum 6 bar g Stem Stainless steel
rating of pocket Temperature maximum 20 / 160°C Standard pocket Stainless steel
Optional sanitary pocket Stainless steel
Range
Stainless body 0-120°C Body Aluminium
Aluminium body 0-120°C and 0-160°C Bezel Stainless steel
Window Glass (acrylic optional)
Accuracy
Stem Brass
Stainless body Complies with DIN 16203 Class 1
Standard pocket Brass (stainless optional)
Complies with DIN 16203 Class 2
Aluminium body Zero adjustment at pointer. Optional sanitary pocket Stainless steel
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2005
Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
Aluminium body
Weight
A B C D E F G H min
including pocket
100 48 16 174 35 160 13 65 0.4
2.1.10
Thermometer (Austenitic stainless steel body) Thermometer (Aluminium body) with pocket
A B
½" BSP Tr
D (R½)
B C
C
E
½" BSP Tr
(G½A)
D
E ½" BSP Tr (R½) I F
H min
H F G
G ½" BSP Pl
(G½)
How to specify
1 - Horizontal mounting dial thermometer with stainless steel wetted / exposed parts, IP54 rating.
1 - Pocket with ½" BSPT thread (R½)
1 - Vertical mounting dial thermometer with slip-on pocket 0-120°C range.
TI-P401-05
AB Issue 11
Materials
Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M.
IN15 A C
BSP taper or B
NPT female
IN15
IN25
IN40M A C
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco IN25M steam injector having a 1" BSPT
screwed connection.
Boiler house
Steam injectors
TI-P401-04
AB Issue 3
Dial
thermometer
Principal features: 2
Capacities
System capacities in kg /h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure.
2 29 47 82
3 44 63 110
4 58 78 140
5 73 94 168
6 87 109 195
Where steam supply pressures are higher consider the use of a pressure reducing valve or alternatively, the use of a combined pressure
reducing and temperature control valve. Please consult Spirax Sarco for a suitable type.
Equipment details
Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP or NPT.
System type Control valve* Controller type Range Sensor pocket Steam injector Vacuum breaker
INS6 BX6 ½" SA128 with 2 m capillary Range 1 Stainless steel - 1" 1 x IN15 VB14 - ½"
-20 to 110°C to suit SA128 ½" female x 1" male
INS10 SB ½" SA128 with 2 m capillary Range 1 Stainless steel - 1" 2 x IN15 VB14 - ½"
-20 to 110°C to suit SA128 ½" female x 1" male
* BX6 and SB control valves are bronze, single seat, normally open, direct acting.
A Y-type stainer is recommended upstream of the control valve. The Y-type strainer should normally be the same size as the steam
supply pipeline. Consider a Spirax Sarco brass / bronze Fig 12 strainer.
An isolating valve is recommended upstream of the Y-type strainer.
Consider the use of an M10 Spirax Sarco carbon steel ball valve or a HV3 bronze stop valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS6, ½" screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.
TI-P401-04 AB Issue 3 INS6 and INS10 Direct Steam Injection Heating System
Boiler house
Steam
Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P401-03
AB Issue 5
INS
Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems
A complete system for boiler feedtank, hot water storage
and other industrial process heating requirements.
5
1
2.2.5
Stop valve
Y-type strainer
Dial
thermometer
Principal features: 2
Capacities
System capacities in kg/ h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure.
Equipment details
Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP. For options of NPT or API connections refer to relevant literature.
System type Control valve* Controller type Range Sensor pocket Steam injector Vacuum breaker
Range 1 Stainless steel - 1"
INS15 SB ½" SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN25M - 1" VB14 - ½"
-20 to 110°C to suit SA128
Range 1 Stainless steel - 1"
INS20 SB ¾" SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN25M - 1" VB14 - ½"
-20 to 110°C to suit SA128
Range 1 Stainless steel - 1"
INS25 KB51 1" SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN40M - 1½" VB14 - ½"
-20 to 110°C to suit SA128
Range 2 Stainless steel - 1"
INS40 KC51 1½" SA121 with 2 m capillary 2 x IN40M - 1½" VB14 - ½"
40 to 105°C to suit SA121
Range 2 Stainless steel - 1"
INS50 KC51 2" SA121 with 2 m capillary 3 x IN40M - 1½" VB14 - ½"
40 to 105°C to suit SA121
Range 2 Stainless steel - 1"
INS65 NS 2½" SA121 with 2 m capillary 5 x IN40M - 1½" VB14 - ½"
40 to 105°C to suit SA121
Range 2 Stainless steel - 1"
INS80 NS 3" SA121 with 2 m capillary 7 x IN40M - 1½" VB14 - ½"
40 to 105°C to suit SA121
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS15, ½" screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.
2.2.7
Boiler house
Steam
Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P401-06
AB Issue 5
SD
Steam Distributor
Description Available types
Spirax Sarco steam distributors distribute low pressure flash steam SD40S, SD50S and SD80S screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
into atmospheric water tanks. They ensure rapid condensation of the SD80, SD100 and SD150 flanged to suit EN 1092 PN16 or
steam and efficient heating of the water. The hole configuration ASME Class 150.
provides a self-regulating control feature ensuring that holes
progressively come into use as the steam flowrate increases. An
internal stainless steel mesh ensures quiet operation. 2.2.8
Principal features:
- Simple installation - no special supports required. Screwed SD
- Compact, lightweight and strong. type steam
- Stainless steel for long life. distributor
- Eliminates waterhammer. shown.
Note:
- Quiet operation. flanged
Application - Boiler blowdown heat recovery connections
Steam distributors are ideal for supplementing the heating of boiler are
feedwater tanks using flash steam. When used in conjunction with available.
a flash vessel, as part of a boiler blowdown heat recovery system,
flash steam recovery is simple, of low capital cost and is maintenance
free. Additionally, the flash steam is condensed to pure water reducing
the amount of make-up water and chemical treatment required.
Generally for sizing purposes use a differential pressure of 0.4 bar.
Steam distributors are not recommended for condensate recovery
or live steam injection duties, as they may be damaged by Limiting conditions
Not suitable for live steam applications.
waterhammer.
Maximum saturated steam conditions 1 bar g @ 130°C
Recommended maximum flash vessel operating pressure is 0.4 bar.
Materials
Austenitic stainless steel 304. Capacities
Each distributor has a number of holes. The flow of steam through
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres the holes depends on the differential pressure available. The table
Steam distributor Connection D L below shows capacities in kg / h of distributed steam when heating
tanks which are vented to atmospheric pressure.
Screwed
SD40S 1½" BSP or NPT Female 100 70 Steam supply Steam distributor
pressure bar g SD40S SD50S SD80S & 80 SD100 SD150
Screwed
SD50S 2" BSP or NPT Female 150 85 0.2 99 176 396 643 935
0.4 135 240 540 877 1275
Screwed
SD80S 3" BSP or NPT Female 215 110 0.6 171 304 684 1111 1615
0.8 198 352 792 1287 1870
Flanged
SD80 DN80 PN16 or Class 150 215 180 Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation.
For higher capacities use 2 or more distributors in parallel.
Flanged
SD100 DN100 PN16 or Class 150 235 210
Safety and installation information
Flanged Steam distributors operate at temperatures which could cause
SD150 DN150 PN16 or Class 150 305 220 severe scalding, and produce strong currents of very hot
steam / water. Do not touch or lean over open tanks which are being
heated, even if the water still appears to be cold. Ensure closed
tanks are adequately vented and that the vent is unobstructed.
Steam supply pipework must be firmly anchored to prevent vibration
and stress in the tank wall. Tanks must be adequately constructed
and braced / stayed as necessary to avoid vibration. Consult your
local Spirax Sarco engineer if in any doubt.
Installation note:
Fit the end of a vertical downpipe in the tank so that the bottom of
the distributor is at about 1/3 off the working depth of tank. The piping
L between the steam source and distributor should be the same
nominal size as the connection on the distributor. It is recommended
that the piping is less than 10 m in length in order to minimise the
pressure drop.
Disposal:
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" SD40S steam distributor having
D a screwed BSP connection.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
AI-P402-15
AB Issue 7
Applications
On /off tank level control can be achieved using the
LC1350
Spirax Sarco LC1350 controller in conjunction with
LP10-4 level probes. The LC1350 controller is able to
provide the following functions:-
LC1350 controller a) Pump-in control with low or high alarm or
AL
b) Pump-out control with low or high alarm or
OK c) High or low alarm plus extra low alarm.
Typical arrangements
We recommend the probe is in a protection tube. The
metal tank generally forms the earth return. However,
where the tank is of a non-conductive material one of
the probe electrodes should be used to provide the
LP10-4 probe earth return.
Pump
Pump t High level alarm
contactor
t Pump off
t Pump on
t Low level alarm
LC1350
OK
LP10-4 probe
Solenoid
valve t High level alarm
t Valve closed
t Valve open
t Low level alarm
LC1350
AL
OK
LC1350 controller
2.3.2
t High level
Alarm
t Low level
t Earth return
Glass lining
Fig. 4 Pump fill with high level alarm (with polypropylene tank)
LC1350
AL
OK
LC1350 controller
t Pump on
Earth return
Flow to process
AI-P402-16
AB Issue 6
2.3.3 Applications
Spirax Sarco capacitance probe based systems can be used to monitor and control the level of a wide range of conductive liquids.
The controllers may be used in a variety of configurations for many different filling or emptying applications.
For modulating level control, Spirax Sarco supply a control valve with an electric actuator and 1000 ohm feedback potentiometer.
The LC2250 level controller should be mounted in a metal or plastic enclosure to provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco are able
to supply suitable enclosures.
Controllers may be mounted on a 'top hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the controller base may be screwed directly to a
chassis plate.
If the tank or vessel contents are turbulent the probe should be mounted in a protection tube.
Typical arrangements
The system provides the following options:-
OK
AL
Make-up water
High level alarm
Condensate return
to boiler house
Pump
Fig. 1 Boiler feedtank make-up with modulating control Fig. 2 Condensate return tank on /off emptying control
and low level alarm. with high level alarm
Boiler house
Level controls
Control valve
LC2250
LC2250 controller
LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier OK
AL
Make-up water
2.3.4
Valve modulates to
maintain water level
within this band
Flow to process
Fig. 3 Process water tank with modulating fill control, and high level alarm
LC2250
LC2250 controller
AL
LP20 probe / OK
PA20 preamplifier
Valve modulates to
maintain water level
within this band
To drain
Fig. 4 Drainage control of a large process pressure vessel; modulating control with high level alarm.
AI-P402-16 AB Issue 6 Tank Level Control (On / Off or Modulating) using Capacitance Probes
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
AI-P402-08
AB Issue 7
LCS1000
Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted
Installation and testing
of on / off boiler water level controls in external chambers
Typical installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
2.3.5 system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the products for full details.
LCS1000 boiler level control systems are suitable for LC1350 LC1350
automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and
alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the
Health and Safety Executive in PM5 and by SAFed (PSG2).
The LCS1000 systems require daily manual testing as specified
in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times AL AL
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important
controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed
and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can
install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. LC1350 LC1350
Warning: Minimum conductivity is 1 S / cm or 1 ppm.
LP10-4 LP10-4
probe probe
Boiler
Chamber
Pump on
1st low
2nd low
To drain tundish or
blowdown vessel
Boiler house
Level controls
2. Return the sequencing purge valve to 'normal'. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire.
3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting
before the burner will refire.
4. On completion of the test, check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in
the level gauge glass. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.
Weekly test
The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably
trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 2.3.6
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high
alarm sounds.
4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Quarterly inspection
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals.
Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection
of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to
determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious
scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment.
3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary.
5. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.
2.3.7
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
AI-P402-09
AB Issue 7
LCS1100
Level Control Systems
Installation and testing
of on /off boiler water level controls direct mounted in the boiler
Typical installation
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information
to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance 2.3.8
Instructions supplied with the individual products for full details. LC1350 LC1350
The Spirax Sarco LCS1100 boiler water level control systems are
suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the
control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in
BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive in PM5, and by
SAFed (PSG2). AL AL
Daily test
The test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person
who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained
in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls.
At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent
that it disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by
evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. LP10-4 LP10-4
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the probe probe
burner controls go to lockout.
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the
burner to refire.
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level.
Check that the high alarm sounds. Boiler
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler
until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Not
Quarterly inspection Not Protection tubes used
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience used
that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly
intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well
run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only High alarm
an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a
matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance Pump off
company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection
programme to suit the individual boiler plant.
Pump on
We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture.
1st Low
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe
tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of 2nd Low
more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler.
Investigate water treatment.
3. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage.
4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
AI-P402-10
AB Issue 7
LCS2000
Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted
Installation and testing
of modulating boiler water level controls in external chambers
Typical installation LC2250
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install controller
2.3.9 the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the individual products for full details.
LC2250
The Spirax Sarco LCS2000 boiler water level control systems are suitable for
automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions
specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive
AL
OK
LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier
LC1350
LC1350 controller
AL
OK
LP10-4
probe
Adaptor
1" to ½" BSP
Boiler
Chamber
Not used
High alarm
Modulating
control band
1st Low
2nd Low
2. Return the sequencing purge valve to normal. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire.
3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting
before the burner will refire.
4. On completion of the test check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in
the level gauge glasses. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.
Weekly test
The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably
trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at the 1st low alarm.
2. Blowdown the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout.
2.3.10
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high
alarm sounds.
4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Quarterly inspection
The Health and Safety Executive recommend that boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests
are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc.
is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with their insurance company inspector in order to determine a
sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious
scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment.
3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary.
5. Remove the actuator cover from the feedwater control valve, inspect actuator linkages etc. For tightness and correct operation, and
inspect the wiring. Test the feedwater control valve for correct operation over its full stroke, for gland leakage and for tight shut-off.
6. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.
AI-P402-12
AB Issue 8
LCS3000
Level Control Systems
Installation and testing
of self-monitoring low level alarms on /off level controls
Typical installation
2.3.11 Warning: This document does not contain sufficient
information to install the system safely. See the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products LC3050 LC1350 LC3050
OK OK
AI-P402-13
AB Issue 8
LCS4000
Level Control Systems
Installation and testing
of self-monitoring low level alarms and boiler feedwater control / high alarm
Typical installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to install LC3050 LC3050
the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the products for full details.
controller controller 2.3.12
The Spirax Sarco LCS4000 boiler water level control and alarm LC3050 LC3050
OK OK
Weekly test
High integrity self-monitoring level alarms do not require daily testing
but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a Boiler
responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has
been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its
controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to
the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by High alarm
evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the
burner controls go to lockout. Modulating
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the control
burner to refire. Press the test button (or the externally wired 1st low band
button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure that the
burner shuts down at the 2nd low level alarm. 2nd low
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level.
Check that the high alarm sounds.
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler
until satisfied that it is operating normally. Protection tubes
Quarterly inspection
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that
the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals.
Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler LC2250
house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual controller
inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, LC2650
for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector controller
LC2650
or
LC2250
50
SP PV AL
AL
OK OK
AI-P402-14
AB Issue 7
LCS5000
Level Control Systems
Installation and testing
of self-monitoring low level alarms and on /off boiler water level controls
Typical installation
LC3050 LC2250 LC3050
2.3.13 The Spirax Sarco LCS5000 series boiler water level control
systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and controller controller controller
provide the control and alarm functions specified by British
Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation
LC3050 LC2250 LC3050
ALARM ALARM
The LCS5000 series low level alarms are of the high integrity type AL
OK
AL AL
and whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the boiler plant
on weekdays, he need not be on site at all times. There should,
however, always be someone available on site such as a
watchman or porter who is suitably trained to respond to alarms
and take appropriate action.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most
important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should
only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel.
Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular
maintenance service.
For details of installation, wiring and maintenance see the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions of the individual
components of the system. LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier
Weekly test
High integrity self-monitoring level controls do not require daily
testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a LP30 LP30
probe probe
responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has
been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its
controls.
At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent
that it disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall
by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the
burner controls go to lockout. Boiler
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow
the burner to refire then press the test button (or the externally
wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure
that the burner shuts down at 2nd low level alarm.
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm High alarm
level. Check that the high alarm sounds.
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the Pump off
boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Pump on
Quarterly inspection
1st
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience 2nd low low
that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly
intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a
well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that
only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is Protection tubes
a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his
insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible
inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant.
We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture.
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe
tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of
more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler.
Investigate water treatment.
3. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage.
4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P402-29
AB Issue 7
Electrical Enclosures
- General Purpose
- Plastic
Description
Spirax Sarco general purpose plastic electrical enclosures are
supplied with a tinted transparent cover and DIN mounting rail as
standard. They are suitable for housing either one or two Spirax Sarco
controllers. The enclosure rating is to IP67. The maximum ambient
temperature is 40°C. 2.3.14
Installation
The enclosure can be screwed directly to a vertical surface, using
the holes located outside the gasketed area. There are pre-pressed
knockouts in the base for Pg 13.5 to Pg 16 or Pg 21 cable glands.
Materials
Grey glass-filled polycarbonate base with tinted transparent
polycarbonate cover.
136.8 mm F
39 mm
Ø4.5 mm
3.2 mm
E G A
41 mm
Ø23 mm Pg 13.5 - Pg 16
Ø29 mm Pg 21
24 mm H
D B
Fastening of enclosure
to wall with screws
D
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P402-91
AB Issue 13
LP10-4
Level Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP10-4 level probe is used with the Spirax Sarco
LC1350 level controller to provide on / off level control and alarm 5
functions in steam boilers, tanks or other vessels.
The four tip probe is particularly suitable where 3-lamp 'electric gauge
2.3.15 glass' alarm / level indicators are fitted. The probe body is earthed
through its screwed connection and the boiler or tank normally
forms the earth return path. The probe may also be
used in concrete or plastic tanks by using one of the tips as an
earth return, or by providing a separate earth rod or plate. The
LP10-4 probe has four detachable level sensing tips which 6
are cut to length on installation to give the required switching levels.
Note: Tips are ordered separately. When a tip is immersed in
conductive liquid it completes an electrical circuit to earth.
When the level drops below the tip, the resistance to earth
becomes high, indicating to the controller that the tip is out
of the liquid.
Approvals: 1 7
The LP10-4 is also available with a 1" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be 4
marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution:
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without
additional environmental protection.
Technical data
Maximum cable length 2
30 m ( 98 ft )
(probe to controller)
Maximum sensing depth 2 095 mm ( 82.5" )
Minimum sensing depth 75 mm ( 3")
Minimum conductivity (when used with an LC1350 level controller )
1 µS / cm @ 25°C ( 77°F ).
8
Materials
No. Description Material
Austenitic BS EN 10088-3
1 Probe body
stainless steel (1.4306)
2 Probe tips Austenitic Type 316 / 316L
stainless steel
Tip insulation
3 PFA (Per Fluor Alkoxy)
sleeving
4 Lower housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
5 Upper housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
6 Gland support pad Thermoplastic elastomer
7 Cable gland PA (Polyamide)
8 Tip steady PEEK (Polyaryletherketone) Grade 450G
Boiler house
Level controls
Safety information, installation and maintenance Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm (in) and kg (lb)
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
A B C D Weight
product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the unit for full details. 60 25 75 50 1.15
(2.4) (1.0) (3.0) (2.0) (2.5)
Warning: This product contains materials including plastics which
can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.
Installation note:
The LP10-4 is designed for installation in a BSP Rp1 (1" BSP
tapered) or 1" NPT threaded flange or cover. Note: Always
specify one of these threads for new installations.
A
A minimum 80 mm (3") nominal bore protection tube is
recommended if installing the probe in a boiler, or in a tank which
is subject to very turbulent conditions.
Additional environmental protection is needed for installation
outdoors.
Wiring note:
Wiring is straightforward on the LP10-4, as crimp connectors are
used. Extra connectors are available as a spares kit. Terminal posts 2.3.16
are colour coded for easy identification. D
The wiring loom may be disconnected and removed without disturbing
the cable gland by lifting the gland carrier out of the lower housing. B
Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required, though boiler water level controls
do require periodic testing and inspection which is described in
separate literature.
1" BSP taper (Rp1) connection
C The LP10-4 is also available with
a 1" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010.
Please note that this version
will not be marked and is
not suitable for Europe.
How to specify
Conductivity probe with austenitic stainless steel body and
probe tips, PFA tip insulation, suitable for steam boiler operation
up to 32 bar g @ 239°C.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe (BSP) with 1 000 mm
tip assembly.
Available spares
LP10-4 connector set (electrical)
Comprising: 6 flat crimp connectors and 2 ring crimps.
LP10-4 tip mounting kit
Comprising: 1 set of 4 tip connectors, 8 lock-nuts and 2 tip supports.
TI-P402-39
AB Issue 9
LP20
Capacitance Level Probe
Description PA20
The Spirax Sarco LP20 is a capacitance probe designed for Preamplifier 5
modulating level control in conductive liquids, in conjunction with a connector
PA20 preamplifier, which is supplied separately. It can also be used
for adjustable on / off control.
2.3.17 The LP20 may be used with one or more controllers or transmitters
to provide level control, level alarms, and / or outputs to a building
management system.
The probe is normally installed in a steam boiler or metal tank where
it is earthed through the ½" BSP screwed connection, the boiler or
tank forming the earth return path. 6
It may be used in a non-conductive tank (e.g. plastic or concrete) if
an earth rod is provided.
The PA20 preamplifier (described in separate literature), is screwed
to the top of the probe and hand tightened, enabling easy removal 2
without the need to disturb the probe.
Approvals:
The LP20 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be
marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution: 1
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without
additional environmental protection.
Technical data
Sensing depth Probe length minus 25 mm
Minimum conductivity 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm
Materials
No. Description Material
Austenitic BS EN 10088-3
1 Probe body stainless steel (1.4306)
Austenitic
2 Cover assembly Type 316L
stainless steel
Stainless steel
3 Probe (sheathed) ASTM A269 Gr. 316L
tube
4 Probe sheathing PTFE BS 6564 Grade UA Type 1
5 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
6 Name-plate Polycarbonate
Boiler house
Level controls
Installation note:
Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather
protection.
The probe is installed in a ½" BSP female connection. If the probe
is to be installed in a boiler shell or a turbulent tank, fit a protection
tube. This should be as long as possible, and at least long enough
to cope with expansion of the probe at higher operating
temperatures. The Table below shows the maximum probe
expansion possible 0 - 239°C.
2.3.18
162 Probe length Maximum expansion in mm
in mm (inc. 'dead' length)
370 10
470 13
550 15
600 16
650 17
750 20
27 A / F 800 21
900 23
½" BSP taper connection 950 25
The LP20 is also available 1 050 27
with a ½" NPT screwed 1 200 30
connection, approved to
UL61010. Please note 1 350 34
that this version will not 1 500 38
be marked and is not
suitable for Europe. Do not cover the vent and drain holes on the body.
Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls
and alarms do, however require periodic testing and inspection,
which is described in separate literature.
How to specify
Capacitance level probes shall be Spirax Sarco type LP20 with
stainless steel body, cover assembly and probe, and PTFE probe
insulation. They shall be suitable for modulating and on / off level
(L) control and be fitted with a screwed connection for attaching a Spirax
Probe Sarco PA20 preamplifier.
length
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP20 capacitance level probe with
BSP connection. Probe length 470 mm.
25 mm 'dead' length
TI-P402-66
AB Issue 5
PA20
Preamplifier
Description Dimensions (approximate) in mm
The PA20 preamplifier is used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance
probe to amplify the capacitance measured and convert it to a
voltage output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible with Pg 11 cable gland
39 mm
all Spirax Sarco voltage input controllers / transmitters. Withdrawal distance
2.3.19 The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel
body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a DIN 43650
for cable socket 15 mm
Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required.
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
and inspection, which is described in separate literature.
Spare parts
There are no available spare parts for this unit.
How to specify
Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA20 for use with
Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have
austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with
a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.
How to order
Probe immersed lengths mm (inches) Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA20 preamplifier.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P402-138
AB Issue 2
PA420
Preamplifier
Description Dimensions (approximate) in mm
The PA420 preamplifier, used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance
probe, is a loop powered two wire 4 - 20 mA level transmitter.
It amplifies the capacitance measured and converts it to a Pg 11 cable gland
39 mm
4 - 20 mA output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible Withdrawal distance
with all Spirax Sarco current input controllers / transmitters.
The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel
for cable socket 15 mm 2.3.20
body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a 2
Type A EN 175301-803 (DIN 43650) / ISO 4400 connector with
Pg 11 cable gland.
The PA420 has two buttons and a dual coloured light (red and 3
green) for use during commissioning.
Principal features:
-Compact, rigidly mounted. 105 mm
-Can be removed / replaced without disturbing the probe. 1
-No maintenance needed.
-Suitable for all probe lengths (370 - 1 500 mm).
4
Approvals:
- TÜV, VdTÜV-Merkblatt, Wasserstand 100 - 2010.
- Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 / 08 / EG. ½" BSP
Caution: 5 mm Weight
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without approximately 0.25 kg
Ø28 including packaging.
additional environmental protection. mm
How to specify
Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA420 for use with
Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have
austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with
a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA420 preamplifier.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P402-43
AB Issue 10
LP30
High Integrity, Self-monitoring
Low Level Alarm Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP30 level probe is used with a Spirax Sarco 4
LC3050 level controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring low
level alarm signal, usually in a steam boiler. It consists of a
probe body with a removable cable socket, and a separate Pg 11
screw-on probe tip which is retained by a lock-nut and pin.
2.3.21 5 Cable gland
The probe has a level sensing tip (probe tip), and a comparator tip.
The earth return path is via the body connection.
Under normal operating conditions the probe tip is partially immersed,
and the resistance to earth is low. When the water level drops below
the probe tip the resistance to earth becomes high, causing the 2
controller to give a low level alarm signal.
The comparator tip compensates for any leakage to earth caused by
scale, dirt, or internal moisture, ensuring a low water alarm signal
even under adverse conditions. 3
Principal features:
- High integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe.
- Suitable for pressures up to 32 bar g at 239°C.
- No maintenance required.
- Positively retained probe tip.
Approvals:
The LP30 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be 1
marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution:
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without
additional environmental protection.
Technical data
Maximum probe cable length 50 metres (164 ft)
Materials
No. Description Material
Austenitic BS EN 10088-3
1 Probe body stainless steel (1.4306)
Austenitic Type 316L
2 Cover assembly stainless steel
3 Name-plate Polycarbonate
Cable socket and
4 probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
5 Connector gasket Silicone elastomer
Austenitic Type 316L
6 Comparator tip stainless steel 9
Primary insulator and BS 6564 Grade
7 secondary insulator PTFE UA Type 1
Austenitic Type 302 / 304
8 Retaining pin stainless steel
Austenitic Type 316L
9 Probe tip stainless steel
Austenitic BS 6105 A4 80
10 Lock-nut stainless steel
Boiler house
Level controls
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring,
low level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
Probe length
supplied as spares.
minus
the additional Available spares
tip length LP30 tip retaining pins Stock No. 4024780 Pack of 10
Spring clearance
checking set Stock No. 4024781 1 set (2 springs)
Tip length
How to order spares
500 (19.7), 1000 (39.4)
or 1500 (59) Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state which product they are for.
Example: 1 off Spring clearance checking set for a Spirax Sarco
LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe.
Ø10 (0.4)
TI-P402-43 AB Issue 10 LP30 High Integrity, Self-monitoring Low Level Alarm Probe
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P402-81
AB Issue 6
LP31
High Integrity, Self-monitoring
High Water Level Alarm Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP31 is used in conjunction with an LC3050
controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring alarm for Cable socket
detection of high water levels in steam boilers and other vessels. 1
The probe is normally installed direct in the boiler shell in a
2.3.23 protection tube, but can be mounted in an external chamber if
2
Pg 11
Cable gland
regulations permit. 3
The LP31 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the
exact length required prior to installation.
In normal operation, the tip is above the water level, and has a high
resistance path to earth. If the water level rises to touch the probe
4
tip, the resistance to earth drops, causing the alarm relays in the
controller to be de-energised and the alarm to sound.
The LP31 is designed so that its tip and wiring connection integrity
is monitored by the controller, causing an alarm signal in the event
of a fault occurring.
The LP31 can also be used as a simple (non self-monitoring) high 5
or low level probe with an LC1350 level controller.
A DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland is supplied with
the unit.
Approvals:
The LP31 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not
be marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution:
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without
additional environmental protection. 6 Probe body
Limiting conditions
Nominal pressure rating PN40
Maximum boiler pressure 32 bar g (464 psi g)
7
Maximum temperature 239°C (462°F)
Maximum ambient temperature 70°C (158°F)
Technical data
Maximum probe cable length 50 metres (164 ft)
LC1350 1 µS / cm or 1 ppm
Minimum conductivity
LC3050 30 µS / cm or 30 ppm
Materials
No. Description Material
8
1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gasket Silicone rubber Probe tip
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
5 Name-plate Polycarbonate
Austenitic
6 Body BS EN 10088-3 (1.4306)
stainless steel
7 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
Austenitic
8 Probe tip stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Boiler house
Level controls
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP31 high integrity, self-monitoring,
27 A /F high water level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.
Ø6 (0.24")
Tip length
500 (19.7"), 1 000 (39.4")
or 1500 (59")
Ø5 (0.2")
TI-P402-81 AB Issue 6 LP31 High Integrity, Self-monitoring, High Water Level Alarm Probe
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P402-68
AB Issue 3
APS1
Probe Simulator
Description
The APS1 probe simulator is used in place of a level or conductivity probe to verify the correct operation of Spirax Sarco controllers. It can also
be used to diagnose wiring / probe faults. It is connected to the level probe or conductivity probe wiring, avoiding the need to fire the boiler or
alter water levels, and is quick and easy to use.
The APS1 has switch settings covering all Spirax Sarco probe types and ranges.
2.3.25 A potentiometer provides the variable input to a capacitance controller, and 4 mm test sockets are provided for connection of a multimeter, which
is used to check the voltage when simulating capacitance probes.
Switches simulate wet or dry (high or low resistance) conductivity level probe conditions, and resistors are built in to represent various conductivity
probe ranges.
The APS1 is powered by the controller under test, so needs no batteries or external power supply.
The unit is fitted with two inputs, connected in parallel. One is for connection of a PT2 or PT3 plug tail, and the other is a DIN 43650 connector as
used on conductivity and capacitance probes.
Full operating instructions are supplied with each unit.
Principal features:
- A valuable diagnostic aid for Spirax Sarco boiler control installations.
- Compatible with all TDS / level probes and controllers.
- No need to fire boiler or alter water levels.
CP10
- No battery or power supply needed.
connector
Test
sockets
- Easy to operate.
Limiting conditions
Toggle
switches
Maximum ambient temperature 55°C
Protection rating IP40
Potentio-
meter
Technical data
22 Ω, 68 Ω, 220 Ω, 680 Ω
Conductivity probe settings
2.2 kΩ, 6.8 kΩ, 22 kΩ Selector
switch
LP30 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ
Level probe LP31 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ
DIN 43650
settings (High sensitivity) 68 kΩ / 150 kΩ connector
LP10-4
(Low sensitivity) 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ
Capacitance probe range 0 - 10 volts output
Dimensions 138 86
(approximate) 85
in mm
Weight 450 g
110
132
TI-P402-41
AB Issue 5
C2
Probe Chamber
Description
The Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber enables level control or alarm
probes to be fitted in situations where direct boiler shell mounting
is not desired or is not possible.
The C2 probe chamber is of all welded carbon steel construction,
with DN25 steam and water connections flanged to EN 1092 PN40.
A 1" BSP x ½" BSP reducing bush to BS 1740 will be required if
2.3.26
fitting a ½" BSP probe.
A Spirax Sarco sequencing purge valve is normally fitted to the C2
base of the chamber. probe chamber
The sequencing valve allows the daily (or once per shift) test of the
low level alarm system, and blow through of the probe chamber
water and steam connections in accordance with the Health and
Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.
Principal features:
- Purpose designed level probe chamber.
- Suitable for pressures of up to 32 bar.
- All welded carbon steel construction.
- Designed for use with Spirax Sarco level probes and sequencing
valves.
Material
Chamber Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B or Gr.WPB
B E Highest
permissible
alarm level
F
A
Lowest
permissible
alarm level
G How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber.
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-42
AB Issue 4
Limiting conditions
SPV1 SPV3 SPV3
PN16 PN40 Table 'H'
Maximum boiler pressure 13 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
Designed for a maximum 24 bar g 60 bar g 51 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Standards
The SPV3 fully meets BS 759: Part 1: 1984.
Materials
Part Material
SPV1 Body and cover Cast iron BS 1452 Gr. 220 (min)
SPV3 Body and cover Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
83
Weights (approximate) in kg
Model SPV1 SPV3
½" BSP drain Weight 9 10
139
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
Boiler house
Level controls
Position 2
Blow-through water
Position 3
Blow-through chamber
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 SPV3 sequencing purge valve
with flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Position 2.
Position 3.
TI-P402-07
AB Issue 5
Probe Flanges
for External Level Control Chambers
Description
These flanges are designed to allow the fitting of Spirax Sarco level control / alarm probes to existing float-type boiler side chambers.
Limiting conditions
The maximum working pressure and temperature is dependent on
the chamber to which the flange is fitted, up to a maximum pressure
of 32 bar g at 239°C.
Material
Carbon steel BS 4360 Gr. 43A.
Painted finish.
Round flange
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-06
AB Issue 3
2.3.30
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P402-03
AB Issue 7
WV1
Water Valve - Pilot Operated
Description
The WV1 is a pilot operated diaphragm valve for use with water at ¾" to 2" WV1 valve
up to 90°C. The valve has a brass body and corrosion resistant
internals. The solenoid is encapsulated, and is supplied with a
removable cable socket to IP65 suitable for 3 core 1 mm² cable.
2.3.31 ½" valves have the solenoid mounted centrally over the valve. The
solenoid is mounted towards the outlet connection on larger sizes.
Principal features:
Electrical data
Version Voltage range Frequency range
Power 115 V 95 V to 132 V 50 to 60 Hz
Supply 230 V 209 V to 264 V 50 to 60 Hz
21 VA (inrush)
Power consumption
12 VA / 8 W (hold)
Protection rating IP65
Materials
Part Material
Body Brass
Seals Nitrile rubber
Coil housing Polyamide
Cable socket Polyamide
Boiler house
Level controls
Wiring note:
½" A /F
The rated voltage is printed on the name-plate. Note that the flat
terminal is the earth connection. For ease of installation the
A A
solenoid unit can be moved through 360° by slackening the
solenoid nut. Indentations at 90° intervals in the base of the
solenoid allow it to be positively retained, though it may be
Capacities positioned at any other angle if required. The cable socket may be
WV1 Size ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" connected horizontally or vertically by removing the central plastic
screw and turning the connector through 90°. Ensure the cable
Kvs (m³/h) 4 5 10 20 20 40 socket gasket is slightly compressed on refitting.
coil.
3. Check the condition of the 'O' ring at the base of the solenoid
coil.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco WV1 pilot operated water
valve, having a 1" BSP connection supplied and ready for
a 230 V power supply.
4023150 / 7
TI-P402-03 AB Issue 7 W V1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-S75-11
AB Issue 4
Selection of
Modulating Feedwater Valves
Electrically Actuated
Safety Valve Kv selection graph
Your attention is drawn to
Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
1. Selection of the valve body size
2.3.33 The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is
DN40 (1½") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes
90 000
80 000
200 000
5
70 000
v2
2. Selection of the valve body material 30 000
K
60 000
and pressure rating
6
20 000
v1
Standard valve types are as follows: 40 000
K
Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h
0
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged PN40 rating
v1
(Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)
K
10 000
3. Selection of the valve Kv 9 000
.3
20 000
The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes 8 000
v6
6
SG iron body 100 000
v3
KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC)
90 000
K
40 000
PN40 rating 80 000
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)
30 000 70 000
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature 60 000
(graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature
6
20 000
2.3.34
v1
40 000
K
3. Selection of the valve Kv
0
generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where
v1
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at'
K
boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example 10 000
this is 15 000 kg / h. 9 000 20 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump
3
8 000
.
v6
pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler
K
pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the 7 000
example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. 6 000
c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the
line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv. 5 000
v4
10 000
K
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor 4 000 9 000
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the 8 000
maximum feedpump pressure when the boiler is not under
pressure. 7 000
3 000
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: 6 000
220 / 240 Vac AEL52211JXA AEL53211JXA AEL54211JXA 5 000
6
2 000
.
Actuator 110 Vac AEL52212GXA AEL53212GXA AEL54212GXA
v1
type 4 000
K
Valve size 36.0 6.7 (4.7) 16.3 (14.3) 29.7 (27.2) 1 000
25.0 12.0 (8.5) 28.5 (25.0) 40.0 (40.0)
DN50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
16.0 19.8 (14.3) 40.0 (40.0) - - Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
Valve size 16.0 19.8 (14.3) 40.0 (40.0) - -
10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
DN32
6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN25
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN20
1.6 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
1.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
1.6 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN15
1.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve adaptor AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911
Mounting flange EL5970 EL5970 EL5970
TI-S75-12
AB Issue 4
Selection of
Modulating Feedwater Valves
Pneumatically Actuated
Safety Valve Kv selection graph
Your attention is drawn to
Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
1. Selection of the valve body size
2.3.35 The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is
90 000
80 000
200 000
DN40 (1½") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes
to suit this body is available to suit most sizes of boilers. 70 000
However, for smaller or larger boilers, alternative sized valves
60 000
can be selected from the Spirax Sarco range - See overleaf.
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high 50 000
temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the 100 000
high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage 90 000
40 000
over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals
80 000
are suffixed 'H'.
5
70 000
v2
30 000
2. Selection of the valve body material
K
60 000
and pressure rating
6
temperature in the feedwater line. 20 000
v1
Standard valve types are as follows: 40 000
K
Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h
0
KE73 Flanged
v1
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged PN40 rating K
(Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC) 10 000
9 000 20 000
.3
The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes 7 000
giving a choice of Kv values.
Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: 6 000
a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam
generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where 5 000
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' 10 000
4 000 9 000
boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example
this is 15 000 kg/h. 8 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump 7 000
pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler 3 000
6 000
pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the
example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. 5 000
c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the
line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv. 2 000
4 000
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the
3 000
maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is
not under pressure.
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below:
1 000
Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
Valve Kv Maximum feedpump
size value pressure bar g Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
25.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
16.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
DN40
10.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
6.3 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for
valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing.
These valves have a suffix 'H'.
Valve stroke is 20 mm.
5. Electropneumatic positioner
Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).
Boiler house
Level controls
6
SG iron body 100 000
v3
KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC)
90 000
K
40 000
PN40 rating 80 000
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)
30 000 70 000
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature 60 000
(graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature
6
20 000
2.3.36
v1
40 000
K
3. Selection of the valve Kv
0
generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where
v1
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at'
K
boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example 10 000
this is 15 000 kg / h. 9 000 20 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump
3
8 000
.
v6
pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler
K
pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the 7 000
example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. 6 000
c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the
line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv. 5 000
v4
10 000
K
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor 4 000 9 000
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the 8 000
maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is not
under pressure. 7 000
3 000
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: 6 000
Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E 5 000
Valve Kv Maximum feedpump 2 000
6.
v1
size value pressure bar g
4 000
K
5. Electropneumatic positioner
Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).
2.3.37
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-S75-06
AB Issue 3
Equipment required
1. To be fitted in each boiler panel: Boiler house
1 off Transformer 240 V (or 110 V) to 48 V. Provides low
voltage power supply to panel.
1 off Boiler shutdown relay 48 V coil. Shuts down burner
when de-energised.
3 off Boiler alarm relays 240 V (or 110 V) coils. For
signalling 1st low, 2nd low and high level alarms. Multi-core cable, 4 cores per boiler
Any number of additional alarms may easily be Typically 1000 m long using standard cable
signalled.
1 off Key operated local /remote switch. Can be used to
prevent remote alarms during manual tests and
maintenance of the boiler. Alarm and shutdown panel in remote location
3. Cable
4 cores per boiler. PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, unscreened multi-core cable can be used. Cable lengths up to 1000 m are possible
using cable size 0.5 mm² per core. Longer lengths would require large cable. A suitable cable can be obtained from ESD Electronic
Services of Harlow in lengths up to 500 m, their type numbers are:
4 core 16-2-4 A 8 core 18-2-8 A 12 core 16-2-12 A 18 core 16-2-18 A
System operation
During normal operation the local /remote switches must be in 'remote'. The boiler alarm relays in each boiler panel are normally energised
which in turn keep the alarm relays in the remote panel energised and no lights show. In the case of a boiler alarm, the relays are
de-energised, the boiler alarm lamp in the remote panel lights and the buzzer sounds. The operator should then press the stop button
and may mute the buzzer. The alarm lamp continues to show whilst there is an alarm.
When the boiler attendant goes to the boiler house he should switch to 'local', rectify any faults on the boiler and set it running. The remote
stop button must then be reset with a key, and the switch in the boiler house returned to 'remote'.
If a boiler panel is switched off all power is removed from that section of the remote alarm panel so no boiler alarm is signalled. Similarly
when a boiler is switched to 'local' the alarm lamp and buzzer in the remote panel will not operate. In the case of a break in the cable the
boilers will be shut down immediately but could be restarted by switching to 'local' in the boiler house.
Testing
Any alarm system should be tested regularly. In the case of high integrity self-monitoring low level alarms, the remote panel can be tested
during the regular weekly test of the low level alarms.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P402-121
AB Issue 5
DCV3/B
Boiler Feed Check Valve
Description
The Spirax Sarco DCV3/B boiler feed check valve is designed
specifically for use on boiler feedwater systems. It is a stainless
steel disc check valve with a soft EPDM seat to ensure tight
shut-off against boiler pressure, even under poor water
2.3.39 conditions. The DCV3/B is normally installed between flanges in
the boiler feed water line. Cast-in lugs on the valve body allow
the valve to be centralised easily. Face-to-face dimensions
conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49.
Note: The Spirax Sarco DCV3HE is similar in specification and
appearance, but has a slightly different seat design. We only
recommend the DCV3/B for boiler feedwater applications.
Standards
Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438.
Standard shut-off
Shut-off standard meets EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a
differential pressure exists.
Certification
These products are available with a Typical Test Report. 5 3 4 2 1
The products are also available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
WARNING:
The DCV3/ B must not be used on any fluids categorised as
Group 1 according to the E.C. directive on the classification of
dangerous substances, e.g. explosive, flammable, toxic and
oxidising substances.
Open Closed
Boiler house
Level controls
Locating lugs
2.3.40
Water flowrate in m3 /h
A
B
D
C
Pressure drop in bar
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DCV3/B boiler feed check valve.
2.3.41
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P402-132
AB Issue 4
LC1350
Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC1350 has two alarm channels that can be independently configured high or low to control the water level of a boiler,
tank or vessel by operating a pump, valve or solenoid. It has been designed as an on/off level controller for use with the LP10-4 four-tip
conductivity probe operating on supply voltages from 110 to 240 Vac.
The controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of conductive liquids from salt solutions or boiler water to condensate having
an electrical conductivity as low as 1 μS /cm at 25°C.
The LC1350 gives accurate and reliable control under the very different conditions found in vessels, tanks or high output boilers operating
2.3.42
up to 32 bar @ 239°C.
The front panel has a 3-digit LCD screen and moving segments that display the liquid level rising or falling along with a five-button keypad.
The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.
Principal features:
- Level controller with two configurable alarms. Clamping screw
- Universal power supply – 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.
- UL and TÜV approved.
- LCD shows level change direction.
- Interactive safety feature.
- Infrared comms.
Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements.
The LC1350 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). LC1350
A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the
reference number UK Supply BH LC1350 2008.
The LC1350 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting
the standards of:
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment
for measurement, control, and laboratory use.
LCD
The LC1350 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting display
the standard:
- Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices,
Water Level 100 (07.2010).
- UL listed (open).
Application
Typical application example – on / off control of a feedtank:
- Pump on
- Pump off Note: probes can be mounted in
- High alarm external chambers if boiler mounting
- Low alarm is not possible. AL
5 button
Function display
Inputs OK
The LC1350 input options are:
- High alarm or low alarm from a conductivity probe.
- Pump on/off control from two conductivity probes.
Function / outputs
The controller reacts to a change in probe conductivity (open / Clamping
screw
closed circuit) and energises / de-energises a relay. This action
switches a pump or sounds an alarm.
Other features:
- Additional filters can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.
- To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a fixed pass code.
- The product can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent boiler house controllers. It is designated as a slave unit.
- A panel mounted external test switch may be fitted if required.
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Level controls
The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable plastic
or metal enclosures.
Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection.
Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches.
Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products.
Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally
apply.
All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable. 2.3.44
No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required.
Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety
Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.
52 mm 120 mm
LC1350
140 mm 120 mm
AL
OK
How to specify
Conductivity level controller to provide on / off control of a pump plus two configurable alarms, and to have infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC1350 level controller.
2.3.45
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P402-133
AB Issue 4
LC2250
Level Controller
Description Clamping screw
The Spirax Sarco LC2250 is a level controller for on / off or
modulating control of conductive liquid levels.
The LC2250 has two alarm outputs that can be configured high
or low.
The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical
2.3.46
conductivity of 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm, when used with an LP20, LC2250
PA20 or PA420 capacitance probe.
The LC2250 may be used on boilers, tanks, or vessels operating
at up to 32 bar g at 239°C.
The front panel has a 3 digit LCD display and a five-button keypad. Graphic
The unit can be be panel, DIN rail, or chassis mounted. display
%
Principal features:
- Level controller for modulating or on/off control of boilers.
- Universal power supply – 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.
- UL and TÜV approved.
- Alarms – high or low.
AL
- Input filter for turbulent conditions.
5 button
- 0/4-20 mA retransmit. display
OK
- Infrared communications.
Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements.
The LC2250 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial).
Clamping screw
A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the
reference number UK Supply BH LC2250 2008.
Function
The LC2250 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting The product compares the input signals with the Set Point selected
the standards of: by the user. It then changes its output signal to control the water
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment level in the boiler or tank.
for measurement, control, and laboratory use.
Inputs
The LC2250 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting The product has two inputs to accept the following signals:
the standard:
- Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, - Level probe or transmitter 1 - 6 V or 4 - 20 mA.
Water Level 100 (07.2010). - A 1 K potentiometer input ~ for Valve Motor Drive (VMD).
- UL listed (open). Outputs
The output control signal can be configured / wired to work with a
Typical applications pump or a modulating control valve. It also provides two relay
outputs for high or low level alarms and can provide an isolated
On/off control: 4 - 20 mA retransmission output.
- Pump control.
- Two alarm outputs. Other features:
- 4 - 20 mA level output. - An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping
effect for turbulent conditions.
Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump.
- Commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.
Modulating control:
Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA - The LC2250 can communicate via an infrared link between
control signals. adjacent controllers. It enables the parameters to be passed to
a product fitted with RS485 (User). The LC2250 is designated
- Two alarm outputs. as a slave unit – no set-up or adjustment is needed.
- 4 - 20 mA level output. Important: Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between
Note: The 4 - 20 mA level output is only available when the products.
product is configured for valve motor drive systems.
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-134
AB Issue 5
LC2650
Level controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC2650 is a level controller for conductive
liquids. Clamping
screw
It provides on/off or modulating control of liquid levels in boilers,
tanks, and vessels operating up to 32 bar at 239°C.
2.3.49 It has two alarm channels that can be independently configured
either high or low. LC2650
The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical
conductivity as low as 5 μS/cm or 5 ppm (when used with an
LP20, PA20 or PA420 capacitance probe).
100
The front panel has an LCD screen and a five-button keypad. The
LCD display screen can show either operating information (in run Graphic
mode), or a trend graph that displays a record of the variation in display
level over a set time.
50
In run mode the general data is shown on several consecutive
screen displays.
A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic feature.
Inputs can be measured and outputs can be set from the front panel. 0
%
To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all
commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code. SP PV AL
The LC2650 can communicate via an infrared link between
adjacent controllers.
It can be designated as either a master unit or a slave unit. 5 button
The LC2650 can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted. display
OK
Principal features:
- Modulating or on/off control of boiler water level using a
capacitance probe.
- Switchable integral action. Clamping
screw
- Single, two or three-element control.
- LCD graphics display and five-button keypad.
- Graphic display of status, PV percentage, and alarm, plus a Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump.
trend graph. Modulating control:
- Infrared communication. Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA
control signals.
- EIA 485 / Modbus communications.
- Two alarm outputs.
- UL and TÜV approved. - 4 - 20 mA level output (isolated).
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Level controls
LVD (safety)
Electrical Safety EN 61010-1
UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 2.3.50
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05
EMC Immunity / Emissions Suitable for heavy industrial locations
Enclosure Material Polycarbonate
Colour Pantone 294 (blue)
Front panel
Material Silicone rubber, 60 shore.
Solder Tin / lead (60 / 40%)
Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors.
Termination Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd.
Mains
Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
and signal
Cable size 0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).
connector
Stripping length 5 - 6 mm
Type High temperature
Shield type Screened
Level probe,
Number of cores 3 (LP20 / PA20), 2 (LP20 / PA420 4-20 mA Transducer
feedback,
Gauge 1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)
steam meter and water
Maximum length 100 m (328 ft)
cable / wire
Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200,
Recommended type
Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
Type Twisted pair
Shield type Screened
0/4-20 mA output(s) Number of pairs 1
cable/wire Gauge 0.23 - 1 mm² (24 - 18 AWG)
Maximum length 100 m (328 ft)
Type EIA RS485 twisted pair
Shield type Screened
RS485 communication Number of pairs 2 or 3
cable / wire Gauge 0.23 mm² (24 AWG)
Maximum length 1 200 m (4 000 ft)
Recommended type Alpha Wire 6413 or 6414
LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m.
52 mm 120 mm
LC2650
100
50
140 mm 120 mm
0
%
SP PV AL
OK
How to specify
Multi-voltage level controller having two alarms, configurable high or low, infrared communication as a master or slave unit.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC2650 level controller.
2.3.53
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P402-135
AB Issue 6
LC3050
Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC3050 is a level limiting alarm for use in Clamping
conductive liquids as a high or a low alarm, and is defined as a screw
'special design water level limiter' in the context of EN 12952-11. It
is suitable for use with steam or hot water boilers operating up to
32 bar at 239°C.
The LC3050 is a dual voltage unit, 230 Vac or 115 Vac for use with LC3050 2.3.54
Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes.
The LC3050 has two LED’s, indicating normal and alarm conditions,
and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are non-
functional. ALARM
The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.
An automatic cyclic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is
carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the OK
probe.
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and
associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the
wiring of a remote test button if required.
Principal features:
- SIL certification for the LC3050 / LP30 system.
- High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm.
- Dual mains supply, 230 / 115 Vac.
Clamping
- UL and TÜV approved. screw
- LED indication of status.
- Infrared communications. Function / Inputs / Outputs
Approvals Function
An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level
concluded it meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels,
Intergrity Level of SIL2 when used in a 1001 architecture and SIL3 by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, self-
when used in 1002 architecture. monitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress.
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe,
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements. through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water
level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer
This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is
is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set
suitable for Class A Environments (eg Industrial). The LC3050 meets
delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the
the requirements of the Directive by meeting the Controlling
supply to the burner.
standard:
- EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement control Input / output
and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the
requirements. LP31 high level probe.
In addition the LC3050 meets the EMC requirements of the following With the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler
standards: panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly
- EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic
devices of the boiler and accessories. test is being carried out.
- EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations A compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe
Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring
accessories. fault.
The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC) Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS
by meeting the standards of: communications.
- EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use. Other features
The LC3050 has been type-tested as a Special Design Water Level The LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between
Limiter by meeting the Standard: adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to
- Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are
Water Level 100 (07.2010). those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a
- UL listed (open) slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed.
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Level controls
52 mm 120 mm
LC3050
ALARM
OK
140 mm 120 mm
AL
How to specify
High-integrity self-monitoring level controller with fail-safe operation and self-testing facilities. LED indication of alarm and safe status.
Infrared communications facility. A test button facility shall be provided on the front panel.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC3050 level high-integrity, self-monitoring level controller.
TI-P403-57
AB Issue 4
BCS1
Pipeline Set
Blowdown Please note:
from The inter connecting pipework is to be supplied by the customer.
boiler
Fig 12 strainer
Description
The BCS1 pipeline set is a kit of components selected to enable
straightforward installation of a TDS control system where the probe
assembly is to be mounted in the pipeline, rather than directly in M10 ball valve
the boiler shell.
The BCS1 pipeline set consists of the following items:-
1 x S10 sensor chamber ½" BSP. Blowdown
1 x CP10 sensor and gasket. to heat recovery system
1 x PT2 plug tail.
1 x Sensor chamber plug ¼" BSP.
1 x BCV1 solenoid valve ½" BSP, 230 V. Pressure / temperature limits
1 x LCV1 check valve ½" BSP. Maximum boiler pressure 14 bar g.
1 x Fig 12 SG iron strainer ½" BSP. Capacities
2 x M10 ball valves ½" BSP. The capacity of the system is limited by the blowdown valve capacity
Alternative products are available, but not as part of a kit. at various boiler pressures.
A controller is also required, and should be selected from the Spirax
Sarco range. Boiler Low to medium Medium to high
The BC3150 and BC3250 are both suitable, and offer a choice of pressure flowrates flowrates
features. Full details are available in separate literature. (bar g) (Standard setting*) (High setting*)
1 60 175
Principal features:
2 85 250
- For TDS systems with probe in pipeline.
- Complete pipeline kit - choice of controller. 4 115 350
- Suitable for boiler pressures of 14 bar g. 6 130 385
- For blowdown rates up to 590 kg / h.
8 150 445
Weight 10 165 495
Boxed kit approximately 3.7 kg.
14 200 590
Materials * At 'Standard setting' the controller is set to open the valve for
S10 sensor chamber Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 10 seconds every 30 seconds.
When blowing down at 'High setting' the controller opens the valve
CP10 sensor body and pin Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 continuously.
PT2 plug tail Brass body
Sensor chamber plug Carbon steel Electrical data
BCV1 solenoid (blowdown) valve
Brass body, stainless steel seat,
BCV1 solenoid valve Voltage range 209 V to 264 V
PTFE seal.
LCV1 check valve Bronze Frequency range 50 to 60 Hz
Fig 12 strainer SG iron 40 VA (inrush)
Power consumption
M10 ball valve Zinc plated forged carbon steel 16 VA /10 W (hold)
See individual product literature for further information. Protection rating IP65
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
Spare parts
Armature and spring set for the BCV1 blowdown valve (kit) Stock No. 4034080
2.4.2
TI-P403-60
AB Issue 5
Electrical data
230 V version 207 V to 253 V
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz
40 VA (inrush)
Maximum power consumption
16 VA/12 W (hold)
Materials
Body Brass
Limiting conditions
Blowdown valves BCV1 BCV1 BCV20
(UL/CSA)
Maximum boiler or steam
14 bar g 203 psi g 9 bar g 130 psi g 4 bar g 58 psi g
pressure - Intermittent operation
Medium Water and steam Water and steam Water and steam
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm (ins) and kg (Ibs) Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
A B C D E Weight
supplied as spares.
40 110 74.5 94.5 73 0.75
(1.57) (4.33) (2.93) (3.72) (2.87) (1.65) Available spares
Armature and spring set (kit). Stock No. 4034080
E Solenoid coil 230 V Stock No. 4034081
A Solenoid coil 110/120 V Stock No. 4034082
Example: 1 off Armature and spring set (Stock No. 4034080) for
D a Spirax Spirax BCV20 blowdown valve.
B
½" BSP/NPT ½" BSP/NPT
2.4.4
C
Capacities
Solenoid coil
Model BCV1 BCV20
Orifice size 3 mm ( ") 6 mm (¼")
Spring
Kv value 0.25 0.8
For conversion: Armature with
C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 PTFE valve seat
C v (US) = Kv x 1.156
When used for boiler blowdown purposes, the valve will be
controlling a mixture of water and flash steam, so the following
capacity table applies:
Boiler pressure Capacities
BCV1 BCV20
bar g psi g kg / h lb / h kg / h lb / h
1 14.5 175 385 560 1 232
2 29 250 550 790 1 738
4 58 350 770 1 120 2 464
6 87 385 847
8 116 445 979
10 145 495 1 089
14 203 590 1 298
How to specify
BCV1
Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed blowdown
valve type BCV1 or BCV1 (UL / CSA) with brass bodies and How to order
stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BCV1 or BCV20 blowdown
BCV20 valve having screwed BSP connections, 230 V 50-60 Hz.
Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed, low
pressure blowdown valve type BCV20 with brass bodies and
stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal.
TI-P403-60 AB Issue 5
2.4.5
Boiler house
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P403-102
TI-P402-135
AB Issue 4
AB Issue 6
BCV
Blowdown LC3050
Control Valves
Level
DN15 Controller
to DN50 (½" to 2")
Description Size and pipe connections
The
SpiraxSpirax
Sarco's Sarco
BCV LC3050
blowdown is control
a levelvalves
limiting
are alarm for use using
manufactured in the ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT, Socket
Clamping
conductive
market proven liquids as a high
Spira-trol TM or a low
body. alarm,
These andhave
valves is defined as a
been specifically weld and Butt weld. screw
'special design
designed for the water level limiter'
blowdown in the
of steam context
boilers orofforEN 12952-11.
other It
high pressure
is suitable
drop, for use
low flow with steam and
applications, or hot
arewater boilersused
generally operating
with aupblowdown
to DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 Flanged:
32 bar at 239°C.
controller
The LC3050
The
as part of an automatic BCV control system.
flowrate isis aadjusted
dual voltage unit, 230
by setting the Vac or 115
stroke Vac
of the for use
valve with
spindle.
EN 1092 PN25, PN40,LC3050
PN63 and PN100
ASME class 125, 150, 250, 300 and 600
2.4.6
Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes.
These valves have been specially designed to minimize seat erosion and JIS / KS 10K, 20K, 30K and 40K
The LC3050 has two LED’s, indicating normal and alarm conditions,
ensure consistent tight shut-off.
and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are non-
A ¼" BSP plug at the base of the valve may be removed to allow a sample
functional. ALARM
cooler
The unittocan
be fitted.
be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.
An automatic
Two versionscyclic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is
are available:
carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the OK
-probe.
Electrohydraulically actuated BCV blowdown control valve.
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and
- Pneumatically actuated BCV blowdown control valve.
associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the
wiring of a models:
Available remote test button if required.
WARNING; Connections
Material In most countries, steam boilers operating with
Screwed
limited supervision Socket
require two weld Flanged
self-monitoring Butt weld
level probes
and controllers
Carbon steel to BCV41
provide two independent
BCV42 low level alarms.
BCV43 BCV44 AL Alarm test
A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some
Stainless steel
countries. BCV61 BCV62 BCV63 BCV64 button
SG iron features:BCV71
Principal BCV73
Electrohydraulically actuated
-Alloy steel
SIL certification for the LC3050 BCV82
/ LP30 system.BCV83 BCV84
- High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm.
-Spira-trol
Dual mainsvalve
TM
body
supply, 230options
/ 115 Vac.
Clamping
-Stem
UL andsealing Graphite packing High temperature applications
TÜV approved. screw
- LED indication of status. 316L stainless steel with
-Seating Hard facing
Infrared communications. Stellite 6 facing Function / Inputs / Outputs
Approvals Function
BCV blowdown control valves are compatible with the following
An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level
actuators itand
concluded positioners:
meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels,
Intergrity
Version Level ofActuator
SIL2 when used in a 1001 Positioners
architecture and SIL3 by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, self-
when used in 1002 architecture. monitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress.
Electric AHL1 series
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe,
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC andPP5 (pneumatic)
all its requirements. through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water
EP5 (electropneumatic) level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer
This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is
PN9_ __ ISP5(eg (intrinsically safeLC3050
electropneumatic) is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set
suitable for
Pneumatic Class A Environments Industrial). The meets
series delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the
the requirements of the Directive
SP200is, bySP400
meetingandthe
SP500Controlling Pneumatically
supply to the burner.
standard: (microprocessor based electropneumatic) actuated
- EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement
SP300 (digital communications) control Input / output
and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the
requirements.
Standards LP31 high level probe.
These products
In addition fully meets
the LC3050 complythewith
EMCthe requirements
requirements offollowing
of the the EuropeanWith the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler
standards:Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Pressure panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly
- EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting
Certification extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic
devices of the boiler and accessories. test is being carried out.
These products are available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
-Note:
EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations
All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at theA compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe
Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring
time of order placement.
accessories. fault.
The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC)
Operation
by meeting the standards of:
Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS
BCV blowdown control valves communications.
- EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
are supplied loaded to the closed
position.
measurement, control and laboratory use. Other features
Electrical
The LC3050 version:
has been When the power
type-tested is connected
as a Special DesigntoWater
the actuator
Level theThe LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between
valve opens
Limiter to the the
by meeting position set by the internal limit switch.
Standard: adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to
-Pneumatic version: When
Vd TÜV requirements the solenoid
for water valve
level control opens,
and airdevices,
limiting is admitted tobe passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are
theWater
actuator
Levelactivating the valve to open to the selected stroke.
100 (07.2010). those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a
- UL listed (open) slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed.
Page
Page1 1ofof14
3
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
Materials
Please note that the spare parts available for the blowdown control valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated
versions.
1. Body
2. Bonnet
1
5
Supply voltage Standard 24 Vac, Optional card 230 Vac and 110 Vac
Supply frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Power consumption 10 to 18
2.4.8
Actuator speed 2 mm / s, 4 mm / s or 6 mm / s
42 bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice
B C D
Temperature °C
A
BCV41 Screwed BSP
Steam
BCV43 Flanged EN 1092 saturation
curve
A A
C D
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP
Pressure psi g
E G H
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)
E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld class 6000 (B 16.11) and Butt weld
K L M
Temperature °C
J
BCV43 Flanged JIS / KS
Steam
saturation
curve
J J
L M
Pressure bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice
B C D
Temperature °C
A
BCV61 Screwed BSP
BCV63 Flanged EN 1092
Steam
saturation
A A
curve
C D
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
E
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
BCV61 Screwed NPT F G H
BCV62 Socket weld
BCV63 Flanged ASME Steam
saturation
BCV64 Butt weld curve
F G H
Pressure bar g
E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)
E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld and Butt weld class 6000 (B 16.11)
K L M
Temperature °C
J
BCV63 Flanged JIS / KS
Steam
saturation
J curve
J
L M
Pressure bar g
EN PN25 -10 °C
Maximum operating pressure for ASME 125 10.0 bar g @ 184 °C 145 psi g @ 363 °F
PMO
saturated steam service ASME
ASME 250 18.0 bar g @ 209 °C 261 psi g @ 408 °F
EN PN25 -10 °C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice
A B
Temperature °C
BCV71 Screwed BSP Steam
BCV73 Flanged EN 1092 saturation
curve
B
Pressure bar g
2.4.14
Pressure psi g
E
C D
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
BCV71 Screwed NPT Steam
saturation
BCV73 Flanged ASME curve
D E
Pressure bar g
F G
Temperature °C
BCV73 Flanged JIS / KS Steam
saturation
curve
G
Pressure bar g
PN63 or PN100
Body design conditions: ASME class 600
JIS / KS 30K or 40K
PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME ASME 600 103.4 bar g @ 50 °C 1 500 psi g @ 122 °F
TMA Maximum allowable temperature ASME ASME 600 538 °C @ 29.8 bar g 1 000 °F @ 432 psi g
2.4.15
JIS / KS 30K 490 °C @ 30.0 bar g
JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K 510 °C @ 40.0 bar g
PN63 -29 °C
EN
PN100 -29 °C
TMO Maximum operating temperature ASME ASME 600 538 °C @ 29.8 bar g 1 000 °F @ 432 psi g
PN63 -29 °C
EN
PN100 -29 °C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice
A B C
Temperature °C
BCV83 Flanged EN 1092
Steam
saturation
curve
B C
Pressure bar g
2.4.16
Pressure psi g
D E
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
BCV82 Socket weld
BCV83 Flanged ASME Steam
BCV84 Butt weld saturation
curve
E
Pressure bar g
G H
F
Temperature °C
BCV83 Flanged JIS / KS Steam
saturation
curve
F H
Pressure bar g
Kvs values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Kvs value 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.6 1.6 1.6
DN DN DN DN DN DN C1
Size ASME PN
15 20 25 32 40 50
JIS/KS
125 - - 184 - 222 254
10K
JIS/KS
300 190.5 197 - 235 267
20K
JIS/KS
A 30K
600 203 206 210 251 251 286
JIS/KS
40K
Pneumatic
40 130 150 160 180 200 230 actuation
125 JIS/KS B1
10K
300 392 421 416
2.4.17 40
JIS/KS
20K
B
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 422 449
JIS/KS
40K
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 378 432 427
JIS/KS
40 20K
B1
JIS/KS
30K D
600 100 408 460
JIS/KS
40K
C
C 230
C1 170 300
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 42.5 57.0 54.5 65.5 76.5 84.5
JIS/KS
40 20K
D
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 49.5 56.5 71.5 85.5
JIS/KS Electric
40K actuation
Weight
125 JIS/KS
B
10K
300 12 12.8 13 19.5 20 23
JIS/KS
40 20K
Electric
version
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 16 18 19 25 28 33
JIS/KS
40K
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 12 12.8 13 30.5 31 34
JIS/KS
40 20K
Pneumatic
version
JIS/KS
30K D
600 100 16 18 19 36 39 44
JIS/KS
40K
A
4 = Carbon steel
6 = Stainless steel
Body material 4
7 = SG iron
8 = Alloy steel
Trim-balancing U = Unbalanced U
Bolting S = Standard S
PN = Pneumatic
Actuation PN
230 Vac,
EL = Electrical 110 Vac or
24 Vac
Selection example
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43 pneumatically actuated control valve having flanged ASME 300 connections.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied
as spares.
Please note that the spare parts available for the BCV blowdown control
valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated
2.4.19 versions.
Available spares
Actuator clamping nut A
Gasket set B, G
Linear trim
Plug stem and seat kit D2, E
(No gaskets supplied)
Example: 1 off Actuator clamping nut for a Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43
blowdown control valve.
D2
E
G
TI-P403-91
AB Issue 5
BC3150
Blowdown Controller
Description
The BC3150 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls
TDS (total dissolved solids – salts in solution) by opening and Clamping
closing a blowdown valve. It works in conjunction with a Spirax screw
Sarco conductivity sensor, a boiler blowdown valve or condensate
dump valve.
2.4.20
The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and BC3150
powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz mains supply.
The front panel has a 3 digit LCD and a five-button keypad.
The product has no battery. The programmed settings are held in
x1000
non-volatile memory (Flash) and are written to after changing a LCD display
x100
parameter and pressing the OK key.
x10
Principal features:
- Blowdown controller with temperature compensation.
- Type approved as a TDS limiter and controller.
- Works with CP10, CP30 or CP32 conductivity probes.
- Wide range: 1-9990 µS/cm or ppm – (x1, x 10, x 100 x 1000).
- LCD display with direct probe condition indicator. CLN AL
5 button
- Infrared communications. display
OK
- UL and TÜV approved.
Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements. Clamping
The BC3150 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). screw
A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the Inputs
reference number UK Supply BH BC3150 2008. The BC3150 can accept a signal from a Spirax Sarco conductivity
The BC3150 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting probe (CP10, CP30, or CP32).
the standards of: A Pt100 temperature sensor may be connected to provide
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment temperature compensation (2% / °C). This is recommended if the
boiler is working at varying pressures, or for other applications,
for measurement, control, and laboratory use.
such as condensate monitoring or coil boilers, where the
The BC3150 has been type-tested as a TDS controller by meeting temperature may vary. If a Pt100 is not fitted, the product uses a
the standard: default temperature of 184°C (10 bar g).
- Vd TÜV requirements for TDS control device, Water Level 100
(07.2010). Outputs
- UL listed (open) Pulsed output - For smaller boilers where the capacity of the
blowdown valve is relatively high compared to the boiler size, the
blowdown may be set to pulsed, rather than continuous output,
Function opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20 seconds. This slows
All ranges and operating parameters are selected using the the rate at which the boiler water is removed so that the level is
software menu. not unduly affected, avoiding the risk of triggering a low water
Commissioning is carried out using the two lower buttons. alarm.
Once fully commissioned, the TDS value is displayed in μS/cm
(or ppm if selected). Other features
To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all
If the water conductivity exceeds the Set Point level, the TDS value commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.
shown on the display will alternate with 'bld', and the valve relay The BC3150 can communicate via an infrared link between
will be energised until the conductivity drops below 5% of full scale adjacent controllers.
(FS) below the set point. This feature enables the parameters of this product (OEM) to be
If the water conductivity exceeds the alarm level, the TDS value passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user).
will alternate with 'AL' , and the valve relay will be energised until The BC3150 is always an IR slave – No set-up or adjustment is
the conductivity drops 3% (FS) below the alarm level. needed.
If the system is carrying out a purge, The TDS value will alternate An isolated 4 - 20 mA output is provided as standard, and may be
with 'Pur', and the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity used for remote display of the TDS level or as an output to a
drops 5% (FS) below the set point. computerised management system.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
52 mm 120 mm
BC3150
x1000
x100
x10
140 mm 120 mm
CLN AL
OK
How to specify
Blowdown controller with LCD display and five-button keypad, and infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3150 blowdown controller.
TI-P403-90
AB Issue 5
BC3250
Blowdown Controller
Description
The BC3250 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls
TDS (total dissolved solids - salts in solution) by opening and Clamping
closing a blowdown valve. screw
It also has a timer that controls a bottom blowdown valve, to remove
precipitated solids from the bottom of the boiler.
2.4.24
The product works in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco conductivity
sensor, a boiler blowdown valve and, for condensate contamination BC3250
detection, a dump valve.
It can operate on a supply voltage of between 110 to 240 Vac at
50 / 60 Hz. 100
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
52 mm 120 mm
BC3250
100
50
140 mm 120 mm
0
%
SP PV AL
OK
How to specify
Blowdown controller with integral bottom blowdown timer and infrared comms.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3250 blowdown controller.
TI-P403-96
AB Issue 3
Requirements
Many countries ensure the protection and safe operation of boiler equipment, buildings and personnel through Legislation and Standards.
For example shell boilers operated in the European Community must comply with requirements of the harmonised standard EN 12953
that specifies maximum contamination levels for boilers operated unsupervised for periods of 24 or 72 hours.
Function
To protect the boiler feedwater system from oil and grease contamination, the Turbidity Monitoring System has two independent alarm
set points:
- Alarm 1 can be set to divert and discharge contaminated water above 3.0 ppm to a blowdown vessel or directly to drain.
- Alarm 2 can be set to shut down the boiler if contamination level rises above 5.0 ppm.
Diversion of contaminated supplies may be achieved with two 2-port ball valves with a ¼ turn actuator or a 3-port actuated valve.
Spare parts
For available spares and options please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls
Technical data
Air purge Connections available as standard Resolution < ± 0.5% of respective measuring range
Incandescent tungsten lamp: 5.0 Vdc, Repeatability < ± 1% of respective measuring range
Light source
775 mA (typical life span 3 to 5 years) Specific to application, < ± 2% with standard
Linearity
Wave lengths 400 nm – 1100 nm solution
Repeatability < ± 1% of respective measuring range Alarm output 2 independent adjustable SPDT relays.
Protection All optical parts protected according to IP65 In operation 0°C to +50°C (+32°F to +122°F)
Ambient
Cable length 5.0 m (16 ft) temperature Storage temperature:
-20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F)
VA-plug-
Special ultra-shielded cable sets Requirements EN 61010-1 / 202-08 / class 1
protection
Certificates ISO 9001:2000, PED, CE, HPO Certificates ISO 9001:2000, GS, CE
Converter options
Turbidimeter options Power supply 24 Vac / dc at 50 / 60 Hz
Flange
- Flanged ASME class 150 - B19-21 Housing: ABS plastic IP66
specification (1 converter)
TF56-N Turbidimeter
Weight: 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs)
Ø 92 mm G1
96 mm
2.4.30
195 mm
160 mm
150 mm
556 Converter
Weight: 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs)
128.4 mm
(5.06")
106.3 mm 18 mm 190 mm
(4.19") (0.71") (7.48")
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. The system operates at a potentially
fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the system read the Instruction Manual supplied with the equipment.
2.4.31
Option 24 Vac / dc
PA / PE
24 Vac / dc
PA / PE
115 / 230 Vac
2.4.32
Boiler house
Conductivity
Local regulations sensors
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P403-49
AB Issue 6
CP30
Conductivity Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe is used in conjunction
with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water, 1
usually in a steam boiler for the purpose of monitoring and
controlling blowdown.
Technical data
Minimum distance from boiler tubes 20 mm (¾")
7
Minimum immersion depth
100 mm (4")
(Vertically installed probes)
Maximum cable length (probe to controller) 100 m (330 ft)
Minimum conductivity 10 µS / cm or 10 ppm
Materials
No. Description Material
1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gasket Silicone rubber
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled 8
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
5 Name-plate Polycarbonate
Austenitic Type 316Ti
6 Body stainless steel W/S No. 1.4571
Austenitic ASTM A276 316L
7 Probe tip stainless steel
9
8 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
9 Tip shroud PTFE
Austenitic BS 2056 316 S42
10 Spring (not shown) stainless steel
Boiler house
Conductivity sensors
Typical installation on
a probe elbow, ideally Probe elbow
on the horizontal centre
line of the boiler.
A maximum tip length
2.5.2
of 500 mm must be
adhered to on horizontal
178 (7.0) applications.
To blowdown valve
Ø28 (1.1)
27 A /F
Typical horizontal installation
" BSP taper on a boiler standpipe
(R½) connection using the longer 1 000 mm
and 1 500 mm probes.
The CP30 is also available
with a ½" NPT screwed
connection, approved to
UL61010. Please note Maintenance note:
that this version will not No special maintenance is required.
be marked and is not Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
suitable for Europe. and inspection, which is described in separate literature.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe with a "
BSP taper connection and a tip length of 500 mm.
Ø11 (0.43)
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
Tip shroud and supplied as spares.
spring assembly
Available spares
Tip shroud and spring assembly Stock No. 4031282
TI-P403-59
AB Issue 8
CP32
Twin Tip Conductivity Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP32 conductivity probe is used in conjunction
with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water,
usually in a steam boiler, for the purpose of monitoring and
controlling blowdown.
2.5.3 The CP32 has a built-in temperature sensor, and when used with
an appropriate controller, is able to detect scaling. It also
automatically initiates a probe conditioning cycle. This causes any
scale on the probe to become porous or fall off, allowing the 2
probe to continue to sense at its original calibration level. (internal)
WARNING: This feature is not a substitute for adequate boiler
water treatment. If scale is occuring on a probe, it is also 1
accuring inside the boiler, and a competent water treatment
specialist must be consulted to avoid a potentially dangerous
situation.
The CP32 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and has a
" BSP male thread (½" NPT to special order) for connection
to a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly into
a boiler connection. 4 3
Principal features :
- Twin tip conductivity probe for use in TDS control systems.
- Built-in temperature sensor - only one boiler connection needed.
- Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 239°C @ 32 bar g
(462°F @ 464 psi g).
- Patented scale detection and compensation.
Technical data
Minimum tip distance from boiler tubes 10 mm (0.4")
Minimum immersion depth
100 mm (4.0")
(vertically installed probes) 10
Maximum cable length
100 m (328 ft)
(probe to controller)
Minimum conductivity 10 µS / cm or 10 ppm
Materials
No. Part Material
Terminal
1 Aluminium
head
2 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
3 Cover tube Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
4 Name-plate Polycarbonate
5 Body Austenitic stainless steel Type 304L 1.4306
6 Spring Austenitic stainless steel 302 S26
7
7 Insulator PEEK
6 and 8
8 Driver tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 (Internal)
9 Sensor tip Austenitic stainless steel UGINE 4632
10 Rod Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 / 316L
9
Boiler house
Conductivity sensors
How to specify
153 (6.02) TDS conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP32 with
nickel alloy sensor tips and built-in temperature sensor. They must
incorporate a patented facility to check the sensor tips for scaling.
When used in conjunction with an appropriate Spirax Sarco
controller, they must also be able to automatically initiate a patented
probe cleaning feature, which, if unable to clean the probe, will
activate a warning on the controllers display panel and / or a remote
27 A / F alarm. The system must also be able to automatically compensate
for any polarisation effects at the sensors. They must be suitable
" BSP taper for boiler pressures up to 32 bar g and a maximum working
(½" NPT) temperature of 239°C. They must be available in 300 mm, 500 mm
and 1 000 mm lengths, and have a " BSPT or ½" NPT boiler
connection.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP32, twin tip conductivity probe
having a ½" BSP connection and 300 mm tip length.
Tip length
300 (11.8),
500 (19.7)
or 1 000 (39.4)
TI-P403-22
AB Issue 5
Probe Flanges
for TDS Conductivity Probes
Description
Probe flanges are used to install Spirax Sarco TDS conductivity
probes directly into a boiler where a probe elbow is not used.
They are tapped 2" BSP and spot-faced.
Materials
Flanges Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-161 Gr. 360
to Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-151 Gr. 430A
EN 1092 Carbon steel ASTM A515 Gr. 55
Flanges to Carbon steel BS 1501-151 Gr. 360
BS 10 Table F and H Carbon steel BS 1503-161 Gr.A or equivalent
Available types
Flange standard EN 1092 BS 10
Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H
Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DN15 (½") 4032460 4032460 4032460 4032491
DN20 (¾") 4032461 4032461 4032461 4032491
DN25 (1") 4032462 4032462 4032492 4032492
DN32 (1¼") 4032463 4032463 4032493 4032493
DN40 (1½") 4032464 4032464 4032494 4032494
DN50 (2") 4032465 4032465 4032465 4032465
DN80 (3") 4032467 4032467 4032497 4032497
TI-P403-45
AB Issue 6
S20
Sensor Chamber and Sensors
Description
The Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber is fitted with conductivity and S20 sensor chamber
temperature sensors used to determine the conductivity of liquids.
The use of a temperature sensor enables an accurate measurement
to be made when the temperature varies, as in the case of condensate
return monitoring systems.
The hexagonal in-line sensor chamber is available screwed 2.5.6
1¼" BSP or 1" NPT.
Adjacent radial female screwed connections are provided for:
- CP10 conductivity sensor ( " BSP).
- TP20 temperature sensor (¼" BSP).
An additional ¼" BSP (¼" NPT) connection is provided on the other
side of the chamber for taking a sample if required. CP10
Spirax Sarco can supply a sample cooler for cooling hot samples, conductivity
or a blanking plug if the connection is not required. sensor
Principal features:
- Allows continuous temperature compensated measurement
TP20
- Purpose designed sensor chamber for in-line mounting temperature
- Simple removal of sensors for cleaning sensor
Safety information
This document does not contain enough information to install
the product safely. Refer to the Installation and Maintenance * 120
Instructions provided with the product.
The CP10 sensor contains PTFE wich can give off toxic fumes 1 250
if exposed to excessive heat.
TP20 temperature sensor
Installation
Caution: Do not install the sensor outdoors without additional
weather protection.
The sensor chamber may be fitted in a vertical or horizontal pipeline * ¼" BSP sample connection
with suitable isolation valves to allow inspection / cleaning of the Bore Ø35
sensors. Reducers may be fitted if required. Flow can be in either 1¼" BSP
direction. The sensors themselves must be horizontal. For full or
information see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Bore Ø26
Caution: Ensure the PT2 wire is not exposed to a temperature Weight 1.9 kg 1" NPT
greater than 120°C.
Boiler house
Sample coolers
2.6.1
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 1 of 3
TI-P403-09
AB Issue 9
���
���
���
Cooling water
��� OUT to drain
�� or tundish
�
� �� �� �� �� ���
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Body
Maximum design pressure 10 bar g @ 100°C
Maximum design temperature 100°C @ 10 bar g Cooling SC20
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 16 bar g water Sample cooler
IN
Note: The pressure / temperature limits for the clamp adaptor are
dependant on the manufacturer's recommendations
Materials
Coil Austenitic stainless steel Grade 316L
Body Austenitic stainless steel Cooling water inlet valve
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 2 of 3
Performance
The tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling
water flowrates.
Example
A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample
outlet temperature would be 4°C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15°C, the sample temperature would
be 19°C.
Table 2 is used in the same way for steam.
Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.
10 1°C 1°C 3°C 6°C 6°C 0°C 0°C 1°C 1°C 4°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 2°C
20 2°C 2°C 6°C 8°C 8°C 1°C 1°C 2°C 2°C 6°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 1°C 4°C
30 5°C 5°C 8°C 11°C 11°C 3°C 3°C 4°C 4°C 8°C 0°C 0°C 2°C 3°C 6°C
40 7°C 7°C 11°C 13°C 13°C 5°C 5°C 6°C 6°C 10°C 1°C 1°C 2°C 3°C 8°C
50 10°C 10°C 13°C 15°C 15°C 6°C 6°C 8°C 8°C 12°C 3°C 3°C 4°C 5°C 9°C
60 14°C 14°C 16°C 18°C 18°C 9°C 9°C 10°C 10°C 14°C 4°C 5°C 5°C 6°C 11°C
80 16°C 18°C 20°C 22°C 22°C 11°C 12°C 13°C 14°C 18°C 6°C 7°C 8°C 9°C 15°C
100 18°C 20°C 24°C 26°C 27°C 15°C 16°C 16°C 18°C 22°C 10°C 11°C 12°C 13°C 18°C
120 22°C 23°C 29°C 30°C 31°C 17°C 18°C 20°C 23°C 26°C 11°C 13°C 15°C 17°C 22°C
5 3°C 3°C 4°C 5°C 6°C 6°C 2°C 2°C 3°C 3°C 4°C 4°C 1°C 1°C 1°C 2°C 2°C 2°C
10 - 7°C 8°C 8°C 8°C 9°C - 4°C 4°C 4°C 4°C 5°C - 1°C 2°C 2°C 2°C 2°C
15 - - 9°C 10°C 10°C 11°C - - 5°C 6°C 6°C 7°C - - 2°C 2°C 3°C 4°C
70 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Page 2 of 3
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 3 of 3
E F
½" BSP or NPT
ØG
2.6.4
H A B C
'Adaptor' Standard
cooler cooler
Weights (approximate)
Cooler 3.1 kg
SCS20 system 4.2 kg
Spare parts
The spare parts available are listed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares:
Component Stock number
Sample inlet valve BSP 4037900
Sample inlet valve NPT 4037990
Stud coupling carbon steel BSP 0962373
Stud coupling stainless steel BSP 0963243
Stud coupling ¼" NPT male x 6 mm stainless steel (for connecting SC20 to an NPT valve or fitting) 0963209
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler having BSP connections.
Page 3 of 3
Boiler house
Sample
Local regulations may restrict coolers
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P403-82
AB Issue 5
SSC20
Sanitary Sample Cooler
Description Sizes and pipe connections
The Spirax Sarco SSC20 sanitary sample cooler has been
specifically designed for taking high quality chemical, conductivity Cooling water inlet and BSP version ½" BSP
and microbiological samples quickly and safely from clean / pure outlet connections NPT version ½" NPT
steam, water for injection (WFI) and other high purity media
½" adaptor for clamp fitting
2.6.5 systems.
The unit consists of high quality 316L stainless steel components
Sample tube inlet and
outlet connections
(clamp not supplied) on sample inlet.
6 mm O / D on sample outlet.
and utilises a counter current flow to maximise cooler efficiency,
resulting in a compact, space saving design. Sample IN
The unit is provided with an integral pre drilled mounting bracket to
allow simple installation.
Surface finish
Sample contact surfaces are compliant to current ASME BPE Clamp
requirements.
Ra Maximum 0.5 µ-m Ra (20 µ-in Ra).
Polished shell available as an optional extra.
Principal features:
- Internal surface finish of coil better than 0.5 µ-m Ra (20 µ-in Ra)
to ensure high sterility.
- Coil manufactured from fully traceable 316L stainless steel.
- Self-draining design to eliminate sample retention.
- Fully sterilisable / autoclavable - to ensure integrity of unit
between samples.
WARNING
The SSC20 is not sterile as supplied.
Packaging
All packaging of the SSC20 sanitary sample cooler is conducted in
an environment segregated from other non stainless steel
manufacture and is in accordance with ASME BPE:
- Sample inlet and outlet connections are capped.
- Sample coolers are sealed in 100-micron thick plastic bags.
Standards
The SSC20 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE.
Certification
The SSC20 can be supplied with the following certification if
requested at the time of ordering:
- Materials certificates to EN 10204 3.1 (inclusive of the internal
coil surface finish data which is provided on a 3.1 certificate).
Materials
Body and coil Austenitic stainless steel grade 316L Sample OUT
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Performance
Tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling water flowrates.
Example
A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample outlet
temperature would be 4°C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15°C, the sample temperature would
be 19°C.
Table 2 is used in the same way for steam.
Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.
D How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco type SSC20 sanitary sample cooler with
Weights (approximate) ½" sanitary clamp sample inlet connection and maximum coil internal
surface finish of 0.5 µ-m Ra. The cooling water connections are to
Cooler 3.1 kg be BSP.
2.7.1
Boiler house
Local regulationsConductivity meters
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P403-25
AB Issue 5
MS1
Conductivity Meter
Description
The Spirax Sarco MS1 is a battery powered conductivity meter
designed for use with liquids. It is particularly suitable for measuring
the conductivity of boiler water, feedwater, or condensate samples
in order to estimate the level of Total Dissolved Solids, or TDS.
The instrument is fitted with a permanently wired carbon electrode
sensor with integral temperature sensor.
2.7.2
A plug-in extension lead is also provided to allow ac resistance
measurements to be made on installed conductivity probes in order
to check their condition. Calibration to a master instrument or
standard solution is possible using the adjustment screw on the
side of the case. The instrument is supplied in a protective wallet.
Principal features:
- Automatic temperature compensation.
- Wide selectable range.
- Automatic switch-off.
Limiting conditions
Maximum recommended sensor operating temperature 45°C.
Specification
Ext =100/R
200 2 20
µS/cm mS/cm mS/cm
0 to 1.999 µS / cm
Ranges11mS/cm
Ranges mS / cm=1000µS/cm
= 1000 µS / cm
Ranges 0 to 19.99 µS / cm
MS
MS11
0 to 199.9 µS / cm Conductivity ON
Meter OFF
Range indication Decimal point and LED above selection key Meter
Temperature Automatic, 2% / °C
compensation Reference temperature 25°C
Made in UK
Resolution 0.1 µS / cm
±1.5% or ± 3 digits (whichever is greatest)
Accuracy
at 25°C
Calibration range ± 20%. 20 turns (approximately)
On / off Auto-off timer
Sensor PVC cell with carbon electrodes
Twin core
Extension cable
3.5 mm jack plug and crocodile clips
PP3 or equivalent
Battery
A low battery warning indicator is fitted
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco MS1 conductivity meter.
Boiler house
Heat recovery systems
2.8.1
Boiler house
Heat
Local regulations recovery
may restrict systems
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
AI-P404-07
AB Issue 7
Cold water
head piping
(instead of Type SD) 2.8.2
make-up tank
9
4
Condensate
8
3 Boiler
feedwater
tank
1 5
To boiler feedpumps
7
9 Condensate from
high pressure uses (TDS)
10
12 6 Table of parts
(closed)
Part no. Description Type
1. Flash vessel FV
4" dial 0.4 bar g C/W
11 2. Pressure gauge
'U' syphon and cock
3. Safety valve SV615
* 4. Vacuum breaker VB14
5. Steam distributor SD
Optional * Residual blowdown to Monnier
drain valve grade or receiver. 6. Flash vessel drain valve
(non-venting) ball valve
(closed) Note: Swan neck to
prevent the primary side 7. Float trap FT14-4.5
of the heat exchanger 8. Recirculating pump RP (240 V)
drying out.
Monnier
9. Tank isolating valves
(non-venting) ball valve
Fig. 1
Fig 12 SG iron or
10. Pump strainer
Fig 13 cast iron
11. Plate heat exchanger Type M3 or M6
12. Thermostat Type HTS3
Note: Item 5 can be replaced with a flash condensing head
(if present) as shown in the diagram above.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Heat recovery systems
Safety information
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information sheet IM-GCM-10 as well as to any national or regional regulations concerning boiler blowdown.
In the UK guidance is given in HSE Guidance Note PM60.
General information
This information describes the Spirax Sarco heat recovery system which is designed to recover the heat in discharged boiler water from
automatic TDS control systems, and a proportion of this water in the form of flash steam. The heat recovery system must only be used to
recover heat from the TDS blowdown. There will be another blowdown point on the bottom of the boiler used for the intermittent removal of
precipitates. This should be kept entirely separate from the heat recovery system. Refer to separate literature for system selection details.
This equipment is designed to save energy. All pipework and the flash vessel should be lagged.
Installation
Flash vessel
As water passes through the blowdown valve it is reduced in pressure. Flash steam is formed and the pipework downstream of the valve will
contain a mixture of steam and blowdown water travelling at high velocity. If the pipeline to the flash vessel is too small in diameter the result
may be erosion of the pipework with turbulence and carryover as it enters the flash vessel.
The best arrangement is to increase the size of the pipework after the blowdown valve:
-
2.8.3
Install the flash vessel at a high level adjacent but not bolted to the feedtank.
- Fit the pressure gauge set, safety valve and vacuum breaker as shown in Figure 2.
- Pipework from the flash vessel to the feedtank should match the vessel’s vent size.
- The safety valve should always be fitted with the centreline of the spring housing vertically above the valve.
- The discharge pipework must be installed so that undue stresses are not imposed upon the safety valve that could cause distortion and
leakage.
- Discharge pipework should be as short and straight as possible and discharge where it can not cause damage or injury to property or persons.
Discharge pipework must not be smaller in diameter than the valve outlet. Where it is necessary to install discharge pipework over a long
distance lowering of the performance and possible chatter can be avoided by fitting larger diameter pipe.
- There must be no shut-off device on the inlet or outlet of the safety valve.
- The size of pipework to drain should match the flash vessel drain connection size.
- The vacuum breaker must be installed in a vertical position above the flash vessel in the flash steam line to prevent a vacuum forming when
the blowdown valve shuts off.
Vacuum breaker
Flash steam
to feedtank
Auto TDS
blowdown
inlet
Drain valve
piped to open drain
Residual blowdown
to drain Fig. 3 Example showing two float traps in parallel when
Fig. 2 Flash vessel capacity demands
Float trap
The build up of water in the flash vessel must be avoided so a float trap with continuous drainage of condensate at saturation temperature is
essential. The trap must be fitted so that the float arm rises and falls vertically with the direction of flow as indicated on the body. Where capacity
demands two float traps should be fitted in parallel (see Figure 3). The flowrate of residual blowdown through the trap is dependent on the head
of water above it. For the full rated capacity of the system the trap should be positioned at least 2 m below the flash vessel as shown in Figure 3.
It is usually most convenient to fit the trap at a low level for easy access immediately above the heat exchanger. No more than 1 m of horizontal
pipework should be used between the flash vessel and the float trap inlet to prevent the float trap from becoming steam locked.
2.5 m (min.)
2.8.4
Pump
The pump should be situated in a vertical pipe pumping upwards as shown in Figure 5. This position ensures that the pump shaft is horizontal
which reduces the thrust bearing load and ensures positive air purging from both the rotor chamber and impeller housing. Where pumps
can only be installed in horizontal pipework, it is imperative that the pump shaft is horizontal, or slightly higher at the vent plug end. The shaft
must not fall below the horizontal plane, even by a few degrees, as this causes premature wear of the top bearing and shaft. Pumps are not
to be installed with the shaft in the vertical plane, as this may lead to dry running of the top bearing, noise and possible pump failure. Try to
position the pump motor away from hot surfaces and allow access to the switch on the terminal box. Ensure that the pump is not stressed
by the pipework and that the pipework is properly supported either side of the pump. If necessary use proprietary mounting brackets. Pipework
downstream of the pump is to match the outlet connection of the pump including the isolating valve.
Arrows on the pump base indicate the water flow direction through the pump. When connecting the pump to pipework, the gasket and union
nut should be assembled dry:
- It is not necessary to use any sealants.
- Ensure that the gasket is positioned correctly and tighten the union nut firmly. Do not over tighten and take care not to displace or distort
the gasket.
- The pump should not be subjected to extremes of temperature. Do not attempt to start the pump until the system has been filled with water
and both the pump and system have been vented. To avoid any possible sediment do not fit the pump in the lowest part of the system and
position the take off point from the cold treated water storage tank above the base of the tank.
- The return line should be below the lowest water level in the storage tank.
- The minimum inlet pressure to avoid cavitation of the pump is equivalent to 2.5 m head of water. It is recommended therefore that the
pump is installed at least 2.5 m below the lowest water level of the cold treated water storage tank as shown in Figure 5.
Thermostat
The HTS3 thermostat should be installed on the pipework leading from the flash vessel drain to the heat exchanger inlet, near to the heat
exchanger, allowing easy access to the setting arrow. The base of the HTS3 should be held in good contact with the metal of the pipe
removing insulation as required. The plastic covered spring fixing cable should be cut to an unstretched length slightly less than the
circumference of the pipe and the hook and eyelet screwed into the ends. Stretch the cable round the pipe and position it in the groove
across the front of the HTS3. Engage the hook and eyelet.
Electrical connection
Pump
Contactor overload protection is not required for these pumps. A
3 amp fuse must be fitted in conjunction with a proprietary switch
capable of disconnecting the electricity supply to the motor:
- The cable size to be used is 3-core, 0.75 mm².
- The cable should be capable of withstanding a minimum
temperature of 80°C.
- Remove the terminal box screw and cover.
- Thread the cable through the gland and connect as indicated in
the wiring diagram.
- Tighten the cable gland to ensure that the cable is gripped securely.
- Replace the terminal box cover and fasten securely.
WARNING : This pump must be earthed.
HTS3
Run sufficient 3-core electrical connecting cable to reach the HTS3 Thermostat
installation position without being under tension. HTS3
- Remove the HTS3 cover by undoing the central retaining screw
and connect the cable as shown in Figure 6, HTS3 Wiring diagram.
- Replace and secure the cover. Pump
- The HTS3 is double insulated and no earth connection is required.
WARNING : Disconnect mains supply before removing the cover. Fig. 6 HTS3 Wiring diagram - When hot 2 and C make contact
Commissioning
General
Following the installation and wiring of the blowdown heat recovery system and prior to refilling the cold treated water storage tank as required
all isolating valves should be closed.
- Ensure that the auto TDS system is isolated from the flash vessel until commissioning of the recovery system is complete.
- Turn the dial of the HTS3 clockwise to read an arbitrary figure and ensure that the voltage supply to the pump is off.
- Never run the pump whilst the system is dry or before the pump has been vented.
Heat exchanger Pack
Confirm that the plate pack length is correct, see the table below: length
Heat exchanger Plate pack length
type (mm)
M3-8 23
M3-10 29
M3-21 61
M3-31 90 Note:
This drawing is only a
M6-12 30 representation of a
2.8.5 M6-15
M6-19
38
48
heat exchanger.
M6-21 53
M6-25 63
M6-33 83 Fig. 7
Gradually open the isolating valve leading from the cold treated water storage tank to the heat exchanger inlet. Static pressure must be
increased slowly to spare the gaskets any undue stress. Open the isolating valve downstream of the pump. Open the isolating valve on the
remaining heat exchanger inlet.
Pump / HTS3
Close the isolating valves either side of the pump i.e. on the pump outlet and on the heat exchanger inlet:
- Slacken the vent plug and remove carefully. Normally the amount of water escaping will be minimal. Take care that water does not enter
the terminal box.
- Insert a small screwdriver into the slot in the shaft end and rotate several times to ensure that the shaft is free to move.
- Replace the vent plug but do not tighten.
- Open the isolating valves either side of the pump as previously described. Switch on the power supply to the system. Using a screwdriver
turn the setting arrow of the HTS3 fully anti-clockwise. The setting marks outside the temperature scale provide a positive on and off position.
Only when fully anti-clockwise should the pump come on.
- When any remaining air has escaped and water only is present tighten the vent plug.
- The pump may be noisy when first switched on due to air remaining in the chamber this should cease after a few minutes running. If noise
persists then re-vent.
- Position the HTS3 setting arrow to the desired temperature for switching. 65°C is recommended as a typical setting on this application but if
this is not exactly suitable it may be adjusted later. The requirement being that the pump should run whenever there is any useful heat to recover.
WARNING : Do not start the pump until the system has been filled with water and both the pump and system have been vented in
accordance with the above instructions.
TDS system
For commissioning of auto TDS systems refer to separate literature. Open up the TDS blowdown to the flash vessel. By blowing down through
the auto-TDS system check the operation of the blowdown heat recovery system and adjust the HTS3 switching temperature if required. Observe
in particular the operating pressure of the flash vessel that should not exceed 0.5 bar g under normal conditions and that the heat exchanger
is working correctly. The temperature of the residual blowdown flowing to drain will be below 40°C in most cases but this depends
on the temperature of the water in the cold treated water tank.
Operation
Boiler water at saturation temperature is blown down from the boiler through a valve to the flash vessel. A percentage of this blowdown water
will flash to steam as its pressure is reduced typically to 0.2 bar g. The flash steam is allowed to separate in the flash vessel and is then
directly introduced into the feedtank through a steam distributor. This increases the temperature within the feedtank thus reducing heating
requirements and driving off corrosion-causing dissolved oxygen. Also reduced is the quantity of expensive treated water required to replenish
the feedtank. Residual blowdown from the flash vessel flows through a float trap to the heat exchanger where its heat content is used to
raise the temperature of water from the cold, treated water storage tank. The circulating pump is thermostatically controlled to ensure that
it only runs when the system receives blowdown and there is useful heat to be recovered.
Maintenance
Daily
There are no specific checks to be carried out daily on this system.
Weekly
Take a boiler water sample and check the TDS. Adjust the blowdown controller accordingly. Observe the system under operating conditions
for any system faults. Open the flash vessel drain valve whilst there is flow from the TDS system and check that the vessel drain is clear.
Operate the isolating valves throughout the system to ensure that they do not seize. Check that the residual blowdown discharge rate
increases as the blowdown valve opens. When the valve closes check that the residual blowdown discharged to drain eventually stops.
Annually
Examine the blowdown valve for any damage and replace parts as required. Normally it is not necessary to open a heat exchanger until it
is so dirty that its function is impaired. When required open the heat exchanger according to the manufacturers dismantling instructions and
clean each plate separately. Cleaning with the plates in the frame is recommended. Clean the plates using a water jet not an abrasive brush.
If removed the exchanger plates must be numbered to ensure that they are assembled correctly after cleaning. Inspect the float trap on the
flash vessel drain and clear out any deposits checking for any wear of the internals and free movement in all components. Re-commission
the system. For the maintenance instructions of TDS systems refer to separate literature.
Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems -
AI-P404-07 AB Issue 7 Installation, Operation and Maintenance Page 4 of 4
Boiler house
Heat recovery systems
2.8.6
Boiler house
Heat
Local regulations recovery
may restrict systems
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P404-01
AB Issue 6
M3 and M6
Plate Heat Exchangers
for Residual Blowdown
Carrying bar
2.8.7
ä
Water out ä Plate pack
Blowdown in
Pressure plate
Frame plate
Tightening bolt
Guiding bar
ä
Water in
ä
Blowdown out
4 1 2 3
Description Materials
The M3 and M6 plate heat exchangers have been specifically No. Part Material
selected for residual blowdown applications, having all wetted
parts in 316 grade stainless steel. They are generally used as part 1 Plates Stainless steel (316)
of the Spirax Sarco boiler blowdown heat recovery system. 2 Gasketing EPDM
Principal features: 3 Frame Mild steel
- Easily dismantled for cleaning without need for removing pipework. 4 Connections Stainless steel (316)
- Clip-on EPDM gaskets.
- All wetted parts in 316 stainless steel. Pressure / temperature limits
- ALFA-LAVAL designed heat exchanger. Note: The M3 and M6 heat exchangers comply with PED and are
- High heat transfer efficiency. SEP products, except M6-33 which is a Category 1 product.
Sizing
2.8.8
B L
When the heat exchanger is used as part of the Spirax Sarco boiler
D G blowdown heat recovery system - refer to the appropriate literature.
Otherwise:
Plate heat exchanger Maximum blowdown capacity
F Type (kg /h)
S4 S1 M3-8 648
M3-10 860
M3-21 1 450
M3-31 2160
A C
M6-12 2 750
M6-15 4 900
M6-19 5915
S3 S2 M6-21 7110
M6-25 8040
E
M6-33 11 000
Spare parts
Spare plates with integral gaskets are available from Spirax Sarco.
How to order
Example: 1 off M6-23 plate heat exchanger having 2" screwed ISO R connections.
2.8.9
Boiler house
Heat
Local regulations recovery
may restrict systems
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P404-03
AB Issue 10
FV
Flash Vessel
Description Flash steam outlet
The Spirax Sarco FV flash vessel is designed and constructed
to ASME VIII DIV 1 2004 + ADD06. The design is free-draining
which is essential in boiler blowdown applications.
Applications
2.8.10
5
These vessels are particularly suited to boiler blowdown heat
recovery systems where efficient separation of the flash steam
from the blowdown is essential to prevent contamination of the
boiler feedtank and / or heat transfer surfaces. Spirax Sarco
2
flash vessels are equally suited to condensate flash steam
applications.
Principal features:
- Designed and constructed in compliance with the European 3
Pressure Equipment Regulations 97 / 23 / EC. 3
- Low separation velocity to produce drier steam. 7
- Free-draining. 6
5 1
Sizes and pipe connections
Connections available as standard:
Screwed connections to BS 21 taper.
Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Inlet 9
Note: Vessels are available flanged to BS 1560 Class 150 or 300,
or screwed NPT.
8
Limiting conditions
Maximum design conditions are 14 bar g @ 198°C (saturation 10
temperature of steam).
7
Minimum design (operating) temperature -10°C
Cold hydraulic test pressure in accordance with European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 2
Note: These vessels will withstand full vacuum conditions.
Model
FV15 and FV18 5
shown
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Shell cylinder ASTM A106B C. Max. 0.25%
2 End cap ASTM A234 WPB C. Max. 0.25%
3 Nozzle - Half coupling ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
4 Nozzle - Full coupling ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
5 Nozzle - Flange ASTM A516-70 C. Max. 0.25%
6 Nozzle - Pipe ASTM A106B C. Max. 0.25%
7 Blanking plug ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
8 Wrapper plate ASTM A516-60 C. Max. 0.25%
9 Name-plate bracket BS EN 10028-2 P265GH C. Max. 0.25%
10 Support foot /gusset BS EN 10025 S275
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Heat recovery systems
How to size
Use the chart below to select the appropriate flash vessel. It is necessary to know the pressure on the steam traps or boiler pressure in
the case of blowdown heat recovery, the flash steam pressure (desired or existing), and the condensate or blowdown flowrate.
2.8.11
4. Move upwards to flash vessel size. Select flash vessel - in this case an FV12 is required.
Pressure on steam traps or
Example 1
Example 2
Flash vessel size
FV
FV
FV
FV
FV
15
6
8
18
12
Flash steam pressure bar g
Condensate or blowdown flowrate kg / h
B
J
B B
J
J
L
K
L K
L
K
M
M
G
G M
E G
E
E
D 2.8.12
D D
C C
C
H H H
A A A
F F F
Inlet
Installation
supports
Inspection cover
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco FV6 flash vessel having screwed Model FV15
BSP connections. The unit is to be constructed to ASME VIII DIV and FV18 shown
1 2004 + ADD06.
Condensate /
residual blowdown outlet
AI-P404-12
AB Issue 3
2.8.13 The condensate loads are 1 000 kg / h, 2 000 kg / h and 4 000 kg / h respectively.
By consulting the table and entering the relevant data into the boxes below, the total amount of flash steam can be calculated in kg / h.
This is multiplied by the 'LP factor' according to the flash vessel pressure to give total volume flow in m3 / h.
Five 'Velocity factors' are shown: 67, 138, 243, 385, 560 each of which relate to a 3 m / s take-off velocity for flash vessels FV6, FV8,
FV12, FV15, and FV18 respectively. By dividing the 'Total volume' by each of the 'Velocity factors', five take-off velocities are obtained.
Choose the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of less than 3 m / s.
The example shows an FV8 being the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of 2.7 m / s.
LP Factor = 1.673 1.149 0.881 0.714 0.603 0.522 0.461 0.374 0.315 0.272 0.240 0.215 0.194 0.177
LP Factor = 1.673 1.149 0.881 0.714 0.603 0.522 0.461 0.374 0.315 0.272 0.240 0.215 0.194 0.177
bar g bar g % X kg / h = kg / h
Velocity factor * Velocity Choose on < 3 m/s
67 m /s FV6
Total
flash steam LP factor Total volume 138 m /s FV8
kg / h X = m /h
3 ÷ 243 = m /s FV12
385 m /s FV15
560 m /s FV18
* Note: Size on a take-off velocity of 3 m / s or less.
2.9.1
Boiler house
Blowdown
Local regulations may vessels
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P405-40
AB Issue 3
BT1050
Boiler Blowdown Timer
Description
The BT1050 is a timer for the control of a bottom blowdown valve. Clamping screw
It allows the bottom blowdown valve to open, removing precipitated
solids that could otherwise build up and eventually cause damage.
The BT1050 has three timers. These allow different blowdown
cycle times and durations to be set, for example, MON - FRI. 2.9.2
Up to three blowdown cycles can be selected in one day. The
timers can also be used to prioritise boiler blowdown cycles.
The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and is
powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60Hz mains supply. BT1050
The front panel has an LCD graphic display and five-button keypad.
A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic tool.
The BT1050 can communicate via an infrared link between
adjacent units. It can be designated as either a slave or a master
unit, and connected to a two or four wire EIA / TIA-485 multi-drop
network.
Up to nine BT1050 (or BT1000) units can be installed and linked
for multi-boiler installations.
Graphic
display
Approvals
The BT1050 complies with Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements.
This product is suitable for Class A environments (e.g. industrial).
A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the
reference number UK Supply BH BT1050 2008.
The BT1050 complies with the Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC)
by meeting the standards of:
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment
for measurement, control, and laboratory use. 5 button
display
- UL listed (open).
OK
Principal features:
- Purpose designed for bottom blowdown duties.
- Three separately adjustable timers.
- Straightforward to commission – quick set-up option.
- Universal power supply - 110 Vac to 240 Vac.
- Timers prevent boilers from blowing down in rapid succession.
- Warns if valve fails to open or close.
Clamping screw
- UL approved.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Warnings:
- Isolate the mains supply before installing the controller as live terminals at mains voltage are exposed.
- Only use the screws provided with the product.
- Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection.
- Do not drill the product case or use self-tapping screws.
Caution:
- A 15 mm gap is required between multiple controllers for cooling.
Installation / environmental conditions:
2.9.5 Install the product in an environment that minimises the effects of heat, vibration, shock and electrical interference.
The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required.
The product may be installed on a DIN rail, chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is provided.
Dimensions/weights
Weight (approximate) 400 g
52 mm 120 mm
BT1050
140 mm 120 mm
OK
How to specify
Blowdown timer with; three integral timers, LCD display, valve malfunction alarm and infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BT1050 blowdown timer.
TI-P405-33
AB Issue 7
BDV60
Blowdown Vessels
Description Associated equipment
BDV60 blowdown vessels are designed to accept discharges from: Vent head VH vent head
- Manual /automatically controlled bottom blowdown. with internal separator M21S2 ball valve
removes moisture DCV2 check valves
- Automatic TDS blowdown control valves and systems. from the steam. Pressure gauge and 'U' syphon
- Controlled bleed valves for continuous blowdown. Vessel drain valve
Cooling water system
2.9.6
- Level control chambers and level gauge glasses.
- Heat recovery equipment. For further details please refer to the appropriate
BDV60 blowdown vessels are marked and comply with the literature.
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
They also comply with Guidance Note PM60, for the construction
of vessels used in boiler blowdown applications, issued by the
Health and Safety Executive.
Inlet number 2
for discharges from
automatic TDS control
system or level control
chamber / gauge glass Outlet to drain
blowdown. maintains internal standing
water level to cool incoming
blowdown.
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Table 4 Sizes, pipe connections, dimensions, weights and capacities (approximate) in mm, kg and L
Blowdown vessel type BDV60 /3 BDV60 /4 BDV60 /5 BDV60 /6 BDV60 /8 BDV60 /10
A Flanged PN16* 100 100 150 150 200 200
B Flanged PN16* 80 80 100 100 150 150
Oval Height (Internal) 100 100 100 100 100 100
C Inspection
opening Width (Internal) 150 150 150 150 150 150
Sizes, D 460 610 765 915 1 205 1500
pipe E 400 400 400 400 400 400
connections
and F 500 540 580 630 705 770
dimensions G 310 350 390 440 525 590
H 1 830 1910 1995 2095 2240 2370
J 1 080 1125 1165 1215 1290 1355
K 330 405 485 560 705 850
X 1080 1120 1163 1568 1612 1676
Y - - - 864 962 1026
Number of legs 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weights
Empty
Full (e.g. for hydraulic test)
185
370
220
570
275
825
392
1 267
480
2090
892
3567
2.9.8
Capacities - standing water 92 175 275 437 805 1 337
* Note: Flanged BS 1560 ASME (ANSI) Class 150 and 300 connections are available at extra cost. For further details contact Spirax Sarco.
Inlet 1
DN50 PN16
(Main bottom
blowdown)
¾" BSP cooling water inlet
1" BSP temperature sensor
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BDV60/5 blowdown vessel and a VH6 vent head to suit a 10 bar g boiler having a 40 mm blowdown line.
2.9.9
Boiler house
Blowdown
Local regulations may vessels
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
TI-P405-47
AB Issue 1
2.9.10
Certification
These products are available with certififcation to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Page 1 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Temperature °C
Steam Steam
saturation saturation
curve curve
The product must not be used in this region. The product must not be used in this region.
KBV21i KBV40i
2.9.11 Body design conditions PN40 Body design conditions ASME 300
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 120°C PMA Maximum allowable pressure 51 bar g @ 38°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Minimum allowable temperature -29°C
Maximum operating pressure Maximum operating pressure
PMO 17.25 bar g PMO 17.25 bar g
for saturated steam service for saturated steam service
TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g
Minimum operating temperature -29°C Minimum operating temperature -29°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76.5 bar g
Valve coefficients
Size DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Kv value 30 40 81 103 197
How to specify
DN40 key operated boiler blowdown valve, flanged PN40 with carbon reinforced seats and stainless steel key.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 KBV21i key operated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections.
TI-P405-47 AB Issue 1 KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve Page 2 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
2.9.12
E Standard key
D
C
B
F
TI-P405-47 AB Issue 1 KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve Page 3 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals 5, 6, 9, 10
Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Not shown
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i.
Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.
2.9.13
10
9
Ball valve insert (2)
(not an available spare).
Please note: You will need
to order the Insert tool
listed in the table above
to aid removal.
5 5 6
TI-P405-47 AB Issue 1 KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve Page 4 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12
Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Not shown
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i.
Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.
7 5 5 7 6
TI-P405-47 AB Issue 1 KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve Page 5 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
2.9.15
Boiler house
Blowdown
Local regulations may vessels
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
TI-P405-45
AB Issue 2
Technical data
Operating time (full stroke) 0.25 - 0.6 seconds
Clean compressed air
Operating media
Non-corrosive gas
DN25 BVA315S/14 0.0002 (N)m 3 / stroke
DN32 BVA320S/14 0.0006 (N)m 3 / stroke
Compressed air DN40 BVA325S/14
consumption 0.0008 (N)m3 / stroke
DN50 actuator
@ 6 bar g
BVA330S/14
DN65 0.0011 (N)m 3 / stroke
actuator
LSB31 switch rating 10 A 250 Vac
Protection rating IP67
Switch sensor Mechanical 2 - SPDT
Page 1 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
ABV40i
Temperature °C
2.9.17 Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Valve
ABV21i PN40
Body design conditions
ABV40i ASME 300
ABV21i 40 bar g @ 120°C
PMA Maximum allowable
pressure ABV40i 51 bar g @ 38°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29°C
How to specify
Air actuated ball valve, DN40, PN40 with carbon reinforced seats, 90 degree rotary pneumatic actuator and switch box.
NAMUR compatible solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 ABV21i air actuated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections plus
1 off MV11 solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.
TI-P405-45 AB Issue 2 ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves Page 2 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
G E
H F
2.9.18
Port A
air connection
¼" BSP (G).
B
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
TI-P405-45 AB Issue 2 ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves Page 3 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are available as spares.
Please note: There are no spares available for the switch box.
To ensure correct operation and maintain the warranty, use only Spirax Sarco original parts.
Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of IM-P405-46 supplied with the unit.
Actuator
2.9.19
13
14
15
Exploded view
of the spring set 12
6
5 6 8 17 11
5 16
10
18
11 17 8
7
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
Available spares
'O' rings set (NBR) 7, 8, 11, 12, 16
BVA300 series
Pinion washers 13, 14, 15
maintenance kit
Others 5, 6, 10, 17, 18
TI-P405-45 AB Issue 2 ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves Page 4 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Valve
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals 5, 6, 9, 10
Insert tool - Required to aid the removal
Not shown
of the ball valve insert (2)
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and
ABV40i.
9 2.9.20
Ball valve insert (2)
(not an available spare).
Please note: You will need
to order the Insert tool
listed in the table above
to aid removal.
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring,
stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12
and upper stem packing
Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of
Not shown Ball valve insert (2)
the ball valve insert (2)
(not an available spare).
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and
Please note: You will need
ABV40i.
to order the Insert tool
listed in the table above
Caution - The ball must be installed with the to aid removal.
vent hole on the upstream side of the valve. 12
8
11
TI-P405-45 AB Issue 2 ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves Page 5 of 5
Boiler house
Vent heads
2.10.1
Boiler house
Vent
Local regulations may restrict heads
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P405-42
AB Issue 2
VHT
Vent Heads
Description
Spirax Sarco VHT vent heads are designed for fitting to vertical
open ended steam vent pipes. The vent head will discharge dry
steam safely to atmosphere, avoiding the possibility of
discomfort or even injury to personnel and material damage
2.10.2
to buildings.
The vent head incorporates an internal baffle to separate
entrained water from the steam.
Principle features:
- Efficient separation.
- Stainless steel body for long maintenance free life.
- A simple and effective vent head for general applications.
Applications
Vent heads are ideal for use on blowdown vessels, condensate
vessels, boiler feedtanks, hot water storage tanks etc.
Warning: Vent heads must not be used for safety valve outlets.
Vent heads are selected to be the same nominal size as the
vent pipe.
Materials
Body Austenitic stainless steel 304L
Flanges Carbon steel, black electrophoretic coating
C
Boiler house
Bottom blowdown systems
2.11.1
Boiler house
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P405-51
AB Issue 1
BBV
Automatic or Manually Actuated
Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65
Description
The BBV is specifically designed for the removal of suspended / deposited solids and water from the bottom of steam boilers.
The BBV is available in air / water actuated and manual versions. The air / water-actuated version is supplied with a manual hand lever.
The valve is spring-to-close on power failure and the manual version can easily be upgraded to an automatic version.
When used with a Spirax Sarco blowdown controller the automatic version provides timed control of blowdown, ensuring that the
recommended blowdown occurs with the minimum of heat loss and avoids duplication and omissions.
The valve can be fitted with a mechanical switchbox. This can be linked to the blowdown controller or a BMS system to indicate when the
2.11.2
valve has not closed.
Principal features:
- Easily upgraded from manual to automatic operation.
- Dedicated self-adjusting and self-cleaning spindle seals.
- Engineered for the specific application of bottom blowdown.
- Flow pressure assists closing.
Available types of boiler blowdown valve:
BBV43 PN / M Steel body
Air / water pneumatically
actuated supplied with a BBV63 PN / M Stainless steel body
manual actuation lever
BBV83 PN / M Alloy steel body
Optional extras:
- Automatic bottom blowdown timer controller.
- Mechanical switch (with mounting kit).
- Pneumatic actuator upgrade kit.
- Physical lock kit
Standards
This product range fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the
time of order placement.
Page 1 of 17
Boiler house
Bottom blowdown systems
Materials Kvs values For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Item numbers 1-21 Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Seat diameter (mm) 8 10 12 12 16 20 25
Kvs values 1.6 2.5 4.0 4.0 6.3 10 16
18 21
Reinforced 20
4 Seat gasket
exfoliated graphite 15
5 Seat retainer Stainless Steel
BBV_ _P PTFE
7 Packing
BBV_ _H Graphite 13
Reinforced 6
8 Cover gasket
exfoliated graphite
11
14
BBV_ _H Stainless Steel
Actuator
BBV6_ Stainless Steel 7
11 clamp nut
Other Carbon Steel
25 23 40
22
38 O'ring Viton
2.11.5
Capacities
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Capacity (m3/h)
DN65
DN50
DN40
DN25-32
DN20
DN15
Pressure (bar)
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
D D
C B
Pressure bar g
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 94.5 bar g
Boiler house
Pressure psi g
A F E
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
G F E
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C (+41 °F), the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
A-E-E TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 °C @ 57.5 bar g 797 °F @ 834 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -29 °C -20 °F
ASME 600
TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 °C @ 83.6 bar g 482 °F @ 1212 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 425 °C @ 57.5 bar g 797 °F @ 834 psi g
Minimum operating temperature -29 °C -20 °F
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g 2 262 psi g
Body design conditions ASME 300
PMA Maximum allowable pressure
and 51.1 bar g @ 38 °C 740 psi g @ 100 °F
PMO Maximum operating pressure
A-F-F TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 °C @ 28.8 bar g 797 °F @ 418 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -29 °C -20 °F
ASME 300
TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 °C @ 41.9 bar g 482 °F @ 608 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 425 °C @ 28.8 bar g 797 °F @ 418 psi g
Minimum operating temperature -29 °C -20 °F
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 77 bar g 1 117 psi g
Body design conditions ASME 150
PMA Maximum allowable pressure
and 19.6 bar g @ 38 °C 284 psi g @ 100 °F
PMO Maximum operating pressure
A-G TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 °C @ 5.5 bar g 797 °F @ 80 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -29 °C -20 °F
ASME 150
TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 °C @ 12.1 bar g 482 °F @ 175 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 425 °C @ 5.5 bar g 797 °F @ 80 psi g
Minimum operating temperature -29 °C -20 °F
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 77 bar g 1 117 psi g
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
I H
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
An extended cover is required for use in this region.
2.11.8
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
L K J
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
O N M
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Q P
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
S R
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
T
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C (+41 °F), the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538 °C @ 29.8 bar g 1000 °F @ 432 psi g
A-T
Minimum allowable temperature -29 °C -20 °F
ASME 600
TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 °C @ 92.7 bar g 482 °F @ 1344 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 538 °C @ 29.8 bar g 1000 °F @ 432 psi g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g 2 262 psi g
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
V U
Pressure bar g
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g
Flanged EN 1092
A B C C1
Size PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 D E F Weight
PN100 PN100 PN100 PN100
DN15 130 210 103 105 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 150 230 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 160 230 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 180 260 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 17.5
DN40 200 260 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 230 300 127 127 354 354 266 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 290 340 201 201 425 425 340 340 170 200 272 39.0
Flanged ASME
2.11.15 A B C C1
Size ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME D E F Weight
300 600 300 600 300 600 300 600
DN15 190.5 203 103 105 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 190.5 206 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 196.9 210 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 251 132 359 271 200 17.5
DN40 235.0 251 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 266.7 286 127 127 354 354 266 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 292.1 311 201 201 425 425 340 340 170 200 272 39.0
F
D
C1
DN15 DN15
BBV_3 PN / M B BBV_3 M
shown shown
Size A B C C1 D E F Weight
DN15 203 105 335 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 206 108 335 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 210 108 359 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 251 132 359 271 170 200 272 17.5
DN40 251 132 359 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 286 127 354 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 311 201 425 340 170 200 272 39.0
PN40
ASME 150 and ASME 300
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the valve body,
as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
D1
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the valve body,
as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Gasket set B, G
C1
Stem seal kits Graphite packing C1
2.11.17 Fast opening trim
Plug stem and seat kit D1, E
(No gaskets supplied)
Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco BBV43
PWSUSS DN25 PN63 two-port control valve having flanged PN63
connections.
D1
H G
4 = Carbon steel
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
P = PTFE
Stem sealing P
H = Graphite
2.11.18
Seating W = Stellite W
Bolting S = Standard S
Connections ASME
For alternative = Flanged ASME 300 and ASME 600
standard
connections to those PN40
stated please contact
Spirax Sarco. Butt weld
Socket weld
2.12.1
2.11
Boiler house
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Energy monitor
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P408-01
AB Issue 3
B850
Boiler House Energy Monitor
Description
The B850 is a flexible and easy to use Boiler House Energy Monitor that accurately calculates the efficiency of the boiler based on measured
inputs from fuel, feedwater, steam output, condensate return and blowdown.
The B850 is a boiler house energy monitoring solution that has been designed for organisations operating boilers on an existing
installed base and for boiler OEM's where customers specify a requirement for energy monitoring. The B850 calculates a boiler's 'real
time' energy transfer efficiency from fuel to steam. It will also measure for energy losses from the boiler due to blowdown applications. 2.12.2
Being fully compatible with a wide range of Spirax Sarco flowmetering products the B850 is the heart of a fully integrated system that
will provide Operating Managers in an increasing range of industries detailed information to be able to review boiler efficiency against
past performance.
The unit is available for either wall or panel mounting. The B850-W-2 wall mounted version is mains powered (100 to 250 Vac),
while the B850-P-2 panel mounting version is intended for direct connection to a Low Voltage power supply typically found inside
PLC panels, i.e. 24 Vdc.
The B850 is supplied with a default configuration that makes configuration easy, either off-line with the free PC based software wizard
provided with each product. When the configuration has been completed, it can be saved to file or to the free USB memory stick provided,
from where it can be plugged in and up-loaded directly into the unit. Alternatively, commissioning can be carried out via a hierarchical
menu structure through the front panel. Full commissioning details are included in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IMI)
supplied with the unit.
Spirax Sarco offers a complete range of flowmeters for the measurement of: Gas, Feedwater, Steam and Condensate return.
For existing installed flowmeters the B850 can accept 4 - 20 mA, Pulse and RTD inputs.
The B850 is compatible with a large number of interfaces and protocols including: RS-485, Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP,
RJ-45 Ethernet, Modbus TCP / IP, BACnet IP, USB and Hosted http web.
A GSM module can be connected to the RS-485 port which enables transfer of information about failures, alarms and measurement values
in the form of SMS text messages.
- Fuel flow
Page 1 of 7
Boiler house
Energy monitor
Applications
Application Proposed flowmeter (B850 is the example supplied ) Meter output
Gas (Oil, Coal) Thermal mass flowmeter for gas (MTL10) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Boiler feedwater Magnetic flowmeter (ELM) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Boiler steam output Flowmeter (Gilflo, ILVA) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Condensate return Magnetic flowmeter (ELM) (0) 4 - 20 mA
TDS blowdown TDS valve Relay (State)
BB blowdown BBD valve Relay (State)
2.12.3
Steam flowmeter
and optional
steam temperature
and pressure
Feedwater flowmeter Process
and
temperature measurement
BC3250
Fuel Controller Blowdown vessel
supply
TDS valve
Fuel flowmeter
Available options
Both versions of the B850 series have the same functions and are available as follows:
B850-P for panel mounting and is powered by 24 Vdc. Each version is equipped with
B850-W for wall mounting and has been adapted to be powered by 100 / 240 Vac. two analog outputs
B850 -x -2
B850-W-2
wall mounted
version
-P Panel mounted version.
B850-P-2
panel mounted
version
Inputs organization
6 x I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA): IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4, IN5, IN6
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 °C / +77° F) ± 0.5 °C / ± 0.9 ° F (typical ± 0.3 °C / ± 0.54° F)
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Maximum ON resistance 20 Ω
Galvanic isolation (optoisolation) 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
RS-485 / 422
Transmission protocol ASCII Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP and GSM
Maximum line length 1 200 m (depends on quality of data cable and baud rate)
Baud rate 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps
Ethernet port
Modbus TCP, ICMP (ping), DHCP server, http server,
Transmission protocol
BACnet IP
USB port
Socket type A type, according to USB standard
Enclosure (B850-W-2)
Enclosure type Wall mounting, Polycarbonate material
Panel thickness 1 .. 5 mm
Environmental conditions
Ambient temperature 0 .. +55 °C (32 .. 131° F)
B
B850
B
B850
E
2.12.8
Installation notes:
1. The wall mounted B850-W-2 requires 3 mounting screws (not supplied) to mount to a wall or has optionally a DIN rail mounting.
2. The panel mounted B850-P-2 is supplied with mounting clamps.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
For the correct product nomenclature for the unit that best suits the intended application please revisit page 2 'Available options' before
placing an order.
Example: 1 off B850-W-2 wall mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20 mA outputs, 240 Vac supply.
Spare parts
There are no spare parts available for the B850 energy monitors.
2.12.9
Flowmetering
Section 3
TI-GMI-19
MI Issue 1
Flowmeter
Selection Guide
Water Acids
Viscous Hydro-
Flowmeter type / fluid Turndown and and Gas Steam Sizes
liquids carbons
Condensate chemicals
Differential Pressure
3.1.1 Variable Area
Up to 100:1
DN50 - DN400
Ultrasonic
Transit Time
with
Up to 40:1
DN15 - DN2000
Integral flow computer
Vortex
with
Integral flow computer
Up to 20:1
DN25 - DN300
Turbine Insertion
with
Integral flow computer
Up to 25:1
DN80 - DN2000
Electromagnetic
with Up to 4:1
Integral flow computer
WirelessHARTTM
and
Up to 50:1
DN50 - DN100
TEG heat scavenging Saturated
power supply steam only
Flowmetering
Flowmetering selection
Local regulations guide
may restrict the use and
of this product to belowUKAS accreditation
the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-F21-20
MI Issue 1
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P337-06
MI Issue 7
The Gilfo ILVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of
most industrial liquids, gases and vapours within the pressure
and temperature limits detailed in the TI's.
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation EMS/
BEMS
and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment.
Some installation points to watch are noted overleaf.
In addition, heat metering is possible on saturated steam systems or
by replacing the EL2600 pressure transmitter with an EL2271
temperature transmitter in the condensate return line (M850 M750
system only). display unit
Outputs,
alarms,
Electrical wiring etc.
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards. or
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
M850
flow computer
Associated equipment (steam / gas)
Item Description Outputs,
EL2271 Temperature transmitter alarms,
etc.
EL2600 Pressure transmitter
F50C Isolation valve
Gilflo ILVA Pipeline unit
M610 DP transmitter assembly
M750 Display unit
M850 Flow computer Steam or gas flow computer
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
2. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather than line size. Where line size changes on steam systems are
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid build-up of condensate.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream are 6 D and 3 D respectively. See other literature
for more details concerning the Gilflo ILVA.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the flowmeter body.
6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure reducing valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause inaccurate
readings. Similarly, avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure fluctuations which could cause damage.
8. On steam or liquid systems, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is mounted below the flowmeter. Take care to ensure that all impulse
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through contact with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate line drainage, trapping etc., to avoid condensate slugs impacting
the flowmeter. Where practicable, steam separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a float trap set.
10. For gas applications, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is installed above the pipework. Ensure that the impulse lines allow
3.2.2
free drainage of moisture away from the DP transmitter and back into the pipeline.
TI-P337-05
MI Issue 15
Gilflo ILVA
Flowmeter
Description
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable
area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the
rate of flow. It can be used with most industrial fluids, gases
and both saturated and superheated steam. A general description
of the ILVA flowmetering system and its associated equipment
is given in a separate TI sheet.
Materials
Part Material
Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
Spring Inconel X750 Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is designed to be used in conjunction with linearising
electronics such as the range of flow computers or M750 display
Pressure / temperature limits unit. Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed
on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750:
Temperature °C
Where:
QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min)
A
B
QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min) 3.2.4
QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min)
C
SG = Specific gravity
Safety information, installation and maintenance DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m³)
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m³)
supplied with the product.
PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a
Installation note: PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
The following main points are given here for guidance:
TS = Standard temperature (K) = °C + 273
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = °C + 273
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths.
Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream Step 2. Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select the
of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below. In
12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice of
of two 90 degree bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve the flowmeter.
or a partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be
allowed. Flowmeter QE litres / min Maximum DP
type Maximum Minimum Wg m bar
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters
of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is DN50 149 1 200 498
recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive DN80 585 6 200 498
weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe.
DN100 1 200 12 200 498
3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the
line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. DN150 2 900 29 200 498
4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical DN200 5 700 57 200 498
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to
5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices measure the flow of compressed air when:
should be followed: 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 500 s m³/h at 7 bar g and 20°C
- Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0°C giving a standard
- Good alignment and support of associated pipework. density of 1.29 kg / m³
- Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers.
2: Calculate QE from: QE = QS DS P TD P P
Maintenance note: x QSS x F S x F x F
QE =
1 000 PF 1T000 P TS
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual check Ö S S
together with confirmation that the orifice /cone reference dimension
is within tolerance is possible. 1.29 1.013 293
QE =(500 x 16.667) x x x
1 000 8.013 273
Sizing the Gilflo ILVA for saturated steam - kg/h
Minimum and maximum flowrates in kg / h at different QE = 110 litres / min
pressures (bar g)
Note: Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum So a DN50 ILVA is recommended.
differential pressure. Note: 1 m³ / h = 16.667 litres / min
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P337-46
MI Issue 3
Materials
Part Material
Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
Spring Inconel X750
Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics
Pressure / temperature limits such as Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750 display unit.
Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an
EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Temperature °C
Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750:
±1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
Steam ±0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow.
saturation Repeatability better than 0.25%
curve Turndown: up to 100:1
Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be
configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA
flowmeter. For correct operation the configured transmitter
Pressure bar g
must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on
the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched products.
The product must not be used in this region.
Pressure drop
Body design conditions ASME 600 The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 50°C is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 69 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Flow capacity
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is
Maximum operating pressure is dependant on the flange
PMO specification necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate QE (in l / min)
as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA'
Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 69 bar g under Step 2 overleaf.
Minimum operating temperature -29°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco How to order
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges. The body material is
to be 316 stainless steel. The flow medium will be saturated
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g steam at 10 bar g and the maximum flow will be 28 000 kg / h.
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Where:
QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
A
B
C
QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min)
QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min)
3.2.6
QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min)
SG = Specific gravity
Safety information, installation and maintenance DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m³)
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the product. DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m³)
PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a
Installation note:
PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
The following main points are given here for guidance:
TS = Standard temperature (K) = °C + 273
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = °C + 273
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings
or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe Step 2. Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select
lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below.
upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice
increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is of the flowmeter.
installed downstream of two 90 degree bends in two planes, Max. QE Maximum pressure drop
a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 upstream Flowmeter type
litres / min Wg
pipe diameters should be allowed.
DN250 7 750 200
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters DN300 10 975 200
of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is
recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to
weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe. measure the flow of compressed air when:
3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 28000 s m³ /h at 7 bar g and 20°C.
line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0°C giving a standard
density of 1.29 kg / m³
4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. 2: Calculate QE from:
5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices DS P TF
QE = QS x SS x D PF PF
1Q E = Q
S
should be followed: 000 PF TS x x
- Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. Ö 1 000 PS TS
- Good alignment and support of associated pipework. 1.29 1.013 293
- Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. QE =(28 000 x 16.667) x
1 000
x
8.013
x
273
Maintenance note: QE = 6 174 litres / min
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual
check together with confirmation that the orifice / cone reference So a DN250 ILVA is recommended.
dimension is within tolerance is possible. Note: 1 m³ / h = 16.667 litres / min
Sizing - Gilflo ILVA flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrates in kg / h
Notes:
1. These capacities are based on a differential pressure across the flowmeter of 498 m bar H20 (200 Inches).
2. Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown).
3. The table below is a guide only.
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN16 connections.
3.2.7
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P337-59
MI Issue 2
Configuration
The Gilflo ILVA and Scanner 2000 are uniquely configured at the
factory as a matched pair for a specific application. For correct
4
operation they must be installed together. A label on the packaging
gives the serial number of the matched products.
The product can be configured using an RS485 equipped PC with
the supplied configuration software. 12 and 14
Materials 9
No. Part Material 13
1 Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408) 8
2 Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
3 Spring Inconel X750
4 Compact stem Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Stem to Gilflo
5 Corruseal - Stainless Steel Grade 321
ILVA gasket
Stem to 7
6 Grafoil
manifold gasket
Cast aluminium
7 Enclosure
(painted with epoxy and polyurethane)
8 Body Stainless steel AISI 316
9 3-way manifold* Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Fluid fill Silicone oil (inside DP Cell (item 8))
13 Manifold to Grafoil
MVT gasket
14 Spring washer Stainless steel
Page 1 of 5
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics such as a Spirax Sarco flow computer or M750 display unit.
Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Accuracy when used with Scanner 2000 or M750:
±1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
±0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow.
Repeatability better than 0.25%
Turndown: up to 100:1
Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA flowmeter.
For correct operation the configured transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the
serial numbers of the matched products.
Pressure drop
The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.
Flow capacity
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate Q E (in l / min)
as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA' then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table under
Step 2 overleaf.
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact stem
TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2 DN250 and DN300 Page 2 of 5
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
3.2.10
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact stem
TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2 DN250 and DN300 Page 3 of 5
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Step 1. Determine equivalent water flowrate (Q E) in l/min:- Step 2. Using the value of Q E as determined in Step 1, select
Mass flow units Volumetric units the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below.
In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice
qm of the flowmeter.
Liquids QE = QE = QL SG
SG
Max. Q E Maximum pressure drop
Gases Flowmeter type
litres /min Wg
and steam 1 000 DF
Q E = qM QE = QF DN250 7 750 200
actual flow DF 1 000
conditions DN300 10 975 200
Sizing - Gilflo ILVA flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrates in kg / h
Notes:
1. These capacities are based on a differential pressure across the flowmeter of 498 m bar H 2 0 (200 Inches).
2. Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown).
3. The table below is a guide only.
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact stem
TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2 DN250 and DN300 Page 4 of 5
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
3.2.12
5
Available spares
Gasket set 5, 6, 13
Compact stem screws and spring washers 11, 12, 14 14
11
13
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact stem
TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2 DN250 and DN300 Page 5 of 5
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
3.2.13
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-S41-10
MI Issue 10
Gilflo Flowmeters
System Overview
Description Note: This drawing is schematic only, please see Installation
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo flowmetering system consists of 3 major and Maintenance Instructions for specific installation
parts: information.
1. The Gilflo 'B' pipeline unit. This is installed in the line where the
flow is to be measured. Using impulse pipework, this is
connected to: EL2271
2. A differential pressure transmitter which measures the temperature
differential pressure across the Gilflo and converts it into a transmitter
4 - 20 mA signal. This signal can then be transmitted to:
3. a - A Chart recorder, EMS / BMS or M750 display unit. High DP Low DP
b - An M850 flow computer.
Gilflo
3.2.14
Note: The Gilflo pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of
most industrial liquids, gases and vapours within the pressure and
temperature limits detailed in the appropriate TI document(s).
F50C
M850 - Pressure and / or temperature compensated saturated or isolating valves
superheated steam. In addition heat metering is possible by
replacing the EL2600 pressure transmitter with an EL2271 Impulse pipework
temperature transmitter in the condensate return line.
High Low
Caution: Steam mass flow transmitters are uniquely configured
at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo, ILVA or
M410 orifice plate flowmeter. For correct operation the configured DP
transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. EL2600 transmitter assembly.
Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched pressure
products. transmitter
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions, which are provided with the
equipment.
Installation points to watch:
1. Ensure all pipework is adequately supported and properly EMS /
aligned. BEMS
2. The Gilflo pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather
than line size. Where pipe size reduction on steam systems is
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid waterlogging. or
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe are 6D M750
upstream and 3D downstream. display unit
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated Outputs,
by the arrow on the flowmeter body. alarms, etc.
5. Take precautions to avoid reverse flow through the flowmeter. or
6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure
reducing valve (especially on steam systems) as this may M850
flow computer
cause inaccuracies and/or possible damage. Similarly avoid (steam / gas)
installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure Outputs,
fluctuations which could cause damage. alarms, etc.
8. On steam or liquid systems take care to ensure that all impulse
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter
through contact with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure
adequate line drainage, trapping etc., to avoid condensate
slugs impacting the flowmeter. Where practicable, steam
separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a
float trap set.
10. For gas applications ensure that the DP cell and impulse lines
are positioned above the pipework. Also ensure that the
impulse lines allow free drainage of moisture away from the
DP cell and back into the pipeline.
Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate
standards. Full wiring interconnection details are included with the
equipment.
How to order
For details of how to specify system components refer to the
relevant TI document.
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P337-08
MI Issue 7
Note:
DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400 flowmeters incorporate an
additional shaft support together with a revised spring location.
High DP tapping
Sizing - Gilflo 'B' flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrate in kg / h
Notes:
1. QE = The equivalent water flowrate litres / min for a Gilflo 'B' flowmeter. These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differential
pressure across the flowmeter of 349 m bar (140 inches H2O).
2. Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown).
3. The table below is a guide only.
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 Gilflo 'B' flowmeter flanged to EN 1092 PN16.
TI-P335-10
MI Issue 7
M610 Series II
DP Transmitter Assembly
Description
The M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly is designed to accept a differential pressure input from a primary flow element such as an
orifice plate or Gilflo flowmeter and convert it into an analogue 4 - 20 mA output signal. The standard version comes with digital
communications in the form of HART® 5.2 which is superimposed on the 4 - 20 mA output. The 3-way manifold which is supplied already
assembled to the DP transmitter acts as a means of secondary isolation and as a pressure equalisation valve to check the zero of the DP
transmitter.
The M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly consists of two items:
- A high accuracy (0.1%) differential pressure transmitter.
3.2.17 - A 3-way carbon steel isolation manifold.
Note: These items are supplied already assembled.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3-way manifold are threaded ½" NPT at 54 mm centres.
Note: If HART® communications are required in intrinsically safe applications, barriers must be used which are designed to pass the
HART® signal.
Calibration
The M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly is supplied with a span factor set to suit a particular application. However, should load conditions
and/or details of actual installation change, the range of the M610 can be adjusted within the limits 0 - 1 326 mm H 2O (0 - 13 kPa) and
0 - 13 256 mm H2O (0 - 130 kPa) as described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation
Full installation details are given in the literature that accompanies the M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly.
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
A B C DP transmitter 3-Way manifold M610 assembly
3.2.18
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly calibrated to give an output of 20 mA at an applied differential
pressure of specified value.
Associated equipment:
- Orifice plate flowmeter
- Gilflo flowmeter system
TI-P335-10 MI Issue 7
3.2.19
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P335-23
MI Issue 3
Scanner 2000
Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Description
The Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitter takes its inputs
from a primary flowmeter, (Gilflo or ILVA) through impulse lines. It
converts the differential and static pressure into a corrected mass
flowrate of saturated steam, which is accessible via the RS485
Modbus link or optionally via a 4 - 20 mA signal.
Configuration
Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitters are uniquely
configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo or
ILVA flowmeter, for a specific flow application. 3.2.20
For correct operation the Scanner 2000 transmitter must be
installed with its allocated flowmeter. A label on the packaging
gives the serial number of the matched product.
The Scanner 2000 can be configured using an RS485 equipped
PC with the supplied configuration software.
Note: A DB9 Serial RS232 to RS485 converter will otherwise be
required to connect your PC to the Scanner 2000.
If your PC only has USB ports a USB to DB9 Serial port converter
will be required. These are available from most electronic
equipment suppliers.
Features
In head LCD providing local indication of density compensated
rate and total saturated steam flow.
RS485 Modbus RTU slave functionality for remote indication, data
logging and configuration.
Associated equipment
- Gilflo flowmeter
- ILVA flowmeter
- M750 flow indicator Technical data
- Optional local display Minimum 2" H 20 (4.98 mbar)
Range
Maximum 200" H 20 (498 mbar)
Materials 4 - 20 mA (expansion board required)
Cast aluminium RS485 Modbus RTU slave
Enclosure Outputs
(painted with epoxy and polyurethane) (baud rate 300 to 38.4 K)
Body Stainless steel AISI 316 Solid state relay, configurable as pulse or alarm
3-way manifold Stainless steel AISI 316 Power supply 6 V to 30 Vdc at 31 mA
Fluid fill Silicone oil Pressure limits 155 bar
Temperature - 40°C to 70°C (- 40°F to 158°F)
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3-way manifold are threaded ½" NPT limits LCD contrast is reduced below -30°C (-22°F)
connections at 54 mm (2 ") centres. ± 0.05% for Spans >10% of the URL
Accuracy ± 0.005 (URL / SPAN) for Spans <10% of
Electrical connections the sensor
¾" NPT Non approved and ATEX units Enclosure
IEC IP68
¾" NPT CSA units rating
Page 1 of 3
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
125
244
MVT adapter
MVT
8
3.2.21 135
Typical installation
Gilflo / ILVA
flowmeter
54
Weights (approximate) in kg
DP transmitter 3-way manifold Scanner 2000 assembly
5 1 6
Flow
Take care to
connect impulse
lines correctly
Lo
Building management
system or
SCADA or (4 - 20 mA
versions only)
M750 or Chart recorder
How to order
Each Scanner 2000 is uniquely configured to suit the application that it is going to be fitted to. To ensure that the Scanner 2000 is
correctly configured the table below must be completed and sent with the corresponding order.
Flowmeter size: 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16"
Maximum range:
(Normally 2 to 200 in H 2 O or 2.49 to 498 mbar)
differential pressure
Temperature requirements
Temperature units: °C °F
Pipe internal 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16"
diameter: (2.07") (3.07") (4.03") (6.07") (7.98") (10.01") (11.94") (15")
Orifice bore:
3.3.1
Flowmetering
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Target flowmeters
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P192-01
MI Issue 3
TVA
Flowmeter for
Saturated and Superheated Steam Service
Description
The Spirax Sarco TVA flowmeter is designed for use on saturated and superheated steam (with the dedicated pressure sensor kit) and
operates on the target principle, by measuring the force produced on a moving cone by the fluid flow. This force is then converted into
density compensated mass flowrate and is transmitted via a single loop powered 4 - 20 mA and pulsed output. TVA flowmeters also
incorporate a totalised flow function and EAI 232C (RS 232) or EAI 485C (RS485) Modbus communications.
Page 1 of 4
Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
* Sensor cable
* Pressure sensor TVA flowmeter body
Fl ow
¼"
NPSM
boss
Earth cables
Flowmeter stem
Electronics housing
* Items required for
superheat operation
Materials
Unit Part Material
Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360 (zinc plated / passivated)
Technical data
IP rating IP65 with correct cable glands
Note: A
Dimension 'X' is a recommended
minimum distance between the pressure X D F
tapping and the flowmeter. However it
can be installed at any distance
provided the cable allows
(Standard cable length is 1 m).
G
3.3.4
C
Performance
The TVA flowmeter has inbuilt electronics which give a density compensated output. An LCD display is incorporated within the electronics
head. The M750 display unit can be used to provide a remote display function if required, utilising the 4 - 20 mA output.
Turndown : up to 50:1
As the TVA flowmeter is a self contained unit, the uncertainty quoted is for the complete system. Many flowmeters claim a pipeline unit
uncertainty and for a true system uncertainty, the individual uncertainty values of any associated equipment, such as DP cells, need to
be added to the pipeline value.
Pressure drop
The pressure drop across the TVA is nominally 750 mbar (300 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow for the DN50, and 500 mbar (200
inches water gauge) for the DN80 and DN100.
Notes:
1 - Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum differential pressure.
2 - For vertical capacities please contact Spirax Sarco.
3 - The table below is a guide only.
4 - For superheated capacities please use the sizing software on our website www.spiraxsarco.com
Max. flow 619 859 1 042 1 196 1 395 1 513 1 676 1 918 2 135 2 335 2 409 kg / h
DN50 QE = 300
Min. flow 12 17 21 24 28 30 33 38 43 47 60 kg / h
Max. flow 1 588 2 204 2 674 3 070 3 581 3 885 4 301 4 922 5 480 5 994 6 183 kg / h
DN80 QE = 770
Min. flow 32 44 53 61 72 78 86 98 110 120 128 kg / h
Max. flow 2 475 3 435 4 167 4 784 5 581 6 054 6 703 7 671 8 540 9 341 9 637 kg / h
DN100 QE = 1 200
Min. flow 49 69 83 96 112 121 134 153 171 187 192 kg / h
1. The TVA flowmeter should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required, upstream of the
flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Spirax Sarco TVA is installed downstream
of two 90° bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partly open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used and
there should be no intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter. It is also recommended that slip-on flanges are used to avoid this.
3. Care should be taken to install the TVA flowmeter concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur.
4. The TVA flowmeter can be installed in any orientation up to a line pressure of 7 bar g whilst conditions are saturated. When conditions
are superheated then the TVA flowmeter can only be installed in horizontal pipework, with the electronics below the pipeline.
5. As for all steam flowmetering installations, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed:
6. The TVA flowmeter must not be installed outside where it can be subjected to driving rain or where it is liable to freeze.
How to order
Saturated Service Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 TVA flowmeter for installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on saturated
steam at 10 bar g - Maximum flow 5 581 kg / h.
Superheated Service Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 TVA flowmeter, Pressure sensing kit and 'U' syphon, for installation between
EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on superheated steam at 10 bar g.
Note: For details of the optional remote display see the relevant Spirax Sarco M750 literature.
Target flowmeters
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P193-01
MI Issue 4
TFA
Flowmeter for
Saturated Steam Service
Description
The Spirax Sarco TFA flowmeter is designed for use on saturated steam only and
operates on the target principle, by measuring the force produced on a target by
the fluid flow. This force is then converted into density compensated mass flowrate
or power and is transmitted via a single loop powered 4-20 mA and pulsed output. TFA flowmeter
TFA flowmeters also incorporate a totalised flow function and EIA 232C (RS232) body
or EIA 485C (RS485) Modbus communications.
D i r e c t i o n of
flow within the
Performance
The TFA flowmeter has inbuilt electronics which give a density compensated output. The LCD display is incorporated within the electronics
head and can show totaliser, flowrate, power, pressure and temperature. An M750 display unit can be used to provide a remote display
function if required, utilising the 4 - 20 mA output.
System uncertainty, to 95% confidence (2 STD): (in accordance with ISO 17025)
± 2% of measured value from ≥ 20% and ≤ 100% of maximum rated flow
± 2% of full-scale value from ≥ 10% and < 20% of maximum rated flow
Turndown : up to 10:1
As the TFA flowmeter is a self contained unit, the uncertainty quoted is for the complete system. Many flowmeters claim a pipeline unit
uncertainty but for a true system uncertainty, the individual uncertainty values of any associated equipment, such as DP cells, need to
be added to the pipeline value.
Page 1 of 4
Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
Pressure/temperature limits
Pressure psi g
0 100 200 300 400
239
Temperature °F
200 400
Temperature
150 Steam 300
°C
saturation
100 200
curve
50 100
0
0.6 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region due to software limitations.
* Note: See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the TFA (IM-P193-02 and IM-P193-03) for full operation restrictions
Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g (8.7 psi g)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 52 bar g (754 psi g)
mbar
%Qmax 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Inches H2 0
%Qmax 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
DN25 2.5 10.0 22.5 40.1 62.6 90.1 122.7 160.2 202.8 250.4
DN32 1.9 7.6 17.1 30.4 47.5 68.3 93.0 121.5 153.8 189.8
DN40 1.0 4.2 9.4 16.7 26.1 37.6 51.1 66.8 84.5 104.3
DN50 0.6 2.5 5.6 10.0 15.6 22.5 30.7 40.1 50.7 62.6
3.3.8
Sizing the TFA flowmeter for saturated steam -
Horizontal orientation
D E
Notes:
Flow in kg/h
Maximum flowrates in kg/h at different pressures bar g.
Maximum flow 155 187 215 239 260 281 299 316 333 349 378 418 479 534 584 603
DN25
Minimum flow 15 19 21 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 38 42 48 53 58 60
Maximum flow 254 307 352 391 427 460 490 519 546 572 621 686 786 876 957 989
DN32
Minimum flow 25 31 35 39 43 46 49 52 55 57 62 69 79 88 96 99
Maximum flow 396 480 550 611 667 718 765 809 853 894 969 1 071 1 227 1 367 1 494 1 544
DN40
Minimum flow 40 48 55 61 67 72 77 81 85 89 97 107 123 137 149 154
Maximum flow 619 749 859 955 1 042 1 122 1 196 1 265 1 333 1 396 1 514 1 673 1 918 2 136 2 335 2 412
DN50
Minimum flow 62 75 86 95 104 112 120 126 133 140 151 167 192 214 233 241
Flow in lb/h
Maximum flowrates in lb/h at different pressures psi g.
Size Steam pressure psi g 14.5 29 44 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 174 218 290 363 435 464
Maximum flow 342 412 474 527 573 619 659 697 734 769 833 922 1 056 1 177 1 287 1 329
DN25
Minimum flow 33 42 46 53 57 62 66 71 73 77 84 93 106 117 128 132
Maximum flow 560 677 776 862 941 1 014 1 080 1 144 1 204 1 261 1 369 1 512 1 733 1 931 2 110 2 180
DN32
Minimum flow 55 68 77 86 95 101 108 115 121 126 137 152 174 194 212 218
Maximum flow 873 1 058 1 213 1 347 1 470 1 583 1 687 1 784 1 881 1 971 2 136 2 361 2 705 3 014 3 294 3 404
DN40
Minimum flow 88 106 121 134 148 159 170 179 187 196 214 236 271 302 328 340
Maximum flow 1 365 1 651 1 894 2 105 2 297 2 474 2 637 2 789 2 939 3 078 3 338 3 688 4 228 4 709 5 148 5 318
DN50
Minimum flow 137 165 190 209 229 247 265 278 293 309 333 368 423 472 514 531
1. The TFA flowmeter should be mounted with the 'concave' side of the target facing upstream, with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters
upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase
in nominal pipe diameter is required, upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters.
Similarly, where a flowmeter is installed downstream of two 90° bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valveor a partly open valve,
12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used and
there should be no intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter.
3. The TFA flowmeter must be installed concentrically in the line using the centralising bush kit (ordered separately). If this is not done,
flow measurement errors may occur.
4. The TFA flowmeter can be installed in any orientation up to a line pressure of 7 bar g (102 psi g).
5. As with all steam flowmetering installations, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 TFA flowmeter supplied with centralising bush kit 1930283 suitable for mounting between
EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on saturated steam at 10 bar g - Maximum flow 349 kg / h.
Note: For details of the optional remote display see the relevant Spirax Sarco M750 literature.
Software copyright
Certain computer programs contained in this product [or device] were developed by Spirax-Sarco Limited ('the Work(s)').
TI-P196-01
MI Issue 1
TEG10
Thermoelectric Generator for use with
Spirax Sarco wireless enabled flowmeters
Description
The TEG10 thermoelectric generator generates low voltage dc
power suitable for powering Spirax Sarco wireless enabled remote
flowmeters. The TEG10 uses thermoelectric modules which are
solid state integrated circuits that utilise Seebeck Thompson effect,
to convert heat energy into power. It is ideally suited for use with
powering remote flowmeters that use HART® wireless technology
for communication, saving costs associated with power provided
by hard wiring and installation.
The TEG10 can be clamped to a steam pipe in sizes DN50, DN80
and DN100 that are flowing saturated steam between 3 to 32 bar g. 3.3.10
Standards:
- The TEG10 carries the mark when so required.
- The Spirax Sarco flowmeters and TEG10 have been tested as a
radio system which comes under the R & TTE Directive. Due to 1
this, the TEG10 has been assessed under the LVD (Low Voltage
Directive) 2006 / 95 / EC.
Please note that the above standards are only applicable when
used with Spirax Sarco's WirelessHARTTM TVA flowmeter.
Technical data 3
Mounting arrangement 'U' Clamp for pipe sizes DN50 to DN100
Steam pipe temperature range 143 - 239°C
Ambient temperature range 0 - 55°C
Electrical connection 2 pin plug on 1 m cable
Maximum number of connected flowmeters 1
E B Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Aluminium 6082
2 'U' bolt Stainless steel 316
3 Thermoelectric module Bismuth telluride
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off TEG10 thermoelectric generator with DN50 pipe
mounting clamp.
Spare parts
The Seebeck Cell can be replaced by a Spirax Sarco Service
Engineer.
C D
Flowmetering
Orifice
Local regulations plate
may restrict the use of this flowmeters
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P176-02
MI Issue 5
M410
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
and Carrier Assembly
Description
The M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly is a primary flow element
consisting of a tab handled square edged orifice plate and optional
carrier. The orifice plate is designed and manufactured to meet the
requirements of British Standard BS 1042 and International Standard
Organisation ISO 5167 in all respects and is suitable for the M410 orifice plate
measurement of the rate of flow for most liquids, gases and steam.
The tab handled orifice plate can be used for either:
a: on its own fitted between flanges with pressure tappings in the
3.4.1 users pipework or flanges.
or
b: fitted into a carrier with integral flange tappings designed to fit
between customer flanges.
Limiting conditions
The pressure and temperature limitations of both the tab handled plate
and the carrier assembly are the same as the specified flange ratings.
Performance
To BS 1042 and ISO 5167.
The performance of an orifice plate flowmetering system can be
greatly influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below
are for guidance only:
Typically ±3% of actual flow
Accuracy (equivalent to ±1.5% full scale deflection at 50%
of rated maximum flow)
Repeatability Typically ±0.3%
Turndown Typically 4:1
Connections
Tab handled plates and carriers are available to suit the following
flange specifications:
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40.
BS 10 Table H.
ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300, 600.
Japanese Industrial Standard JIS 20.
Korean Standard KS 20.
Materials
Tab handled orifice plate BS 1449 S 316
Carrier Passivated zinc plated carbon steel
Gaskets Exfoliated graphite
Pressure tappings
When the tab handled orifice plates are used without the optional
carrier, it is the responsibility of the user to provide appropriate
presssure tappings in either his flanges or upstream and downstream
pipework in line with BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
The optional carrier assembly incorporates upstream and downstream
pressure tappings threaded ½" NPT. These tappings are 25.4 mm M410 orifice plate
either side of the orifice plate face in line with the requirements of BS and carrier assembly
1042 / ISO 5167.
Flowmetering
Orifice plate flowmeters
How to specify
Orifice plate primary element with / without optional carrier assembly
conforming to BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
A
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly.
Important note: In order that a correctly sized orifice plate can be
supplied, it is essential that full details of the installation and estimated
flowrates are supplied to Spirax Sarco. This is best done using a
customer orifice plate datasheet available from Spirax Sarco.
Note 5
Associated equipment
Item Description
EL2211 Temperature sensor / transmitter
Note 3
EL2230 Temperature sensor/transmitter
EL2600 Pressure transmitter
EL2810 Temperature sensor/transmitter
F50C Isolation valve
B
M610 Transmitter assembly (Note 4)
M750 Display unit
M850 Steam flow computer
For a general description of Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmetering
systems, see TI-P176-03 (density compensated system) and
TI-P176-01 (non density compensated system).
TI-P176-04
MI Issue 7
3.4.4
3.5.1
Flowmetering
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Flowmetering ancillaries
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P333-29
MI Issue 3
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the M850-W-x
European Directives and carry the mark when so
required.
M850-P-x
Available options
Both versions of the M850 series have the same functions and are available as follows:
M850-P for panel mounting and is powered by 24 Vdc.
M850-W for wall mounting and has been adapted to be powered by 100 / 240 Vac.
Additionally, each version can be optionally equipped with one or two analog outputs 4-20 mA.
Page 1 of 6
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
Technical data for the M850 series flow computers
Inputs organisation
6 x I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA): IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4, IN5, IN6
Damping (1st order Low Pass Software Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5 min
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Damping (1st order Low Pass Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5min
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25°C / +77°F) ± 0.5°C / ± 0.9°F (typical ± 0.3°C / ± 0.54°F)
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Accuracy
Better than ± 0.2% of FS / °C
(at Tamb = +25°C / +77°F)
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Maximum ON resistance 20 Ω
Galvanic isolation (optoisolation) 250 VAC continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Maximum line length 1 200 m (depends on quality of data cable and baud rate)
Baud rate 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Ethernet port
3.5.5 Transmission protocol Modbus TCP, ICMP (ping), DHCP server, http server, BACnet IP
USB port
Socket type A type, according to USB standard
Enclosure (M850-W-x)
Enclosure type Wall mounting, Polycarbonate material
Enclosure (M850-P-x)
Enclosure type Panel mounting, Lexan Resin 920 material
Panel thickness 1 .. 5 mm
Environmental conditions
Ambient temperature 0 .. +55°C (32 .. 131°F)
B
B
3.5.7 D
Installation notes:
1. The wall mounted M850-W-x requires 3 mounting screws (not supplied) to mount to a wall or optionally has a DIN rail mounting.
2. The panel mounted M850-P-x is supplied with mounting clamps.
3. An adaptor plate is available as a separate kit, should the M850 be replacing an existing M200 or M800 flow computer.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
For the correct product nomenclature for the unit that best suits the intended application please revisit page 1 'Available options' before
placing an order.
Example: 1 off M850-W-1 wall mounted flow computer with one analog 4-20 mA output, 240 Vac supply.
Spare parts
There are no spare parts available for the M850 flow computers.
3.5.8
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
TI-P332-08
MI Issue 2
������
The M750 has Modbus RTU protocol using RS485 serial
communications.
Up to two 'Option Pods' can be fitted to the M750 to provide the
following functions:
- An isolated 4 - 20 mA retransmission pod.
- A pod with two normally-open relays. �� ��
It is possible to have one or two relay pods, but only one 4 - 20 mA
retransmission pod. The Option Pods can be selected to operate ��� ������
on Process Variable (Rate), or Total.
Technical data
See overleaf. ��������������
Weight
230 grams (0.5 lbs)
�������������� ����������
�� �� ����
������� ������� �������
�������������������������� ����
�������
����
�������
����
�������
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2006
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
Communications
RS485 Modbus communications The M750 has Modbus RTU protocol with RS485 serial communications as standard.
Physical layer 4 wire or 2 wire half duplex RS485
Protocol Modbus RTU format
Isolation 500 Vac
Maximum fan out 32 units (this can be increased with repeaters)
Termination standard RS485
Option pods
The M750 has interchangeable output pods that are automatically recognised by the unit. The dual relay pod has two independent mains
rated relays that can be configured for high or low alarms or pulse output. The isolated re -transmission pod provides 0-10 mA, 0-20
mA or 4-20 mA active or passive outputs.
TI-P322-02
MI Issue 7
EL2600
Pressure Transmitter
and 'U' Syphons
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general and industrial use.
It has a 2-wire 4-20 mA current loop, and a ¼" NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 25 bar g, and one with a
maximum design pressure of 80 bar g.
Available ranges
m bar g 0-100 0-250 0-600
3.5.11 bar g
0-0.1 0-0.25 0-0.6 0-1 0-1.6 0-2.5 0-4 0-6
0-10 0-16 0-25 0-40 0-60 0-100* 0-160* 0-250*
bar a 0-1.6 0-2.5
* No 'U' syphon is available for these ranges, therefore maximum
operating temperature is limited to 100°C
Limiting conditions
Pressure /temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature -30°C (medium)
-20°C (ambient)
Maximum operating temperature 100°C (medium)
(without syphon tube) 80°C (ambient)
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
C
How to order
Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range
0 - 16 bar g, with low pressure 'U' syphon and isolating valve.
A B
3.5.12
Low ¼" NPT
pressure
E
'U' syphon
¼" NPT
parallel
(NPSM)
G
¼" NPT
parallel
(NPSM)
K
3.5.13
Flowmetering
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Flowmetering ancillaries
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P322-06
MI Issue 11
EL2271
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly. The sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets EN 60751:
Class A and the transmitter has a 4 - 20 mA output. 3.5.14
An ATEX approved version is available to special order.
A comprehensive standard range is normally available from stock. Non-standard ranges can be obtained to special order, subject to a
low limit of -50 °C, and a maximum of +500 °C. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to any temperature indicator, controller
or flow computer that has a 4 - 20 mA input. Contact Spirax Sarco for further details. Transmitters with 3 point calibration are available
to special order.
Pockets (thermowells)
General
Three types of pockets are available:
1. Thin wall with a ½" NPT process connection for non-flow applications only.
Selection
Pockets are sized to suit the probe tip length 'D', and are specified as 'pocket to
suit a _ _ mm probe'.
Note 1 - The pocket dimension 'F' is 25 mm shorter than the probe length 'D',
which appears to be incorrect. The reason is that the threaded body of the pocket
acts as a stand-off, and therefore allows adequate clearance between the probe
tip and the end of the pocket.
Note 2 - Pockets to suit 225 mm and 725 mm probes are for non-flow
applications only (maximum flow velocity 0.65 m/sec).
Page 1 of 3
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
EL2270* EL2271
A 88 58 88 88
C 75 63 75 75
E 6 6 4.5 6
* Note: The quick response EL2270 is only available with an insertion length of 40 mm.
Pockets
Standard Hygenic
Product range 1½" sanitary clamp connector
Fabricated Solid drilled Fabricated
3.5.15
EL2270 and EL2271
½"
NPT
Enclosure
Pocket
27 A/F
½" NPT
C Probe
½" NPT
(¼" BSPT EL2270 miniature version) Drilled taper version
F shown dotted
Electrical data
-50 °C to +500 °C
Available ranges -50 °C to +500 °C 0 °C to +100 °C
100 °C to +250 °C
Output Pt100 to EN 60751: Class A Loop powered 4 - 20 mA
Output on sensor failure - 23 mA typical 3.5.16
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc
636 at 24 Vdc
Maximum loop resistance -
909 at 30 Vdc
Transmitter - Thermal drift measuring deviation - ± 0.1% / 10 KTAMB per EN 60770 ± 0.2%
U o = 30 Vdc I o = 120 mA
Maximum values for connection of the current loop
- Pi = 800 mW C i = 6.2 μF
circuit (connections + and -)
L i = 110 μH
U o = 6.4 Vdc I o = 42.6 mA
Po = 37.1 mW
Maximum values for connection of the sensor circuit Group II B:
-
(connections 1 up to 3) C o = 500 μF L o = 50 mH
Group II C:
C o = 20 μF L o = 10 mH
EMC directive 89 / 336 / EEC
EMC emissions and susceptibility -
EN 61326:1997 / A1, 1998 / A2.2001
Pressure/temperature limits
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in applications where the process temperature is within the following limits.
Where greater temperatures and pressures are present, the temperature probe should be fitted with a pocket.
For air and steam applications, flow velocities must be below 45 m/s (32 m/s for fabricated pockets).
For liquids a recommended velocity is 5 m/s (700 mm and 200 mm non-flow applications only).
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe. Pressure and temperature limits of standard pockets.
(ANSI 300 rated) (ANSI 600 rated)
A B D
Temperature °C
Temperature °C
Steam saturation curve Steam saturation curve
C E
Pressure bar g Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. The product must not be used in this region.
A-B-C Fabricated pocket
3.5.17
Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
TI-P170-01
MI Issue 4
Limiting conditions
Maximum operating pressure 413 bar g (6 000 psi g)
Maximum operating temperature 400°C (752°F) 3.5.18
Operating range
400
Temperature °C
300
1
200 Steam
saturation
100 curve
0
0 100 200 300 413
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel, zinc plated and passivated
2 Seals Graphoil (not shown)
Kv values
0.474
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Warning
This document does not give sufficient information to install
C the product in a safe manner.
See the relevant system Installation and Maintenance
Instructions for full details.
The F50C valve may be installed in any position, but the flow should
be in the direction of the arrow on the valve body.
When used as an isolating valve in a steam meter impulse line, it is
important to install the valve on the centre line of the flowmeter
rather than below it, so that the valve is in steam rather than water.
➤
Safety
Warning
Your attention is drawn to Safety information leaflet IM-GCM-10.
➤
B ➤
➤
A ➤ How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco F50C isolating valve.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Flowmetering
Ultrasonic flowmeters
3.6.1
Flowmetering
Ultrasonic
Local regulations flowmeters
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P197-01
MI Issue 4
UTM10 Series
Ultrasonic Transit-time Flowmeters
Description
UTM10 ultrasonic flow and energy meters clamp onto the outside of pipes and do not make contact with the internal liquid. The
technology has inherent advantages over alternate devices including: low-cost installation, no pressure head loss, no moving parts to
maintain or replace, no fluid compatibility issue, and a large, bi-directional measuring range that ensures reliable readings even at very
low and high flowrates. UTM10 is available in a variety of configurations that permit the user to select a meter with features suitable to
meet particular application requirements.
The UTM10 is available in two versions: a stand-alone flowmeter, and an energy flowmeter used in conjunction with dual clamp-on,
or dual insertion RTDs. The energy flowmeter measures energy usage in kJ, Wh, BTU and Tons and is ideal for retrofit, chilled water 3.6.2
and other HVAC applications.
Supply
Return
Instrinsically safe location
Features:
- May be used to measure clean liquids as well as those with small amounts of suspended solids or aeration (e.g.: surface water,
sewage).
- Bi-directional flow measurement system. Totalizer options include forward, reverse and net total.
- Modbus RTU, BACNet® MS / TP over RS485 communications.; Ethernet connection includes BACNet® / IP, EtherNet / IPTM and
Modbus TCP / IP protocols.
- Large, easy-to-read digital display.
- Rugged, aluminium enclosure ensures a long service life in harsh environments.
- Certified for hazardous area installation in Europe and North America.
Benefits:
- Reduced material costs: The clamp-on sensor eliminates the need for in-line flanges, pipe fittings, strainers, and filters.
- Reduced installation time: The UTM10 can be installed and fully operational within minutes.
- Reduced maintenance costs: The UTM10 has a non-mechanical operation it will not be subject to wear and tear – Consequently
there are no repair kits or replacement parts available or required.
- The UTM10 is a clamp on design unit - Consequently there is No need to shut down the process for installation or maintenance.
Page 1 of 5
Flowmetering
Ultrasonic flowmeters
Specifications
System
Liquid types Most clean liquids or liquids containing small amounts of suspended solids or gas bubbles
Velocity range Bi-directional to 12 m / s (40 ft / s)
UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H:
±1% of rate at flows >0.3 m / s (1 ft / s); ± 0.003 m / s (0.01 ft / s) at flows <1 ft / s (0.3 m / s)
Flow accuracy UTT10-025S and UTT10-040S:
25 mm (1") and larger ±1% of rate from 1.2 to 12 m / s (4 to 40 ft / s); ± 0.012 m / s (0.04 ft / s) at rates <1.2 m / s (4 ft / s)
UTT10-015S and UTT10-020S: ±1% Full-scale (reference the 'Measuring range' under 'Dimensions' on page 3)
Temperature Option 1: 0-50°C (32-122°F); Absolute: 0.12°C (0.22°F) Difference: 0.05°C (0.09°F)
accuracy Option 2: 0-100°C (32-212°F); Absolute: 0.25°C (0.45°F) Difference: 0.10°C (0.18°F)
(Energy meters
only) Option 3: -40-177°C (-40-350°F); Absolute: 0.60°C (1.10°F) Difference: 0.25°C (0.45°F)
Flow: 0.0003 m / s (0.001 ft / s)
Sensitivity
Temperature: Option 1: 0.012°C (0.03°F); Option 2: 0.025°C (0.05°F); Option 3: 0.06°C (0.1°F)
Repeatability 0.5% of reading
All models EN 61010, UL 61010-1 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010-1
General safety:
Power supply options A and D only EN 61010-1
Installation Hazardous location (power supply options A and D only): Class 1 Div. 2 Groups C,D,T4; Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G,T4;
compliance Class III Division 2 for US / CAN; ATEX II 2 g EX nAT4: UL 1604, CSA 22.2 No. 213, EN 60079-0 and EN 60079-15.
Compliant with directives 2004 / 108 / EC, 2006 / 95 / EC, and 94 / 9 / EC on flowmeter systems with transducers constructed
3.6.3 with twinaxial cable (all transducers with cables 30 m (100 ft) and shorter) or remote transducers with conduit.
Transmitter
Power ac: 95-264 Vac 47-63 Hz @ 17 VA maximum dc: 10-28 Vdc @ 5 VA maximum or 20-28 Vac 47-63 Hz @ 0.35 A maximum
requirements Protection: auto resettable fuse, reverse polarity and transient suppression
Two line LCD, LED backlit: Top row 18 mm (0.7") height, 7-segment; Bottom row 9 mm (0.35") height, 14-segment
Icons: RUN, PROGRAM, RELAY1, RELAY2
Display Flowrate indication: 8-digit positive, 7-digit negative maximum; auto decimal, lead zero blanking
Flow accumulator (totalizer): 8-digit positive, 7-digit negative maximum (reset via keypad press, USP, network command
or momentary contact closure)
IP65 (Type 4) construction: powder-coated aluminium, polycarbonate, stainless steel, polyurethane, nickel-plated steel
mounting brackets
Enclosure
Size (electronic enclosure only): W x H x D in mm (inches) 152 x 112 x 56 mm (6.0" x 4.4" x 2.2")
Conduit holes: (2 x holes) 12.7 mm (½") NPT female; (1 x hole) 19 mm (¾") NPT female
Temperature -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)
Via optional keypad or PC running USP software (Note: not all configuration parameters are available from the keypad –
Configuration
i.e. flow and temperature calibration and advanced filter settings)
Flowmeter: Metres, cubic metres, litres, million litres, kg,
Engineering Feet, gallons, cubic feet, million gallons, barrels (liquor and oil), acre-feet, lbs.
units
Energy meter: kJ, kWh, MWh, BTU, MBTU, MMBTU, Tons and the flowmeter list from above
USB 2.0: for connection of a PC running USP configuration utility
RS485: Modbus RTU command set. Optional BACnet MS / TP (Baud rate field selectable 9 600 to 76 800)
10/100 Base-T: RJ45, communication via Modbus TCP / IP, EtherNet / IP™ and BACnet ® / IP
Inputs / outputs 4-20 mA: 12-bit, internal power, can span negative to positive flow / energy rates
Flowmeter model only: 0-1,000 Hz: open-collector, 12-bit, can span negative to positive rates; square-wave or turbine
meter simulation outputs. Energy flowmeter model only: Total pulse option: Opto isolated open collector transistor.
Two alarm outputs: open-collector, configure as rate alarm, signal strength alarm or totalizer pulse
Transducers
Type Compression mode propagation, clamp-on
UTT10-050S and 050L: IP67 (NEMA 6), CPVC, Ultem ®, Nylon cord grip, PVC cable jacket; -40 to 121°C (-40 to 250°F)
UTT10-015S to UTT10-040S: IP67 (NEMA 6), CPVC, Ultem ®, Nylon cord grip, PVC cable jacket; -40 to 121°C (-40 to 50°F)
Construction UTT10-050S and 050L: IP68 (NEMA 6P), CPVC, Ultem ®, Nylon cord grip, Polyethylene cable jacket; -40 to 121°C (-40 to 250°F)
NEMA 6: Submersible to a depth of 1 m (3 ft) for 30 days max. NEMA 6P: Submersible to a depth of 30 m (100 ft) indefinitely
UTT10-050H: IP67 (NEMA 6), PTFE, Vespel, Nickel-plated brass cord grip, PFA cable jacket; -40 to 176°C (-40 to 250°F)
UTT10-015S to UTT10-040S: 2 MHz
Frequency UTT10-050S and UTT10-050H: 1 MHz
UTT10-050L: 500 KHz
Cables RG59 Coaxial, 75 ohm or Twinaxial, 78 ohm (optional Flex armored conduit)
Cable length 300 m (990 ft) maximum in 3 m (10 ft) increments
RTDs Energy meters only: RTD platinum 385, 1000 ohm, 3-wire; PVC jacket cable
UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H: General and Hazardous Location (see 'Installation compliance' above)
Installation UTT10-050S and IS Barrier (F option): "Class I Div 1, Groups C&D T5 Instrinically Safe Exia;"
"CSA C22.2 No.'s 142 & 157, UL 913 & 916"
Software utilities
Utilized to configure, calibrate and troubleshoot Flow and Energy Meters. Connection via USB A/B cable; software is
USP
compatible with Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista ® and Windows ® 7 32-bit O.S. only
104.1
(4.10")
152.4
(6.0")
165.1 35.1
(6.5") (1.38")
58.4 73.7
109.7 (2.3") (2.9")
(4.32")
MENU ENTER
30.5
(1.2")
52.3
(2.06") 4.8 (0.19") dia
2 mounting holes
3.6.4
UTT10 transducer
Pipe
Pipe size A B C D Measuring range
material
Common features:
• Rate-Total backlit display
• 4 - 20 mA output
• 0 - 1000 Hz rate pulse and dual alarm outputs (Flowmeter model only)
• USB programming port
• RS485 Modbus network connection
• Remote totalizer reset
UTM10 energy meter with
remote mounted transducers and strap-on RTD's
Supply
Temperature transducers
(Energy meter only)
Return
Notes:
1. All electronics have a 4 button keypad, remote mounted transducers, General Safety Approvals, 4 - 20 mA output, Modbus RTU output,
USB connection, 1000 Hz output UTM10-S only.
2. Energy, 4 - 20 mA output, Dual 1000 Ohm RTD connection, Modbus RTU output, USB connection. RTD's ordered separately.
3. Totalizing pulse is for the Energy Option only. The pulse is an optically-isolated open-collector, 30 Vdc max., 100 mA max.,
at 15 Hz max. rate with 50% duty cycle.
Notes:
1. Armored flex conduit can be ordered with conduit option A and V only.
2. Twinaxial cable, 78 Ω up to 30 m (100 ft), greater than 30 m (100 ft) RG59 Coaxial Cable, 75 Ω.
3.7.1
Flowmetering
Vortex
Local regulations may restrict the useflowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P338-26
MI Issue 4
VLM10
In-line Vortex Mass Flowmeter
Description
The VLM10 in-line vortex flowmeter measures process fluid flow
by detecting the frequency at which vortices are shed from an
obstruction in the process fluid line (the bluff body). A piezo-electric
sensor mounted outside of the fluid flow acts as a transducer,
converting the pulses into electrical signals. An internal temperature
sensor along with the multi-variable electronics provide mass flow
rate of liquid, gas and steam applications. The VLM10 measures
all process variables with a single device providing outstanding
accuracy and reduces installation costs. Simplified commissioning 3.7.2
through an easy to use local display or internet accessible web
server.
Features
Volumetric, energy, or mass flow monitoring of
Available size range: DN25 to DN300 (1" to 12")
liquid, gas or steam
Multi-variable electronics incorporate an integral RTD for
Reliable no moving parts design, no fluid to sensor contact
compensated mass flow measurement
Remote monitoring and programming via built in web server Field configurable via magnetic wand
50 000 event data logger, date stamped and user selectable In-process RTD removable below 52 bar g (750 psi g) pressure
Performance specifications
Process variables Liquids Gas and steam Repeatability
Page 1 of 11
Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Physical specifications
Materials - Wetted parts
Wing and shedder bar Stainless steel and Carbon steel Models 316L or the cast equivalent, CF3M
Flow tube Stainless steel model (all sizes) 316L or the cast equivalent, CF3M
Carbon steel model (flanged), DN150 (6") and larger ASTM A105, A06 Grade C, and A108 Grade 1018
Electronics enclosure
Aluminium 383 Approved for NEMA 4x for water tight and dust tight requirements
Flowmeter classification
Standard Designed to meet NEMA 4X watertight and dust tight specifications
Explosion proof version FMus certification Class I, Division II, Groups B,C,D and Dust-ignition Proof for Class II, Division III,
Groups F, and G Hazardous locations.
FMc is pending
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Ta = 0 to +60°C IP66
Operating specifications
Process temperature °F
Fluid types
Liquid, gas or steam
Ambient temperature °C
Ambient
Process temperature limit
-40°C to 400°C (-40°F to 750°F)
temperature °F
Process pressure
Flange
ASME Class 150, ASME Class 300 or ASME Class 600
PN16, PN40 or PN64
ASME 600 and PN64 flanges are available for use on
the following pipeline sizes 25 mm to 200 mm (1" to 8")
Wafer
All wafer bodies are rated based on an appropriate
flange rating to a maximum of ASME Class 600
or PN64
Process temperature °C
3.7.4
Enclosure specifications
Approved for NEMA 4X watertight and dust tight
requirements Fig. 2
Ambient temperature range for
Ambient humidity limit integral and remote mounted electronics
5 – 95% RH non-condensing
Signal cable
flow velocity m / s
Minimum
DIN PG 13.5
18, 20 or 22 gauge, shielded instrumentation cable
flow velocity ft / s
Measurable flow velocities
Liquid
74
( )
50
to 260 ft / sec
Where: density in
kg
m3 () lb
ft3
it is part of the formula for gas / steam not a
Flowmeter sizing
Selecting the appropriate size flowmeter can be critical. If the flowmeter is over-sized, the signal strength could be weak – limiting
rangeability. If the flowmeter is under-sized, excessive pressure drop or cavitation may occur – affecting accuracy. Use the minimum
linear flow velocity curves and Tables 1 through 5 (minimum and maximum flowrates for various types of applications) for general sizing.
For more detailed information, contact your Spirax Sarco representative.
Table 1 Nominal pulse rate and flowmeter factor Table 2 Water flowrates
DN200
13.5 287.2 213.5 4 555.0
(8")
DN250
22.6 482.5 358.7 7 653.0
(10")
DN300
32.0 683.7 508.3 10 843.0
(12")
Notes: 1. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
74 kg
2. Minimum flow velocity is or Reynolds number limit of 20 000 whichever is greater.
m ( )
TI-P338-26 MI Issue 4
Pressure DN25 (1") DN40 (1½") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4") DN150 (6") DN200 (8") DN250 (10") DN300 (12")
bar g
(psi g)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0.7 14 128 35 316 59 528 131 1 181 227 2 057 515 4 662 902 8 165 1 515 13 725 2 147 19 441
(10.0) (31) (283) (77) (697) (129) (1 164) (288) (2 604) (501) (4 534) (1 135) (10 277) (1 988) (18 000) (3 341) (30 258) (4 733) (42 860)
1.4 17 177 41 435 68 726 153 1 624 266 2 827 604 6 409 1 057 11 225 1 777 18 868 2 517 26 727
(20.0) (37) (390) (90) (958) (151) (1 600) (337) (3 580) (587) (6 233) (1 331) (14 129) (2 331) (24 746) (3 918) (41 597) (5 550) (58 923)
2.8 20 271 51 666 85 1 113 189 2 488 330 4 333 747 9 823 1 309 17 203 2 200 28 918 3 116 40 963
(40.0) (45) (597) (112) (1 468) (187) (2 453) (417) (5 486) (727) (9 552) (1 647) (21 655) (2 885) (37 927) (4 850) (63 753) (6 870) (90 307)
4.1 24 363 59 893 98 1 492 219 3 337 381 5 809 865 13 169 1 515 23 065 2 547 38 770 3 608 54 919
(60.0) (53) (801) (129) (1 968) (216) (3 289) (483) (7 356) (841) (12 807) (1 908) (29 033) (3 341) (50 849) (5 616) (85 474) (7 955) (121 075)
5.5 27 454 66 1 117 110 1 866 245 4 174 427 7 267 968 16 475 1 695 28 855 2 849 48 504 4 036 68 706
(80.0) (59) (1 002) (145) (2 462) (242) (4 114) (541) (9 202) (941) (16 022) (2 134) (36 321) (3 737) (63 614) (6 282) (106 932) (8 898) (151 470)
6.9 29 545 72 1 339 120 2 238 269 5 005 468 8 714 1 060 19 754 1 856 34 598 3 120 58 157 4 419 82 380
Flowmetering
(100.0) (64) (1 201) (158) (2 952) (265) (4 933) (592) (11 034) (1 031) (19 211) (2 336) (43 550) (4 092) (76 275) (6 878) (128 214) (9 743) (181 617)
Vortex flowmeters
9.7 34 724 83 1 780 138 2 975 310 6 654 539 11 586 1 222 26 265 2 140 46 002 3 597 75 393 5 096 89 722
12.4 38 903 93 2 219 155 3 709 346 8 297 602 14 445 1 364 32 746 2 390 57 353 4 017 77 182 5 690 91 852
(180.0) (83) (1 991) (204) (4 893) (341) (8 177) (762) (18 291) (1 327) (31 846) (3 008) (72 193) (5 268) (126 441) (8 856) (170 158) (12 545) (202 498)
15.2 41 1 082 101 2 659 169 4 443 378 9 937 659 17 301 1 493 39 222 2 615 60 752 4 396 78 773 6 227 93 744
(220.0) (91) (2 385) (223) (5 861) (373) (9 795) (834) (21 908) (1 452) (38 143) (3 292) (86 469) (5 766) (133 935) (9 692) (173 664) (13 729) (206 670)
20.7 48 1 440 117 3 539 195 5 915 436 13 229 760 23 034 1 723 47 416 3 018 62 745 5 073 81 357 7 185 96 819
(300.0) (105) (3 175) (257) (7 803) (430) (13 040) (962) (29 166) (1 676) (50 781) (3 798 (104 535) (6 653) (138 329) (11 183) (179 362) (15 841) (213 450)
27.6 54 1 893 134 4 652 224 7 775 500 17 389 871 30 276 1 975 48 922 3 460 64 738 5 816 83 941 8 238 99 895
(400.0) (120) (4 173) (295) (10 256) (493) (17 140) (1 103) (38 337) (1 921) (66 748) (4 355) (107 855) (7 627) (142 723) (12 821) (185 059) (18 161) (220 231)
34.5 61 2 354 149 5 784 249 9 666 558 21 620 972 33 361 2 203 50 226 3 858 66 463 6 485 86 178 9 186 102 556
(500.0) (134) (5 189) (329) (12 751) (550) (21 310) (1 230) (47 665) (2 142) (73 548) (4 856) (110 729) (8 505) (146 525) (14 296) (189 990) (20 251) (226 098)
Page 5 of 11
3.7.6
3.7.7
1,2,3
Table 4 Air flow at selected process pressures at 16°C (60°F) Minimum and Maximum operating flowrates in SCMH (SCFH)
Notes:
1. At standard conditions of 16°C (60°F) and 1 bar g (14.7 psirg), SCMH: standard cubic meters per hour (SCFH: standard cubic feet per hour).
2. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
74 kg
TI-P338-26 MI Issue 4
3. Minimum flow velocity is or Reynolds number limit of 20 000 whichever is greater.
m ( )
Pressure DN25 (1") DN40 (1½") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4") DN150 (6") DN200 (8") DN250 (10") DN300 (12")
bar g
(psi g)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0.0 20 132 32 325 53 544 120 1 216 208 2 116 472 4 798 825 8 385 1 387 14 094 1 964 19 964
0.0 (711) (4 675) (1 130) (11 486) (1 888) (19 194) (4 224) (42 934) (7 352) (74 730) (16 669) (169 433) (29 201) (296 813) (49 087) (498 888) (69 532) (706 680)
1.4 20 313 49 768 82 1 284 184 2 871 320 4 998 725 11 332 1 268 19 804 2 133 33 269 3 021 47 125
(20.0) (711) (11 043) (1 737) (27 129) (2 902) (45 332) (6 491) (101 403) (11 299) (176 499) (25 618) (400 174) (44 877) (701 024) (75 490) (1 177 647) (106 933) (1 668 149)
2.8 25 493 62 1 212 103 2 025 231 4 529 402 7 883 911 17 872 1 592 31 235 2 672 52 443 3 784 74 287
(40.0) (888) (17 417) (2 181) (42 789) (3 645) (71 499) (8 152) (159 934) (14 190) (278 378) (32 173) (631 161) (56 360) (1 105 667) (94 572) (1 856 406) (133 962) (2 629 619)
4.1 29 674 72 1 656 121 2 766 270 6 188 470 10 771 1 065 24 420 1 861 42 678 3 123 71 618 4 424 86 615
(60.0) (1 038) (23 798) (2 550) (58 464) (4 260) (97 693) (9 529) (218 527) (16 587) (380 363) (37 607) (862 390) (65 880) (1 510 734) (110 546) (2 535 166) (156 590) (3 066 018)
5.5 33 855 81 2 100 136 3 509 304 7 849 529 13 661 1 199 30 974 2 096 54 133 3 517 72 804 4 982 86 641
Flowmetering
(80.0) (1 169) (30 185) (2 871) (74 156) (4 798) (123 914) (10 732) (277 179) (18 681) (482 452) (42 354) (1 093 855) (74 196) (1 916 212) (124 487) (2 577 147) (176 337) (3 066 950)
Vortex flowmeters
6.9 36 1 036 90 2 545 150 4 252 335 9 511 582 16 555 1 320 37 535 2 307 55 984 3 867 72 697 5 478 86 514
(100.0) (1 287) (36 578) (3 161) (89 863) (5 282) (150 160) (11 814) (335 889) (20 564) (584 642) (46 625) (1 325 549) (81 677) (1 981 748) (136 902) (2 573 347) (193 923) (3 062 428)
(140.0) (1 495) (49 384) (3 673) (121 323) (6 137) (202 729) (13 728) (453 478) (23 894) (789 315) (54 175) (1 497 292) (94 903) (1 981 748) (158 946) (2 571 893) (225 149) (3 060 698)
12.4 48 1 762 117 4 328 195 7 232 436 16 177 759 28 157 1 722 42 399 3 009 55 984 5 027 72 347 7 120 86 097
(180.0) (1 678) (62 213) (4 122) (152 840) (6 888) (255 394) (15 408) (571 282) (26 819) (994 362) (60 805) (1 497 292) (106 519) (1 981 748) (177 936) (2 560 955) (252 048) (3 047 681)
15.2 52 2 126 128 5 222 214 8 726 479 19 518 834 28 158 1 891 42 399 3 305 55 984 5 518 72 321 7 816 86 066
(220.0) (1 843) (75 063) (4 528) (184 411) (7 566) (308 148) (16 925) (689 287) (29 459) (994 383) (66 791) (1 497 292) (117 004) (1 981 748) (195 325) (2 560 024) (276 680) (3 046 573)
20.7 60 2 855 149 7 014 248 11 720 555 21 343 967 28 158 2 192 42 399 3 831 55 984 6 388 72 288 9 049 86 027
(300.0) (2 136) (100 825) (5 248) (247 701) (8 769) (413 905) (19 615) (753 714) (34 141) (994 383) (77 408) (1 497 292) (135 604) (1 981 748) (226 127) (2 558 874) (320 311) (3 045 204)
27.6 69 3 770 171 9 261 285 14 270 638 21 343 1 111 28 158 2 519 42 399 4 402 55 984 7 324 72 099 10 374 85 802
(400.0) (2 454) (133 125) (6 030) (327 054) (10 076) (503 949) (22 539) (753 714) (39 231) (994 383) (88 947) (1 497 292) (155 818) (1 981 748) (259 241) (2 552 194) (367 217) (3 037 255)
34.5 78 4 687 190 11 039 318 14 270 712 21 343 1 239 28 158 2 808 42 399 4 908 55 984 8 152 71 985 11 548 85 666
(500.0) (2 737) (165 512) (6 724) (389 852) (11 235) (503 949) (25 132) (753 714) (43 743) (994 383) (99 179) (1 497 292) (173 741) (1 981 748) (288 580) (2 548 126) (408 777) (3 032 414)
Page 6 of 11
1, 2, 3, 4
Table 5 Natural gas flowrates at selected pressures at 16°C (60°F) . Minimum and Maximum operating flowrates in SCMH (SCFH)
Notes:
1. At standard conditions of 16°C (60°F) and 1 bar g (14.7 psi g), SCMH: standard cubic meters per hour (SCFH: standard cubic feet per hour).
2. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
3. Specific gravity of natural gas = 0.61 and 0.8% N 2 .
TI-P338-26 MI Issue 4
74 kg
4. Minimum flow velocity is or Reynolds number limit of 20 000 whichever is greater.
m ( )
Pressure DN25 (1") DN40 (1½") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4") DN150 (6") DN200 (8") DN250 (10") DN300 (12")
bar g
(psi g)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0.0 22 132 41 325 68 542 153 1 213 266 2 111 603 4 787 1 057 8 385 1 840 14 480 2 639 20 768
0.0 (772) (4 665) (1 444) (11 460) (2 413) (19 149) (5 397) (42 834) (9 395) (74 557) (21 300) (169 041) (37 314) (296 126) (64 968) (511 367) (93 181) (733 432)
1.4 26 313 63 768 105 1 284 235 2 873 409 5 000 928 11 337 1 626 19 860 2 831 34 295 4 061 49 187
(20.0) (905) (11 048) (2 222) (27 142) (3 713) (45 354) (8 307) (101 452) (14 458) (176 585) (32 781) (400 368) (57 426) (701 364) (99 983) (1 211 101) (143 401) (1 737 031)
2.8 32 495 79 1 212 132 2 031 296 4 543 515 7 908 1 167 17 930 2 045 31 409 3 560 54 234 5 106 77 786
(40.0) (1 138) (17 472) (2 795) (42 925) (4 670) (71 728) (10 446) (160 445) (18 182) (279 268) (41 225) (633 180) (72 217) (1 109 202) (125 733) (1 915 261) (180 334) (2 746 978)
4.1 38 678 93 1 656 155 2 783 346 6 225 603 10 834 1 366 24 565 2 394 43 032 4 167 74 300 5 977 92 153
(60.0) (1 332) (23 938) (3 271) (58 810) (5 466) (98 271) (12 227) (219 818) (21 282) (382 611) (48 253) (867 489) (84 530) (1 519 664) (147 166) (2 623 888) (211 075) (3 254 350)
5.5 43 862 104 2 100 175 3 539 390 7 917 680 13 780 1 541 31 242 2 699 54 730 4 700 81 850 6 740 98 024
Flowmetering
(80.0) (1 502) (30 446) (3 689) (74 797) (6 165) (124 985) (13 789) (279 575) (24 001) (486 622) (54 418) (1 103 309) (95 329) (1 932 775) (165 965) (2 890 521) (238 036) (3 461 702)
Vortex flowmeters
6.9 47 1 048 115 2 545 192 4 301 430 9 620 749 16 744 1 699 37 963 2 976 60 965 5 180 81 850 7 430 98 024
(100.0) (1 655) (36 995) (4 067) (90 887) (6 795) (151 872) (15 200) (339 717) (26 457) (591 305) (59 986) (1 340 656) (105 084) (2 152 958) (182 943) (2 890 521) (262 387) (3 461 702)
(140.0) (1 929) (50 222) (4 738) (123 382) (7 917) (206 171) (17 710) (461 176) (30 826) (802 714) (69 892) (1 626 648) (122 436) (2 152 958) (213 142) (2 890 521) (305 701) (3 461 702)
12.4 61 1 802 151 4 328 252 7 396 564 16 543 982 28 795 2 228 46 061 3 902 60 965 6 793 81 850 9 743 98 024
(180.0) (2 171) (63 622) (5 333) (156 302) (8 911) (261 179) (19 933) (584 223) (34 696) (1 016 887) (78 665) (1 626 648) (137 805) (2 152 958) (239 886) (2 890 521) (344 058) (3 461 702)
15.2 68 2 186 166 5 222 278 8 974 622 20 073 1 082 30 590 2 454 46 061 4 298 60 965 7 482 81 850 10 731 98 024
(220.0) (2 391) (77 198) (5 874) (189 654) (9 816) (316 909) (21 957) (708 885) (38 219) (1 080 291) (86 652) (1 626 648) (151 797) (2 152 958) (264 230) (2 890 521) (378 973) (3 461 702)
20.7 79 2 970 194 7 014 324 12 193 725 23 187 1 261 30 590 2 860 46 061 5 010 60 965 8 721 81 850 12 507 98 024
(300.0) (2 787) (104 888) (6 847) (257 682) (11 442) (430 583) (25 594) (818 830) (44 549) (1 080 291) (101 005) (1 626 648) (176 940) (2 152 958) (307 963) (2 890 521) (441 698) (3 461 702)
27.6 91 3 980 224 9 261 375 15 503 839 23 187 1 460 30 590 3 311 46 061 5 715 60 965 10 093 81 850 14 476 98 024
(400.0) (3 226) (140 539) (7 926) (345 267) (13 245) (547 487) (29 626) (818 830) (51 567) (1 080 291) (116 917) (1 626 648) (201 815) (2 152 958) (356 431) (2 890 521) (511 214) (3 461 702)
34.5 103 5 023 252 11 039 421 15 503 942 23 187 1 640 30 590 3 719 46 061 6 516 60 965 11 337 81 850 16 261 98 024
(500.0) (3 625) (177 379) (8 905) (423 533) (14 880) (547 487) (33 284) (818 830) (57 933) (1 080 291) (131 350) (1 626 648) (230 098) (2 152 958) (400 376) (2 890 521) (574 242) (3 461 702)
Page 7 of 11
3.7.8
Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
20 151 99 162
(0.8") (5.9") (3.9") (6.4")
146
(5.8")
29
(1.1") A
max
3.7.9 B
D
C
Wafer connection
The wafer connection is available in stainless steel sizes DN25 - DN80 (1" - 3") only. The schedule of the mating pipe’s internal diameter
dimension 'D'.
Size Dimensions Weight
A B C D
DN25 290 mm 84 mm 104 mm 24 mm 5.9 kg
(1") (11.4") (3.3") (4.1") (0.957") (13 lbs)
20 151 99 162
(0.8") (5.9") (3.9") (6.4")
146
(5.8")
29
(1.1") A " NPT
max
3.7.10
C
Note: B
The schedule of the mating pipe’s internal diameter > dimension 'C'.
Dimensions
Size A B C Weight
Stainless steel Carbon steel
PN16 PN64 PN16 PN64 PN16 PN40 PN64
PN40 PN40
ASME 150 ASME 150
ASME 300 ASME 600 ASME 300 ASME 600 ASME 150 ASME 300 ASME 600
Remote mounting
Note: For best results, mount the remote transmitter below the horizontal pipe.
184
Pipe mount electronics (7.3")
270 140
(10.6") (5.5")
270
216 196 (10.6")
Wall mount electronics (8.5") (7.7")
127
(5.0")
140
(5.5")
Weights
Size Flanged Flanged Flanged Wafer
PN16 PN40 PN64
ASME 150 ASME 300 ASME 600
DN25 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 9 kg
(1") (24 lbs) (26 lbs) (26 lbs) (19 lbs)
DN40 13 kg 15 kg 15 kg 9 kg
(1½") (28 lbs) (34 lbs) (34 lbs) (20 lbs)
DN50 17 kg 19 kg 19 kg 10 kg
(2") (37 lbs) (42 lbs) (42 lbs) (23 lbs)
DN80 26 kg 30 kg 30 kg 17 kg
(3") (57 lbs) (66 lbs) (66 lbs) (38 lbs)
DN100 33 kg 40 kg 48 kg
(4") (72 lbs) (89 lbs) (105 lbs)
DN150 44 kg 55 kg 66 kg
(6") (98 lbs) (122 lbs) (146 lbs)
DN200 68 kg 85 kg 103 kg
(8") (150 lbs) (188 lbs) (226 lbs)
DN250 84 kg 121 kg
(10") (186 lbs) (266 lbs)
Accessories
External pressure transmitter For mass flow of gases and superheat steam.
External temperature transmitter On a separate pipe for energy measurement.
3.8.1
Flowmetering
Turbine
Local regulations may flowmeters
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P198-01
MI Issue 5
RIM10 Series
Rotor Insertion Flowmeters
Description
The RIM10 rotor insertion flowmeter utilizes multi-variable RIM10-600
electronics to provide a compensated mass flowrate of liquid,
gas and steam from a single opening in the pipeline. The RIM10
measures all process variables with a single device providing
outstanding accuracy and reduces installation costs. Simplified
commissioning through an easy to use local display or internet
accessible web server.
RIM10-600 and RIM10-900 are 'hot-tappable' and can be
installed and removed without process shutdown simplifying
maintenance.
3.8.2
RIM10-700
Features:
- Volumeric or mass flow monitoring of liquid, gas, or steam.
- Rugged insertion-style mounting in any pipe 75 to 2 000 mm
(3" to 80").
- Can be installed and removed under full-flow conditions.
Optional features:
- Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP / IP and BACnet MS / TP compatible.
- Integral pressure measurement.
Application guide
Notes:
1. Maximum pressure at maximum temperature with appropriate connection.
2. In some cases, especially in large pipe sizes, a 30 or 60 cm (1 or 2 ft) stem extension may be required.
3. Ethylene-Propylene elastomer.
4. Rating listed is for NPT connection. For flange connections use ASME flange rating.
5. The RIM10-700 is a fixed insertion flowmeter; it cannot be removed or installed under pressure.
Page 1 of 8
Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Operating specifications
See the 'RIM10 rotor selection guide' (page 6) for available linear and measurable ranges.
Measurable velocity limits Continuous operation above the maximum velocity will shorten the life of the RIM10 and is not
recommended.
Process viscosity Maximum 5 centipoise
Ambient temperature limit Electronics -20 to 60°C (-5 to 140°F)
Ambient humidity limit 5 to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
Power requirements 12 to 32 Vdc, 24 Vdc nominal, 2 amps
Standard input 2 x 4 - 20 mA active or passive.
Analog
Standard output 1 x 4 - 20 mA (Optional output of 3 x 4 - 20 mA)
Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid passing through the pipe,
Scaled pulse output
up to 10 pulses / sec.
2 x SPDT, 24 V / 50 mA. Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid
Relay output
passing through the pipe, up to 10 pulses / sec.
Modbus RTU - Half duplex RS 485 and BACnet MS / TP compatible
Communications Modbus TCP / IP - Full duplex, 10 / 100 Base T Ethernet
HTTP web server
Remote mount electronics Up to 30 m (100 ft) with shielded twisted pairs
3.8.3
Performance specifications
Process variables Liquids Gas and steam Repeatability
Volumetric flowrate ± 1.0% of rate 1 ± 1.0% of rate 1 ± 0.25% of rate
Mass flowrate ± 1.5% of rate 2 ± 2.0% of rate 3 ± 0.35% of rate
Temperature ± 1.0°C (± 2.0°F) ± 1.0°C (± 2.0°F) ± 1.0°C (± 2.0°F)
Pressure ± 0.25% of full-scale ± 0.25% of full-scale ± 0.05% of full-scale
Density ± 0.3% of reading ± 0.3% of reading ± 0.1% of reading
Physical specifications
Blades: 17–4 PH, ten blade, precision machined
Rotor Housing: 316 stainless steel
Pivots: Tungsten carbide
Liquid: CSJ stellite jewel
Rotor bearing type
Gas or
DEV tungsten carbide
Materials Steam:
RIM10-600 316L stainless steel stem with bronze and carbon steel housing
Wetted parts
RIM10-700 and RIM10-900 316L stainless steel stem and housing
RIM10-600 316L stainless steel, aluminium, bronze and carbon steel
External parts RIM10-700 316L stainless steel and aluminium
RIM10-900 316L stainless steel, aluminium and carbon steel
Electrical connection Junction box with terminal block for external wiring. ¾" NPT female connection for conduit
Electrical enclosure 383 aluminum. Approved for NEMA 4X for watertight and dust tight requirements
Sensor Electromagnetic pick–up, 10 mVp–p minimum, 330 Ω nominal resistance
RIM10-600 Screw thread, rising stem
Retractor
RIM10-700 and 700H Not retractable
type
RIM10-900 and 900H Acme thread, non-rising stem
Extended length stem (Optional)
Use of the 60 cm (2 ft) extension Longer stems are available for large pipe sizes or when the mounting dimensions exceed the
is limited to gas or steam insertion capability. Extended stems are not available for the RIM10-600
applications only.
RIM10-600 2" NPT
2" NPT
Process RIM10-700 and 700H
2" ASME 150, 300, 600 and 900 having a raised face flange
connection
2" ASME 150, 300, 600 and 900 having a raised face flange
RIM10-900 and 700H
3" ASME 150 and 300 having a raised face flange
Temperature sensor
A 100 Ω, platinum RTD mounted inside the stem of the flowmeter probe, eliminating the need for a separate temperature tap.
Accessories
Gate valve (Model 2GV) - (for use with RIM10-900 and 900H only)
Installation with a 2" double flanged, raised-face, full-port gate valve enables the flow sensor to be inserted and removed from the
pipeline under full flow conditions. Both the valve and pipe tap must have a minimum 2" internal diameter clearance.
Gate valve
2" Z Dimensions Weight
minimum
clearance Type X Y Z
mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lb
2" ASME 150 180 7.0 90 3.50 390 15.325 20.8 46.0
3.8.4
X 2" ASME 300 215 8.5 95 3.75 415 16.325 26.3 58.0
2" ASME 600 290 11.5 95 3.75 455 17.875 84.0 38.1
- Mounting position
The RIM10 may be installed in vertical, horizontal, or angled pipe sections. The flowmeter is attached perpendicular to the axis of the
pipe and should not be mounted 'upside-down' (with its top section hanging below the pipe mount). For liquid service, the fluid must
completely fill the pipe.
- Site selection
The flow measurement location should be selected to minimize turbulence and swirl. The extent of these flow disturbances depends
upon the piping configuration. Valves, elbows, pumps, and other piping components may add disturbances to the flow.
- Hot-tap compatibility
The RIM10-600 is hot-tap compatible, which means that the sensor can be installed and removed under full flow conditions.
The RIM10-900 and 900H is hot tap compatible when installed with a 2" double flanged, full-port ball or gate valve that adheres to the
dimensions.
Max.
3.8.5 900 mm
(35")
Max.
600 mm 2" Flanged
(24") ASME 150,
Max. Max. ASME 300 or
320 mm 370 mm ASME 600
A (12.5") (14.5")
Rotor
Max. A A
300 mm Rotor
(12")
Note: Add 300 mm (12") for each additional foot of stem length.
Dimensions Weights
Model Connection A
mm inches kg lb
115 min. 4.5 min.
RIM10-600 2" NPT 12.7 max. 28 max.
450 max. 18 max.
80 min. 3 min.
2" NPT 4.1 9
290 max. 11.25 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
5.4 12
ASME 150 325 max. 12.75 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
RIM-700 1
6.3 14
ASME 300 320 max. 12.5 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
7.2 16
ASME 600 310 max. 12.25 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
9.1 20
ASME 900 300 max. 12 max.
1
Add 1.2 kg (2.5 lb) for each additional 30 cm (1 ft) of retractor or stem length.
3.8.6
B
max.
C
max.
Rotor
Note: Add 300 mm (12") for each additional foot of stem length.
Dimensions Weights
Model Stem length Connection B C
mm inches mm inches kg lb
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 13.6 30
ASME 150 500 max. 20 max.
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 15.8 35
ASME 300 500 max. 20 max.
RIM10-900 1
Standard
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 18.1 40
ASME 600 500 max. 20 max.
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 21.3 47
ASME 900 500 max. 20 max.
1
Add 2.3 kg (5 lb) for each additional 30 cm (1 ft) of retractor or stem length.
Note: Rotors have moving parts that require periodic maintenance - See page 8, 'How to order replacement rotors'.
Where:
3.8.7 V = Average fluid velocity metres / second feet / second
D = Pipe inside diameter mm inches
Q1 = Liquid volumetric flow litre / min gal / min
Q2 = Gas actual volumetric flow m2 / min ft2 / min
M = Mass flowrate kg / h lb / h
ρ = Fluid density kg / m3 lb / ft3
G2 and metres /second 21.34 4.85 / 2.76 / 2.77 / 1.99 / 2.32 / 1.60 /
30° pitch
G2B feet /second 70.00 3.98 / 2.26 / 2.27 / 1.63 / 1.90 / 1.31 /
G3 and metres /second 25.91 5.51 / 2.95 / 3.07 / 2.38 / 2.66 / 1.71 /
20° pitch
G3B feet /second 85.00 4.52 / 2.42 / 2.52 / 1.95 / 2.18 / 1.40 /
G4 and metres /second 35.05 7.12 / 4.69 / 3.39 / 3.46 / 3.66 / 2.67 /
15° pitch
G4B feet /second 115.00 5.84 / 3.85 / 2.78 / 2.84 / 3.00 / 2.19 /
G5 and metres /second 44.20 8.42 / 5.57 / 5.83 / 4.23 / 4.32 / 3.43 /
10° pitch
G5B feet /second 145.00 6.91 / 4.57 / 4.78 / 3.47 / 3.54 / 2.81 /
metres /second 53.34 7.44 / 6.74 / 6.10 /
G6* 5° pitch N/A N/A N/A
feet /second 175.00 6.10 / 5.53 / 5.00 /
V max = Maximum velocity of fluid metres / second (feet / second) ρ = Density of fluid kg / m3 (lb / ft 3)
V min = Minimum measurable velocity of fluid metres / second (feet / second) N / A = Not applicable
V lin = Minimum velocity of fluid at which rotor response is linear metres / second (feet / second)
Note: Measurable flowrates for your specific application are available using EMCOSIZE.
Downloadable at www.spiraxsarco.com/us
3.8.9 Mounting kit for For installation on a ASME 300 4" - 6" pipe EC004277
a gate valve For installation on a ASME 300 8" - 36" pipe EC004278
For installation on a ASME 300 38" - 80" pipe EC004279
For installation on a ASME 600 3" pipe EC004280
For installation on a ASME 600 4" - 6" pipe EC004281
For installation on a ASME 600 8" - 36" pipe EC004282
For installation on a ASME 600 38" - 80" pipe EC004283
Section 4
Desuperheaters 4.8
4.1.1
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Control valves
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S24-60
CH Issue 6
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the
0
requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Equipment Directive 2014 / 68 / EC 0 50 100
and carries the mark when so required. Valve opening %
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.
Page 1 of 10
Control valves
Control valves
Sizes and pipe connections
EN JE, JF and JL DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200
Standard
ASME JEA, JFA and JLA ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8"
EN Standard EN 1092 PN63 and PN100
Flanged
ASME Standard ASME B 16.5 Class 600, B22-20 JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40
Butt-weld ASME B 16.25 Schedule 40 and Schedule 80
Socket weld ASME B 16.11
Facing Standard Raised face Other facing is available on request.
Materials
Type No. Part Material
JE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 1.0619+N
JEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
JE63 Stainless steel EN 10213 1.4408
1 Body
JEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
JE83 Alloy steel EN 10213 1.7357
JEA83 Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
JE JE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 1.0619+N
and
4.1.3 JEA
JE63
JEA43 Carbon steel
Stainless steel
ASTM A216 WCB
EN 10213 1.4408
2 Cover
JEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
JE83 Alloy steel EN 10213 1.7357
JEA83 Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel A105
2c Extended bonnet JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel A316L
JE83 and JEA83 Stainless steel A316L
3 Stem lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
4 Bonnet gasket Graphite / stainless steel
5 Seat retainer Stainless steel with the exception of the full peek option
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
Seating versions P and K PEEK
6 Valve seat ring
Seating version W Stainless Steel 316L + Stellite 6
All others Stainless steel 316L
7 Seat gasket Graphite / stainless steel
Body stainless steel Stainless steel with the exception of the Nitronic bush option
8 Valve plug and stem
All others Stainless steel 431
DN15 - DN100 (½" - 4") PTFE
9* Lower stem guide
DN125 - DN200 (5" - 8") Stellite 6
10 Lower stem wiper DN15 - DN100 (½" - 4") PTFE
11 Packing guard washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions 12 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
using
13 * Packing spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
PTFE seals
14 * Chevron packing set PTFE
15 Outer 'O' ring Viton
16 Inner 'O' ring Viton
17 * Gland flange Stainless steel AISI 304
18 * Gland follower Stainless steel
19 Gland nut Stainless steel A2-70
20 Gland stud Stainless steel
21 Actuator clamp nut Plated carbon steel
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel Grade 2H
22 Bonnet nut JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel Grade 8M
JE83 and JEA83 Alloy steel Grade 7
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel Grade B7
23 Bonnet stud JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel Grade B8M2
JE83 and JEA83 Alloy steel Grade B16
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
3 Optional
19 20 graphite
8 packing
17
16
18
18
21
23
15
14 22
14
13 2
12
1 13
4
11
10
9
5
3
20
19
17 4.1.4
21
7 6 18
2c
24
25
PTFE stem sealing for 23
vacuum service
22
2
13
8
* Graphite packing 1
4
Type No. Part Material
5
9 Lower stem guide Stellite 6 9
Stainless
13 Packing spacer
steel
Graphite
14 Graphoil packing
ring
Stainless
18 Gland follower
steel
High 11
temperature 12
packing Not used
15
16
Extension gasket
24 (only used with Graphite 7 6
part 2c)
Extension bolting
Extended bonnet
Stainless
25 (only used with
steel
part 2c)
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE43 and JEA43
PN63 PN100
Temperature °F
A - D Flanged JIS / KS 30
A - E Flanged JIS / KS 40
Steam
A-F Flanged ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket
saturation
weld
curve
D E F
Pressure bar g
4.1.5
Body design conditions PN100 / ASME Class 600
PN63 JE43 63 bar g @ 50 °C
EN
PN100 JE43 100 bar g @ 50 °C
PMA Maximum allowable pressure
and ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA43 102.1 bar g @ 38 °C(1480 psi g @ 100 °F)
PMO Maximum operating pressure
JIS / KS 30 JEA43 51 bar g @ 120 °C
JIS / KS 40 JEA43 68 bar g @ 120 °C
PTFE soft seat (G) 7 bar
Maximum differential pressure design PEEK soft seat (K) 7 bar
Full PEEK seat (P) 19 bar
EN JE43 400 °C
ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA43 425 °C (797 °F)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature
JIS / KS 30 JEA43 425 °C
JIS / KS 40 JEA43 425 °C
Minimum allowable temperature -29 °C (-20 °F)
Standard packing PTFE chevron (Stem sealing - Options P and N) 250 °C
High temperature packing (Stem sealing - Option H) 425 °C
Maximum operating temperature Extended bonnet (E) with PTFE chevron 250 °C
(For clarification of the options
TMO Extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing 425 °C
G, H, K and P see the Spira-trolTM
selection guide on page 9) PTFE soft seat (Seating - Option G) 200 °C
PEEK soft seat (Seating - Options K and P) 250 °C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. -29 °C (-20 °F)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g (2 262 psi g)
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE63 and JEA63
PN63 PN100
JIS / KS 30 JIS / KS 40
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63
A D E
Temperature °C
A - D Flanged JIS / KS 30
Steam
saturation A - E Flanged JIS / KS 40
curve
D E A-F Flanged ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld
Pressure bar g
A F
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
F
Pressure bar g
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE83 / JEA83
PN63 PN100
JIS / KS 30 JIS / KS 40
E A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63
* A
D
Temperature °C
A - D Flanged JIS / KS 30
A F
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
F
Pressure bar g
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63.0 100 160 245 370 580
Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63.0 100 160 260 390 640
Full port
Fast
4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85.0 117 180 260 390 640
opening
Equal % 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 200 287 370
Reduced trim 1
Linear 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 200 287 550
Standard Equal % 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 154 232
trim Reduced trim 2
Linear 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 154 232
Equal % 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 103 163
Reduced trim 3
Linear 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 103 163
Equal % 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16
Reduced trim 4
Linear 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16
Equal % 1.0 4.0
Reduced trim 5
Linear 1.0 4.0
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 0.2
Microflute 0.1 0.1 0.1 4.1.8
0.07 0.07 0.07
0.01 0.01 0.01
Note: See TI-S24-59 for low noise and anti-cavitation trims. Special Kv values are available on request.
Cv (US) values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 283 433 679
Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 300 456 749
Full port
Fast
4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0 300 456 749
opening
Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 231 336 433
Reduced trim 1
Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 231 336 635
Standard Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 120 154 271
trim Reduced trim 2
Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 120 154 271
Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 75 154 191
Reduced trim 3
Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 75 154 191
Equal % 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0
Reduced trim 4
Linear 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0
Equal % 1.2 4.6
Reduced trim 5
Linear 1.2 4.6
0.58 0.58 0.6
0.23 0.23 0.23
Microflute 0.12 0.12 0.12
0.081 0.081 0.081
0.012 0.012 0.012
Note: See TI-S24-59 for low noise and anti-cavitation trims. Special C v values are available on request.
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg D
C B
Extended
Standard
bonnet
A A
4.1.9
Dimensions Weights
A B C D
ASME 600 EN 1092 Standard Extended bonnet ASME 600 PN100 Butt-weld
Size JIS / KS 30 PN63
JIS / KS 40 PN100 Carbon Stainless
Socket weld
Butt-weld steel steel
Socket weld
Alloy
steel
DN125 457 500 382 663 783 125 M30 133.0 124 74
DN150 508 550 400 681 801 125 M30 176.0 168 108
DN200 610 650 466 747 867 125 M30 300.0 306 197
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM A
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the valve body,
as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Linear trim
D2, E
(No gaskets supplied)
D1 D2
Soft seat arrangement H
4.1.10
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve
including the full product description of the product.
Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco DN32
Spira-trolTM JE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having
flanged PN63 connections.
How to fit spares
Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare.
B
Soft seat
arrangement D
H G
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide:
EN standard = DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65*, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200
Valve size DN25
ASME standard = ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8"
Valve series J = J series 2-port control valve J
E = Equal percentage
Valve characteristic F = Fast opening E
L = Linear
Blank = EN (PN)
Flange type Blank
A = ASME
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 6 = Stainless steel 4
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
2 = Socket weld
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
4 = Butt weld
H = Graphite
* Please note: The PN63 flanges for the JE43 sizes have 4 bolt holes as standard; 8 bolt holes are available on request.
Selection example:
DN32 - J E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 16 - Flanged PN63
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN32 JE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having flanged PN63 connections.
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA ½" to 8"
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Control valves
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S24-71
CH Issue 10
KE, KF and KL
DN15 to DN300 4.1.12
KEA, KFA and KLA
½" to 12"
Socket weld KEA42 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40 KE43 DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300
Carbon steel
JIS 20 and KS 20 KE43 All variants between DN15 to DN100
Flanged
JIS 10, JIS 20, KS 10 and KS 20 KE43 DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300
ASME 300 KEA43 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3" and 4"
Socket weld KEA62 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"
Stainless steel EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40 KE63 DN125, DN150 and DN200
ASME 300 KEA63 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3" and 4"
Screwed BSP KE71 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 KE73 All variants between DN15 to DN200
SG iron JIS 10 and KS 10 KE73 All variants between DN15 to DN200
Flanged
ASME 125 and ASME 250 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 6" and 8"
KEA73
JIS10 and KS10 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3" and 4"
Page 1 of 29
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM valve characteristic - options:
KE and KEA Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most modulating process control applications providing good control at all flowrates.
KL and KLA Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where the differential pressures across the valve is constant.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the standard KE or KEA control valve. With the exception of
trim type, the KE, KEA, KF, KFA, KL and KLA control valves are identical.
Stem sealing Bellows / PTFE (B) Zero emissions and thermal fluids
Bellows / graphite (C) Zero emissions, high temperature applications and thermal fluids
Bellows / graphite secondary seals (D) Zero emissions and high temperature applications
4.1.13 Hard facing 316L stainless steel with Stellite 6 facing - for more arduous applications
Standard bonnet
Bonnet type
Extended bonnet for large pipe lagging or hot / cold applications
Standard trim
Trim
Low noise and anti-cavitation trim (see TI-S24-59)
Spira-trolTM valves are compatible with the following actuators and positioners:
Electric EL3500, EL7200, AEL3, AEL5 and AEL6 series
Note: Reference the product specific Technical Information sheet for further details.
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EC and carries the mark when so required.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Technical data
Balanced Class IV
Metal-to-metal
Unbalanced Class IV (Class V is optional)
Leakage
Balanced Class IV
Soft seal
Unbalanced Class VI
Equal 50:1
Linear 30:1
Rangeability
Fast 10:1
100
4.1.14
Fast opening
Linear
Flow %
50
Equal percentage
0
0 50 100
Valve opening %
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - DN15 to DN100 (½" to 4") see pages 6 and 7 for the DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12")
Body
Type No. Part Material
material
1 Body Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
DN15 to DN50 Forged steel EN 10222-2 P305GH 1.0436
2 Bonnet
KE43 DN65 to DN100 Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension DN15 to DN100 Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
Carbon 2c Extended bonnet Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
steel 1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA41 ½" to 2" Forged steel ASTM A105N
2 Bonnet
KEA42 2½" to 4" Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA43 2a Bonnet extension Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
2c Extended bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
1 Body Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 18-10 1.4581
KE61 2 Bonnet
Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 17-12-2 1.4401
KE63 2a Bonnet extension
Stainless 2c Extended bonnet Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 19-11-2 1.4408
steel 1 Body
KEA61
2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
KEA62 2a Bonnet extension
KEA63 2c Extended bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
1 Body
SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
KE71 2 Bonnet
KE73 2a Bonnet extension Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
4.1.15 SG iron
2c Extended bonnet Carbon steel 1.0619N
1 Body
SG iron ASTM A395
KEA71 2 Bonnet
KEA73 2a Bonnet extension
Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
2c Extended bonnet
2b Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316L
3 Stem lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 431
4 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Seat retainer Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
6 Valve seat ring Seating versions P and K PEEK
All others Stainless steel AISI 316L
7 Seat gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
8 Valve plug and stem Seating version W Stellite 6
All others Stainless steel AISI 431
9 * Lower stem guide Glass filled PTFE
10 Lower stem wiper PTFE
11 * Packing guard washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
12 * Spring Stainless steel AISI 316L
13 Packing spacer Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions 14 * Chevron packing set PTFE
15 * Outer 'O' ring Viton
16 * Upper stem guide Glass filled PTFE
17 * Inner 'O' ring Viton
KE63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
18 Gland nut
All others Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
19 Scraper ring PTFE
KEA6_ Stainless steel
20 Actuator clamp nut
Others Plated carbon steel
21 Bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
22 Bonnet extension gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
23 Top plate (used on bonnet extension only) Stainless steel AISI 316L
24 Lower spindle bearing housing Stainless steel AISI 316L
25 Lower spindle bearing Stellite 6 or stainless steel for KE43, KE71 and KE73
26 Spindle lock and anti-rotation nut Stainless steel
27 and 28 For nuts and studs, see page 8
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
KE valve with
extended bonnet (E) * Graphite packing
Lower and
9
KE valve with upper stem Stelite 6
16
guide
graphite packing High
temperature 14 Grafoil packing Graphite rings
packing
3 10, 11, 12, 15, 17 and 19
Not used
18
9
2c
Extended
14
bonnet
(E)
16
4.1.16
KE valve with
PTFE packing 3
18
19
20 8
17
15 16
28 14
14
27
13 2
12
2a
11
10 4
9
1 6 7 5
22
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12") see pages 4 and 5 for the DN15 to DN100 (½" to 4")
Body
Type No. Part Material
material
1 Body Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
KE43
Carbon 2 Bonnet Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
steel 1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA43
2 Bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
1 Body
KE63 Stainless steel EN 10213 (1.4408)
Stainless 2 Bonnet
steel 1 Body
KEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
2 Bonnet
1 Body
KE73 SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Bonnet
SG iron
1 Body
KEA73 SG iron ASTM A395
2 Bonnet
All others Stainless steel AISI 431
Plug and
3 stem KE63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
assembly
Seating version W Stellite 6
4 Cage Stainless steel BS 31462 Grade ANC 2
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
4.1.17 6
Valve seat
Seating versions P and K PEEK
ring
All others Stainless steel Stellite 6
9 Bearing Stellite
10 Spacer (not used in DN125 valves) Stainless steel BS EN 1127
11 Gland nut Stainless steel AISI 416
14 Washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
15 Bonnet gasket Stainless steel / graphite
16 Seat gasket Stainless steel / graphite
20 Stem nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
High
temperature 26 Gland packing Graphite
gland versions
3a Plug and stem assembly Stainless steel
Balanced
29 Cage Stainless steel
versions
31 Balanced seal Graphite
DN125 (5")
20
unbalanced valve
17 11
18
12 14
2
8
9 15
10
4
4.1.18
16 6
22
21
31
3a
DN125 (5")
balanced valve
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - Nuts and studs DN15 to DN100 (½" to 4") see pages 6 and 7 for the DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12")
KE4_
Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
Standard bonnets nuts KE7_
KE6_ Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-70
KEA4_
Standard bonnet studs KEA6 _ Steel ASTM A194 Gr.2H
KEA7 _
All versions KE4_
Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
Standard bonnet studs KE7 _
KE6 _ Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-70
28
27
KE valve
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Valve size
(½" ) (¾") (1") (1¼") (1½") (2") (2½") (3") (4") (5") (6") (8") (10") (12")
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160 245 370 580 700 1 000
Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160 260 390 640 780 1 100
Full port
Fast
4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85 117 180 260 390 640 780 1 100
opening
Reduced Equal % 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 200 287 370 580 700
trim 1 Linear 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 200 287 550 640 780
Reduced Equal % 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 100 132 232 370 580
Standard
trim trim 2 Linear 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 100 132 232 550 640
Reduced Equal % 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36 63 103 163 232 370
trim 3 Linear 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36 63 103 163 232 550
Cv (US) values
Cv (US) = Cv (UK) x 1.2009
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Valve size
(½" ) (¾") (1") (1¼") (1½") (2") (2½") (3") (4") (6") (8") (10") (12")
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 433 679 809 1 156
Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 456 749 902 1 272
Full port
Fast
4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0 456 749 902 1 272
opening
Reduced Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 336 433 670 809
trim 1 Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 336 636 740 902
Reduced Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 154 271 428 670
Standard
trim trim 2 Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 154 271 636 740
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 120 191 268 428
trim 3 Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 120 191 268 636
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE43 (Carbon steel)
A E D C B
Temperature °C
F
Steam
saturation
curve F E D C B
Pressure bar g
High temperature bolting and packing is required for use in this region
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 °C.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE43 (Carbon steel)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 10.
Bellows B
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Temperature °C
4.1.22
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE61 and KE63 (Stainless steel)
A E D C B
Temperature °C
F
Steam
saturation
curve F E D C B
Pressure bar g
High temperature bolting and packing is required for use in this region
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 °C.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE61 and KE63 (Stainless steel)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 12.
Bellows B
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
-10
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Temperature °C
4.1.24
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
-10
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE71 and KE73 (SG iron)
A
F
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
F E D
Pressure bar g
High temperature bolting and packing is required for use in this region
4.1.25 Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 °C.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE71 and KE73 (SG iron)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 14.
Bellows B
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Temperature °C
4.1.26
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA41, KEA42 and KEA43 (Carbon steel)
Pressure psi g
A
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
E
Steam
saturation
curve
E D C B
Pressure bar g
4.1.27 Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown above.
3. As standard the KEA, KFA, KLA series two-port control valves are supplied with the PTFE stem sealing option.
ASME 150 (6" to 12" only) 19.6 bar g @ 38 °C (284 psi g @ 100 °F)
Maximum design pressure
ASME 300 51.1 bar g @ 38 °C (740 psi g @ 100 °F)
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 °C (572 °F).
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA41, KEA42 and KEA43 (Carbon steel)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 16.
Bellows B
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g
4.1.28
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g 348 psi g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA61, KEA62 and KEA63 (Stainless steel)
Pressure psi g
A
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
D
E
Steam
saturation
E C curve D B
Pressure bar g
4.1.29 Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown above.
3. As standard the KEA, KFA, KLA series two-port control valves are supplied with the PTFE stem sealing option.
ASME 150 (6" to 8" only) 19.6 bar g @ 38 °C (275 psi g @ 100 °F)
Maximum design pressure
ASME 300 49.6 bar g @ 38 °C (720 psi g @ 100 °F)
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 °C (572 °F).
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA61, KEA62 and KEA63 (Stainless steel)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 18.
Bellows B
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g
4.1.30
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
-29
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g 348 psi g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA71 and KEA73 (SG iron)
Pressure psi g
A
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
G E F
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
4.1.31 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown above.
3. As standard the KEA, KFA, KLA series two-port control valves are supplied with the PTFE stem sealing option.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA71 and KEA73 (SG iron)
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 20.
Bellows B
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g
4.1.32
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g 348 psi g
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in mm and (inches)
Screwed Flanged
Valve BSP NPT KE valves KEA valves
size
A B C A B C A1 C1 A1 C1 D E F
PN16 JIS / KS KS 10 KS 20 Thread Bellows Extended
PN25 seals bonnet
10 20 ASME ASME
PN40
125 250
and and
150 300
DN15 165 44 102 190 102
130 40 103 130 130 130 103
(½") (6½") (1¾") (4") (7½") (4")
DN20 165 44 102 190 102 237 336
155 45 103 150 150 150 103
(¾") (6½") (1¾") (4") (7½") (4") (9") (13.25")
DN25 197 57 102 184 197 102
160 50 103 160 160 160 103
(1") (7¾") (2¼") (4") (7¼") (7¾") (4") 69
M8
DN32 216 57 127 127 (2¾")
185 60 132 180 180 180 132
(1¼") (8½") (2¼") (5") (5")
DN40 235 63 127 222 235 127 267 354
205 65 132 200 200 200 132
(1½") (9¼") (2½") (5") (8¾) (9¼") (5") (10½") (13.94)
DN50 267 76 127 254 267 127
230 80 127 230 230 230 127
(2") (10½") (3") (5") (10") (10½") (5")
4.1.33 DN65
290 290 290 201
267 292 200 368
(2½") (10½) (11½") (7 ") (14½") 416
DN80 298 317 200 81 368 (16.38")
310 310 310 201 M12
(3") (11¾) (12½") (7 ") (3") (14½")
DN100 349 368 216 381 431
350 350 350 216
(4") (13¾) (14½") (8½") (15") (17")
DN125 400 403 425 257
538
(5") (21 1/5")
DN150 480 451 473 275
451 473 279 556
(6") (17¾") (18 5/ 8") (11")
125
(21 7/ 8")
M30
DN200 600 543 568 341
543 568 343 (4 7/ 8") 621
(8") (213/ 8") (22 3/ 8") (13½") (24½")
DN250 730 673 708 344 673 708
344 622
(10") (13½") (24½")
DN300 850 737 775 355 737 775
355 634
(12") (14") (25")
Bellows sealed or E
extended bonnet version
D
Screwed version Flanged version
E E
D D
C C1
A A1
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Weights for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in kg (and lbs)
DN125 81 81 81
16 2
(5") (35) (4.4)
DN250 228
242 16 10
(10") (533) (35) (22)
DN300 451
465 16 16
(12") (1025) (35) (35)
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights for the PN actuator range approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
F G H J Weight
Actuator range
Actuator With handwheel
and variants
mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs kg lbs
PN1500 and PN2500 405 16" 1 114 46" 55 121.00
PN1600 and PN2600 465 18 " 1 116 46" 70 154.00
PN9100E 55 2 " +5.86 +13.00
170 6 A" 275 10⅞"" 225 8 " 6 13.25
PN9100R 140 5½" +2.50 +5.50
PN9200E 55 2 " +7.20 +15.75
300 11 " 300 11⅞" 225 8 " 17 37.50
PN9200R 140 5½" +3.77 +8.50
PN9320E 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75
390 15½" 325 12⅞" 350 13¾" 27 59.50
PN9320R 150 15 " +3.77 +8.50
PN9330E 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75
390 15½" 335 13 " 350 13¾" 27 59.50
PN9330R 150 15⅞" +3.77 +8.50
PN9400E
732 28¾" 465 181/3" 60 132.00
PN9400R
TN2000E +5.00 +11.25
284 11¼" 334 13 " 144 5 " 350 13¾" 18 40.50
TN2000R +6.00 +13.50
TN2000DA 284 11¼" 334 13 " 16 36.00
TN2100E
405 16" 369 14½" 402 15 " 330 13" 37 83.25 +23.00 +51.75
TN2100R
TN2100DA 405 16" 369 14½" 30 67.50
TN2277E 532 21" 863 34" 330 13" 330 13" 116 255.00 +21.00 +46.00
4.1.35 TN2277NDA 532 21" 863 34" 98 216.00
F
J
Actuator F
H J
G
Actuator
Dimensions / weights for the EL and AEL actuator ranges approximate in mm and kgs (and in inches and lbs)
F G Weight
Actuator range
mm inches mm inches kg lbs
EL3500 135 x 161 5¼" x 6¼" 242 9½" 1.3 3.0
EL3500 SE and SR 135 x 161 5¼" x 6¼" 284 11" 2.4 6.0
EL7200 series 100 4" 471 18½" 3.0 6.5
AEL55 and AEL65 180 7" 557 22" 10.0 22.0
AEL51, AEL52, AEL53,
177 7" 459 18" 5.0 11.0
AEL62 and AEL63
AEL54 and AEL64 177 7" 490 19" 7.0 15.5
AEL56 and AEL66 226 9" 760 30" 20.0 44.0
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as
this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
PTFE packing C
Linear trim
D2, E
(No gaskets supplied)
H
E
G
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as
this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
PTFE chevrons C3
Graphite packing
Stem seal kit c o nve r s i o n k i t (D N15 to C4 C5
DN100) C4
C3
Graphite seal set C5
Balanced
A, D, E
(No gaskets supplied)
Plug stem and seat kit
Unbalanced
D, E
(No gaskets supplied)
4.1.37 D4 D5
H J
E
G
Exploded view of
soft seat arrangement
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as
this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Linear trim
D8, E
(No gaskets supplied)
Example: 1 - Graphite stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Spira-trolTM
two-port KE43B TSUSS.2 Kvs10 control valve.
D6
B
Soft seat
arrangement
H
E
G
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts A
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in grey line are not
supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product C
C2
description as found on the label of the valve body, as this will ensure that the correct
spare parts are supplied. C1
PTFE packing C
Plug stem and seat kit Fast opening trim (No gaskets supplied) D10, E B
Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Spira-trol TM two-port KE43B
TSUSS.2 Kvs10 control valve.
D10 D11
B
Soft seat
arrangement D9
E
G
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide:
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150,
EN standard =
Valve size DN200, DN250 and 300 DN25
ASME standard = ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10" and 12"
Valve series K = K series 2-port control valve K
E = Equal percentage
Valve
F = Fast opening E
characteristic
L = Linear
A = ASME
Flange type Blank
Blank = EN (PN)
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 6 = Stainless steel 4
7 = SG iron
1 = Screwed
Connections 2 = Socket weld 3
3 = Flanged
B = Bellows / PTFE secondary seals
C = Bellows / graphite secondary seals
D = Bellows / graphite secondary seals
Stem sealing H = Graphite
N = PTFE with Nitronic bush - DN15 to DN50 only
P
4.1.40
P = PTFE
V = PTFE for vacuum service
G = PTFE soft seat
K = PEEK soft seat
P = Full PEEK
Seating T
S = 316L stainless steel
T = 431 stainless steel
W = 316L with stellite 6 facing
A1 = 1 stage anti-cavitation
A2 = 2 stage anti-cavitation
P1 = 1 stage low noise cage
Type of trim S
P2 = 2 stage low noise cage
P3 = 3 stage low noise cage
S = Standard trim
B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
E = Extended
Bonnet type S
S = Standard
H = High temperature
Bolting S
S = Standard
Blank = Standard
Finish N = ENP coating
Series 2 = .2 .2
Kvs To be specified Kvs 16
Flanged
Connection type To be specified
PN40
Selection example:
DN32 - K E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 16 - Flanged PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN32 KE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having flanged PN40 connections.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA ½" to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.41
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Control valves
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S24-70
CH Issue 6
4.1.42
LE valve LE valve
with with
PTFE packing Bellows seal
Page 1 of 18
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trol valve characteristic - options:
LE and LEA Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most modulating process control applications providing good control at all flowrates.
LL and LLA Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where the differential pressures across the valve is constant.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the standard LE or LEA control valve. With the exception of
trim type, the LE, LEA, LF, LFA, LL and LLA control valves are identical.
Stem sealing Bellows / graphite secondary seals (D) Zero emissions and high temperature applications
Hard facing 316L stainless steel with Stellite 6 facing - for more arduous applications
Standard bonnet
4.1.43 Bonnet type
Extended bonnet for large pipe lagging or hot / cold applications
Standard trim
Trim
Low noise and anti-cavitation trim (see TI-S24-59)
Spira-trol valves are compatible with the following actuators and positioners:
Electric EL3500, EL7200, AEL3, AEL5 and AEL6 series
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EC and carries the mark when so required.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Technical data
Plug design Parabolic
Equal 50:1
Linear 30:1
Rangeability
Fast 10:1
Fast opening
4.1.44
Linear
Flow %
50
Equal percentage
0
0 50 100
Valve opening %
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Materials
Body No. Part Type Material
material
LE31 and LE33 SG iron EN 1563 : EN-GJS-400-18
1 Body
LEA31 and LEA33 Cast iron ASTM A126B
DN15 - DN50 LE31 and LE33 SG iron EN 1563 : EN-GJS-400-18
(½" - 2") LEA31 and LEA33 Ductile iron ASTM A395
Cast iron 2 Bonnet
DN65 - DN100 LE31 and LE33 Cast iron EN 1561 : EN-GJL-250
(2½" - 4") LEA31 and LEA33 Ductile iron ASTM A395
LE31 and LE33 EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension Carbon steel
LEA31 and LEA33 ASTM A216 WCB or A105N
LE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
1 Body
LEA43 Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
DN15 - DN50 LE43 Carbon steel EN 10273 P250GH (1.0460)
Carbon (½" - 2") LEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A105N
steel 2 Bonnet
DN65 - DN100 LE43 Steel EN10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
(2½" - 4") LEA43 Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
LE43 and LEA43 EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension Carbon steel
ASTM A216 WCB or A105N
LE63 EN 10213 1.4408
1 Body Stainless steel
LEA63 ASTM A351 CF8M
Stainless
LE63 EN 10213 1.4408
steel 2 Bonnet Stainless steel
LEA63 ASTM A351 CF8M
2a Bonnet extension LE63 and LEA63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
2b Bellows All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
4.1.45 2c Extended bonnet
LE63 and LEA63 Stainless steel A351 CF8M and EN 10213 1.4408
All others Carbon steel A216 WCB and EN 10213 1.0619N
3 Stem lock-nut All versions Stainless steel AISI 431
4 Bonnet gasket All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Seat retainer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431
6 Valve seat ring Seating versions P and K PEEK
All others Stainless steel AISI 316L
7 Seat gasket Seating version W Stellite Alloy 6
All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Valve plug and stem All others AISI 431
Stainless steel
LE63 AISI 316L
9 * Lower stem guide All versions Glass filled PTFE, except Nitronic bush option
10 * Lower stem wiper All versions PTFE
11 * Packing guard washer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
12 * Spring All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
13 Packing spacer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
14 * Chevron packing set All versions PTFE
All
15 * Outer 'O' ring All versions Viton
versions
16 * Upper stem guide All versions Glass filled PTFE, except Nitronic bush option
17 * Inner 'O' ring All versions Viton
All others AISI 431
18 Gland nut Stainless steel
LE63 AISI 316L
19 Scraper ring All versions PTFE
20 Actuator clamp nut All versions Plated carbon NFA 35553 XC 18
21 Bellows assembly All versions Stainless steel
22 Bonnet extension gasket All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
23 Top plate (bonnet extension only) All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
24 Lower spindle bearing housing All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions Stainless steel AISI 431
25 Lower spindle bearing
Without stainless steel Stellite Alloy 6
26 Spindle lock and anti-rotation nut All versions Stainless steel
LEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M
Bonnets nuts
All others Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
27
LE63 Stainless steel A2-70
Set screws
All others Steel 8.8
LEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8 M2
28 Standard bonnet studs
All others Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
LE valve
with PTFE packing 3 3
18 18
19
20 8
17 9
15 16
14
14 27
28
13 2 27
12
16
11
10 4
9
* Graphite packing
Body
No. Part Material
material
Lower 4.1.46
1 6 7 5 9 and upper
Stellite 6
16 stem
High guide
temperature
14 Grafoil Graphite
packing 14
packing rings
10, 11, 12,
LEA valve with 15, 17, 19 Not used
extended bonnet (E)
2a
2c
Extended
bonnet
(E) 22
LE valve with
bellows seal (D)
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Valve size
(½") (¾") (1") (1¼") (1½") (2") (2½") (3") (4")
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115 N/A
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160
Full port Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160
Fast opening 4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85 117 180
Notes:
- Special Kv on request
- For low noise and anticavitation Kv please see TI-S24-59
Cv (US) values
C v (US) = C v (UK) x 1.2009
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Valve size
(½") (¾") (1") (1¼") (1½") (2") (2½") (3") (4")
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0 N/A
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0
Full port Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0
Fast opening 4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0
Reduced Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0
trim 1 Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0
Standard Reduced Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0
trim trim 2 Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0
trim 3 Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0
Notes:
- Special Cv on request
- For low noise and anticavitation Cv please see TI-S24-59
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE31 and LE33 cast iron valve body
300 Note:
250 When the process fluid temperature
Temperature °C
200 i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
Screwed BSP
150 temperature is below +5 °C, the
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 100 Steam external moving parts of the valve
50 saturation and actuator must be heat traced
0 curve to maintain normal operation.
-10
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Pressure bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
Flanged JIS / KS 10 curve
Pressure bar g
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C.
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -10 °C
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE43 carbon steel valve body
Temperature °C
(Option D) are limited to A - A.
300 A
250
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 200 Note:
Steam When the process fluid temperature
100 i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
saturation
0 curve temperature is below +5 °C, the
A
-10 external moving parts of the valve
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 and actuator must be heat traced
Pressure bar g to maintain normal operation.
Temperature °C
High temperature graphite packing is required for use in this region. Note: Soft seated valves cannot be used in this region.
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C.
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -10 °C
For valve operating above 300 °C extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE63 stainless steel valve body
Temperature °C
A (Option D) are limited to A - A.
Note:
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 When the process fluid temperature
Steam i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
saturation temperature is below +5 °C, the
curve
A external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced
to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
Flanged JIS / KS 10 saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C.
For valve operating above 300 °C extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA31 and LEA33 cast iron valve body
Pressure psi g
Note:
When the process fluid temperature
Temperature °F
i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
Temperature °C
Screwed NPT
temperature is below +5 °C (41 °F),
Steam the external moving parts of the
saturation valve and actuator must be heat
Flanged curve traced to maintain normal operation.
ASME class 125
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Flanged Steam
saturation
JIS / KS 10
curve
Pressure bar g
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C.
See the Spira-trolTM selection Extended bonnet with PTFE chevron - Option E 232 °C (450 °F)
guide on page 18 for the full list
of available options Extended bonnet with graphite packing - Option E 232 °C (450 °F)
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29 °C (-20 °F)
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA43 carbon steel valve body
Pressure psi g
Please note - Bellows sealed valves
(Option D) are limited to A - A.
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
A
Note:
Flanged When the process fluid temperature
ASME class 150 Steam i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
temperature is below +5 °C (41 °F),
saturation
curve A the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat
traced to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
Flanged Steam
JIS / KS 10 saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C (482 °F).
design
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29 °C (-20 °F)
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 29.5 bar g (428 psi g)
For valve operating above 572 °F (300 °C) extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA63 stainless steel valve body
Pressure psi g
Please note - Bellows sealed valves
(Option D) are limited to A - A.
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
Note:
A
Flanged When the process fluid temperature
i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
ASME class 150 Steam
temperature is below +5 °C (41 °F),
saturation the external moving parts of the
curve
-29
A -20
valve and actuator must be heat
traced to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
Flanged Steam
JIS / KS 10 saturation
curve
-29
-20
Pressure bar g
High temperature graphite packing is required for use in this region. Note: Soft seated valves cannot be used in this region.
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 °C (482 °F).
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 28.4 bar g (413 psi g)
For valve operating above 572 °F (300 °C) extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in mm and (inches)
Screwed Flanged
BSP NPT LE valves LEA valves
Valve
size A B C A B C A1 C1 A1 C1 D E F
PN16 JIS/KS Thread Bellows Extended
seals bonnet
LE43
LE63
E E
D D
C C1
A A1
Bellows sealed or
Screwed version Flanged version extended bonnet version
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Weights for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in kgs (and lbs)
Additional bellows
Valve
LE31 LE33 LE43 LE63 LEA31 LEA33 LEA43 LEA63 and
size
Extended bonnet
DN65 38 35 35
32.0 32.0 32.0
(2½ ) (84) (78) (78)
10.0
(21)
DN80 41 40 40
36.0 36.0 36.0
(3 ) (91) (89) (89)
DN100 60 56 56 13.0
53.0 53.0 53.0
(4 ) (132) (124) (124) (28)
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights for the PN actuator range approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
Weight
Actuator range F G H J Actuator
With
handwheel
mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs kg lbs
PN1500 and PN2500 405 16" 1 114 46" 55 121.00
J
4.1.56
H
Actuator
Dimensions / weights for the EL and AEL actuator ranges approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
EL3500 SE and SR 135 x 161 5¼" x 6¼" 284 11" 2.4 6.0
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts A
Spira-trolTM - L series
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the valve body,
as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
C1 C
C2
Available spares
Actuator clamping nut A
PTFE packing C
H
PTFE or PEEK soft seat seal
B, G, C1
B, G, C
Stem packing and gasket
B, G, C2
4.1.57 Soft seat set H1
D
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Available spares A
Actuator clamping nut A
D3
B
Soft seat
arrangement
H
E
G
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide:
EN standard = DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Valve size DN25
ASME standard = ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3" and 4"
Valve series L = L series 2-port control valve L
E = Equal percentage
Valve characteristic F = Fast opening E
L = Linear
A = ASME
Flange type Blank
Blank = EN (PN)
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
3 = Cast iron
Connections 4 = Carbon steel 4
6 = Stainless steel
1 = Screwed
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
P = PTFE
H = Graphite
Stem sealing N = PTFE / Nitronic bush (DN15 to DN50 only) P
4.1.59 D = Bellows
V = PTFE for vacuum
T = 431 stainless steel
G = PTFE soft seat
S = 316L stainless steel
Seating T
W = 316L with stellite 6 facing
P = Full PEEK
K = PEEK soft seat
S = Standard trim
A1 = 1 stage anticavitation
A2 = 2 stage anticavitation
Type of trim S
P1 = 1 stage low noise cage
P2 = 2 stage low noise cage
P3 = 3 stage low noise cage
U = Unbalanced
Trim balancing U
B = Balanced (only available LEA series)
S = Standard
Bonnet type S
E = Extended
S = Standard bolting
Bolting S
H = High temperature (only available LE series)
Blank = Standard finish
Finish Blank
N = Nickel plated
Series 2 = .2 0.2
Kvs To be specified Kvs 10
Connection type To be specified Flanged PN16
Selection example:
DN25 - L E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 10 - Flanged PN16
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN25 LE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 10 two-port control valve having flanged PN16 connections.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA ½" to 4"
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Control valves
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S24-59
CH Issue 4
Pages 6 and 7
Pressure / temperature limits
Please see the product specific Technical Information (TI) sheet
for valve limitations.
4.1.60
1 stage
Parabolic balanced trim
Anti-cavitation balanced trim
Pages 2 and 3
Page 4
Anti-cavitation unbalanced trim
Pages 6 and 7
Pages 4 and 5
3 stage
Low noise balanced trim
Low noise unbalanced trim
Page 8
Anti-cavitation unbalanced trim
Low noise unbalanced trim
Pages 4 and 5
Page 8
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage parabolic balanced trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA and LEA only.
Sizes
DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.
Flow %
Equal % 50:1 50 Linear
Rangeability Linear 30:1
DN125 to DN300 70 mm
4.1.61
3 2
Materials
No. Part Material
4 Plug and stem 431 stainless steel / 316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite 6 facing
5 Seat ring PTFE soft seat / PEEK soft seat / Full PEEK / 431 stainless steel / 316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite facing
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage parabolic balanced trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
Trim DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Full port
25 36 63 100 160 260 390 640 780 1 100
Linear
(30) (45) (75) (120) (190) (300) (456) (749) (902) (1 272)
Reduction 1
25 36 63 100 200 287 550 640 780
Linear
(33) (48) (85) (130) (231) (336) (433) (740) (902)
Reduction 3
25 36 63 103 163 232 550
Linear
(38) (53) (73) (120) (191) (268) (636)
Reduction 4
163 232
Linear
(188) (268)
Equal 163
percentage (188)
Reduction 5
163
Linear
(188)
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage perforated trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA, LE and LEA.
Sizes
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.
Flow %
Balanced Class IV 50 Linear
Rangeability 50:1
4.1.63
Anti-cavitation
1 stage
balanced trim
Low noise 1 stage Low noise 1 stage
balanced trim unbalanced trim
1
1
3
3 3 2
3 4
2
4 4
4 5
5 5 5
Anti-cavitation
1 stage
unbalanced trim
Materials
No. Part Material
PTFE soft seat / PEEK soft seat / Full PEEK / 431 stainless steel / 5
5 Seat ring
316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite facing
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage perforated trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
Trim DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
2 stage perforated trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA, LE and LEA.
Sizes
DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.
Flow %
DN40 to DN50 20 mm 50 Linear
Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm
00 50 100
Valve opening %
4.1.65
Low noise 2 stage
balanced trim Anti-cavitation
2 stage
balanced trim
1
1
3
2 3
4
2
5 4
5 Anti-cavitation
2 stage
unbalanced trim
Low noise 2 stage
unbalanced trim
3
4
4 5
Materials
No. Part Material
4 Plug and stem 431 stainless steel / 316L with stellite 6 facing
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
2 stage perforated trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
Trim DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Reduction 3
Equal percentage
4 4 4 16 16 16 36 36 63 100 160 4.1.66
(4.6) (4.6) (4.6) (18.5) (18.5) (18.5) (42) (42) (73) (116) (185)
and Linear
Reduction 4 10 10 10 25 36 63 100
Equal percentage (11.6) (11.6) (11.6) (29) (42) (73) (116)
and Linear
Reduction 6 36
Equal percentage (42)
and Linear
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
3 stage low noise trim
Model availability Low noise 3 stage
This trim is available for the Spira-trol TM JE, JEA, KE, KEA,LE balanced trim
and LEA.
Low noise 3 stage
unbalanced trim
Sizes
DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200,
DN250 and DN300.
Technical data 4
Trim design Perforated
1 3
Leakage Hard facing Class IV
Rangeability 50:1 3
DN40 to DN50 20 mm
2
Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm
DN125 to DN300 70 mm 4
100
4.1.67 Fast opening
Materials
Flow %
Trim DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Reduction 5 10 36
Equal percentage and Linear (11.6) (42)
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide
Valve size DN15 to DN300 DN40
E = Equal percentage
Valve
F = Fast opening E
characteristic
L = Linear
Blank = EN
Type of flange A
A = ASME (ANSI)
3 = Cast iron
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 6 = Stainless steel 4
7 = SG iron
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
2 = Socket Welded
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
4 = Butt Welded
S = Standard trim
P1 = Low noise cage 1 stage
P2 = Low noise cage 2 stage
Type of trim P1
P3 = Low noise cage 3 stage
A1 = Anti-cavitation cage 1 stage
A2 = Anti-cavitation cage 2 stage
U = Unbalanced
Trim balancing B
B = Balanced
S = Standard
Bonnet type S
E = Extended high temperature
S = Standard
Bolting S
H = High temperature
Blank = Standard
Finish
N = ENP coating
Series .2 = .2 .2
Selection example:
DN40 - K E A T 4 3 D K P1 B S S .2 - Cv 30 - Flanged ASME 300
Available spares
Balanced gasket set Parts 1, 2
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.69
Control valves
Control
Local regulations may restrict the use of thisvalves
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P359-14
CH Issue 4
Technical data
Plug design Parabolic / vee port
Flow characteristics Linear
Metal-to-metal seat EN 60534-4 Class IV
Leakage rate Stellite faced Maximum of 0.005% of Kv
PTFE soft seal EN 60534-4 Class VI
Rangeability 30:1
DN15 to DN50 20 mm
Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm
DN125 to DN200 50 mm
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Limiting conditions
QL33M and QL33D PN16
Differential pressure
For the maximum available differential pressures, see the relevant pneumatic or electrical actuator Technical Information sheets.
Operating range
A
Temperature °C
QL33M and QL33D Steam saturation
(cast iron) curve
B
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region.
A - B Flanged PN16
Temperature °C
QL73M and QL73D
(SG iron) Steam saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region. 4.1.72
High temperature packing is required.
A - B Flanged PN25
A - C Flanged PN16
Temperature °C
Temperature °C
QL63M and QL63D
(stainless steel) Steam saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Materials
Cast iron, SG iron and carbon steel valves
Material designation
Type No. Part Material
ASTM / DIN STD
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
Cast iron Standard bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
Extended bonnet Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
SG iron Standard bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
Extended bonnet Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
1 Body Carbon steel DIN 17245 GG C25
Carbon steel Standard bonnet Carbon steel DIN 16 MnCr 5
2
Extended bonnet Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
3 Plug(s) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seats Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Valve stem Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5
Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316 L
6 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 304
7 Stuffing box gasket Graphite
8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 304
Cast iron 9 Stuffing box Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
SG iron 10 Mounting nut Zinc plated steel NFA 35553 XC 18S
Carbon steel 11 Packing PTFE / graphite PTFE / graphite
4.1.73 12 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
13 Bonnet gasket Graphite
14 Stud Carbon steel A 193 B7M
15 Nut Carbon steel A194 Gr. 2H
16 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
17 Guide bush PTFE
18 Stem guide bush Stainless steel Hardened AISI 440B
19 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
20 Pin Stainless steel AISI 316
21 Gasket Graphite
22 Anti-rotation screw Stainless steel AISI 304
11
19
10
22
21
2
5
8
5
7 9
11
Bellows gland seal 10
17
12 14
15
2
13
18
4.1.74
1
4
A AB
8 16
9 B
10 QLM Mixing valve
11
17
12 14
15
2
13
1
18
20
16
3
4 6
A AB
4 3
16
B
QLD Diverting valve
Travel mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 50 50 50
Kv flowrate coefficients are shown in metric units (Kv = water flowrate in m3 /h with 1 bar differential pressure).
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
* Note: The C1 dimension shown refers to valves fitted with an extended bonnet, with or without PN16 and PN25 bellows.
➤
C / C1
➤
➤
D
➤
➤
➤ A
3 = Cast iron
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 4
6 = Stainless steel
7 = SG iron
Connections 3 = Flanged 3
D = Diverting
3-port design M
M = Mixing
H = Graphite packing
Stem sealing
B1 = PN16 bellows seal
4.1.76
B2 = PN25 bellows seal
Blank = Standard
Other options
X = Extended bonnet
Selection example:
DN25 Q L 4 3 M Kvs10 PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 QL43M Kvs10 flanged to PN40.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken
line are not supplied as spares. A A
These spares are for the following valves:- DN15 to DN50 DN65 to DN200
QL33D, QL43D, QL63D, QL73D Diverting DN25 to DN200
QL33M, QL43M, QL63M, QL73M Mixing DN15 to DN200
Available spares
Actuator clamping nut A
PTFE gland seal kit for DN15 to DN50 only B
(gasket, chevrons, spring,
upper and lower bearings and 'O' ring)
PTFE gland seal kit for DN65 to DN100 only B1
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush, spring)
PTFE gland seal kit for DN125 to DN200 only B2 C B
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush, spring) B1
Graphite gland seal kit for DN15 to DN200 C
(graphite stem seals and stuffing box gasket) B2
Stem, plug and bonnet gasket D, E
Bonnet gasket (packet of 3) E
Seats (1 off top and bottom) F
Note: PTFE and graphite seal kits are suitable for stuffing box and
extended bonnet versions.
4.1.77
AS
DS
ES /FS
F
CS
Example: 1 - PTFE gland seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN65 QL43M
three port control valve. Date coded C03.
TI-P183-02
CH Issue 3
Available types
SA Two-port angle pattern design
SH Two-port horizontal pattern design
SQ Three-port design
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 2 of 17
Materials
23
4 1
16 2
PNS3000 series
3 6
7 8
10
15
14 12
11
4.1.79
8
10
3 1
7 9
4 2
PNS4000 series
16
24
15
14
11
12
Page 2 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 3 of 17
Materials continued 16
2
5
21
28
32
22
and
PN9000 23
24
8
3 9
4
7 29
31 17
30
18
6
15 25
10
19 and 20
12
26 and 27 13 and 14
1 11
4.1.80
PN 9000 series actuators
No. Part Material
1 Yoke SG iron
2 Upper diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
3 Diaphragm plate Aluminium
4 Diaphragm Reinforced NBR
5 Spring Spring steel
6 Spindle Stainless steel
7 Washer Carbon steel (plated)
8 Spacer Carbon steel (plated)
9 'O' ring Viton
10 Connector Carbon steel (plated)
11 Adaptor Carbon steel (plated)
12 Collar Carbon steel (plated)
13 Clamp front Stainless steel
14 Clamp rear Stainless steel
15 Scale Stainless steel
16 Vent plug Brass
17 Bearing PTFE / steel composite
18 Seal Polyurethane
19 Pan head screw Carbon steel (plated)
20 Nyloc nut Carbon steel (plated)
21 Bolt Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
22 Hex. head screw (short) Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
23 Hex. head screw (long) Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
24 Nut Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
25 Lock-nut Carbon steel (plated)
26 Socket head screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
27 Nut Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
28 Washer Carbon steel (plated)
29 Screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
30 Gasket Reinforced graphite
31 Lower diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
32 Lifting eye Cast steel
Page 3 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 4 of 17
Materials continued
SA, SH and SQ control valves SA 2-port control valve
No. Part Material
25 Body Stainless steel 316L
Stainless steel 316L 31
26 Valve plug, stem Stainless steel 316L 30
and soft seal
Stainless steel 316L and
white Viton or EPDM 27
30
27 Bonnet Stainless steel 316L 32
29 28
28 Body seal White Viton or EPDM
29 Stem seal White Viton or EPDM
30 Stem bushes PTFE-FC
31 Seal washer White Viton or EPDM
32 Body clamp Stainless steel 304
25
26
4.1.81
SQ 3-port control valve SH 2-port control valve
31
30
31
30
27
27
30
30 32
32
29 28
29 28
26
25
25
32 32
28
28
26
25
25
26
Page 4 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 5 of 17
���
���
Temperature °C
���
��� Steam
saturation
�� curve
�
���
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
Micro-flow trim for all valves < = DN25 (SA and SH only)
Travel 20 mm
Micro-flow trim
Trim size " " ¼" ¼" "
Linear characteristic Kvs 0.4 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5
Notes:
1. Lower Kv values are available to special order.
2. Micro-flow and Equal percentage trim are not available for the SQ 3-port control valve.
Page 5 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 6 of 17
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 8.3 4.1 1.4 - - - - - -
PNS3220
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 4.0 2.4 - - - -
PNS3320
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS3326 1.0 - 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 12.8 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 7.7 5.0 2.3 - - -
PNS3420
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.8 6.8 - - -
PNS3426 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PNS3430 0.4 - 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
PNS3436 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
4.1.83
PN9000 spring-to-extend actuators
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Travel mm 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PN9120E 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 14.0 8.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 - - - -
PN9126E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 15.0 9.0 6.0 3.0 - - -
PN9123E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 10.0 6.0 3.0 1.0 - - -
PN9220E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
PN9320E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.0 - - -
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 6.0 4.0 3.0
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 12.0 8.0
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0
Page 6 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 7 of 17
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.1 10.2 5.3 - - -
PNS4220
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS4320 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0
0.2 - 1.0
Yes
Optional
3.0
1.4
16.0
-
16.0
-
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
12.8
16.0
6.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.1.84
PNS4420 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
PNS4430
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - - - - - 16.0 15.0 10.2
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 15.8
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Page 7 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 8 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft seat seal only) SA and SH valves
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PNS3220 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
PNS3320
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 9.1 7.4 5.1 2.3 - - -
PNS3326 1.0 - 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 14.9 6.0 4.8 3.2 1.3 - - -
PNS3420
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 15.1 12.4 8.8 4.4 - - -
PNS3426 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
PNS3430 0.4 - 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 2.2 1.7 -
PNS3436 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 7.4 5.9 3.7
4.1.85
PN9000 spring-to-extend actuators
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Travel mm 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure Class VI (bar)
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PN9120E 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 7.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
PN9126E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 7.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 - - -
PN9123E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 11.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 - - -
PN9220E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 12.0 10.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.0 - - -
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 11.0 9.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9320E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 4.0 3.0 2.0
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 13.0 10.0 6.0
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0
Page 8 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 9 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft seat seal only) SA and SH valves
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 12.1 9.9 6.9 3.3 - - -
PNS4220
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 16.0 9.1 7.4 5.1 2.3 - - -
PNS4320 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0
0.2 - 1.0
Yes
Optional
3.0
1.4
16.0
-
16.0
-
16.0
15.1
16.0
12.4
16.0
8.8
16.0
4.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.1.86
PNS4420 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 - - - - - - 2.2 1.7 -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - - - - - 7.4 5.9 3.7
PNS4430
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - - - - - 16.0 13.1 8.4
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 13.1
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Page 9 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 10 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV Viton soft seal seated SQ valves
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve opening range but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valves 30:1 turndown.
Spring Positioner
Actuator Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
range required
4.1.87
Spring Positioner
Actuator Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
range required
Page 10 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 11 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV Viton soft seal seated SQ valves
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve opening range but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valves 30:1 turndown.
Spring Positioner
Actuator Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
range required
Spring Positioner
Actuator Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
range required
Page 11 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 12 of 17
Page 12 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 13 of 17
F
J
4.1.90
A D
SH valve SQ valve
C
C
E E
B1 B
A D A D
Page 13 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 14 of 17
Connection codes
The codes specified below represent a small selection of pipe end connections that are available. If the connection required is not specified
below please contact Spirax Sarco.
Note: All sizes are available for each connection / specification unless otherwise stated.
ISO 2837
(Not available for the
DN15 and DN20 sizes) OA
Butt weld
SMS 3008
and
Tube weld EN ISO 1127 OB
BS 4825 (Pt 1)
(Not available for size DN32) OC
ASME BPE
(Not available for size DN32) OD
BS 4825 (Pt 3)
BO
(Not available for size DN32)
4.1.91
Sanitary clamp
ISO 2852 CO
DIN 32676 SO
ANSI B 16.5
ANSI 150 FA
(Not available for size DN32)
EN 1092 PN6 FE
With smooth
EN 1092 PN10 FF
sealing face
EN 1092 PN16 FG
SMS 1146
(Not available for the GV
DN15 and DN20 sizes)
Page 14 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 15 of 17
How to order
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Valve size Note: DN15, DN20 and DN32 is not available for certain end DN15
connections - see page 14.
2 1
Diaphragm size 3 2 3
4 3
Ordering example:
1 off Spirax Sraco STERI-TROL type DN15 SAE6SOSV0004 and 1 pneumatic actuator type PNS3320. Having a spring range of 0.4 to 1.2 bar.
Page 15 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 16 of 17
Spare parts
The available spares are identified by the part numbers listed below. When placing an order for spare parts, always specify the actuator or
the valve model (shown on the data plate) and the name of the part as described below.
Available spares for the SA, SH and SQ control valves and the PNS3000 and PNS4000 series actuators
Description Part number
Stem seal kit ('O' ring and 'V' ring) 8 and 12
Diaphragm kit (diaphragm, 'O' ring and 'V' ring) 2, 8 and 12
Actuator Travel indicator 22
Spring kit (set of springs, included 3 off longer hex, head bolts and nut on some spring range) 4 and 16
Linkage kit (lock-nut, top adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21
Valve stem seal set (excluding bonnet seal) 29, 30 and 31
EPDM (packet of 3) 28
SA, SH and SQ models Bonnet seal
Valve Viton (packet of 3) 28
Plug and stem (Equal percentage or Linear) 26
4.1.93 16 2
12
30 31
18
22
17
20 30
21
19
29
28
31
30
26
30
28
29
28
26
Page 16 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 17 of 17
4.1.94
30
9 17
18
15, 19 and 20
10
26 and 27 13 and 14
Page 17 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.95
Control valves
Control
Local regulations may restrict the use of thisvalves
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
TI-P373-14
CH Issue 4
PF51G
Bronze Piston Actuated
On / Off Valves
Description
A 2-port pneumatically actuated on /off bronze valve for use on
water, air, oil and gases. It can also be used on lower specification
steam applications.
A pneumatic signal acts on the actuator piston to open or close
the valve with a spring return action. The valve plugs have a PTFE
soft seal (G) to provide a tight shut-off. A valve position indicator
is included on standard and flow regulator models.
Valves are available with one of three sizes of actuator:
Type 1 (45 mm), Type 2 (63 mm) and Type 3 (90 mm) with the
following action options:
- NC (Normally Closed)
These valves are designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
Caution: Not recommended for waterhammer prevention. 4.1.96
- NO (Normally Open)
These valves are designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1).
Can be used to prevent waterhammer on valve closure in liquid
applications.
- BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)
These valves are designed for special applications that require
flow in both directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer
design for liquid applications f lowing under the seat
(por t 2 to 1). Note: To help prevent the possibility of
waterhammer on liquid applications flowing over the seat
(port 1 to 2) the pressure should not exceed 1 bar g.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
A B C
Pressure bar g
Technical details
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class V1
Flow characteristic Fast opening On / off
PF51G-NC Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF51G-NO Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Flow direction
Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF51G-BD
Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Air or water 60°C maximum
Actuator rotation 360°
Pilot connection Maximum pilot pressure
Type 1 = 45 mm diameter " BSP 10 bar g
Actuator type and size
Type 2 = 63 mm diameter ¼" BSP 10 bar g
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter ¼"BSP 8 bar g
Kvs values
Size ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Kvs 4.5 8 15.6 24.6 42 57
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
NC (Normally Closed)
NO (Normally Open)
8
8
10
10 9
9
2 2
5
6 5
6
11 and 12 3
3 11 and 12
1 4
1
4
4.1.98
Pilot pressure
(bar)
1"
¾" ¾"
½" ½"
Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
1¼"
1¼" 1" 1"
¾" ¾"
½" ½"
Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
1½"
1½" 1¼"
1¼" 1"
1"
Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)
½"
Media pressure (bar)
1"
½"
¾"
Media pressure (bar)
1½"
1¼"
1"
Media pressure (bar)
Notes: * Add 0.2 kg for travel switch or flow regulator options (not available for use with the Type 1 actuator).
77 mm 83 mm
B1
2 1
A1
Valve
F = Fast opening F
characteristic
Body
5 = Bronze 5
material
Valve
G = PTFE G
plug seal
I = Travel switch
with volt free contacts.
Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, 4.1.102
Current (I) = 0.5 A,
Optional Power (P) = 30 VA.
Available on Type 2 and Type 3 actuators with suffix 'I' if this option is required.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" PF51G-2NC bronze piston actuated on/off valve having screwed BSP connections.
Spare parts
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston lip seal, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal (PTFE), body seal.
How to order spare seal kits
Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and date code (given on the actuator label i.e. 120 = week 12, year 2000).
Example: 1 off Seal kit for a 1" PF51G-2NC, date code 120.
Associated equipment
Pilot solenoid
Type DM 3-port two way electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF51G-NC, NO
and BD series piston actuated valves to provide actuator pilot pressure to open normally closed or close normally open valves. Suitable for
air or water operating media. The valve is supplied with a DIN connector. For full details refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet.
Available types
Model Type Actuator Voltage / Frequency Connection
DM11 1 45 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM12 1 45 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM13 1 45 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM14 1 45 mm 24 Vdc 1
/8" BSP
DM21 2 63 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM22 2 63 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM23 2 63 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM24 2 63 mm 24 Vdc ¼" BSP
DM31 3 90 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM32 3 90 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM33 3 90 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM34 3 90 mm 24 Vdc ¼" BSP
4.1.103
TI-P373-13
CH Issue 9
PF6
Stainless Steel
Piston Actuated On / Off Valves
Description
A 2-port pneumatically actuated on / off stainless steel valve for use on steam,
water, air, oil and gases. A pneumatic signal acts on the actuator piston to
open or close the valve with a spring return action. A valve position indicator
is included on standard and flow regulator models. Standard versions have
PTFE stem seals for operation up to 180°C. Optionally, high temperature
stem seals (H) can be provided for operation up to 200°C.
Valves are available with one of three sizes of actuator:
Type 1 (45 mm), Type 2 (63 mm) and Type 3 (90 mm) with the following
action options:
- NC (Normally Closed) - Designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
Caution: Not recommended for waterhammer prevention.
e
- NO (Normally Open) - Designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1).
Can be used to prevent waterhammer on valve closure in liquid applications. 4.1.104
- BD (Bi-Directional normally closed) - Designed for special applications
that require flow in both directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer
iv
design for liquid applications flowing under the seat (port 2 to 1). Note:
To help prevent the possibility of waterhammer on liquid applications
flowing over the seat (port 1 to 2) the pressure should not exceed 1 bar g.
Available range
Screwed Flanged Sanitary Threaded
Valve action Butt weld Socket weld
(BSP or NPT) (EN 1092 or ASME) clamp spigots
PF61G-1NC PF62G-1NC PF64G-1NC PF65G-1NC PF60G-1NC
NC - Normally Closed
PF61G-2NC PF62G-2NC PF63G-2NC PF64G-2NC PF65G-2NC PF60G-2NC
(flow over seat)
PF61G-3NC PF62G-3NC PF63G-3NC PF64G-3NC PF65G-3NC PF60G-3NC
PF61G-1NO PF62G-1NO PF64G-1NO PF65G-1NO PF60G-1NO
NO - Normally Open
PF61G-2NO PF62G-2NO PF63G-2NO PF64G-2NO PF65G-2NO PF60G-2NO
(flow under seat)
PF61G-3NO PF62G-3NO PF63G-3NO PF64G-3NO PF65G-3NO PF60G-3NO
PF61G-1BD PF62G-1BD PF64G-1BD PF65G-1BD PF60G-1BD
BD - Bi-Directional normally closed
PF61G-2BD PF62G-2BD PF63G-2BD PF64G-2BD PF65G-2BD PF60G-2BD
(flow over or under seat)
PF61G-3BD PF62G-3BD PF63G-3BD PF64G-3BD PF65G-3BD PF60G-3BD
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
A B C D
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region or beyond the body design conditions quoted in the table below as damage to the
internals will occur.
High temperature stem seals (Option H) are required for use in this region.
A-A PN10
B-B PN16 and ASME 150
C-C PN25
D-D PN40
e
4.1.105 Maximum design pressure Refer to the graph above
Maximum design temperature 200°C
Minimum design temperature -10°C
Maximum operating pressure
for saturated steam service
Technical details
Leakage TFM 1600 soft seal ASME Class VI
Flow characteristic Fast opening On / off
PF6_G-NC Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF6_G-NO Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Flow direction
Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF6_G-BD
Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Instrument air or inert gases - For use with other flow media contact Spirax Sarco 60°C maximum
Actuator rotation 360°
Pilot connection Maximum pilot pressure
Type 1 = 45 mm diameter " BSP 10 bar g
Actuator type and size
Type 2 = 63 mm diameter ¼" BSP 10 bar g
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter ¼"BSP 8 bar g
Kvs values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Size
½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Kvs 4.5 8.0 15.6 24.6 42.0 57.0
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 2 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
8
8
10
10 9
9
2 2
5
6 5
6
11 and 12 3
3 11 and 12
1 4
1
4
e
4.1.106
iv
BD (Bi-Directional normally closed) Materials
ch
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
8
4 Valve plug seal Modified PTFE G500
5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316L
Ar
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 3 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
e
4.1.107 * see Notes at the top of this page
PF6_G-NO (Normally open)
* Maximum
Model
PF6_G-1NO
Valve size
DN15 - (½")
Actuator
diameter
(mm)
45
iv Flow
direction
(port 2 to 1)
under seat
differential
pressure
(bar)
16
Pilot Pressure
Minimum
(bar)
1.8
Maximum
(bar)
10
DN20 - (¾") 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
ch
DN15 - (½") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN20 - (¾") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN25 - (1") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
PF6_G-2NO
DN32 - (1¼") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN40 - (1½") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN50 - (2") 63 under seat 12 1.5 10
DN25 - (1") 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
Ar
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 4 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Pilot pressure
8
¾" 6 ¾"
(bar)
(bar)
½" 4 ½"
2
1.8
0
0 4 8 12 16
Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
8 1¼"
1¼" 1" 6
(bar)
1"
(bar)
¾" 4 ¾"
½" ½"
2
1.5
0
0 4 8 12 16
Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)
e
PF6_G-3NC flow over seat (1 to 2) PF6_G-3NO flow under seat (2 to 1)
2"
8
2"
4.1.108
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
6
1½" 1½"
(bar)
1¼"
(bar)
1¼" 4
iv
1"
2
1
0
0 4 8 12 16
1"
8
6 ½"
Ar (bar)
4
2
0
0 4 8 12 16
Media pressure (bar)
8
6 1"
¾"
(bar)
4 ½"
2
0
0 4 8 12 16
Media pressure (bar)
6 1½"
4 1¼"
(bar)
1"
2
0
0 4 8 12 16
Media pressure (bar)
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 5 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Screwed, Flanged
Valve Actuator Socket weld and Butt weld EN ASME EN ASME
size type * 1092 150 1092 150 *
and size A1 B1 C D† Weight A3 A4 B3 B4 C Weight
1 (45 mm) 65 144 123 5 0.8 - - - - - -
DN15 - ½"
2 (63 mm) 65 192 171 5 1.2 130 139.7 229.0 226.2 202.1 2.6
1 (45 mm) 75 155 126 7 0.9 - - - - - -
DN20 - ¾"
2 (63 mm) 75 198 176 7 1.3 150 152.4 235.9 232.7 207.4 3.0
2 (63 mm) 90 212 185 8 1.5 160 165.1 249.2 247.6 216.2 3.8
DN25 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 90 223 196 8 2.0 160 165.1 260.2 258.6 227.2 4.4
2 (63 mm) 110 225 193 10 1.9 180 184.2 262.0 259.9 224.0 5.6
DN32 - 1¼"
3 (90 mm) 110 234 202 10 2.4 180 184.2 273.0 270.9 235.0 6.0
2 (63 mm) 120 230 198 12 2.1 200 203.2 267.0 266.5 229.0 6.5
DN40 - 1½"
3 (90 mm) 120 239 207 12 2.6 200 203.2 278.0 277.5 240.0 7.0
2 (63 mm) 150 248 207 16 2.9 230 228.6 288.2 237.3 237.8 8.7
DN50 - 2"
3 (90 mm) 150 257 216 16 3.3 230 228.6 299.2 298.3 248.8 9.1
e
4.1.109
Actuator Threaded spigot (to ISO 228 / 1)
Valve type
size *
DN15 - ½"
and size
1 (45 mm)
2 (63 mm)
A5
90
90
B5
148
196
C
123
171
Ø Spigot
G ¾"
G ¾"
iv Weight
0.90
1.30
77 mm
DN40 - 1½"
3 (90 mm) 140 235 207 G 1¾" 2.70
2 (63 mm) 175 246 207 G2 " 3.10
** DN50 - 2" 3 (90 mm) 175 257 216 G2 " 3.50 83 mm
Actuator Sanitary clamp (to ISO 2852) Sanitary clamp (ASME BPE)
Valve type * *
size and size A2 B2 C E F Weight A2 B2 C E F Weight
1 (45 mm) 102 162 123 34 17.2 0.8 102 162 123 25 9.4 0.8
DN15 - ½"
2 (63 mm) 102 210 171 34 17.2 1.2 102 210 171 25 9.4 1.2
1 (45 mm) 114 167 126 34 21.3 1.3 114 167 126 25 15.75 1.3
DN20 - ¾"
2 (63 mm) 114 217 176 34 21.3 1.5 114 217 176 25 15.75 1.5
2 (63 mm) 140 231 185 50.5 25.0 1.8 140 231 185 50.5 22.1 1.8
DN25 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 140 243 196 50.5 25.0 2.4 140 243 196 50.5 22.1 2.4
2 (63 mm) 159 240 193 50.5 33.7 2.4 - - - - - -
DN32 - 1¼"
3 (90 mm) 159 251 202 50.5 33.7 2.8 - - - - - -
2 (63 mm) 159 249 198 64 40.0 2.8 159 249 198 50.5 34.8 2.8
DN40 - 1½"
3 (90 mm) 159 260 207 64 40.0 3.2 159 260 207 50.5 34.8 3.2
2 (63 mm) 190 267 207 64 51.0 3.6 190 267 207 64 47.5 3.6
DN50 - 2"
3 (90 mm) 190 279 216 64 51.0 4.0 190 279 216 64 47.5 4.0
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 6 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
e
C C 4.1.110
iv
ch
2 1 Ø
Spigot E F 2 1
(Screwed,
Socket weld and Butt weld)
A2 (Sanitary clamp)
A5
(Threaded spigot) A3 (EN 1092) and A4 (ASME 150)
Associated equipment
Pilot solenoid
Type DM 3-port two way electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF61G-NC, NO and
BD series piston actuated valves to provide actuator pilot pressure to open normally closed or close normally open valves. Suitable for air
or water operating media. The valve is supplied with a DIN connector. For full details refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet.
Available types
Model Type Actuator Voltage / Frequency Connection
DM11 1 45 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM12 1 45 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM13 1 45 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM14 1 45 mm 24 Vdc 1
/8" BSP
DM21 2 63 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM22 2 63 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM23 2 63 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM24 2 63 mm 24 Vdc ¼" BSP
DM31 3 90 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM32 3 90 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM33 3 90 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac ¼" BSP
DM34 3 90 mm 24 Vdc ¼" BSP
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 7 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Blank = PTFE + 25% carbon graphite filled PTFE + FKM chevron (standard)
e
4.1.111 Stem seal H = 25% carbon graphite filled PTFE + FKM chevron
Note: Option H is not available for the sanitary clamp version or valves fitted with Type 1 actuators.
1 = 45 mm diameter
Actuator
type
2 = 63 mm diameter
3 = 90 mm diameter
NC = Normally Closed
iv 2
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 PF63G-2NC stainless steel piston actuated on/off valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
Spare parts
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston lip seal, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal (Modified PTFE G500),
body seal and 'O' ring.
How to order spare seal kits
Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and date code (given on the actuator label i.e. 02 / 14 = Month 02, Year 2014).
Example: 1 off Seal kit for a 1" PF61G-2NC, date code 02 / 14.
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 9 PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 8 of 8
Control valves
Control
Local regulations may restrict the use of thisvalves
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
TI-P373-17
CH Issue 3
PM6
Stainless Steel
Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves
Description
The PM6 is a 2-port pneumatically actuated modulating stainless steel control valve designed for use on steam, water, air, oil, gases and
vacuum applications. As standard it is fitted with a PEEK plug seal for operation up to 180°C, and both the body and shaped-plug have
undergone a hardening treatment.
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Control valves
Technical details
Leakage PEEK soft seal ASME Class VI
Flow characteristic Equal percentage
Flow direction Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Instrument quality air 60°C maximum
Actuator rotation 360°
Pilot connection Maximum pilot pressure
Actuator type and size Type 2 = 63 mm diameter Push-in type to suit Ø6 mm pipe 8 bar g
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter Push-in type to suit Ø6 mm pipe 8 bar g
Kvs values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Size
½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Kvs 4.5 8.7 12.7 19.8 29.7 36.3
* Maximum
Actuator Flow differential Pilot pressure
Model Valve size diameter direction pressure Minimum Maximum
(mm) (port 2 to 1) (bar) (bar) (bar)
PM6_GC-2NC DN15 - (½") 63 under seat 16 4.5 8
and
PM6_GM-2NC DN20 - (¾") 63 under seat 16 4.5 8
TI-P373-17 CH Issue 3 PM6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves Page 2 of 4
Control valves
Control valves
B1 (Screwed, socket weld and butt weld) B2 (Sanitary clamp) and B3, B4 (Flanged)
4.1.114
C C
E F F
Valve Actuator Sanitary clamp (to ISO 2852) Sanitary clamp (ASME BPE)
size type
and size A2 B2 C E F Weight A2 B2 C E F Weight
DN15 - ½" 2 (63 mm) 102 313.0 269.0 34.0 17.2 2.5 102 313.0 269.0 25.0 9.4 2.5
DN20 - ¾" 2 (63 mm) 114 320.5 274.0 34.0 21.3 2.7 114 320.5 274.0 25.0 15.75 2.7
DN25 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 140 341.0 285.0 50.5 25.0 3.7 140 341.0 285.0 50.5 22.1 3.7
DN32 - 1¼" 3 (90 mm) 159 353.5 292.5 50.5 33.7 4.1 - - - - - -
DN40 - 1½" 3 (90 mm) 159 353.5 297.5 64.0 40.0 4.5 159 353.5 297.5 50.5 34.8 4.5
DN50 - 2" 3 (90 mm) 190 372.0 306.5 64.0 51.0 5.3 190 372.0 306.5 64.0 47.5 5.3
TI-P373-17 CH Issue 3 PM6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves Page 3 of 4
Control valves
Control valves
Valve size DN15 (½"), DN20 (¾"), DN25 (1"), DN32 (1¼"), DN40 (1½") and DN50 (2") DN25
Valve M = Modulating M
characteristic
Control signal mA = 4 - 20 mA mA
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 PM63GC-2NC-mA stainless steel piston actuated modulating valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
Spare parts
Electronic board spare kit
Transducer spare kit
Inlet microvalve spare kit
Outlet microvalve spare kit
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal, PEEK body seal and 'O' ring.
TI-P373-17 CH Issue 3 PM6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves Page 4 of 4
Control valves
Control valves
TI-P373-04
CH Issue 4
Technical details
Mounting Banjo connection
Manual override Fitted as standard
Type B DM11, DM12, DM13 and DM14
DIN connector Type B DM21, DM22, DM23 and DM24
Type A DM31, DM32, DM33 and DM34
DM11 to DM14 Push in type to suit 6 mm dia.
Pilot media
connection DM21 to DM24 nylon or copper tube
DM31 to DM34
ac 10 VA (holding)
DM11, DM12,
sc 16 VA (maximum)
DM13 and DM14
dc 7 Watts
ac 10 VA (holding)
Coil DM21, DM22, Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
consumption ac 16 VA (maximum)
DM23, and DM24 Type A B C Weight
dc 7 Watts
DM11, DM12, DM13 and DM14 31 77 27 0.27
ac 18 VA (holding)
DM31, DM32, DM21, DM22, DM23 and DM24 35 78 27 0.27
ac 36 VA (maximum)
DM33 and DM34 DM31, DM32, DM33 and DM34 35 95 27 0.38
dc 14 Watts
Limiting conditions
Maximum media temperature 60°C Earth
Minimum media temperature -10°C terminal
Protection class IP65 (with connector)
Operating pressure 0 bar g min. to 10 bar g max.
B
DIN
Materials connector
Part Material
Body ELNP Niploy coated brass
Seal FKM
Spares parts
No spares are available for this product. C A
4.2.1
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Pneumatic actuators
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P357-30
CH Issue 10
PN9000 Series
Pneumatic Actuators
for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Description
The PN9000 series actuators are a compact range of linear actuators that are available in
3 diaphragm sizes for matching the requirements of valves at various differential pressures.
Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical travel indicator and incorporates a fully-rolling
diaphragm, which provides good linearity over the operating stroke.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the PN actuator.
4.2.2
Page 1 of 26
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Materials 16
2 32
5
21
28
22
and
23 24
8
3 9
4
7 29
31 17
30
18
6
15 25
10
19 and 20
12
26 and 27 13 and 14
1 11
4.2.3
No. Part Material
1 Yoke SG iron
2 Upper diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
3 Diaphragm plate Aluminium
4 Diaphragm Reinforced NBR
5 Spring Spring steel
6 Spindle Stainless steel
7 Washer Carbon steel (plated)
8 Spacer Carbon steel (plated)
9 'O' ring Viton
10 Connector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
11 Adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PN9000 Carbon steel
12 Collar PNP9000 Stainless steel 1.4057 or AISI 420
PN9000S Stainless steel 316L
13 Clamp front Stainless steel BS 3100 Pt 2 304 C15
14 Clamp rear Stainless steel BS 3100 Pt 2 304 C15
15 Scale Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
16 Vent plug Brass
17 Bearing PTFE/steel composite
18 Seal Polyurethane
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated)
19 Pan head screw
PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
20 Nyloc nut
PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
21 Bolt Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
22 Hex. head screw (short) PN9000 Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
23 Hex. head screw (long) PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
24 Nut PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated)
25 Lock-nut PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
26 Socket head screw
PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
27 Nut
PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
28 Washer Carbon steel (plated)
29 Screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
30 Gasket Reinforced Graphite
31 Lower diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
PN9000 Cast steel
32 Lifting eye PNP9000 Cast steel
PN9000S Stainless steel 316L
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Technical data
Temperature range - 20 °C to +110 °C
PN9100 6 bar g
Maximum operating
PN9200 6 bar g
inlet pressure
PN9300 4 bar g
Air supply connection ¼" NPT
PN9100 20 mm K
Actuator travel PN922_ and PN932_ 20 mm
PN923_ and PN933_ 30 mm H
H
G
F F F
4.2.4
G G
PN9100 PN9200EH PN9337RH
J Weight
Actuator range F G H (Handwheel K
lifted) Actuator With handwheel
PN9100E and variants 275 170 55 75 225 6 + 5.86
PN9100R and variants 275 170 120 140 225 6 + 2.50
PN9200E and variants 300 300 65 85 350 17 + 7.20
PN9200R and variants 300 300 132 152 350 17 + 3.77
PN9230E and variants 335 300 65 95 350 17 + 3.77
PN9230R and variants 335 300 122 152 350 17 + 3.77
PN9320E and variants 325 390 65 85 350 27 + 7.20
PN9320R and variants 325 390 132 152 350 27 + 3.77
PN9330E and variants 335 390 65 95 350 27 + 7.20
PN9330R and variants 335 390 122 152 350 27 + 3.70
PN9336E and variants 335 390 65 95 350 27 + 7.20
PN9336R and variants 335 390 122 152 350 27 + 3.77
PN9337E and variants 335 390 410 410 350 27 + 21.00
PN9337R and variants 335 390 410 410 350 27 + 21.00
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
4.2.5
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 4 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 12.8 22.0 29.8 90.6 90.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.2 2.7 10.3 12.8 22.0 29.8
PN9123E 2-4 6 39.1 61.3 79.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 11.5 30.7 39.1 61.3 79.5
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 4.4 9.5 13.9 49.9 49.9 85.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.8 4.4 9.5 13.9
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 22.2 36.2 47.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.5 5.8 17.7 22.2 36.2 47.7
PN9226E 1-2 6 75.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 16.3 23.8 59.2 75.9 103.4 103.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 37.7 53.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 21.7 35.4 46.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.4 5.7 17.3 21.7 35.4 46.7
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 57.0 88.1 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.8 17.5 44.6 57.0 88.1 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
H
Maximum
Graphite Graphite Graphite
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 4.9 10.3 14.8 52.4 52.4 89.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 4.2 6.7 12.5 17.3
PN9123E 2-4 6 31.2 49.5 64.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.6 8.8 24.6 33.0 51.8 67.1
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 11.7 11.7 25.7 59.1 94.6 103.4 103.4 1.4
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 14.4 24.4 32.8 98.2 98.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.6 3.2 11.6 16.2 26.6 35.3
PN9226E 1-2 6 68.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 14.4 21.2 53.1 69.8 103.4 103.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 35.8 51.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 13.8 23.6 31.8 95.7 95.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.5 3.0 11.2 15.6 25.8 34.3
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.1 76.3 98.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.9 14.8 38.5 50.9 78.5 100.9
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Page 5 of 26
4.2.6
4.2.7
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 6 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Balanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Valve
DN40 - DN50 (1½" - 2") DN65 - DN80 (2½" - 3") DN100 (4")
size
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring Kv 36 25 100 63 36 25 160 100 63 36
Actuator
range bar
Maximum
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9236E 1-2 6 36.1 34.7 25.4 24.4 20.6 19.9 19.3 18.6 29.1 28.0 18.5 17.8 15.2 14.7 13.4 12.9
Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 17.8 16.5 12.6 11.6 10.2 9.4 9.5 8.8 14.4 13.3 9.2 8.5 7.5 7.0 6.6 6.1
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.9 48.6 35.1 34.2 28.6 27.8 26.7 26.0 40.3 39.2 25.6 24.9 21.1 20.5 18.5 18.0
PN9336E 1-2 4 35.6 34.2 25.0 24.0 20.3 19.6 19.0 18.3 28.7 27.6 18.2 17.5 15.0 14.4 13.2 12.7
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 8.6 7.2 6.0 5.1 4.9 4.1 4.6 3.9 6.9 5.8 4.4 3.7 3.6 3.0 3.2 2.7
Page 7 of 26
4.2.8
4.2.9
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Balanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 8 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100 DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9236E 1-2 6 36.1 34.7 29.1 28.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9233E 2-4 6 17.8 16.5 14.4 13.3 103.4 103.4 99.6 92.0
Pneumatic actuators
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.9 48.6 40.3 39.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336E 1-2 4 35.6 34.2 28.7 27.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 8.6 7.2 6.9 5.8 65.5 55.0 47.9 40.3
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring Maximum
Actuator
range pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Page 9 of 26
4.2.10
4.2.11
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft Seat Seal only)
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Page 10 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 22.8 34.3 43.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.2 7.4 17.5 22.8 34.3 43.5
PN9123E 2-4 6 49.1 73.6 93.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.5 16.2 37.9 49.1 73.6 93.2
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 14.3 21.7 27.6 71.8 71.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.2 4.6 11.0 14.3 21.7 27.6
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 32.2 48.4 61.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 10.6 24.9 32.2 48.4 61.4
PN9226E 1-2 6 85.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 20.3 28.6 66.4 85.9 103.4 103.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 41.7 58.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 31.7 47.6 60.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.4 10.4 24.5 31.7 47.6 60.4
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 67.0 100.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 15.8 22.2 51.8 67.0 100.3 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft seat seal only)
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
Graphite Graphite Graphite
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 14.9 22.5 28.6 74.4 74.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.3 4.8 11.4 14.9 22.5 28.6
PN9123E 2-4 6 41.2 61.8 78.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.6 13.6 31.8 41.2 61.8 78.3
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 6.5 9.9 12.7 33.7 33.7 53.2 95.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.3 1.9 4.9 6.5 9.9 12.7
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 24.3 36.6 46.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.6 7.9 18.8 24.3 36.6 46.5
PN9226E 1-2 6 78.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 18.4 25.9 60.3 78.0 103.4 103.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 39.8 55.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 23.8 35.8 45.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.5 7.8 18.3 23.8 35.8 45.5
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 59.1 88.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 13.9 19.6 45.6 59.1 88.5 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 22.5 36.2 56.6 100.7 103.4 103.4
Page 11 of 26
4.2.12
4.2.13
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft seat seal only)
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Page 12 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337E
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft seat seal only)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring Maximum
Actuator
range pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Page 13 of 26
4.2.14
4.2.15
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE stem seal
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 14 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 91.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 20.1 29.1 71.5 93.5 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 39.1 61.3 79.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 11.5 30.7 40.9 63.6 82.0
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 101.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 97.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 80.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 37.7 53.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 2.4 4.6 8.0 15.7 23.0 57.2
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
Graphite Graphite Graphite
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 83.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 17.3 25.4 63.7 83.8 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 31.2 49.5 64.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 4.7 7.8 23.0 31.2 49.5 64.6
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 99.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 94.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 77.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 34.9 50.1 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Page 15 of 26
4.2.16
4.2.17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 16 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
Balanced control valves with PTFE or graphite stem seal
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Valve
DN40 - DN50 (1½" - 2") DN65 - DN80 (2½" - 3") DN100 (4")
size
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator Kv 36 25 100 63 36 25 160 100 63 36
range bar
Maximum
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9236R 1-2 6 5.6 4.2 4.4 3.4 3.9 3.1 3.8 3.1 3.8 2.7 2.9 2.2 2.6 2.0 2.5 2.0
Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 14.7 13.3 10.8 9.8 9.1 8.3 8.7 8.0 11.2 10.1 7.5 6.8 6.5 5.9 5.9 5.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.6 2.3 3.0 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.3 1.1 1.9 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.8 1.3
PN9336R 1-2 4 14.4 13.0 10.6 9.6 9.0 8.2 8.5 7.8 11.0 9.9 7.4 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.8 5.3
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 41.4 40.0 29.6 28.6 24.4 23.6 23.0 22.2 32.7 31.6 21.2 20.5 17.7 17.2 15.8 15.3
Page 17 of 26
4.2.18
4.2.19
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
Balanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 18 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Valve size DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100 DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9236R 1-2 6 5.6 4.2 3.8 2.7 42.4 32.0 26.3 18.7
PN9233R 2-4 6 14.7 13.3 11.2 10.1 103.4 101.5 77.3 69.6
Pneumatic actuators
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.6 2.3 2.3 1.1 27.7 17.2 15.6 7.9
PN9336R 1-2 4 14.4 13.0 11.0 9.9 103.4 99.5 75.8 68.1
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 41.4 40.0 32.7 31.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or graphite stem seal
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator air
range
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 34 33 21 20
Page 19 of 26
4.2.20
4.2.21
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R (Soft seat seal only)
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE stem seal
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Page 20 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 101.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 24.1 33.9 78.7 101.7 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 49.1 73.6 93.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.5 16.2 37.9 49.1 73.6 93.2
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 101.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 84.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 41.7 58.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 4.3 7.0 11.0 19.7 27.7 64.4
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R (Soft seat seal only)
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
Graphite Graphite Graphite
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 93.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 22.2 31.2 72.5 93.8 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 41.2 61.8 78.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.6 13.6 31.8 41.2 61.8 78.3
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 99.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 82.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 39.8 55.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 3.6 5.8 9.2 16.5 23.2 54.0
Page 21 of 26
4.2.22
4.2.23
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Page 22 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN15 - DN25 (½" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1¼" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4") DN65 - DN100 (2½" - 4")
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R (Soft seat seal only)
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or graphite stem seal
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Spring
Actuator air
range
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 37 36 23 23
Page 23 of 26
4.2.24
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
PN9000 series selection guide:
Before making your PN9000 series selection please reference pages 4 to 27 - Sizing data
1 = 100 cm 2
4.2.25 3 = 670 cm 2
2 = 20 mm
Valve travel 3
3 = 30 mm
E = Spring-extend
Spring action E
R = Spring-retract
Fast Speed F = version with the higher capacity of speed (possible only PN92_ and PN93_)
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Fast speed version
Fast speed versions are available for PN92xx and PN93xx. The fast speed version is a modified version of the existing PN but it also
need to have the right pipe diameter of the air inlet as an example: DN65 PTSUSS + PN9320 air inlet= " without
For fail safe fast speed function, the below lay at could be used to shortcut the positioner.
Actuator
Electric command
+
1D 2
4.2.26
-
Pneumatic command
3 1
Air inlet
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Spare parts
The only spares available are clearly indicated below and are common for both spring-extend and spring-retract versions.
Available spares
Stem seal kit 17, 18, 30
Diaphragm kit 4, 9
Spring kit 5
Linkage kit (suitable for Mk1 and Spira-trolTM valves) 10, 13, 14, 26, 27
4.2.27
5
30
9 17
18
15, 19 and 20
10
26 and 27 13 and 14
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Control valves
Local regulationsPneumatic
may restrict the use of thisactuators
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P327-01
CH Issue 4
TN2000 Series
Pneumatic Piston Actuators
for DN125 to DN300 SPIRA-TROL Series Control Valves
Description Technical data
The TN2000 series pneumatic piston actuators are designed for Temperature range - 15°C to +110°C
use with DN125 to DN300 SPIRA-TROL control valves. There are Maximum operating inlet pressure 10 bar g
three versions available: Single-acting (with spring), Double-acting
Air supply connection " screwed NPT
(with spring) and Double-acting (no spring) for matching the
requirements of valves at various differential pressures and in a Actuator travel 70 mm
variety of applications.
Available types
SE = Single-acting, spring-extend
SR = Single-acting, spring-retract
DE = Double-acting, spring assisted (extend)
DR = Double-acting, spring assisted (retract)
DA = Double-acting, no spring 4.2.28
Optional extra
Manual handwheel
G J
TN2277SE TN2277SRH
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Materials
32 21
15
23
3
16 10
31
19
9
18 29
8 5
6
17 30
31 10
16
2 15
26 7
22, 27, 28
24
4.2.29 25
33
14
11
12
13
1
There are three applications: Two conditions are illustrated in tabular form in each of the applications:
- Unbalanced flow under applications Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
- Unbalanced flow over applications EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class IV.
- Balanced applications Class VI shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class VI.
Class V shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class V.
Note: With exception to the TN2277SE, the values in the following tables are based on the air pressure indicated below the product
nomenclature of the specific unit. In the event of air failure you will require an air pressurised tank to position the valve.
DN300 reduced
4.2.30
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 4.6 4.2 2.1 1.9
Soft seated (P) Class VI 10.7 10.3 7.1 6.9 4.0 3.8 1.4 1.4
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 87.0 83.0 72.0 69.0 40.0 38.0 20.0 19.0
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 13.2 12.8 8.9 8.6 5.0 4.9 1.8 1.8
Soft seated (P) Class IV 67.0 63.0 56.0 52.0 30.0 28.0 14.0 14.0
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 7.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0
Soft seated (P) Class VI 13.0 12.0 8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 1.0
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 117.0 114.0 98.0 95.0 54.0 52.0 27.0 26.0
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 13.2 12.8 8.9 8.6 5.0 4.9 1.8 1.8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 44.0 40.0 28.0 25.0 8.0 6.0
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 86.0 82.0 71.0 68.0 39.0 38.0 20.0 19.0
Soft seated (P) Class IV 85.0 81.0 70.0 67.0 38.0 37.0 19.0 18.0
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 69 68 45 45 24 24 8 8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 67 67 44 44 23 23 7 7
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 75 75 50 50 28 28 10 10
Soft seated (P) Class VI 75 75 50 50 28 28 10 10
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 306 302 255 251 141 139 71 70
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 74 73 49 49 28 28 10 10
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 464 460 378 375 202 200 91 90
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 506 502 421 418 233 231 118 117
Soft seated (P) Class IV 505 501 420 417 232 231 117 116
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 39 39 25 25 13 13 4 3
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 37 37 24 24 12 12 3 3
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 45 45 30 30 17 17 6 6
Soft seated (P) Class VI 45 45 30 30 17 17 6 6
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 555 551 462 459 256 254 129 128
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 74 73 49 49 28 28 10 10
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 262 259 211 207 109 107 44 43
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 305 301 253 250 140 138 71 70
Soft seated (P) Class IV 304 300 252 249 139 138 70 69
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 41 41 27 26 14 14 4 4
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 40 39 25 25 13 13 3 3
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 47 47 32 31 18 18 6 6
Soft seated (P) Class VI 47 47 32 31 18 17 6 6
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 321 317 267 264 148 146 75 74
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 47 46 31 31 17 17 6 6
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 278 274 223 220 116 114 48 47
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 320 316 266 263 147 145 74 73
Soft seated (P) Class IV 319 315 265 262 146 145 73 73
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 49 49 32 32 17 17 5 5
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 48 47 31 30 16 16 4 4
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 56 55 37 37 21 21 7 7
Soft seated (P) Class VI 55 55 37 37 21 20 7 7
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 376 372 313 310 173 171 88 87
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 54 54 37 36 20 20 7 7
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 332 329 269 366 141 139 61 60
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 375 371 312 308 172 171 87 86
Soft seated (P) Class IV 373 370 311 307 172 170 86 85
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 66 65 43 43 23 23 7 7
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 64 64 42 41 22 22 7 7
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 72 71 48 48 27 27 10 9
Soft seated (P) Class VI 72 71 48 48 27 27 9 9
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 485 481 404 401 224 222 113 112
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 70 70 47 47 26 26 9 9
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 442 438 360 357 191 189 86 85
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 484 480 403 399 223 221 112 111
Soft seated (P) Class IV 483 479 402 398 222 220 112 111
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 74 73 48 48 26 26 8 8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 72 72 47 47 25 25 8 8
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 80 79 53 53 30 30 11 11
Soft seated (P) Class VI 80 79 53 53 30 30 11 11
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 540 536 449 446 249 247 126 125
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 78 78 53 52 29 29 10 10
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 496 493 405 402 216 215 99 98
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 539 535 448 445 248 246 125 124
Soft seated (P) Class IV 538 534 447 444 247 245 124 123
Selection example: TN 2 2 7 7 SE
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco TN2277SE pneumatic piston actuator.
Available spares
'O' ring kit 15, 29, 30, 31
Travel indicator kit 22, 27, 28
Spring 6
Handwheel A
EH kit B
RH kit C
4.2.34
B
C
22, 27 and 28
4.2.35
Control valves
Local regulationsPneumatic
may restrict the use of thisactuators
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P369-01
CH Issue 3
How to choose the right limit switch for your actuator and application:
Identify the actuator and valve travel Example: If the travel < = 30 mm then choose between an SLM1, SLI1 or SLI2
Identify your electronic signal requirements Example: 250 Vac and 3 A = > Choose between an SLM1 or SLM2
Make your choice between the inductive or mechanical
Example: 2 sensors open / close in inductive = > Choose an SLI1
and if you require one or two sensors.
Do you need ATEX certification ? Example: Yes = > Choose between an SLI1 or SLI2
Limit switches
This switch consist This switch consist This switch consist of This switch consist of
of two mechanical of two mechanical two proximity sensors two proximity sensors
micro-switches within micro-switch units within a single unit to provide
a single unit to provide to provide to provide valve actuator position
valve actuator position valve actuator position valve actuator position (open / close) after
(open / close) after (open / close) after (open / close) after setting
setting setting setting
Travel < = 30 mm • • •
Travel > = 30 mm • • •
24 Vac 6 A to
Maximum ac 250 Vac 16 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
250 Vac 3 A
voltage and
current 12 Vdc 10 A
dc 48 Vdc 16 A 30 Vdc 30 Vdc
to 230 Vdc 5 A
ATEX II 3G Ex nA II T6
ATEX ATEX II 3G
ATEX II 3D Ex tD 22A ATEX II 3D
IP67 T80°C
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
SLM1 SLM2
15
22
4
7 Ø 19 5.5
80
6
8 34.5
60.5
1
Ø 5.2
x 6.2
5
119
50
4.2.37 3
1. Housing base
2. Cover
3. Special shaft for linkage to Spirax Sarco actuators
4. Adjustable cam system = 41 = 30 A
5. 'O' ring seal 64 8 34
6. 5-pin terminal block
7. Microswitches
8. Position indicator A = 3 x threaded holes for cable gland 11
SLI1 SLI2
47
26
M12 x 1
8.5
5.5
6.2
M12 x 1
30
SW17
32.5
4.5
64.8
6.2
Ø 5.5 106 34.6
9.6
10.3
30
50.7
Ø 12.7
8.5 Shock protection
TI-P369-01 CH Issue 3 SLM1, SLM2, SLI1 and SLI2 Limit Switches Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Actuator type
PN912X PN923X PN1XXX TN22XX PN9483 PN9482
PN922X PN933X PN2XXX PN9486
Limit switch PN932X TN2000
TN2100
Box integrated
3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069
2 sensors
TI-P369-01 CH Issue 3 SLM1, SLM2, SLI1 and SLI2 Limit Switches Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.1
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P358-25
CH Issue 3
AEL5 Series
Electric Linear Actuators
for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves
Description Materials
The AEL5 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output. No. Part Material
1 to 8 kN Polycarbonate
1 Case
Available types 14 to 25 kN Die-cast aluminium
AEL5 actuators are available with 4 supply variants, 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 2 Housing Die-cast aluminium
24 Vac and 24 Vdc all being suitable for a VMD (Valve Motor Drive) input
power signal. At extra cost, actuators can be fitted with a positioner input
card that can accept a 4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc control signal - Please
note that this option is not available for the 24 Vdc supply variant.
AEL5 actuators can be ordered with or without a potentiometer, those
ordered with will be fitted with a 1 kΩ potentiometer as standard.
The potentiometer can be used in conjunction with the positioner for a
2 - 10 V or 4 - 20 mA input signal, or as feedback for VMD. Also available
are auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-28
for further details on the accessories.
4.3.2
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjunction
with an appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange.
2-port SPIRA-TROL or C Series
Valves
3-port QL33, QL43, QL63 and QL73 mixing and diverting valves 1
Valve adaptor
Mounting flange
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Technical data
Actuator type AEL51_ AEL52_ AEL53_ AEL54_ AEL55_ AEL56_
Supply voltage 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, (24 Vdc) ±10%
Ambient limits -20°C to 60°C (Caution: -20°C to 50°C with positioner card fitted)
Synchronous motor for 1 to 14 kN, Asynchronous motor for 25 kN (Alternative current) or
Motor
Brushed direct current motor (Direct current)
Terminations 1.5 mm²
4.3.3 Manual overide Handwheel
Conduit entries 2 x M20 x 1.5 (for 1 to 14 kN) and 3 x M20 x 1.5 (for 25 kN)
Positioner power
1
consumption VA
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked and conforms to the following:
- EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC)
- EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and
72 / 73 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC (LVD).
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 2 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL51212 115 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL51213 24 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL52211 230 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL52212 115 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL52213 24 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL53211 230 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3 4.3.4
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 35 34.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 35 34.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 35 34.3
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL52212 115 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL52213 24 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL55312 115 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL55313 24 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 3 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL51212 115 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL51213 24 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL52211 230 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL52212 115 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL52213 24 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
4.3.5 AEL54213 24 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
AEL55311 230 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55312 115 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55313 24 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 40 32.9 32
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 40 32.9 32
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 40 32.9 32
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 4.8 2.3
AEL52212 115 4.8 2.3
AEL52213 24 4.8 2.3
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL54211 230 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL54212 115 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL54213 24 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL55311 230 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL55312 115 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL55313 24 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL56411 230 40 40 29.5 28.8
AEL56412 115 40 40 29.5 28.8
AEL56413 24 40 40 29.5 28.8
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 4 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL51212 115 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL51213 24 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL52211 230 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL53212 115 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL53213 24 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2 4.3.6
AEL55311 230 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 40
AEL56412 115 40 40 40
AEL56413 24 40 40 40
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL52212 115 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL52213 24 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 5 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL51212 115 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL51213 24 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL52211 230 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL54211 230 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
4.3.7 AEL54212 115 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54213 24 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL55211 230 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55212 115 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55213 24 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56211 230 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56212 115 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56213 24 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL52212 115 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL52213 24 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL54211 230 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL54212 115 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL54213 24 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL55211 230 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55212 115 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55213 24 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL56211 230 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
AEL56212 115 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
AEL56213 24 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 6 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL54211 230 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54212 115 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54213 24 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL55211 230 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8 4.3.8
AEL55212 115 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55213 24 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56211 230 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56212 115 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56213 24 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 7 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL51212 115 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL51213 24 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL52211 230 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL52212 115 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL52213 24 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL54211 230 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL54212 115 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
4.3.9 AEL54213 24 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL55311 230 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL55312 115 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL55313 24 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL56411 230 40 40 25.3 24.7
AEL56412 115 40 40 25.3 24.7
AEL56413 24 40 40 25.3 24.7
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 8 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
Selection example
Control valve DN20 KE43 PTSUSS.2 Kv 6.3 flanged PN40
Maximum DP 20 bar
Electrical supply 230 Vac
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
Actuator selected AEL51211
Positioner required AEL5961
Valve adaptor AEL6911
Mounting flange EL5970
How to order
Product A = Actuator A
Series 5 5
1 = 1 kN
2 = 2 kN
3 = 4.5 kN
Thrust (kN) 1
4 = 8 kN
5 = 14 kN
6 = 25 kN
1 = 230 Vac
2 = 115 Vac
Supply voltage 1
3 = 24 Vac
Control signal* G = Integral 115 V VMD (only for actuators with 115 V supply voltage) J
J = Integral 230 V VMD (only for actuators with 230 V supply voltage)
A = With 1 kΩ potentiometer
Potentiometer A
S = Without
* For 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA modulating control signal the appropriate positioner card must be ordered at time of order.
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 9 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.11
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P358-28
CH Issue 3
Accessories
for the AEL5 Series
of Electric Linear Actuators
Available types and technical data
AEL5961 230 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
AEL5962 115 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
24Va c p o s i t i o n e r c a r d (exc e p t f o r
AEL5963 Power consumption 1 VA
AEL54213 _ , AEL55313 _ and AEL56413 _ )
24 Vac positioner card (for AEL54213 _ ,
AEL5964 Power consumption 1 VA
AEL55313 _ and AEL56413 _ actuators only)
AEL5951 2 auxiliary limit switches (Electronic card) 5 A - 230 Vac - including cams, mounting kit and PCB
AEL5952 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 1000 ohms, 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.1 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.2 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms 25 mm maximum stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.3 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 2000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.4 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 2000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion 4.3.12
AEL5952.5 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 500 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
20 to 30 mm and 30 to 50 mm stroke,
AEL5953 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms
including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5954 115 - 230 V anti-condensate heater
AEL5956 24 V anti-condensate heater
AEL5981 Position transmitter 2 wire 4 - 20 mA
AEL5982 Position transmitter 3 wire 0 / 4 - 20 mA
The potentiometer must use its whole range (almost 1 full turn). To facilitate different actuator strokes replacement pinion kits are
available. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further information.
Pinion 25 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke <= 20 mm
Pinion 30 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 20 mm to 30 mm
Special parts Pinion 50 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 30 mm to 50 mm
Pinion 65 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 50 mm to 65 mm
Pinion 75 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 65 mm to 70 mm
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Wiring diagrams
(Note: X0, X4, X5, X6, X8 and X9 refer to termination board location)
1 2 3 4 5 6 X4 16 14 15
X11 1 2 3
Extend position
Retract Extend
switch switch
Retract position
X0 1 2 3
Extend
position
Retract
position
TI-P358-28 CH Issue 3 Accessories for the AEL5 Series of Electric Linear Actuators Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Power supply x5 / 1
(Phase and neutral)
x5 / 4
x5 / 2
Feedback position
x4 / 1 4.3.14
x4 / 2
x4 / 3
+
4 - 20 mA
-
2 - 10 V
TI-P358-28 CH Issue 3 Accessories for the AEL5 Series of Electric Linear Actuators Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.15
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P358-23
CH Issue 5
AEL6 Series
Smart Electric Actuators
for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves
Materials
No. Part Material
2.3 to 8 kN Polycarbonate
1 Case
14 to 25 kN Die-cast aluminium
1 2 Housing Die-cast aluminium
3 Guidance Red brass
4.3.16
AEL6221_ AEL6631_ 1
AEL6321_
AEL6323_
AEL6421_
AEL6422_
AEL6532_
Description
The AEL6 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output.
Available types
The actuators are available with 4 supply variants: 230 Vac,
115 Vac, 24 Vac and 24 Vdc. The standard version is available for VMD 2
(Valve Motor Drive), 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc input control signals.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in
conjunction with an appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange:
2-port Spira-trolTM
Control valves
3-port QL43 and QL73 mixing and diverting valves
3
Note: A mounting flange and valve adaptor is required to mount
the actuator to a valve. See the associated tables below:
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Technical data
Actuator type AEL6221_ AEL6321__ AEL6323_ AEL6421_ AEL6422_ AEL6532_ AEL6631_
Supply voltage 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, 24 Vdc
Supply frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz / continuous
Maximal power consumption VA
Note: power consumption is
13 19 57 25 72 65 88
relative to 50 / 60 Hz / continuous
respectively
Stroke mm 50 50 50 50 50 65 95 *
Actuator speed mm/s
Note: Speed is relative to 0.9 0.9 4.5 0.7 1.7 1.3 0.4
50 / 60 Hz / continuous respectively
Enclosure rating IP65 (for outdoor installations adequate shelter)
Actuator trust kN 2.3 4.5 4.5 8 8 14 25
Ambient limits -20°C to 60°C
Analog position set valve input Adjustable: 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc
Dead-band ajustable between 0.5 - 5% of set value range,
Positioner function
maximum resolution 0.1 mA or 0.05 V at 50 mm stroke
Active valve position feedback Adjustable: 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc
Drives to torque dependant stop(s) and moves throught the whole valve travel.
Automatic commissioning
Autoscale of set value and feedback in accordance to valve travel
*Notes:
1. 115 Vac and 230 Vac models of the AEL6631_ have a stroke limited to 95 mm.
2. 24 Vac and 24 Vdc models of the AEL6631_ are capable of up to 100 mm stroke.
Optional extras:
- Additional position switches - AEL6951 (NC) and AEL6952 (NO)
- Local control - (non retrofitable for the AEL66_) - AEL6955 (2.3 to 14 kN) and AEL6956 (25 kN)
- Fault indicator relay - AEL6973 (non retrofitable)
- Communication software including data cable - AEL6957
- Space heater - AEL6953 (24 Vac) and AEL6954 (115 Vac and 230 Vac)
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked and conforms to the following:
- EEC regulation 89 / 336 - EEC for Electromagnetical compatibility and 72 / 23 - EEC for low voltage directive.
- EN 61000 - 2 -2 / 2001 and EN 61000 - 6 - 4 for EMC, and 61010 - 1 / 1995 for safety.
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 2 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.0 34.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 34.4 19.5 27.2 15.4 18.1 10.2 14.0 7.9 6.0 3.4 4.3 2.4
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 31.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 3 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 39.1 36.8 30.7 14.1 11.5 9.4 7.5 4.3 2.5 2.2 1.0 0.9
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.0 32.2
4.3.19 * Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 19.8 4.9 14.2 2.4 7.5 6.3 0.9
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 20.3 17.7 13.8 11.9 4.6 2.8 2.4 1.3 1.1
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 20.3 17.7 13.8 11.9 4.6 2.8 2.4 1.3 1.1
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.8 33.9 17.0 15.2 10.3 9.2 6.0 5.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.8 33.9 17.0 15.2 10.3 9.2 6.0 5.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 36.4 23.9 22.8 14.5 13.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 30.0 29.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 4 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.0 34.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details. 4.3.20
with Bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure bar
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 34.4 19.5 27.2 15.4 18.1 10.2 14.0 7.9 6.0 3.4 4.3 2.4
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 31.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 5 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure bar
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 100.0 94.0 86.0 74.0 58.0 50.0 45.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 85.0 49.0 47.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 100.0 100.0 88.0 86.0 56.0 55.0 35.0 34.3
4.3.21
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off
JE and JEA 2-port valves
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure bar
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 94.0 79.0 73.0 61.0 47.0 39.1 36.8 30.7 14.1 11.5 9.4 7.5 4.3 2.5 2.2 1.0 0.9
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 82.0 76.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 82.0 76.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 64.0 62.0 45.0 43.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 64.0 62.0 45.0 43.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 83.0 81.0 46.0 44.0 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL6631- 85.0 83.0 54.0 52.0 33.0 32.2
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 6 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure bar
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 100.0 94.0 86.0 74.0 58.0 50.0 45.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 85.0 49.0 47.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 100.0 100.0 88.0 86.0 56.0 55.0 35.0 34.3
4.3.22
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 7 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 39.6 40.0 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14.0 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7.0 6.0 3.7 3.2
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7.0 6.0 3.7 3.2
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 30.2 28.8 20.9 20.0 11.6 11.1
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.3 24.7
4.3.23 * Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.
B
C
90° 90°
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 8 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Product A = Actuator A
Type E = Electric E
Movement L = Linear L
Series 6 6
2 = 2.3
3 = 4.5
Thrust (kN) 4 = 8 2
5 = 14
6 = 25
2 = 50
Stroke (mm) 2
3 = 65 (AEL65 only), 95 / 100 (AEL66 only)
Selection:
1 off Spirax Sarco AEL62211JS electric actuator.
TI-P358-23 CH Issue 5 AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 9 of 9
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P358-30
CH Issue 2
Description
The AEL56 and AEL66 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output. For further product specific data of the actuator,
see the following Technical Information sheets: TI-P358-25 for the AEL5 or TI-P358-23 for the AEL6.
Available types
The actuators are available with 5 supply variants: 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, 24 Vac and 24Vdc. The standard version is suitable for
VMD (Valve Motor Drive) input power signal. If required the actuator can be fitted with a positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA
or 2 - 10 Vdc) control signals.
All the actuators are fitted with a 1 kW potentiometer as standard. This can either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or
4 - 20 mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-28
for further details on the accessories.
Technical data
Model AEL56411 AEL56412 AEL56413 AEL66311 AEL66312 AEL66313
Supply voltage 230 Vac 15 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 15 Vac 24 Vac / 24 Vdc
Supply frequency 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 100 VA 135 VA 135 VA 135 VA
Enclosure rating IP65 IP65
Actuator speed 1 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s
Stroke 100 mm 95 mm 95 mm 100 mm
Actuator thrust 25 kN 25 kN
Ambient limits -20 to +60°C -20 to +60°C
Motor Asynchronus capacitor reversing motor dc brushed motor
Terminations 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm²
Manual overide Handwheel Handwheel
Conduit entries 3 x PG16 3 x PG16
Card power consumption 1 VA
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC), EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of
directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and 72 / 73 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC (LVD).
Mounting parts
Control valves Mounting flange Coupling part
QL series
EL5973 EL5946
K series (mk1)
C series EL5973 EL5948
Spira-trol TM
K and J series EL5974 EL5955
Control valves
Electric actuators
* Note: Differential pressures are shown in brackets for a valve with high temperature graphite stem sealing.
Valve adaptor
(coupling nut,
spring disks
and locked
nut)
Mounting
flange
TI-P358-30 CH Issue 2 AEL56 and AEL66 Series Electric Actuators for DN125 to DN300 Control Valves
Control valves
Electric actuators
TI-P321-13
CH Issue 6
Operation
The drive of a synchronous motor is converted into a linear motion 4
of the actuator stem by using a spur gear transmission. An integrated
spring package limits the stem force to a 600 N thrust in both
directions. Installed torque switches, switch off the actuator
4.3.27 automatically, when the specified stem force is reached.
Available types
The EL3500 series actuators are available in the following configurations: 3
Spring reserve actuators have the suffix SR or SE appended to the
basic actuator code e.g. EL3501SE. Where: 2
SR = Spring retract. SE = Spring extend.
EL3501, 230 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or modulating
control with external valve motor drive controller.
EL3502, 24 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or modulating 1
control with external valve motor drive controller.
EL3501SE, 230 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or
modulating control with external valve motor drive controller with
the benefit of spring extend on power failure. 1
EL3502SE, 24 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or
modulating control with external valve motor drive controller with Actuators without
the benefit of spring extend on power failure. spring reserve
EL3512, EL3512SR, EL3512SE, 24 Vac operating voltage with
0 to 10 Vdc, or 2 to 10 Vdc control signal. For 4 - 20 mA control
signal use a 500 resistance across the signal source,
see Installation and Maintenance Instructions for full details.
Modulating control from any controller providing this control signal. Materials
Approvals No. Part Material
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1
and 50082-2 (EMC), EN 60730-1 (safety), following the 1 Yoke Aluminium die casting
provisions of directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC 2 Base Glass fibre reinforced plastic
and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and 72 / 23 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC.
3 Cover ABS-FR
Ambient limits 4 Handle ABS-FR
Storage temperatures -40 to +70°C at 5 to 95 % RH
Operating temperatures -10 to +50°C at 5 to 95 % RH
Protection
IP rating IP54
Maximum valve medium temperature +150°C*
Insulation for EN 60730 Class II
* For temperatures up to 250°C an EL3905 high temperature kit
must be used. Flame resistant to UL 94-V0 (with metal cable gland)
Specifications
Model EL3501 EL3502 EL3501SE EL3502SE EL3512 EL3512SE EL3512SR
230 Vac +10% 24 Vac ±15% 230 Vac +10% 24 Vac ±15% 24 Vac ±15% 24 Vac ±15% 24 Vac ±15%
Supply voltage -15% -15%
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 6.5 VA 4 VA 12 VA 11 VA 5 VA 12 VA 12 VA
Actuator speed 0.32 mm / s 0.32 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.32 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.19 mm/s
0 - 10 Vdc 0 - 10 Vdc 0 - 10 Vdc
Control signal VMD VMD VMD VMD 2 - 10 Vdc 2 - 10 Vdc 2 - 10 Vdc
(4 - 20 mA) (4 - 20 mA) (4 - 20 mA)
Spring reserve NO NO YES YES NO YES YES
Manual handle YES YES NO NO YES NO NO
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2006
Control valves
Electric actuators
* Modulating duty - For pure control applications providing control across the full valve operating range but not guaranteeing shut-off to
a greater level than the minimum flowrate based on the valve 50:1 turndown.
4.3.28
Actuator with spring reserve Actuators without
(SE and SR) spring reserve
Weight Weight
Spring reserve Non spring
(SE and SR) 2.4 kg 284 reserve 1.3 kg
242
233
192
141
67.4 67.4
Termination details
See Installation and Maintenance Instructions for more details.
Accessories
All EL3500 actuators are supplied (as standard) with a linkage kit suitable for LE / KE valves. However, the following optional extras are
also available at extra cost:
How to order
LE or KE valve, order: 1 - EL3501 actuator
To receive this actuator TW DN20 to DN50, or BX, 1 - EL3501 actuator and 1 - EL3808 linkage kit
for use with; BM, SB, KA, KB, KC, NS valves, order:
TW DN80 to DN100 valve, order: 1 - EL3501 actuator and 1 - EL3809 linkage kit
4.3.29
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P358-14
CH Issue 4
EL7200 Series
Electric Actuators
Description
EL7200 series electric actuators are available for use with the
following supply voltages: 230 Vac, 115 Vac and 24 Vac. This
range of electric actuators has three user-configurable control
modes as standard:
- (VMD) Valve Motor Drive,
- (0 / 4 - 20 mA) modulating control or
- (0 / 2 - 10 Vdc) modulating control.
When they have been fitted to a control valve they provide
modulating control or on / off action.
Spira-trolTM
2-port
BX, BM, SB, KA, KB, KC and NS 4.3.30
TW valves (DN20 - DN50)
3-port
QLD and QLM (DN15 - DN50)
Operation
The drive mechanism consists of a stepper motor and a planetary
gearbox that converts a rotary motion to a linear motion. An integrally
installed contactless hall-sensor for permanent positioning control,
switches off the motor in the maximum travel
position of the valve.
Technical data
Model EL7211A-SE EL7212A-SE EL7213A-SE
Supply voltage 230 Vac 115 Vac 24 Vac
Frequency Hz 50 / 60 Hz ± 5%
Travel 20 mm
Power consumption VA 20 VA 25 VA 20 VA
Enclosure rating IP54
Actuator speed 0.17 - 0.25 mm/s
Actuator thrust 1.0 kN
Ambient limitations -10°C to + 60°C
Motor Stepper motor
Terminations 1.5 mm
1 x M16 x 1.5
Conduit entries
1 x M20 x 1.5
0 - 10 Vdc
2 - 10 Vdc
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
VMD
Spring reserve Yes
Manual override Yes
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Valve type Voltage
type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
KE 2-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
LE 2-port
EL7213A-SE 24 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Valve type Voltage
type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
KE 2-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
LE 2-port
EL7213A-SE 24 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
QLD 3-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
QLM 3-port
EL7213A-SE 24 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
Materials
No. Part Material B
C
1 Actuator case Glass filled Polymer
2 Handwheel POM
3
3 Cable inlet PA
4 Pillar
Actuator travel 1 = 20 1
5
1 = 230 Vac
Voltage 2 = 115 Vac 1
3 = 24 Vac
Spares
Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are available as spares.
Linkage (DN15 to DN50) 5
Mounting flange (DN15 to DN50) 6
TI-P370-02
CH Issue 4
Applications
The RB series switchboxes can be used with the following Spirax Sarco actuators using the fixing kit specified
4.4.1 Technical data - RB11 (Electromechanical switch) Technical data - RB31 (Variable resistance feedback)
Enclosure rating IP65 Enclosure rating IP65
Ambient temperature limits -25°C to +70°C Ambient temperature limits -25°C to +70°C
Housing material Black ABS Housing material Black ABS
Cover material Clear ABS
Cover material Clear ABS
Gear material Delrin
Number of switches 2
Resistance change 1 000 ohms nominal
Type V3 SPDT
Linearity and hysterisis ±10%
10 A at 250 Vac - Resistive
Rating Rating (at 70°C ambient) 0.25 W
6 A at 250 Vac - Inductive
20 mm
Contact material Silver plated Travel
30 mm
Terminations Klippon Terminations Klippon
Electrical entry PG11 Electrical entry PG11
Weight 247 g Weight 350 g
RB11 RB31
Made in UK Made in UK
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
A C D E
A B C D E
80 120 15 40 35
Connections
Gear A
RB11 RB31
Gear B
COM.
NC
NO
NO
NC
COM.
Zero
Sweep
Not used
TI-P370-14
CH Issue 7
PP5
Pneumatic / Pneumatic Positioner
POS PP5
ITIO
4.4.3 Mad NER
e in
Italy
Description Accessories
The PP5 positioner is a single acting unit, requiring a 0.2 to 1 bar A fixing kit is available to mount an air filter / regulator to the pneumatic
signal and is for use with linear pneumatic actuators. The positioner actuator.
compares the output signal from a pneumatic controller (or Fixing kit Actuator type
transducer) with the valve position feedback, and varies the
FK21 PN9100 Series
pneumatic output signal to the actuator accordingly. The valve position
is, therefore, guaranteed for any controller output signal and the FK28 PN9200 or PN9300 Series
effects of varying valve differential pressure, stem friction and
diaphragm hysteresis are overcome. The positioners can also be How to order
used where the controller output signals are of too low a magnitude Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PP5 pneumatic /pneumatic positioner.
to be used directly with high pressure actuators. A mounting kit is
supplied with each positioner for mounting to either columns or yoke Dimensions (approximate) in mm
in accordance with NAMUR standard. Safety covers are provided. Weight 2.8 kg
165
Applications
The positioners can be used with the following actuators:
PN9000 Series
Actuator types
TN2000 Series 110
Technical data
Input signal range 0.2 bar to 1 bar
110 175
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 1.4 bar to 6 bar
Stroke range 10 mm to 100 mm 30.5
Amplification Adjustable
Enclosure rating IP65
Air consumption 0.7 m³ / h at 6 bar FK21 / FK28 fixing kit 40
Pneumatic connections ¼" NPT
Ambient conditions -20°C to +80°C
61.5
Materials
Die cast aluminium with
Body and cover anti-corrosive paint
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Installation
Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Gauge
block S
connections
4.4.4
Gauge block
51 mm
10 20
0.5
lb/in 2
Springs and pneumatic tube set 5 25
I Input from controller
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
0 30 2
0
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges bar
100 mm S Supply
3 4
5
2 40 60
lb/in 2
1 20 80 6 O Output to actuator
0 100 7
0
bar
51 mm
TI-P343-36
CH Issue 3
SP400
Electropneumatic Smart Positioner
Description
The SP400 is a loop powered digital valve positioner for linear and
quarter-turn pneumatic valves. It has been designed for users that
want the benefits of a smart digital positioner but do not need all
the functionality and extra features of the SP500.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback that
automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to overcome For the
the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain programmable
the desired valve position. Indication of valve position is provided functions see
page 2
through a continuous digital display of % travel.
The pneumatics are based on piezo-valve technology giving high
resolution, high reliability, vibration insensitivity and class-leading
low air consumption.
4.4.5 The SP400 includes straightforward functionality that can be easily
set up through the screen and keypad. The absence of mechanical
SP400 with front cover closed
linkages greatly reduces the time required for the mounting
procedure and the software has been designed to simplify
operations as much as possible: commissioning requires just
assembling the SP400 to the valve and pressing one button.
The SP400 is supplied with a NAMUR standard mounting kit for
attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators. For quarter-turn
valves, a mounting kit compliant to VDI / VDE 3845 is supplied.
Air supply
The SP400 smart positioner must be provided with a high
quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with
coalescing filter or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is
available to mount the MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator.
For further product data regarding the MPC2 see Technical
Information sheet TI-P054-04. SP400 with front cover removed
F
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
A B C D E F G
145 113 105 40 109 30 172
B E
Programmable functions
Autostroke Automatic commissioning routine
Valve type 2-port or 3-port
Selectable 0 - 100% or 100% - 0%
% travel
depending on valve / actuator configuration A D
Control action Direct or reverse action (4 - 20 or 20 - 4 mA)
OFF range 4 - 20 mA
Centre bolt for 'U' bolts for pillar
Split range Low range 4 - 13 mA yoke mounted mounted actuators
High range 11 - 20 mA actuators
0.5%
1.5%
Deadband
3.0%
5.0%
Reset Resets all programmed values
Input signal Visualisation of input mA signal
G
Available spares 4.4.6
Pressure gauge only C
Pressure gauge Available ranges:
0 to 2 bar, 0 to 4 bar or 0 to 7 bar
Filter plug kit Plug plus 3 off filters and 'O' rings
Approvals 0 = Standard 0
Remote sensor 0 = No 0
Extended stroke 0 = No 0
0 = Not mounted
G2 = Full scale 2 bar
Gauge block G4
G4 = Full scale 4 bar
G7 = Full scale 7 bar
How to order
Please include all the required optional extras as described on the first page.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SP400 000 000 0G4 electropneumatic smart linear positioner equipped with gauge block for full scale
pressure of 4 bar.
Caution: The SP400 smart positioner must have a high quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
or equivalent must be used inclusive of fixing kit - See Technical Information sheet TI-P054-04 for further data and How to order.
TI-P343-34
CH Issue 4
SP500
Electropneumatic Smart Positioner
Description
The SP500 smart valve positioner is a loop powered device
that is able to drive linear and quarter turn pneumatic valves.
A 4-20 mA input signal determines the valve set point.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback
that automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to For the
overcome the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain programmable
desired valve position. Indication of valve position is provided functions see
through a continuous digital display of % travel. Valve position page 2
feedback is retrieved by means of a non contact technology based
on Hall effect. The pneumatics are based on piezovalve technology
- Therefore, high resolution, high reliability, vibration insensitivity
and extremely low air consumption is guaranteed at steady state. SP500 with front cover closed
The SP500 includes many smart functions that can be fully
programmed through menu driven software using an integral
4.4.7 keypad and LCD alphanumeric data. Valve commissioning is
simplified through an autostroke routine and LCD data of
programming status, software travel switch status, mA input signal
and valve diagnostics data. Moreover, the absence of mechanical
linkages between the valve stem and the positioner, drastically
simplifies and reduces the time required for the mounting
procedure. The SP500 is supplied with a NAMUR standard
mounting kit for attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators.
For quarter turn valves, a mounting kit compliant to VDI / VDE 3845
is supplied.
The SP500 smart valve positioner supports optional expansion to
include the HART® communication protocol, enabling complete SP500 with front cover removed
configuration using a PC or handheld device
Technical data
Air supply
The SP500 smart positioner must be provided with a high Input signal range 4 - 20 mA nominal
quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with Minimum input signal 3.4 mA
coalescing filter or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is 1.4 - 7.0 bar
available to mount the MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator. Air supply pressure
(5-10 psi above spring range pressure)
For further product data regarding the MPC2 see Technical
Information sheet TI-P054-04. HART® communication protocol
Communication protocol superimposed over dc current signal
Applications Air quality Air supply must be dry, oil and dust free
The SP500 can be used with the following pneumatic actuators: to ISO 8573-1 class 2:3:1
PN1000 and PN2000 series Output pressure 0 to 100% supply pressure
PNS3000 and PNS4000 series Linear valves 10 mm to 100 mm
Stroke range
PN9000 series Quarter turn valves 5° to 120°
Action Single action / fail vent
Optional extras Operating temperature -10°C to +80°C
Complete manifold block with two 4.2 normal m3 / h at 1.4 bar g
Maximum air flow
Gauge block two pressure gauges (supply pressure 8.5 normal m3 / h at 6.0 bar g
and pressure to the actuator Steady state air consumption Less than 0.016 normal m3 / h
Retransmission 4 - 20 mA valve position retransmission Air connections Screwed ¼" NPT
and switch board and 2 adjustable software switches
Cable gland M20
Allows 4 wire configuration:
Power supply 2 for 4 - 20 mA input signal and Spring clamp terminals for
board 2 for independent 24 V power supply Electrical connections 0.2 to 1.5 mm² wire
reducing positioner impedance to 50 Ω
Enclosure rating IP65
Enables communication using the
HART ® board Linear, Equal % (ratio 1:50) or
HART ® protocol Characteristics Fast opening (ratio 50:1)
Resolution (maximum) 0.1% F.S. (Full Scale)
Materials 4 - 20 mA retransmission
4 - 20 mA retransmit (optional)
Part Material Finish of valve position
Anti-corrosive paint to Software travel Two software configured 1 x normally closed
Case and cover Die cast aluminium
RAL5010 switches (optional) travel switches 1 x normally open
Magnet bracket Die cast aluminium Shipping weight 2.2 kg
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Approvals 0 = Standard 0
0 = Not mounted
24 V power supply (optional) 0
P = Mounted
Remote sensor 0 = No 0
Extended stroke 0 = No 0
0 = Not mounted
G2 = Full scale 2 bar
Gauge block G4
G4 = Full scale 4 bar
G7 = Full scale 7 bar
How to order
Please include all the required optional extras as described on the first page.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SP500 0R00000G4 electropneumatic smart positioner equipped with retransmission and software
switches board plus gauge block for full scale pressure of 4 bar.
Caution: The SP500 smart positioner must have a high quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
or equivalent must be used inclusive of fixing kit - See Technical Information sheet TI-P054-04 for further data and How to order.
4.4.9
Control valves
Positioners
Local regulations and
may restrict the use of controllers
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P323-28
CH Issue 2
SX80
Process Controller
Description
The SX80 controller is a 1/16 DIN panel mounted unit, suitable for single and multiple set point applications utilising the Spirax Sarco
range of pneumatic or electric control valves and electrical and electropneumatic instruments. The SX80 has both VMD (3 point)
and analogue (4 - 20 mA) outputs in the same unit and features quick start codes for ease of commissioning.
4.4.10
SX80 features:
- Universal input - Resistance thermometers, thermocouples, mA and mV.
- Universal output - VMD (valve motor drive), mA and voltage for continuous, relay and logic for switching control.
- Auxiliary power supply - For external transmitter requiring 18 Vdc.
- Text messages - Scrolling text messages can be configured to alert the user to process conditions.
- Quick codes - 5-digit quick codes enable easy set-up and commissioning of the controllers.
Approvals
These controllers conform to the Council Directive 93 / 68 / EEC and the regulations on the essential protection requirements in
Electrical Apparatus EN 61010-1: 90
- EMC emissions specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Class B (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
- EMC immunity specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Industrial locations (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
48 mm 101 mm
Panel cut-out
48 mm 45 mm -0.0
+0.6
90 mm 45 mm -0.0
+0.6
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Technical data
General details
Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/16 DIN
Power supply 85 to 265 Vac, 6 W maximum
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block
Panel sealing IP65 – plug in from front panel, NEMA 4X
Operating temperature / humidity 0 to 55°C, 5 to 85% RH
Atmospheres Not suitable for use in explosive or corrosive atmospheres
Electromagnetic compatibity (EMC) EN 61326
Electrical safety BS EN 61010 Installation Category II
Weight 250 g
Approvals CE
Control action
Proportional band 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Integral time Off - 9999
Derivative time Off - 9999
One shot tune, or natural frequency tune. The controller will automatically select the best
Error band
method according to the process conditions.
Auto tuning Hysteresis from 0.01 to 300.0 or 0.1 to 3000 Engineering units
On-off control 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Cut back To minimise overshoot on critical processes.
Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
Relays
Isolation 300 Vac double insulated
Output range 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Resolution 13.5 bits
Contact rating Maximum 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive
Note: Maximum 2 A per terminal limit applies where relays have common terminals (2 amps maximum for terminal AB).
Isolated dc output
Isolation 300 Vac double insulated
Output range 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Resolution 13.5 bits
Wiring diagrams
Warning: Safe operation of this product can only be guaranteed if it is properly installed, commissioned, used and maintained by
qualified personnel as stated in the IMI supplied with the unit. It is the duty of the Company Safety Officer to ensure that the product
specific data and Safety information within the supplied IMI has been fully understood and complied with.
Terminal diagram
Digital inputs A and B
IO1 1A LA AA
Relay output A
Output 3
1B LB AB Normally open relays
B Output 4
+ 2A LC AC
Output 2
Analogue
- 2B VI
Sensor input
+ R = 2.49W
L HE V+
Line supply +
100 to 230 Vac ±15% V
+
4.4.12
48 to 62 Hz R
N HF V-
- -
Pt100 mA Thermocouple
1A LA AA
1B LB AB
2A LC AC
2B Transducer VI
supply
L V+
HE +24v
V = 10-50 mV 2 R49
N 0v V-
HF
i < 30 mA i = 4-20 mA
1 (+) (-) 2
4 Screen
4-20 mA sensor
4.4.13
Control valves
Positioners
Local regulations and
may restrict the use of controllers
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P323-30
CH Issue 3
SX90
Process Controller
Description
The SX90 is a panel mounted 1/8th DIN controller, suitable for constant set point control of systems having fixed pre-programmed
set points. The controller has universal inputs, and outputs using PID for close control of industrial processes. The SX90 controller is
for use with the Spirax Sarco range of pneumatic and electric control valves and electrical and electropneumatic instruments.
SX90 features:
- Universal input - Resistance thermometers, thermocouples, mA and mV.
- Universal output - VMD (valve motor drive), mA and voltage for continuous (split
range function), relay and logic for switching control.
- Auxiliary power supply - For external transmitter requiring 24 Vdc.
- Set point - The SX90 can operate with local set point, remote set point, or a choice
of 4 set points can be selected.
- Ramps - There are 2 independent ramps (ramp up and ramp down) for rate of change
-
from one set point to another.
Remote set point - For cascade control (master / slave) using 2 controllers working
4.4.14
together, or to remotely control the set point.
- Retransmission - For retransmission of the process value, set value, or as second
analogue output.
- Event alarm - 4 programmable relay outputs for deviation, band, and process alarms.
- Quick codes - 5-digit quick codes enable easy set-up and commissioning of the
controllers
- Serial communications - For connecting via a serial port RS 485 (5 wire), up to
64 controllers into a supervisory system.
- Auto / man - The automatic to manual mode can be changed via the key board, or
logic inputs.
- Logic inputs - 3 logic inputs to provide a variety of selectable functions.
- Potentiometer Input - For feedback of valve position.
- Text messages - Scrolling text messages can be configured to alert the user to
process conditions.
- Forced output - Forced output level defined by instrument parameter and activated
by a logic input or by writing to the parameter.
- Split range function - Can work with 2 valves (split range). Please note that
this function is only available if the SX90 is running the 1.05 software or newer
(the software version on your unit will be displayed during start-up).
Approvals
These controllers conform to the Council Directive 93 / 68 / EEC and the regulations on the essential protection requirements in
Electrical Apparatus EN 61010-1.90.
- EMC emissions specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Class B (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
- EMC immunity specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Industriallocations (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
See pages 2 and 3 for the SX90 process controller technical data
Dimensions 48 mm 101 mm
(approximate) in mm Panel cut-out
96 mm 92 mm -0.0
+0.8
90 mm 45 mm
-0.0
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SX90 process controller. +0.6
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Technical data
General details
Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/8 DIN
Power supply 85 - 265 Vac, 9 W maximum
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block
Panel sealing IP65 – plug in from front panel, NEMA 4X
Operating temperature / humidity 0 to 55°C, 5 to 85% RH
Atmospheres Not suitable for use in explosive or corrosive atmospheres
Electromagnetic compatibity (EMC) EN 61326
Electrical safety BS EN 61010 Installation Category II
Weight 350 g
Approvals CE
Control action
Proportional band 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Integral time Off - 9999
Derivative time Off - 9999
One shot tune, or natural frequency tune. The controller will automatically select the best
Error band
method according to the process conditions.
Auto tuning Hysteresis from 0.01 to 300.0 or 0.1 to 3000 Engineering units
On-Off control 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Cut back To minimise overshoot on critical processes.
Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
Split range 2 parameters that give: The full opened valve 1 and The start-up valve 2
Relays
Isolation 300 Vac double insulated
Comms
Isolation 300 Vac double isolation
Hardware EIA 485 5 wire (EIA 422 compatible)
Protocol Modbus RTU slave
Pot input
Pot resistance range 100 - 10 kW
Excitation voltage 0.46 - 0.54 V
Resolution 0.006% of Span (> 14Bits)
Sample rate 1 Hz
Short circuit pot detection < 25 W
Open circuit pot detection > 2 MW
Open circuit wiper detection > 5 MW
Maximum 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive
Contact rating Note: Maximum 2 A per terminal limit applies where relays have common terminals.
(2 amps maximum for terminal AB) 4.4.16
Outputs
Output 1 SPST N / O contact
Output 2 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W)
Output 3 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W)
Output 4 Changeover relay contacts
Outputs 5 and 6 (VMD) 2 SPST interlocked N / O relays
Input filter Off to 59.9 seconds
Zero offset User adjustable over full range
User calibration 2 point gain and offset
Open circuit wiper detection > 5 MW
Wiring diagrams
Warning: Safe operation of this product can only be guaranteed if it is properly installed, commissioned, used and maintained by
qualified personnel as stated in the IMI supplied with the unit. It is the duty of the Company Safety Officer to ensure that the product
specific data and Safety information within the supplied IMI has been fully understood and complied with.
Terminal diagram
1A 4A AA
IO1 C
Relay output
1B 4B AB Output 4
(Changeover relay)
D
2A 4C AC
Output 2
Analogue 4-20 mA
2B 5A RV
+ 3A PH
Output 3
Analogue 4-20 mA Potentiometer input
3B HB PW Valve position control
-
+ 3C HC PL
Transmitter supply
V
24 V ±10%
3D HD VI
- Sensor input
R = 2.49 W
+
L HE V+ +
Line supply
100 to 230 Vac R
48 to 62 Hz
N HF V- -
-
Pt100 mA Thermocouple
RTD mV mV Tc
Digital communications
EIA 422
1A 4A AA
1B 4B AB
2A 4C AC
2B 5A RV
LB 5B RI
LC 5C RC
3A PH
4.4.18
3B HB PW
Transmitter supply
3C +24 V HC PL
3D HD VI
0V
L HE V+
V = 10 - 50 mV 2R49
N HF V-
i < 30 mA i = 4-20 mA
1 (+) (-) 2
4 Screen
4-20 mA sensor
TI-P320-47
CH Issue 3
Available types
Temperature control
Model Control function Scale range
662-T5-M5* Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 100°C
662-T5-M5 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 50 - 150°C
4.4.19 662-T5-M5* Proportional (+ Manual reset) 25 - 125°C
662-T5SY-M5 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 25 - 125°C
Measuring elements
Pressure
Bourdon tube AISI 316L stainless steel
Connection ¼" BSP
Maximum pressure +25% of scale range
Temperature
Bulb and capillary AISI 316L stainless steel
- Cylindrical bulb for liquids
- Sanitary bulb for sterile applications
(Option available with spiral bulb for air /gas)
Bulb connection ¾" BSP
Capillary length 5 metres
10 metres (in some ranges)
(Other options available)
Max. measured temperature +25% of scale range
Pocket - Type W30S (optional)
Material AISI 316L Stainless steel
Connection ½" BSP
Maximum pressure PN40
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Positioners and controllers
Pocket
K L
16 210 J
4.4.21
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
1 of 5
TI-P102-01
CH Issue 4
Temperature ranges
Range A 16°C to 49°C
Range B 38°C to 71°C
B
Range C 49°C to 82°C
Range D 71°C to 104°C Union Metal Wall Glass
Range E 93°C to 127°C kit pocket mounting pocket
W
Limiting conditions
25 bar @ 120°C
Maximum body design conditions 20 bar @ 250°C
14 bar @ 350°C
37D 17 bar @ 232°C
Maximum upstream conditions
37DE 10 bar @ 190°C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g
V
Technical data O
220/240 ± 10% Vac or 110 /120 ± 10% Vac K M
Voltages available
(others available on request)
Frequency 50 /60 Hz
Inrush 45 VA
Power consumption
Holding 23 VA
L N P
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Screwed BS 10 H PN25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16 Weight
Size A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D E F Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 408 278 130 12.0 12.8
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 408 278 130 12.0 12.8
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 408 278 130 12.0 13.7
DN25 180 160 160 160 - 160.0 152 207 432 284 148 13.0 16.0
DN32 - 180 180 180 - 176.0 176 207 432 284 148 - 17.0
DN40 - 200 200 200 - 199.0 196 255 476 298 178 - 29.0
DN50 - 230 230 230 - 228.0 222 255 476 298 178 - 31.5
K L M N O P V W
142 17.5 150 22.3 195 35 575 117
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2006
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
2 of 5
Marerials
Union
No. Part Material kit
43
14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S 16
W
15 Body gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
V
Main valve
16 return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 25 U
17 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
Main valve
18 seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29 Pocket
W
Main valve V
20 body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Main body
21 securing studs Steel (M10 x 25 mm) BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 40
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8
Main diaphragm 41
22 chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Main diaphragm 35
23 securing bolts Steel (M12 x 50 mm) BS 1492 Gr. 8.8
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8 42
34
24 Main diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102
Main diaphragm 39
25 plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 37
38
26 Push rod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29 15 36
27 Pipe assembly Brass and copper
16 14
28 Plug 1" BSP Steel
30 Lock-nut Steel BS 1492 Gr. 8 17
4.4.23 Packless gland
34 housing Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
42
42
Pilot valve 40
35 plunger Bakelite synmould S 67S
Pilot valve 26
36 seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
27
Pilot valve 23
37 closure member Stainless steel AISI 440 B
30
38 Pilot valve housing SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Pilot valve housing
39 securing studs Steel (M10 x 25 mm) BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8
40 Locking ring Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
41 Control head Bakelite synmould S 67S 37D version shown
Control head
42 securing screws Stainless steel (2 BA x ¾")
43 Capillary tube Copper PVC covered 17 21 24 25 28
44 Sensor Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130/170
Optional extras
Conversion kit: A standard kit comprising of a solenoid valve
and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing
37D to a 37DE temperature control valve.
Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a max. of 14 m.
Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) Glass
and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP. pocket
Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple or
stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and
carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple
is screwed ¾" BSP.
Special long pockets are available having minimum length of
0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a
rubber bung. Glass pockets are also available complete with
bracket and sealed by a rubber bung.
Wall mounting bracket: Inclusive of cover.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 37D pilot operated temperature
control valve having a temperature range A. The flange connections
are to be ANSI 300.
37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4
Page 2 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
3 of 5
��
��
��
��������
�� ��������
���������
�
�
� � � � � ��� �� �� ���� * Note:
��������������������� The 37DE is limited to a
maximum pressure of 10 bar.
������
�� ��� ��� ���
4.4.24
Kv values ����
��� ��� ��� ��� ���
Size Kvs
DN15LC 1.0 ����
��� ��� ��� ��� � ���
DN15 2.8
����
DN20 5.5 ��� ��� � ��� � ���
DN25 8.1 ����
� ��� � ���
DN32 12.0
DN40 17.0 ����
���� � ��� � ���
DN50 28.0
����
� ���� � ��� � ��� � ��� � ��� � ���
The capacity varies for both the 37D and 37DE according to the pressure drop across them. The chart above enables the capacity to be
read off for different pressure drops. The maximum capacity occurs when the downstream pressure is at, or below 58% of the absolute
upstream pressure (Critical pressure drop). For many applications, valves can be satisfactorily sized on 10% pressure drop, i.e. with a
downstream which is 90% of the absolute upstream and a 10% pressure drop line is included in the chart to allow this to be done easily.
37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4
Page 3 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
4 of 5
packless gland
Pilot valve
H
4.4.25 Y U
E
R
Pilot valve
assembly
D
C
T
Main valve
assembly
K
cover assembly
Valve seat and
L V
X4
X3
A X1
M X1
37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
5 of 5
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked *
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
Pilot valve assembly B, C, D, E
* Pilot valve packless gland set H, J
Main valve assembly K, L
* Internal strainer M
* Main valve return spring N
Control head Z, (3 off) Y
When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m.
Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost).
Range A 16°C − 49°C Range B 38°C − 71°C Range C 49°C − 82°C Range D 71°C − 104°C Range E 93°C − 127°C
'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor (packet of 3) U
* Control pipe assembly P
* Gasket set (3 off) R
Set of pilot valve housing securing stud and nuts (Set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (Set of 4) T
DN15 to DN32 (Set of 10)
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: DN40 to DN50 (Set of 12) V
Set of control head securing screws (set of 3) Y
Solenoid valve type 37DE only W
Coil X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2, X3, X4, X5 4.4.26
How to order
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type (37D or 37DE)
of temperature control valve and whether screwed or flanged.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Type DP37D temperature control valve.
How to fit
See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Further copies are available on request.
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm'
the diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm
is common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares marked † are interchangeable with the DP17 pressure reducing valve. Spares
marked 'o' are interchangeable with the DP17T and DP17TE pilot operated pressure/temperature control valves.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN ½"LC ½" ¾" 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
Maintenance kit a a a b f f a b c d e
† o Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
† o Pilot valve assembly a a a a a a a a a a a
† o Pilot valve packless gland set a a a a a a a a a a a
† o Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
† o Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
† o Main valve return spring a a a b a a a b b c c
o Control head a a a a a a a a a a a
o 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor a a a a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
† Gasket set a a a a a a a a a b b
† Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
† o Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
† o Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
† o Set of control head securing screws a a a a a a a a a a a
37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.1
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 1 of 12
TI-S21-07
CH Issue 1
4. Determine the pressure downstream of the valve (P2) for normal running conditions. 4.5.2
5. Determine the required flowrate of the steam or water.
6. Determine the size and basic type of control valve using the sizing charts
in Tables 1, 2 and 3. A sizing example is illustrated for each of these charts
under each of these Tables.
Please note that at this point only the valve size and basic valve type has been
selected. It is now necessary to refer to Tables 4, 5, and 6 to check the following:
8. What end connections are required - screwed or flanged? Please note: the pressures given on the
Choices are shown in the valve selection Tables 5 and 6 on pages 6 to 9. sizing charts are in bar g only
9. Normally closed valves may have a bleed which allows a small flow to
reach the sensor so that it can react to a temperature rise. This will
depend on the application.
10. What is the maximum differential pressure across the control valve? In a heating application with a normally open valve a rise in
temperature at the sensor will cause the valve to close. In order to ensure that the valve closes fully the sensor must be able to overcome
the force generated on the valve plug by the maximum differential pressure across the control valve (P1 max - P2 min). This is often
substantially greater than the normal running pressure drop across the control valve. Similarly, for a cooling application using a normally
closed valve, the return spring must be able to close the valve against the maximum differential pressure. The maximum differential
pressure for each valve is shown in Tables 5 and 6. The maximum differential pressure of a valve may be increased by incorporating
a balancing bellows, details of which are also indicated in Tables 5 and 6 under the column titled 'Balanced'.
11. From Table 7 on page 10, select a temperature range which allows adjustment on both sides of the control point.
12. From Table 7, choose the configuration of the control system to suit the application.
14. Choose any ancillaries (pockets, mounting brackets etc.) from Table 8, pages 11 and 12.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Page 1 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 2 of 12
Cr
itic
Inlet pressure bar g
al
Di
pr
es
ffe
su
ren (P 1
re
dr
tia - P
op
l p 2)
res
su
eb r
ar
2.58 15 SB
2.9 15 KA
3.86 20 SB
4.64 20 KA
6.8 25 SB
9.8 25 KA / KB
Sizing example
Differential 16.48 32 KA / KB / KC
pressure
16.48 40 KC
Flow
23.7 40 KA / KB
P1 P2 34 50 KA / KB / KC
Given:
65 65 NS
- Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 6 bar g
- Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 4 bar g
- The required steam flowrate = 280 kg / h
94 80 NS
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 6 - 4 = 2 bar.
2. Enter the upper section of the chart with the inlet pressure (P1) at 6 bar g
and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure (P1 - P2) line at 2 bar. From this intersection draw a vertical line downwards.
3. Enter the lower section of the chart with the steam flowrate at 280 kg / h and draw a horizontal line to intersect the vertical line
produced in step 2. From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection box.
4 From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN20 'KA' type valve with a Kvs of 4.64
Page 2 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 3 of 12
94 80 NS
65 65 NS
34 50 KA / KB / KC
23.7 40 KA / KB
16.48 32 KA / KB
16.48 40 KC
9.8 25 KA / KB
Flow m³ / h
Flow l / s
6.8 25 SB 4.5.4
4.64 20 KA
3.86 20 SB
2.9 15 KA
2.58 15 SB
Sizing example
Differential
pressure
Flow
P1 P2
Given:
- Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 14 bar g
- Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 13 bar g
- The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar
2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar.
From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes.
3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KA' or 'KB' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48
2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection
for Heating and Cooling Applications TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1
Page 3 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 4 of 12
94 80 NSRA
65 65 NSRA
34 50 KX / KY
23.7 40 KX / KY
16.48 32 KX / KY
9.8 25 KX
6.8 25 SBRA
Flow m³ / h
Flow l / s
4.5.5 4.64 20 KX
3.86 20 SBRA
2.9 15 KX
2.58 15 SBRA
BXRA / BMFRA
0.59 15
/ BMRA
� � ��
Differential pressure bar (x 10 = m wg, x 100 = kPa)
Sizing example
Differential
pressure
Flow
P1 P2
Given:
- Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 14 bar g
- Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 13 bar g
- The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar
2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar.
From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes.
3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KX' or 'KY' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48
Page 4 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 5 of 12
Stainless
Control valve body material Gunmetal Cast iron Cast carbon steel
steel
Body design conditions PN25 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN40
Maximum design temperature 260°C 220°C 300°C 300°C 260°C
Maximum cold hydraulic test 38 bar g 24 bar g 38 bar g 60 bar g 60 bar g
���
Use a spacer for use in this region
��� Note: The KB51 and
KY51 control valves
���
have a maximum
Temperature °C
design temperature
��� Steam saturation curve limit of 232°C.
Gunmetal
���
The product
�� must not be
used in this
� region.
� � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
���
���
4.5.6
Temperature °C
�� The product
must not be
used in this
� region.
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product
�� must not be
used in this
region.
Pressure bar g
���
Use a spacer for use in this region
��� Note: The KA61 and
��� KA63 and KC63
control valves have a
Temperature °C
The product
�� must not be
used in this
� region.
� �� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
Page 5 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 6 of 12
BM (DN15 flanged)
BMF (DN15 flanged)
KA31 (DN15 - DN25 screwed) BX (DN15 screwed)
KA33 (DN15 - DN25 flanged)
KA51 (DN25 screwed)
KA61 (DN15 - DN50 flanged)
Gunmetal
Size and pipe connections Control system options
SA422
SA423
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
Valve model Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI 150 rating P (bar) mm
Page 6 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 7 of 12
Cast iron
Size and pipe connections Control system options
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
Valve model Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
BSP / NPT PN16 rating P (bar) mm
Stainless steel
Screwed Flanged
BSP / NPT PN40/ANSI 300
½" PN40 2.90 17.0 3.2 • • • • • •
KA61 ¾" PN40 4.64 10.0 4.0 • • • • • •
1" PN40 9.80 4.5 5.6 • • • • • •
DN15 PN40 2.90 17.0 3.2 • • • • • •
DN20 PN40 4.64 10.0 4.0 • • • • • •
DN25 PN40 9.80 4.5 5.6 • • • • • •
KA63
DN32 PN40 16.48 3.0 8.0 • • • •
DN40 PN40 23.70 2.0 9.0 • • • •
DN50 PN40 34.00 1.5 9.5 • • • •
KC63 DN32 PN40 • 16.48 16.0 8.0 • • • •
balanced by
DN40 PN40 • 23.70 16.0 9.0 • • • •
stainless steel
bellows DN50 PN40 • 34.00 13.8 9.5 • • • •
Page 7 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 8 of 12
Gunmetal
Size and pipe connections Control system options
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
Valve model Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI150 rating P (bar) mm
Cast iron
Size and pipe connections Control system options
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
Valve model Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
BSP / NPT PN16 rating P (bar) mm
* Please note: The KY31, KY33, and KY51 can also be used on water applications where high P conditions exist.
Page 8 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 9 of 12
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
Valve model Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
PN25 PN40 rating P (bar) mm
Page 9 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 10 of 12
Actuator
SA121, SA128
Capillary 415
17
240
Capillary Sensor
Actuator
SA123, SA423
4.5.11 Setting knob Setting knob
Capillary
25
271 248 Actuator
Type 422
Sensor
270
25
Capillary 326
Capillary 395
Sensor
Setting dial
Specifications
Weight Standard
Type Range Temperature Maximum sensor temperature Material kg capillary tube (m)
1 -15 to 50°C
SA121 2 40 to 105°C 55°C over set value to max. 190°C Brass 2.0 2, 4, 8 and 20
3 95 to 160°C
1 -20 to 120°C
SA122 55°C over set value Brass 1.8 2, 4, 8, and 20
2 40 to 170°C
1 -15 to 50°C
SA123 2 40 to 105°C 55°C over set value Brass 2.5 2, 4, 8, and 20
3 95 to 160°C
1 -20 to 110°C
SA128 55°C over set value to max. 190°C Brass 1.8 2, 4, 8, and 20
2 40 to 170°C
1 -20 to 120°C Stainless
SA422 55°C over set value 1.4 2.4 or 4.8 *
2 40 to 170°C steel
1 -15 to 50°C Stainless
SA423 2 40 to 105°C 55°C over set value steel sensor 2.5 2, 4, 8, and 20
3 95 to 160°C remainder brass
Page 10 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 11 of 12
Copper pocket • • • •
1"
longer pocket option * • •
Brass pocket • • • •
longer pocket option * • •
4.5.12
Glass pocket with
• • •
bracket and rubber bung
Twin
sensor
adaptor
Twin
sensor
adaptor
Manual
actuator
Page 11 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 12 of 12
Limiting conditions
Manual actuator
When coupled to a valve,
it enables the valve to be
manually operated.
• • • • • •
Manual
actuator
Manual
actuator
Page 12 of 12
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.14
Control valves
Self-acting controls
TI-P036-01
CH Issue 5
���
���
���
Steam
��� saturation 54 BMRA and
curve
� C B BMFRA
� � �� �� �� �� 1
Pressure bar g
BMF and BMFRA
A
���
���
Temperature °C
���
Steam
��� saturation 3
curve
��
D
� 2
� � � � � �� �� �� �� 8
Pressure bar g
6
The product must not be used in this region.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Control valves
Self-acting controls
B
4.5.16
BM BMRA
BMF BMFRA
4 4
Installation note
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position Spindle
will depend on the type fitted to the valve. retaining
nut 6
6
Maintenance note
How to fit general:
- Remove the control system sensor from the plant and allow it to
cool (SA systems).
- Disconnect the actuator from the valve.
- Before attempting to carry out any repairs, make sure that the
valve is fully isolated. 8
- It is important always to renew the complete assembly as listed
in 'Spare parts' and to make sure that all the joint faces are clean.
- Always reassemble using new gaskets lightly coated with
a suitable jointing compound (preferably of a non-graphited type).
BM, BMRA, BMF and BMFRA Self-acting Control Valves TI-P036-01 CH Issue 5
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P036-02
CH Issue 5
BX and BXRA
Gunmetal
Self-acting Control Valves
Description
The BX range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with BX
➧
Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature 4
control unit.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated 3
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.
Available types
Normally open, single seat with four different orifice sizes:
BX
BX2, BX3, BX4 and BX6.
BXRA Normally closed, single seat. 2
8
6
Steam
saturation
curve
7
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
➧
5
Body design conditions PN25
2
Maximum Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 260°C
design temperature Fitted directly to an actuator 232°C
Maximum differential BX 17.2 bar
pressure BXRA 10.3 bar
4
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g
3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Gunmetal CC491 K or CC491 K M
2 Valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440B 1
3 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seat gasket Copper BS 2870 C102
8
5 Ball return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
6 Main return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
6
7 Bonnet Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7
Control valves
Self-acting controls
B
BX BXRA
4.5.18
4 4
3
3
Spindle
retaining
nut
Safety information, installation and maintenance 6
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 6
(IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position
will depend on the type fitted to the valve.
How to order 8
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP BX4 self-acting control
valve with gunmetal body and stainless steel trim.
4.5.19
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 1 of 3
TI-P078-02
CH Issue 10
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 2 of 3
5
3
1
4.5.21 4
5
KB31, KB33 and KC31
balanced trim 3
7
14
12
13
2
15
16
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
KA and KB Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
2 Bonnet KC - 1½" Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
KC - 2" Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
DN15 - DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 - DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
KA and KB Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC Stainless steel BS 970 321S20
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12
Bonnet nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
KB Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC Stainless steel AISI 316 L
14 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
15 Bonnet bush Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
16 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 3 of 3
A E
(Screwed KA31, KB31 and KC31)
KB31, KB33
and KC31 KA31 and KA33
C
C U
A
B
A
X
How to order S
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1¼" screwed BSP KA31 self-acting
control valve with cast iron body.
KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.23
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P078-06
CH Issue 6
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’
Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection
requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. KA43
Pressure / temperature limits
A
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve C B
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
KA43
4
5
3
7
6
8
2
12
15
4.5.25 KB43
1
and
KC43 4
5
7
8
13
12
2
15
16
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
DN15 - DN25 Steel DIN 17243 C22.8
2 Bonnet
DN32 - DN50 Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Valve seat DN15 to DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5
gasket DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
KA and KB Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC Stainless steel BS 970 321 S20
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12
Bonnet nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
KB Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC Stainless steel AISI 316 L
14 Bellows gasket (not shown) Reinforced exfoliated graphite
15 Bonnet bush Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
16 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6 KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.26
C
U
A
B
B A
X
N
Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.
Installation note: L
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator
vertically below the pipeline.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA43 self-acting control valve
with steel body having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6 KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.27
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P078-04
CH Issue 7
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
5
3
KA51
6
4.5.29 1
5
3
KB51 and KC51
7
14
8
13
12
16
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze CC 491 KM
KA51, KB51 and 1½" KC51 Bronze CC 491 KM
2 Bonnet
KC51 2" Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
1" Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
1½" to 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
KA51 and KB51 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC51 Stainless steel BS 970 321 S20
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12 Bonnet
Nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
KA51 Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC51 Stainless steel AISI 316L
14 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
16 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7 KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.30
C
A
X
How to order G
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1¼" screwed BSP KA51 self-acting
control valve with bronze body.
L
TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7 KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.31
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 1 of 3
TI-P078-01
CH Issue 8
Optional extras
Fixed bleed bypass on DN15 to DN50 valves for water systems:
KX31B, KX33B, KY31B and KY33B
The 'B' denotes the internal fixed bleed, if requested. 4.5.32
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’
Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection
requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
���
��� Steam
saturation
�� curve
KX31
� Sizes 1¼" - 2"
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Optional extra
Body design conditions PN16
Maximum design pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C
Maximum design temperature 220°C @ 13 bar g
Minimum design temperature -10°C
Maximum operating temperature 220°C KY31
Minimum operating temperature 0°C Sizes 1¼" - 2"
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Maximum KX31 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
differential KX33 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
pressure KY31 - - - 9.0 8.2 6.9
bar KY33 - - - 9.0 8.2 6.9
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g
Optional extra
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 2 of 3
KX31
Sizes ½" - 1"
KX31 9
Sizes 1¼" - 2"
3 2
4
5
1
7 6
8
1
8 3
4
2 5
4.5.33 7
KY31
Sizes 1¼" - 2"
8
6 2 2
9
10
1
8
11
3
4
5
7
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
2 Bonnet Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 - DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 - DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
7 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
8 Bonnet gaskets Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
9
DN32 - DN40 M10 BS 3692 Gr. 8
Bonnet nuts
DN50 M12 BS 3692 Gr. 8
10 Bellows Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
11 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Page 3 of 3
B S
A
A1
J
KY31 and KY33
KY KX31
1¼" - 2" 1¼" - 2"
J
C1 G
B F
F
A1 X
D1
A
E
A1 B
L1
A1
Kv values U
C
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
D1
Kv 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.0
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 L1 E
Capacities
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08.
For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.
L2
Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator
vertically below the pipeline. KX31 L2
½" - 1"
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2" KY31 self-acting control valve
having screwed BSP connections.
KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.35
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P078-05
CH Issue 7
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
4.5.36
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’
Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection
requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve C B
Pressure bar g
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
2
KX43
DN40 and DN50 12
shown
6
7
3
4
5
2
8
15
4.5.37
2
KY43 12
13
8
14
7 3
4
5
1
2
8
15
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Steel EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N
DN15 to DN25 Steel DIN 17243 C22.8
2 Bonnet
DN32 to DN50 Steel EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 to DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
7 Stem Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12
Bonnet nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
13 Bellows Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
14 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
15 Bonnet bush Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7 KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
S
A
4.5.38
KX43 KY43
L1
J
C
J G
F B
A1
A1 A1
U
D1 C D1
B
S
KY43
PN25 ASME ASME BS 10
PN40 150 300 H
Size A A A A B C Weight
DN32 180 180 180 178 80 154 9.2
DN40 200 198 202 198 90 154 10.2
DN50 230 228 232 228 100 154 15.1
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 KX43 self-acting control valve
having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7 KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.39
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P078-03
CH Issue 10
Optional extras
4.5.40
Fixed bleed bypass for water systems.
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’
Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at KX51
the time of order placement. Sizes 1¼" - 2"
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
KX51
Size 1"
8
KX51
Sizes 1¼" - 2"
3
4
5 9
1 2
7
6
8
1
8
3
2 4
5
KY51
4.5.41
8
2
2
6
9
10
1
8
11
3
4
5
7
8
2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze CC491 KM
2 Bonnet Bronze CC491 KM
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
1" Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
1¼ - 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
7 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
8 Bonnet gaskets Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
9
1¼ and 1½" M10 x 35 mm BS 3692 Gr. 8
Bonnet nuts
2" M12 x 35 mm BS 3692 Gr. 8
10 Bellows Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
11 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10 KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
KX51 Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco 1½" KY51
1" self-acting control valve.
D
S
S
KX51
C
1" 4.5.42
A J
F
C F
A1 X
D1
A E
L1 B
KY51 A1
U
C
D1
D1
E
L1
C L2
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2", KY51 self-acting control valve with
bronze body having screwed BSP connections.
TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10 KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
TI-P049-01
CH Issue 6
NS and NSRA
Gunmetal
Self-acting Control Valves
Description NS
The NS range of two-port valve are used in conjunction with 7
Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature
control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated 6
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.
Available types: 5
NS Normally open, double seat
NSRA Normally closed, double seat 2
4
Sizes and pipe connections
2½" and 3" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) (NPT to special order).
DN65 and DN80 flanged EN 1092 PN25 (ASME / ANSI 150 and BS 10 1
Table 'H', which meets the requirements of Table F, to special order).
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
9
The product must not be used in this region.
2
A Spirax Sarco spacer is required for use in this region.
(see TI-P033-01 for further details). 8
Body design conditions PN25 10
Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C
Maximum design temperature 260°C
Minimum design temperature -200°C NSRA 7
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.5 bar g
Maximum operating With spacer 260°C @ 10.5 bar g 6
temperature Without spacer 232°C @ 15.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature -10°C 5
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
DN65 - 2½" 10.0 bar 2
NS
DN80 - 3" 10.0 bar 4
Maximum differential pressure
DN65 - 2½" 2.7 bar
NSRA 3
DN80 - 3" 2.0 bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 1
Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
2 Body gasket Semi-ridged graphite BS 2815 Gr. A
3 Valve closure member Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
4 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
5 Plunger guide Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26 9
7 Spring housing Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2
2
8 Bonnet Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2
9 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 8
Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
10 10
Body nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Kv values
Size DN65 - 2½" DN80 - 3"
Kv 65.0 94.0
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
C 4.5.44
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2½" NS control valve with gunmetal
body and trim. Connections are to be screwed BSP.
Spare parts
The body gaskets (see Materials item 2) are available as spares in
packets of 6.
How to order spares
Example: 1 - Packet of body gaskets for a DN65 Spirax Sarco NS
control valve.
TI-P044-01
CH Issue 8
SB and SBRA
Gunmetal
Self-acting Temperature Control Valves
Description 9 SB
The SB and SBRA range of two-port valve are used in conjunction
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting
temperature control unit. 8
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. 3
Available types:
SB Normally open, single seat valve 4
Normally closed, single seat valve or
SBRA single seat valve with bleed
2
Optional extras 1
4.5.45 Extra bleed hole bypass
8
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the 5
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry 7
the mark when so required.
Certification
The product is available with manufacturer's Typical Test Report. 6
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 6
the time of order placement.
5
Sizes and pipe connections 7
½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
8
Pressure / temperature limits
SBRA
Temperature °C
2
Steam Optional extra bleed hole
saturation 4
curve
3
Pressure bar g
1
This product must not be used in this region. 8
When the valve is operating with a self-acting temperature 7
control system in this region, a Spirax Sarco spacer must
be used.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Control valves
Self-acting controls
A1
SB
L
4.5.46
D
E
SBRA
C D
A
L1
A2
L T1
SB SBRA
A1
R
How to order E
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" SB self-acting temperature control
valve with bronze body having screwed BSP connections. D1
L2
TI-P047-01
CH Issue 12
TW
Three-port
Self-acting Control Valve for Liquid Systems
Description
The TW valve is a 3-port self-acting control valve for liquid systems
(including sea water) and can be used for mixing or diverting O
applications. It is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco SA control
system to provide a self-acting temperature control unit.
Alternatively, it can be used as an electrically actuated temperature X
control valve by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a
suitable temperature transmitter and controller. 8
Available types 7
Screwed ¾", 1" and 1½" 2
Bronze valves
Flanged DN50
Cast iron valves Flanged DN50, DN80 and DN100 1
X 1
5 3
2
Pressure bar g
4 Z
7 10
Bronze valves - screwed and flanged PN25 13 8
Temperature °C
9
12
14
11
Materials
No. Part Material
Bronze CC491 KM
1 Body
Cast iron EN GJL 250
Pressure bar g
2 Piston Bronze CC491 K or CC491 KM
The product must not be used in this region. 3 Piston sealing ring FEP / silicone rubber 'O' ring
Cast iron PN16 DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Body design conditions 4 Stem
Bronze PN25 DN50 - DN100 Bronze
Cast iron 16 bar g @ 120°C 5 Spacer piece Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Maximum design pressure
Bronze 25 bar g @ 120°C 6 Lock-nut Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Cast iron 200°C @ 13.5 bar g 7 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Maximum design temperature
Bronze 200°C @ 21.0 bar g Return DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Cast iron -10°C 8 spring
Minimum design temperature
Bronze -90°C cover DN50 - DN100 Bronze BS 2874 BP 102
Maximum operating Cast iron 200°C @ 13.5 bar g Bronze CC491 KM
temperature 9 Bonnet
Bronze 200°C @ 21.0 bar g Cast iron EN GJL 250
Cast iron -10°C 10 Cover sealing ring Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Minimum operating temperature
Bronze -20°C DN20 - DN25 Brass CW 617N
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 11 Bonnet
DN40 - DN100 Bronze CC491 KM
¾", 1" and 1½" 3.4 bar 12 Bonnet gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Maximum differential pressure
DN50, DN80 and DN100 2.7 bar Steel
Cover studs BS 2693 / 1
Designed for a maximum cold Cast iron 24 bar g 13 " UNF x 13/ 8" (35 mm)
hydraulic test pressure of: Bronze 37.5 bar g Cover nuts Steel BS 1768 / R
Leakage rate 1% of full Kv (see overleaf for Kv values) 14 Back seal Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Flanged
A
Screwed
A
B
B
4.5.48
C
C
Detail of
piston ring
Bronze flanged PN25 X
Size A B C Weight
DN50 201 144 133 15.0 Y
Cast iron flanged PN16
Size A B C Weight C
DN50 219 153 133 13.7 J
DN80 250 176 135 25.0 B
F H
DN100 351 151 140 32.0
C
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50, TW 3-port self-acting control D
valve having a bronze body and flanged connections to PN25. E
G
G
E
Valve size
¾" - 1½"
Valve size
DN50 - DN100
TI-P073-03
CH Issue 7
4.5.49 Note: For full technical data of the valves mentioned below see the
relevant Technical Information sheet (TI).
SB, KA, KB and KC:- 2-port normally open valves (to close on
temperature rise).
SBRA, KX, KY and NSRA:- 2-port normally closed valves (to open on
temperature rise). Note: These valves must be installed in a separate 11
bypass pipeline unimpeded by any other control valve when used
with the safeguard high limit control. 12
TW DN25, 40 and 50:- 3-port mixing / diverting valve. HL10
High limit cut-out
Optional extras 9 10
Capillary tube (12): In multiples of 2 m to a maximum length of 10 m.
Note: The capillary tube should be kept to a minimum to avoid the 8
system being affected by ambient temperature.
6
Pockets (16): Are available in copper or stainless steel having a
¾" BSP (BS 21 taper) or API thread. Union nipple (Y) forms the top W
5
of the pocket and carries a rubber washer (X), and gland nut (W).
4 X
Microswitch (14): This can be connected into an alarm system, using
7
a Kopex conduit connector and flexible conduit (not supplied with the Y
product), and can be arranged to either make or break the electrical
circuit on firing of the cut-out (see the 'Current rating table' overleaf). ¾" BSP
The microswitch has a degree of protection to IP67 (dust tight and
protected against the effects of immersion) under BS 5490. 16 (optional)
1
The microswitch can be added to an HL10 unit originally
supplied without it by purchasing a conversion kit: which 2
includes a conduit entry bracket and two screws for attachment. 3
64
83
235 110
235
4.5.50
Withdrawal distance 75 61
150
60
Note
A label will be affixed to the
outside of the indicator housing
for record purposes.
TI-P073-03 CH Issue 7 Type 130 and HL10 'Safeguard High Limit Control'
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.51
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Self-acting controls
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P046-01
CH Issue 13
SA121, SA122,
SA123, SA128 and SA1219
Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Description SA121, SA1219 SA123
A range of self-powered control systems that incorporate sensor, and SA128
actuator, set point adjustment / indicator for use with the following valve 4
types:- 4
2-port KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX and BXRA, BM, BMRA,
BMF, BMFRA, NS and NSRA
3-port TW
Available types
Set point adjustment at sensor
2-port valves DN15 to DN80 2 2
SA121 For use on 6
3-port valves DN20 to DN50
SA1219 For use on 3-port valves DN80 and DN100 4.5.52
2-port valves DN15 to DN25 7
SA128 For use on
3-port valves DN20 and DN25
Set point adjustment at valve
2-port valves DN15 to DN25 3
SA122 For use on
3-port valves DN20 and DN25
Remote set point adjustment
1
2-port valves DN15 to DN80
SA123 For use on
3-port valves DN20 to DN50 1 3
Optional extras
Union kit Direct immersion
Pocket Indirect immersion 3
Materials 1
No. Part Material
1 Sensor Brass
2 Actuator Brass 4
3 Capillary tube Copper with PVC coated armoured covering
4 Adjustment head Polypropylene
*5 Union kit Brass
6 Mounting bracket Steel
7 Clip Polypropylene
Dial
*8 Adaptor plate (Duct fixing adaptor) Steel
adjustment
Copper BS 2871 C106 option
*9 Pocket Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S 18
Glass
10 Liquid fill Kerosene
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Temperature ranges
SA121, Range 1 -15 °C to 50 °C
Maximum +50 °C
Capillary tube
Standard length 2 m, 4 m, 8 m and 20 m.
4.5.53
SA121, SA1219 SA122TP SA122 SA123TP SA123 Pockets
and SA128
Glass
J
B
A
C A H
C E
C
D 6
D 6
(optional)
(Included)
For a wall mounted D
sensor
SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Union kit (for sensor immersion without pocket) Union kit
Includes gland nut, compression ring and union nipple.
Z W
SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128 Items Z, Y and X Y V
5 5
SA122 Items W, V and U U
X
Pockets (for indirect immersion) 1" BSP or NPT ¾" BSP or NPT
Includes pocket, gland nut and compression ring. Z
W
SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128 Items T, Z and Y Y
V
SA122 Items S, W and V. 9
Available materials Copper and stainless steel 1" BSP ¾" BSP 9
or NPT or NPT
How to order
Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco SA121 temperature control system, having temperature
range 2, 2 m capillary and stainless steel pocket.
R
8
112 mm X Y Z
Duct fixing
adaptor
112 mm
SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.55
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P380-01
CH Issue 4
SA422
Stainless Steel
Self-acting Temperature Control System
Description Union kit
The SA422 is an immersion type of self-powered control system
that incorporates sensor, actuator, set point adjustment / indicator Z
for use with the following valve types:-
KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX, BXRA,
2-port
BM, BMRA, BMF, BMFRA, NS, NSRA Y
2 3 5
3-port TW
The sensor will need to be mounted through a union kit (available
as an optional extra) when immersed through the wall of a vessel X
containing the fluid under control.
Available types
Set point adjustment at valve
4.5.56
2-port valves DN15 to DN80
SA422 For use on Dial adjustment
3-port valves DN20 to DN50 option
Optional extras
Union kit Direct immersion
Comprising union nipple X, compression ring Y and gland nut Z
Dial adjustment
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Senor Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 316 1
2 Actuator Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 321
3 Capillary tube Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 304
4 Adjustment head Polypropylene
4
5 Union kit Stainless steel ASTM A582 303
Capillary tube
Standard length 2.4 m or 4.8 m.
Longer lengths to a maximum 6 m are available to special order.
TI-P350-01
CH Issue 3
Steam
saturation TA10A
curve
9
8
Pressure bar g
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2010
Control valves
Self-acting controls
3 iti
ca B
lp
4 re
ss
ur
5 ed D
ro C
p
(b
ar
)
10
0.1
1
0.
ba
5
ba
E
r
(TA10P) G
0.0
3 H
4 0.0 (TA10A)
5 0.0 4
5
Steam flow kg/h
F
Kv
=0
.1
10
0.3 TA10P only 4.5.58
20
0.2 Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
0.4 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
30 0.5
Available spares
40 Kv
=1 Internal assembly A, B, C
50
Control system (state type and temperature range) D
2 How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
100 3
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature
4
range of the control valve.
5
Example: 1 - Internal assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" TA10 steam
200 tracing temperature control valve.
Kv at P-band in °C
Size 1°C 2°C 4°C 6°C 8°C Maximum lift Kv
½" 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.55 at 15°C Xp
A
¾" 0.20 0.23 0.29 0.29 0.33 0.87 at 15°C Xp
Operating temperature at design Kv = Set value - Xp
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TA10 steam tracing temperature
control valve having screwed BSP connections supplied with
a TA10P range 2 temperature control system.
TA10A and TA10P Steam Tracing Temperature Control Systems TI-P350-01 CH Issue 3
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P033-01
CH Issue 6
Twin Twin
Sensor Sensor
Adaptor Adaptor
Manual
4.5.59 Actuator
Manual
Actuator
Materials 5
No. Part Material
1 Body Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
2 Connector Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 4
3 Lower body Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
4 Nipple Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
5 Valve coupling nut Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
6 Body sealant Loctite retainer 620 - Green
7 Push rod Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
3
8 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
6
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg 8
A B Weight
108 60 0.72 1
A
2
B
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Manual actuator
When coupled to a 2-port or 3-port valve, it enables the valve to be
manually operated.
Tamper proof
The unit is provided with a removable drive screw to avoid
unauthorised personnel tampering with the setting.
Materials
Brass with plastic adjustment head.
TI-P041-02
CH Issue 4
Temperature ranges
There is a choice of five sensor types: A, B, C, D or E. Z
In each range the first temperature shown is that at which the valve
4.5.61 starts to open to port Z.
The second temperature shown is that at which the piston has
completed its travel and the valve is fully open to port Z and X
port X is closed.
Range A 57°C to 68°C
Range B 63°C to 74°C
Range C 74°C to 85°C 12
Range D 82°C to 93°C 11
Range E 40°C to 52°C 9
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2003
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Note: The spare parts above relate to one piston assembly only.
The DN100 has two piston assemblies in parallel. To obtain complete
sets the spares should be doubled.
The internals for sizes DN80 and 100 are interchangeable.
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature
range of the valve.
Example: 2 - Piston assemblies, for a Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58
B temperature control valve having a temperature range A.
C 2
3
4.5.62
7
DN50 and 80 6
19
Fail-safe assembly
Piston assembly
9
8
A 11
10
DN100 15
16
17
18
E Hole for 12
'C' spanner
14
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58 temperature control
valve having a temperature range B. The flange connection is to be
EN 1092-1 PN16.
TI-P041-01
CH Issue 2
3 000
10 000
2 000
8 000
6 000
5 000
1 000
4 000
800
3 000
600
500
2 000
400
1 500
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.48
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 48
2
Differential pressure kN / m
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Typical Applications
X
Spirax Sarco
O Type 58
control valve
Water cooler
Diesel engine
Oil cooler
Water cooling circuit
Spirax Sarco
Type 58
control valve
4.5.64
X Z
O
Alternative position
for pump
Spirax Sarco
Type 58
control valve
X Z
Pump
Type 58 Temperature Control Valve Capacities and Typical Applicaitons TI-P041-01 CH Issue 2
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.65
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P078-08
CH Issue 6
Standards 4.5.66
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’
Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Pressure bar g
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
5
4
KC63 flanged
3
1
7
6 5
4
3
12
4.5.67 11
KA61 screwed 8
and
KA63 flanged 7
9
10
2
12
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel DIN 17445 G-X5 Ni Mo Nb 19-11-2 (WS14581)
2 Bonnet Stainless steel DIN 17440 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17-12-2 (WS14401)
3 Head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
DN15 to DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
4 Seat DN32 to DN40 Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC2
DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
5 Valve seat gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
7 Pushrod Stainless steel Z15 CN 16 02 (BS 970 431 S29)
8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet nuts Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-80
9
Bonnet studs Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-80
DN15 - DN20 M10 x 30
DN25 - DN40 M10 x 35
DN50 M12 x 35
10 Bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
11 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
12 Plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 ASTM A276 431
Kv values
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
KA61 and KA63 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00
KC63 - - - 16.48 16.48 34.00
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Capacities
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08.
For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.
TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6 KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Spare parts
KA61 and KA63 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
A1 Available spares
A KA61 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L
and Set of all gaskets E, L
KA63 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D,
(excluding bellows and stem assembly) E, L, U, G
KC63 Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H
Set of all gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G
Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
KC63
A1
C
U
A
C2 B KA61
A and
X
KA63
KC63
H
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA63 stainless steel control valve
having flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6 KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Self-acting controls
TI-P073-11
CH Issue 2
Limiting conditions D
DN15 - 50 PN25
Body design conditions
DN80 PN40
Maximum design temperature 190°C
Maximum operating pressure 10 bar g
Designed for a maximum DN15 - 50 38 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of: DN80 60 bar g F
Operating range
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
B
Pressure bar g
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Self-acting controls
Materials
No. Part Material
SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25
Upper diaphragm SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
chamber Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25
Lower diaphragm SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
3
chamber Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25 4
4 Body cap SG iron
Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
5 Diaphragm plate
Stainless steel* BS 970 431 S29 19
6 Push rod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 9
7 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
8
8 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 31
9 Return spring
Stainless steel* BS 2056 302 S16 7
10 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
6
Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102 1980
11 Diaphragms (2) 1
Stainless steel* BS 1449 316 S31
19 Gaskets (2) Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Diaphragm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 19
21 2
chamber bolts Steel* BS 4882 Gr. 2H
22
Diaphragm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 23, 24
4.5.70
chamber nuts Steel* BS 3692 Gr. 2H
Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
23 Body bolts
Steel* BS 4439 Gr. B7
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
24 Body nuts
Steel* BS 3692 Gr. 2H
30 Solenoid valve Brass 1.4305
31 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 21, 22 3 5 10 11
Items marked * apply to the DN80 valve size only.
30
23, 24
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 HL17 high limit cut-out flanged
to EN 1092 PN25, fitted with a 110 Vac solenoid.
4.6.1
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P045-14
CH Issue 5
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 3
valves
�
�
Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)
� �
�
�
�
�
�
4.6.3
Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
�
�
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 3 of 3
valves
A B 18
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BRV2S pressure reducing
valve with SG iron body flanged EN 1092 PN25, stainless steel
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure
control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.
4
Bellows assembly
6 6
6
Valve 19
and seat
assembly Gasket set
11
12 12
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.5
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P045-09
CH Issue 6
4.6.6
6
Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g
10 5
Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g
Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 19
Standards
This product fully complies with requirements of the European 12
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. 11
Certification 13
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 15
14
the time of order placement.
8
17
Sizes and pipe connections
½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21) or NPT 16
Body design conditions PN25 7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C BS EN 1982 CC491K or
8 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
Maximum allowable temperature 210°C @ 17 bar g
10 Pushrod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Minimum allowable temperature 0°C
11 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Maximum operating pressure
17 bar g @ 210°C 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
for saturated steam service
13 Valve Stainless steel AISI 420
Maximum operating temperature 210°C @ 17 bar g
14 Valve return spring Stainless steel BS 20056 316 S42
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 15 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 SH
Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g 16 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Stainless steel reinforced
Maximum differential pressure 17 bar 17 Cap gasket
exfoliated graphite
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow
18 Spring range ID disc Polypropylene
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 19 Bulkhead plate Stainless steel 316L
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 17 bar g
20 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated
Note: Items 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 19 are all part of one assembly.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 3
valves
�
�
Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)
� �
�
�
�
�
�
4.6.7
Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
�
�
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 3 of 3
valves
18
C Spring housing
7
4.6.8
hex. bolts
Pressure
adjustment
spring
B F Withdrawal
distance
A
4
Installation note: 5
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the Bellows assembly
direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
6 6
How to order 6
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BRV2S5 pressure reducing valve Valve
with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel and seat 19
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure assembly
11
control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.
12 12
Gasket set
17
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.9
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P186-05
CH Issue 7
17 16
Pressure /temperature limits
��� No. Part Material
Temperature °C
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 3
valves
�
�
Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)
� �
�
�
�
�
�
4.6.11
Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
�
�
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 3 of 3
valves
18
D
Spring housing
hexagon bolts
F 7
4.6.12
C C
Pressure
adjustment
spring
A * E2
B
17
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 4
valves
TI-P210-01
CH Issue 4
Pressure/temperature limits
���
Temperature °C
���
��� Steam
saturation
curve
��
�
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 4
valves
15
13
6
5
4
7
2
21
8
9 3
11 1
12
17
4.6.14
16 25
10
26
19
20
24 23 18 22
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body assembly SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated
2 Pressure adjustment control spring Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55
3 Adjustment screw Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
4 Plain washer Stainless steel Gr.18/10/3-4A
5 Adjustment knob Mineral filled nylon 66 10B 140
6 Spirol pin Chrome plated stainless steel AISI 420
7 Spring plate Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
8 Spring housing Aluminium 2ELNP coated
9 Upper gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
10 Lower gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
11 Bellows assembly Stainless steel 316L
12 Bellows / pushrod assembly Stainless steel / PTFE 15% graphite fill 316L
13 Printed cap Polypropylene
15 Locking pin Copper
* 16 Head (incorporating seal Pt No.27) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Screen Stainless steel 316L
18 Lower pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
19 End cap SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated
20 Screw Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
21 Screw Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
22 Washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 515
23 Guide bush PTFE 15% graphite filled
24 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
25 PTFE washer Virgin PTFE BS 6564 Type 2 Gr. B
26 'O' ring seal EPDM E 0962-90
* 27 Head 'O' ring seal EDPM E 0962-90
* Note: Parts 16 and 27 are not shown.
9
8
8
7
Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)
7
6
5 6
5
4
4
3
3 Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
2
4.6.15 2
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 1" - DN25
Compressed air 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 1¼" - DN32
capacity dm3 /s*
free air 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 1½" - DN40
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 2" - DN50
Kv values
Full lift capacity for safety valve sizing purposes are shown below:
Page 3 of 4
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 4 of 4
valves
E Withdrawal distance Q
K
4.6.16
G
A
B
F Withdrawal distance J
Available spares - Note the spares listed are common to all sizes
Pressure Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g K, Q
adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g K, Q E
spring Orange 3.50 to 9.0 bar g K, Q
Control bellows - Stainless steel J D
Bellows pushrod assembly, E, C, H F
(Sub assembly, head, 'O' rings,
lower pushrod and balancing bellows)
Bottom cap B C
Strainer screen G
Return spring and gasket set F
Spring housing (Set of 4) L
Bolt set
Bottom cap (Set of 4) A F
Return spring D B
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure A
range of the reducing valve.
Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a
downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 9.0 bar g for a Spirax Sarco
1" BRV71 pressure reducing valve.
TI-P001-07
CH Issue 5
9
5
20
10
Pressure bar g 8
12
This product must not be used in this region.
11
Body design conditions PN25
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C
16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 100°C @ 17 bar g
14
Minimum allowable temperature 0°C
PMO Maximum operating pressure 14 bar g @ 75°C
TMO Maximum operating temperature 75°C @ 14 bar g 15
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 13
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
18
DPMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow
17
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 17 bar g
19
D
Spring housing
7
4.6.18
hex. bolts
Pressure
adjustment
spring
B F Withdrawal
distance
9
A Bellows assembly
5
6 6
Safety information, installation and maintenance 6
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-P001-08) supplied with the product. 20
Installation note: 11
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the
direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. 12 12
Valve
How to order and seat
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" LRV2S pressure reducing valve assembly
with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel Gasket set
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure
control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.
Please note that the only certification that is available for this
product is a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All 13, 14, 15
certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the
time of order placement. 18
16
TI-P001-09
CH Issue 2
12
14
11
10
11
9
4.6.19
Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)
8 9
7
6
5
4
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 ½" - DN15
Capacity
litres /s 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 ¾" - DN20
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 1" - DN25
Example
Required, a reducing valve to pass water at the rate of 1.6 litres /sec reducing from 7 bar to 3 bar. From the downstream pressure of 3 bar
on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 7 bar upstream line. At the point read vertically
downwards where it will be seen that a ¾" DN20 valve (with a 1.4 - 4.0 bar spring) will be required.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P203-01
CH Issue 16
Available types
DRV4 and DRV4G are available in 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1-6).
1 DRV4(G)B1(N) 1 or 1N Yellow
(bar)
*0.1 - 0.6 2.5
4.6.20
2 DRV4(G)B2(N) 2 or 2N Yellow **0.2 - 1.2 2.5
3 DRV4(G)B3(N) 3 or 3N Blue 0.8 - 2.5 6.0
4 DRV4(G)B4(N) 4 or 4N Blue 2.0 - 5.0 16.0
5 DRV4(G)B5(N) 5 or 5N Blue 4.5 - 10.0 25.0
6 DRV4(G)B6(N) 5 or 5N Red 8.0 - 20.0 25.0
* DN32 to DN50 Range 0.15 - 0.6, DN65 to DN100 Range 0.3 - 0.6
** DN65 to DN100 Range 0.4 - 1.2.
Steam
saturation curve
F F
E D
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300.
A-B-E Flanged ASME 150.
F-F The DRV4G is limited to 90°C.
Body design conditions PN40
Maximum design pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C
Maximum design DRV4 300°C @ 25.8 bar g
temperature DRV4G 90°C @ 37.3 bar g
Minimum design temperature 0°C
Maximum operating DRV4 300°C @ 25.8 bar g
temperature DRV4G 90°C @ 37.3 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Maximum differential pressure
DN65 - DN100 20 bar Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP 240 GH
2 Bonnet Cast steel DIN 17425 GS C25
3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
DRV4 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Valve head
DRV4G (soft seated) Stainless steel / Nitrile BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8 Bush DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Bush (part of item 10) DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel AISI 316 (L)
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
DN15 to DN40 M10
14 Bonnet studs DN50 and DN65 M12 Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
4.6.21
16 Pillars nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3693 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG 25
18 Spring(s) Chrome Vanadium
19 Bush (part of 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316(L)
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type
21 Sealing bellows gasket
DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut
DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
27 Needle bearing Steel
28 Setting nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing plate DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
30 Circlip DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated
31 Mounting plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
Types 1(N) to 4(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
32 Housing
Type 5(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing screws
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5
34 Housing nuts
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced
35
Diaphragm suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
36 Hex. headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
37 Sealing washer Fibre
38 Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
39 Piston Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
40 Spindle Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
41 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
42 Coupling Steel zinc plated
43 Thread insert DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734
44 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
45 Clamp plate DN65 to DN100 Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
46 Clamp plate gasket DN65 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TI-P203-01 CH Issue 16 DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Page 2 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
3 4
44
5
7 43
11
9 8
12
2
10 13
(DN25 to DN100) 14
18 20
4.6.22
12
22 16
21 19
15 11
25
27
26
28
31
40
41
32
39 DN65 to DN100
34
33
42
46
35 38 37 36 45
30
29
25
28
DN32 to DN50
TI-P203-01 CH Issue 16 DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Page 3 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket. E, F, G
Control spring(s) I
Seat/head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. F, G, K
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.
K J
L H
C A
DN15 to DN20
TI-P203-01 CH Issue 16 DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Page 4 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, and
Sealing bellows set E, F, R
clamp plate gasket DN65 to DN100.
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set DN25 to DN50 Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. J, K, L, W, H, G
Head set Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and
DN65 to DN100 L, W, H, G, M
balancing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket,
DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, W, F
head seal, self-locking nut, and sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows set
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket,
DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, W, H
self-locking nut and head seal.
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and
DN25 to DN50 F, G, K, M
Gasket set
balancing bellows gasket.
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, balancing bellows gasket and
4.6.24
DN65 to DN100 F, G, M, R
clamp plate gasket.
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.
J K W
W
L L
H
H
M
G N G
M
DN25 to DN50 DN65 to DN100
I
N I
E
E
DN65 to DN100
D
D
C B A F B C A
TI-P203-01 CH Issue 16 DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Page 5 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
A1
4.6.25
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve
body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV4B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve flanged PN40.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV4B3N.
TI-P203-01 CH Issue 16 DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Page 6 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P204-01
CH Issue 14
Steam
saturation
curve
Flanged
DN15 to DN100
H H
G F E
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A-D-E Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25.
A-C-G Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A-B-F Flanged ASME 150.
H-H The DRV7G is limited to 90°C.
Body design conditions PN25
Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 100°C
DRV7 300°C @ 17.5 bar g
Maximum design temperature
DRV7G 90°C @ 25 bar g
Minimum design temperature 0°C
DRV7 300°C @ 17.5 bar g
Maximum operating temperature
DRV7G 90°C @ 25 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Maximum differential pressure
DN65 - DN100 20 bar Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15 to DN50 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
DN65 to DN100 SG iron ENG JS 400-18-LT
2 Bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Valve seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
DRV7 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Valve head
DRV7G (soft seated) Stainless steel / Nitrile BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8 Bush DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Bush (part of item 10) DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel AISI 316 (L)
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
DN15 to DN40 M10
14 Bonnet studs DN50 and DN65 M12 Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
DN80 and DN100 M16
4.6.27 15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillars nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3693 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome Vanadium
19 Bush (part of 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316(L)
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type
21 Sealing bellows gasket
DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut
DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
27 Needle bearing Steel
28 Setting nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing plate DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
30 Circlip DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated
31 Mounting plate DN25 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
Types 1(N) to 4(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
32 Housing
Type 5(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing screws
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5
34 Housing nuts
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced
35
Diaphragm suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
36 Hex. headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
37 Sealing washer Fibre
38 Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
39 Piston Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
40 Spindle Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
41 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
42 Coupling Steel zinc plated
43 Thread insert DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734
44 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 2 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4
3
44
5
7 43
* 11
8
9
12
2
* 10 13
14
18 20
4.6.28
12
22 16
21 19
11
25
27 15
26
28
31
40
41
32
39
34
33 DN65 to DN100
42
35 38 37 36
29
* Please note: Parts numbered 10 and 11 are for DN25 to DN100 only 30
28
DN25 25
DN32 to DN50
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 3 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (½" and ¾") valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket. E, F, G
Control spring(s) I
Seat/head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. F, G, K
K J
L H
C
A
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 4 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Available spares
Coupling A G
Diaphragm set - Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
M
Needle bearing D
N
Sealing bellows set E, F
Sealing bellows assembly, and sealing bellows gasket.
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") J, K, L, W, H, G
Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet
gasket.
Head set DN65 to DN100 L, W, H, G, M I
Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and balancing
bellows gasket.
E
Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, W, F
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket,
bonnet gasket, head seal, self-locking nut, sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, W, H
4.6.30
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, F
bonnet gasket, self-locking nut and head seal.
Gasket set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") F, G, K, M
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and
balancing bellows gasket.
Gasket set DN65 to DN100 F, G, M
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and
balancing bellows gasket. D
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax sarco DN25 DRV7B1
pressure reducing valve.
J K
W
L
H
M B C A
G N
DN65 to DN100
E
I
D
DN25 to DN50
A
C
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 5 of 6
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.31
B
B
Type 3 / 3N or 4 / 4N actuator Type 5 / 5N actuator
arrangement arrangement
C
Valve weight (kg)
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Yellow spring 10.8 11.8 14 18.8 20.4 23.0 31.7 38.2 53.9
Weight Blue spring 10.8 11.8 14 18.8 20.4 23.0 31.7 38.2 53.9
Red spring 11.8 12.8 15 20.2 21.8 24.4 33.5 40.0 56.5
Reduction for
Screwed body -1.7 -2.2 -2.2 -3.6 -3.9 -5.5 - - -
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve
body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN40 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV7B3N.
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 6 of 6
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P186-01
CH Issue 10
A B
SRV461S
D
Steam E 4.6.32
saturation
curve C F
Pressure bar g
Temperature °C
A B
D
SRV463S
Steam E
saturation Sizes and pipe connections
curve C F
½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"
SRV461S
Screwed NPT, BSP
Pressure bar g DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40
and DN50
The product must not be used in this region. SRV463S
Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150, EN 1092
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating PN16
range as damage to the internals may occur.
A-B-C Maximum operating conditions for steam Pressure ranges
D-E-F Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases T h e S RV4 61S a n d 0.02 - 0.12 bar g
SRV463S are available 0.10 - 0.50 bar g
for use within the
SRV461S PN40 0.30 - 1.10 bar g
Body design conditions downstream pressure
SRV463S PN16 ranges shown. 0.80 - 2.50 bar g
SRV461S 38 bar g @ 38°C N o t e: T h e p r e s s u r e 2.00 - 5.00 bar g
Maximum design pressure range required needs to
SRV463S 15.2 bar g @ 50°C be specified at the time 4.00 - 8.00 bar g
SRV461S 300°C @ 23.2 bar g of order placement:- 6.00 - 12.00 bar g
Maximum design temperature
SRV463S 300°C @ 9 bar g
Minimum design temperature -10°C
Permissible reduction ratio
Steam 190°C @ 10.9 bar g
(maximum P1 / P2)
Maximum operating temperature Setting range Nominal diameter
Liquid and gases 130°C @ 12 bar g
(bar g)
G½" - 1" G1¼" - 2"
Minimum operating temperature
-10°C DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50
Note: for lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
0.02 - 0.12 80:1 50:1
see the Permissable reduction ratio table
Maximum differential pressure
opposite 0.10 - 0.50 40:1 25:1
Designed for a maximum cold SRV461S 60 bar g 0.30 - 1.10 30:1 18:1
hydraulic test pressure of: SRV463S 24 bar g 0.80 - 12.00 20:1 12:1
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
3
No. Part Material Werkstoff AISI
No. Equivalent 9
6 Diaphragm EPDM/PTFE 10
14
8
7 'O' ring EPDM 7
= For hydrocarbon applications an optional soft seal is available in FPM (Viton) - please consult Spirax Sarco.
SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres
A1 A1
A A
B B
C C
D D
DN15 ½" 85 130 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN20 ¾" 91 150 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN25 1" 85 160 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN32 1¼" 130 180 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN40 1½" 145 200 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN50 2" 185 230 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
Weights (approximate) in kg
½" - 1" Screwed 13.5 7.1 6.1 3.1 3.1
Kv values
Valve size ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve sizing
use the maximum Kv values. Leakage rate £ 0.05% of the maximum Kv value.
SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Sizing and selection
The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae,
Where:
P1 - P 2
= (pressure drop factor)
P1
= Specific gravity
KV
P1
Steam
Non-critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
KV
P1 2
KV
Gas P1 P2 P1 P2
KV
Liquid P1 P2
Liquids 1 to 5 m / s
SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P186-02) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
Note that for use on steam, the spring housing must be below the pipework. A downstream pressure sensing pipe is also required.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" NPT SRV461S direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit 6, 7, 8, 9, 16
Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SRV463S direct acting pressure reducing valve with FEPM seat seal
and having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.
9
4.6.36
16
8
7
SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.37
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P205-01
CH Issue 10
DEP7
SG Iron
Excess Pressure Valve
Description
The DEP7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm limited to 125°C
and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N' i.e. DEP7B1N
which is limited to 90°C) .
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure
signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for further details.
Standards
The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Available types:
DN15 to DN50 screwed connections and DN15 to DN100 flanged connections.
The DEP7 is also available in a choice of 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6): 4.6.38
Upstream pressure ranges:
Actuator Spring Pressure range (bar) PN
Range Valve type
type colour DN15 - DN40 DN50 - DN80 DN100 Rating
1 DEP7B1 11 or 11N Yellow 0.1 - 0.5 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 - 0.3 2.5
2 DEP7B2 12 or 12N Yellow 0.2 - 0.8 0.2 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.5 2.5
3 DEP7B3 13 or 13N Blue 0.5 - 1.7 0.4 - 1.3 0.4 - 1.0 6
4 DEP7B4 14 or 14N Blue 1.4 - 3.4 1.0 - 2.6 0.8 - 2.5 16
5 DEP7B5 15 or 15N Blue 3.2 - 7.5 2.3 - 5.5 2.3 - 5.0 25
6 DEP7B6 15 or 15N Red 7.0 - 16.0 5.0 - 15.0 4.0 - 10.0 25
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15 to DN50 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
DN65 to DN100 SG iron ENG JS 400-18-LT
2 Bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Valve seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8 Bush DN25 to DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Bush (part of item 10) DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 AISI 316L
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
DN15 to DN40 M10
14 Bonnet studs DN50 and DN65 M12 Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillars nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3693 Gr. 8
4.6.39 17
18
Spring adjuster
Spring(s)
Zinc plated cast iron
Chrome vanadium
DIN 1691 GG25
6
44
8
4
16
3
45
5
7
15
11
12 9
16
DN15 to DN20
2
13
14
10
15
30
4.6.40
17
18 12
11
20
22
21 19
25
DN65 and DN100
28
54
53
52
27
26 29
31
41 49
47 39
50 43
35
34
48
33
40
36
38 51
37 32
DN25 to DN50
(Parts 42 and 46 are not shown)
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by
plotting:
- Upstream pressure.
- Maximum valve pressure drop.
- Maximum steam load.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for
any given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h
Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs)
Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs.
At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D.
Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h.
At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28.
Valve size required DN50 having the next highest Kv of 40.
4.6.41
Example
line
A
Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications.
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting:
- Maximum flowrate.
- Maximum valve pressure drop.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h.
Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar.
4.6.42
Example
line
A
Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications.
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (½" and ¾") valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. E, F, G, H
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. F, G, K
Actuator spindle guide assembly Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. P, R, S, T, V
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP7B1 express pressure valve.
K J
4.6.43 L
H
G
F
P
R A
T
V
C B
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly and sealing bellows gasket E, F
Control spring(s) I
Seat/ head set DN25 to DN50 Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. J, K, L, W, H, G
Head set DN65 to DN100 Head, head seal, self-locking nut, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. L, H, W, G, M
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, N, M, G, H, F
Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50
bonnet gasket, head seal and sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, N, M, G, H
Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100
bonnet gasket and head seal.
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, F, G, K, M
Gasket set DN25 to DN50
seat gasket and balancing bellows gasket.
Gasket set DN65 to DN100 Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. F, G, M
Actuator spindle guide assembly Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. P, R, S, T, V
W
L
H
R
V T
I
P A
E
S
D C B
DN25 to DN100
DEP DEP
with flanged connections and with screwed connections and
Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator
A1 A2 Type 11 / 11 or 12 / 12N
actuator arrangement
4.6.45
Type 15 / 15N
actuator arrangement
Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and
C ä actuator weights together.
ä
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP7B3N.
4.6.46
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
TI-P205-02
CH Issue 2
8
1 11
DN15 and DN20 4 DN65 to DN100
3
45
5 7
4.6.47 11
9
12
16
2
13
14
10 15
30
20
17
18
24
23
22
21 19
25
28
53
54
52
27
26 29
31
41 49
47 39
50 43
35
34
48
33
40
36
DN25 to DN50 38 51
(Parts 42 and 46 not shown) 37 32
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2004
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2 Bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Valve seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8,(9) Bush (Part No. 9, Bush; part of item 10) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 AISI 316L
11 Balancing bellows assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
Bonnet studs Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
14
DN15 to DN25 M10 x 30 mm, DN50 and DN65 M12 x 35 mm, DN32 and DN40 M10 x 35 mm, DN80 and DN100 M16 x 40 mm
15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillars nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome vanadium
19 Bearing (part of Item 20) PTFE / Steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L 4.6.48
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type
21 Sealing bellows gasket
DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
22 Clamp nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
23 Adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
24 Adaptor gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
25 Lock-nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
27 Needle bearing Steel
28 Setting nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing locator Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
30 Adjuster sleeve Steel zinc plated
31 Mounting plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
Types 11(N) to 14(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
32 Housing
Type 15(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3
Types 11(N) and 12(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing bolts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt 13 Gr. 8.8
Types 11(N) and 12(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
34 Housing nuts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
35 Spindle guide Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
36 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
37 Hexagon headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
38 Sealing washer Fibre
39 Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
40 Piston Carbon steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
41 Spindle Carbon steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
42 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 GR. 8
43 Coupling Steel zinc plated
44 Thread insert (part of item 20) Stainless steel DTD 734
45 Self locking nut Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4
46 Washer Type 12 only Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4
47 Circlip Steel zinc plated
48 Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or Suffix 'N' Nitrile
49 Bearing PTFE /steel composite
50 Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
51 Vent plug Plastic
52 Coupling clamp Steel zinc plated ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
53 Spring Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4
54 Clamp screw Steel zinc plated BS 4168 Gr. 12.9
4.6.49
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P206-01
CH Issue 12
DEP4
Cast Steel
Excess Pressure Valve
Description
The DEP4 is a cast steel direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version as an EPDM diaphragm (limited
to 125°C) and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N'
i.e. DEP4B1N which is limited to 90°C).
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 details.
Standards
The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report and a certifcate of conformity to EN 10204 3.1 as an optional extra.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
Available types:
DN15 - DN100 flanged connections having 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6).
Upstream pressure ranges: 4.6.50
Actuator Spring Pressure range (bar) PN
Range Valve type
type colour DN15 - DN40 DN50 - DN80 DN100 Rating
1 DEP4B1 11 or 11N Yellow 0.1 - 0.5 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 - 0.3 2.5
2 DEP4B2 12 or 12N Yellow 0.2 - 0.8 0.2 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.5 2.5
3 DEP4B3 13 or 13N Blue 0.5 - 1.7 0.4 - 1.3 0.4 - 1.0 6
4 DEP4B4 14 or 14N Blue 1.4 - 3.4 1.0 - 2.6 0.8 - 2.5 16
5 DEP4B5 15 or 15N Blue 3.2 - 7.5 2.3 - 5.5 2.3 - 5.0 25
6 DEP4B6 15 or 15N Red 7.0 - 16.0 5.0 - 15.0 4.0 - 10.0 25
Steam
saturation
curve
E D
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300
A-B-E Flanged PN16
Note: In the case of liquid service, this product is to be used
only on intermittant duty. Applications such as continuous pump
recirculation may cause valve and pipework damage due to
cavitation which is not covered under the terms of our warranty.
Body design conditions PN40
Maximum design pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C
Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 25.8 bar g
Minimum design temperature 0°C
EPDM diaphragm 125°C
Maximum operating temperature
Nitrile diaphragm 90°C
Minimum operating temperature (ambient) 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar
Maximum differential pressure Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
DN65 - DN100 20 bar
Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP 240 GH
2 Bonnet Cast steel DIN 17245 GSC25
3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Valve seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8 Bush DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Bush (part of item 10) DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 AISI 316L
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
DN15 to DN40 M10
14 Bonnet studs DN50 and DN65 M12 Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillar nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3693 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Zinc plated cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome vanadium
4.6.51 19 Bearing bush (part of item 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type
21 Sealing bellows gasket
DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
26 Spring plate Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
27 Needle bearing Steel
28 Setting nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing locator Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
30 Adjuster sleeve Zinc plated steel
31 Mounting plate Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
Types 11(N) to 14(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
32 Housing
Type 15(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3
Types 11(N) to 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing screws
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 11(N) and 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
34 Housing nuts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
35 Spindle guide Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
36 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
37 Hexagon headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
38 Sealing washer Fibre
39 Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
40 Piston Zinc plated carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
41 Spindle Zinc plated carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
42 Mounting nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
43 Coupling Zinc plated steel
44 Thread insert DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734
45 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
46 Washer Type 12(N) only Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
47 Cirlclip Zinc plated steel
48 Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
49 Bearing bush PTFE / steel composite
50 Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
51 Vent plug Plastic
52 Coupling clamp Zinc plated steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
53 Spring Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4
54 Clamp screw Zinc plated steel BS 4168 Gr. 12.9
55 Clamp plate DN65 to DN100 only Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
56 Clamp plate gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4
3 6
45
5 44
8
7
11 16
9
12 2
13 15
10 14
30
DN15 and DN20
17
18
20
4.6.52
22
21 19
25
28
52 53 12
54
11
27
41
26
29
49
47
31
42
43 50
35
48
34
33
51
DN65 to DN100
40 49 37 38 32 36
55
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by plotting:
- Upstream pressure.
- Maximum valve pressure drop.
- Maximum steam load.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h
Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs)
Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs.
At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D.
Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h.
At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28.
Valve size required DN50 having the next highest Kv of 40.
4.6.53
Example
line
A
Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications.
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting:
- Maximum flowrate.
- Maximum valve pressure drop.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h.
Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar.
4.6.54
Example
line
A
Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications.
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. E, F, G, H
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. F, G, K
Actuator spindle guide assembly Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. P, R, S, T, V
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP4B1 express pressure valve.
4.6.55 K J
L
H
G
I S R
A
Y V
T
F
C B
L W
H
G
I
E
X
F F
DN65 to DN100 R
V T
A
P S
C B
DN65 to DN100
4.6.57
C
Valve weight (kg)
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Yellow spring 11.6 13.3 16.7 21.4 23.7 26.3 37.7 46.0 69.8
Weight Blue spring 11.6 13.3 16.7 21.4 23.7 26.3 37.7 46.0 69.8
Red spring 13.6 14.8 18.2 22.9 25.2 27.8 39.4 47.7 72.5
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the upstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the
valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP4B3 direct acting excess pressure valve having flanged PN40 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP4B3N.
TI-S12-03
CH Issue 5
��� Steam
saturation
��� curve
�� B
� WS4-3
� � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
4.6.59
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P006-01
CH Issue 12
Is a soft seal version available for compressed air and inert industrial gases. Note: It is not recommended
DP143G
Available types for oxygen service.
DP143Y Having a lower rate pressure control spring, making it suitable for steriliser/autoclave applications
e
Sizes and pipe connections
DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN80.
4.6.60
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table 'J' and ANSI 300.
Available on request: ANSI 150 and JIS 20.
iv
Kv values
The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety
ch
valve sizing purposes only.
Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced.
Page 1 of 9
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Pressure / temperature limits
A B D
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
F
C G E
bar g
Pressure
The product must not be used in this region.
Due to the material strength of the main diaphragm chamber the product must not be used in this region.
Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are available for the following downstream pressure ranges:
e
4.6.61 Yellow 0.2 to 3.0 bar g (DP143Y only)
A-D-E
18.9 bar g @ 20 °C
Limited to 26 bar g
A-D-E 26 bar g
Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service
A-B-C 14 bar g
A-D-E 26 bar
Maximum differential pressure
A-B-C 14 bar
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed: 40 bar g
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
DN15 to DN50 1
For DN15 to DN50, parts 22 to 30, see page 4
12
8
7
9
10
11
19 21
13
15
14
16
17
18
20
e
4.6.62
iv
ch
Materials
No. Part Material No. Part Material
1
Ar
Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Pilot valve and seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
13
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 unit DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
3 Washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
4 Spring housing Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated
15 Body gasket
graphite
5 Top spring plate Stainless steel BS 970 220 Mo7
Main valve return
Pressure adjustment 16 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S16
6 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 spring
spring
Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
7 Bottom spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 17 Main valve
DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
Securing
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
nuts Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Spring 18 Main valve seat
8
housing Securing Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
studs DN15 to DN80 M10 x 30 mm Balance pipe
19 Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14
assembly
9 Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31
20 Main valve body Cast steel DIN 172 45 GS C25
Steel
Securing
10 Pilot valve housing DN15 to DN50 DIN 17245 GS C25 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
nuts
DN80 GP 240 GH+N
Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
Pilot valve
11 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 21
housing Securing DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm
12 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 studs DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm
DN80 M12 x 40 mm
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
DN15 to DN50 DN80
45
e
4.6.63 46
iv 26
27
30
25 23
24
ch
22
28
Materials
No. Part Material No. Part Material
Ar
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
e
4.6.64
iv F
ch
B
Ar
Sizes A A A A B D E F Weight
DN80 310 319 310 325 350 580 322 258 103
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Steam capacities chart
Downstream pressure bar
e
4.6.65
iv
Upstream pressure bar
ch
DN15LC
DN50
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.
Superheated steam
Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart
above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat.
It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Compressed air capacities chart
Downstream pressure bar
e
4.6.66
iv
Upstream pressure bar
ch
DN15LC
DN50
Installation note:
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP143 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and
having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked*
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B
Pilot valve seal assembly C
* Pilot valve and plunger assembly D, E
Main valve assembly F, H
* Main valve return spring G
Red DP143, DP143G, DP143H 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring J
Grey DP143, DP143G, DP143H 16 to 24 bar
Control pipe assembly K
Balance pipe assembly M, N
* Body gasket (packet of 3) O
* Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
* Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
(set of 10) DN15 and DN20
(set of 12) DN25 and DN32
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts R
(set of 16) DN40 and DN50
e
4.6.67 Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80)
(set of 20)
(set of 6)
DN80
T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V, W, X
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that
sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g. DP143G Interchangeability is therefore
Ar
**
Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80
Main diaphragm a a a b b c c d
Pilot diaphragm a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve seal assembly a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve and plunger assembly a a a a a a a a
Main valve assembly a b c d e f g h
Main valve return spring a a a b b c c d
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a
† Control pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
† Balance pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
† Body gasket a a a b b c c d
† Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a
† Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a a a b b c c d
† Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts a a a b b c c d
† Set of main body studs and nuts − − − − − − − a
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
P
V
M
K
O
E W
X
P
e
G
4.6.68
A
F
iv
H
Q
ch
J
Ar
B R
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.69
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 7
valves
TI-P107-01
CH Issue 10
Pilot Operated
ISO 9001
��� Steam DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80
��� saturation
curve 1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0 64.0
��� For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
F
�� Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity
C G E will be reduced.
�
� �� ���
���� �� �� ���� ��
Pressure bar g
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 7
valves
45
46
Page 2 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 3 of 7
valves
4.6.72
Page 3 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 4 of 7
valves
��
��
��
��
Downstream pressure bar
��
��
��
4.6.73 �
�
� � � � � �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Upstream pressure bar
���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� DN50
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.
Page 4 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 5 of 7
valves
��
��
��
��
Downstream pressure bar
��
��
��
� 4.6.74
�
�
� � � � � �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Upstream pressure bar
��� ��� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� DN50
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP163 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and
having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections.
Page 5 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 6 of 7
valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked*
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B
Pilot valve seal assembly C
* Pilot valve and plunger assembly D, E
Main valve assembly F, H
* Main valve return spring G
Red DP163 and DP163G 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring Grey DP163 and DP163G 16 to 21 bar J
Yellow DP163Y and DP163G 0.2 to 3 bar
* Control pipe assembly K
* Balance pipe assembly M, N
* Body gasket (packet of 3) O
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
(set of 10) DN15 and DN20
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts (set of 12) DN25 and DN32 R
(set of 16) DN40 and DN50
4.6.75
(set of 20) DN80
Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) (set of 6) T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that sizes
DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'DP163G'. Interchangeability is therefore
restricted to model type for some parts.
† Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked † are not of the same material as those for the DP143, consequently they
are not compatible for interchangeability.
**
Size
DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80
Main diaphragm a a a b b c c d
Pilot diaphragm a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve seal assembly a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve and plunger assembly a a a a a a a a
Main valve assembly a b c d e f g h
Main valve return spring a a a b b c c d
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a
† Control pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
† Balance pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
† Body gasket a a a b b c c d
† Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a
† Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a a a b b c c d
† Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts a a a b b c c d
† Set of main body studs and nuts − − − − − − − a
** Not available for the DP163G
Page 6 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 7 of 7
valves
P
V
M
K
O
P 4.6.76
G
A
F
B R
Page 7 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.77
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 7
valves
TI-P004-01
CH Issue 6
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 2 of 7
valves
1 DN15 to DN50
2
3
4
Arrangement of main valve
5 assembly as used in sizes
DN40 and DN50.
6
DN80
12
8
29 13
16
7
9 17
10
11
21
13
15
14
16
17
18
4.6.79
20
26
27
30 45
23 46
25
24
22
28
Materials
No. Part Material No. Part Material
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 20 Main valve body Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
21 Pilot valve
3 'C' washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 housing Securing studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
4 Spring housing Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm
DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm
5 Top spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7
DN80 M12 x 40 mm
Pressure adjustment
6 Stainless steel BS 2056302 S25 22 Main diaphragm chamber Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
spring
Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
7 Bottom spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 23 Main
diaphragm Securing bolts Steel BS 4882 Gr. 2H
Spring Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
8 DN15 and DN20 M12 x 50 mm
housing Securing studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm
DN15 to DN80 M10 x 30 mm DN40 and DN50 M12 x 65 mm
9 Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 DN80 M12 x 80 mm
Steel DIN 17245 GS C25 24 Main diaphragms Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31
10 Pilot valve housing
GP 240 GH + N 25 Main diaphragm plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
11 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 26 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
12 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 27 Control pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14
13 Pilot valve and seat unit Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 28 Plug "BSP Steel
14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 29 Pressure pipe union Steel
Stainless steel reinforced 30 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
15 Body gasket
exfoliated graphite
Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
16 Main valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 45
Body nuts M12 x 40 mm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 2H
17 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Upper main
18 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 46 Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
diaphragm chamber
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 2 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 3 of 7
valves
4.6.80
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 3 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 4 of 7
valves
��
��
��
��
Downstream pressure bar
��
��
��
4.6.81 �
�
� � � � � �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Upstream pressure bar
���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� DN50
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 4 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 5 of 7
valves
��
��
��
��
Downstream pressure bar
��
��
��
�
4.6.82
�
� � � � � �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Upstream pressure bar
��� ��� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� ���� DN50
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and
having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 5 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 6 of 7
valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked*
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B
Pilot valve seal assembly C
* Pilot valve and plunger assembly D, E
Main valve assembly F, H
* Main valve return spring G
Red 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring J
Grey 16 to 24 bar
* Control pipe assembly K
* Body gasket (packet of 3) O
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
(set of 10) DN15 and DN20
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts (set of 12) DN25 and DN32 R
(set of 16) DN40 and DN50
(set of 20) DN80
Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) (set of 6) T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V, W, X
4.6.83
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure
reducing valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve.
How to fit. See Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that
sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'SDP' 'G'. Interchangeability is therefore
restricted to model type for some parts.
† Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked † are not of the same material as those for the DP143 and DP163,
consequently, they are not compatible for interchangeability.
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 6 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 7 of 7
valves
P
V
K
O
E
W
P X
G 4.6.84
A
F
B R
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 7 of 7
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P186-08
CH Issue 11
SRV66
Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve
Description 4
The SRV66 is an angle pattern self-draining sanitary pressure
regulating valve of all 316 type stainless steel construction suitable
for use on steam, water and inert industrial gases. It is available
with hygienic sanitary clamp compatible connections to ISO 2852,
requires no external pressure sensing line and has clean in place (CIP)
and sterilise in place (SIP) capability.
6
Typical applications include: Clean steam, gas and liquid supplies
to bioreactors, centrifuges, freeze dryers, sterilisers, autoclaves,
process tanks, humidifiers and culinary equipment.
Valve tightness 5
Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174
(leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).
4.6.85 Standard surface finish and cleaning
3
Certification options
The following are available at an additional cost :
- FDA approval for wetted parts.
- USP class IV approval for wetted parts.
- Surface roughness certificate for wetted surfaces.
- Confirmation that the parts in this product contain only
animal-free derivatives.
These items are subject to quotation and must be specified when Materials
ordering. No. Part Material
1 Body (integral seat) Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
Sizes and end connections
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 2 Main valve Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible. 3 Spring housing Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
4 Adjustment screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
Pressure / temperature limits 5 Spring Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
See overleaf 6 Spring clip Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
7 Diaphragm nut Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
8 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
9 'V' band clamp Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
10 Diaphragm FPM (Viton) / PTFE
11 'O' ring PTFE
12 'V' band clamp screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Inlet PN10
Steam Critical pressure drop: P2 £ 0.58 P1
Body design conditions
Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below
Maximum design pressure 9.5 bar @ 50°C
Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 5.8 bar
Non-critical pressure drop: P2 ³ 0.58 P1
Minimum design temperature -10°C
Maximum operating temperature 180°C
Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g
Minimum operating temperature -10°C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15.2 bar g Gas
Pressure setting range 4.6.86
Size DN15 - DN50
Inlet / outlet rating PN10 / PN2.5 PN10 / PN6 PN10 / PN10 Liquid
Spring range 0.3 - 1.1 bar g 0.8 - 2.5 bar g 1.0 - 5.0 bar g
Maximum permitted outlet pressure = 1.5 times set pressure
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
A
Available spares
Pressure range Size A B C Weight Diaphragm and 'O' ring 10, 11
DN15 - DN25 90 138 200 2.0
1.0 to 5.0 bar
and DN32 - DN40 120 138 200 2.5 How to order spares
0.8 to 2.5 bar Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN50 120 138 200 3.0 headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model and pressure
DN15 - DN25 120 200 200 3.0 range.
0.3 to 1.1 bar DN32 - DN40 120 200 200 3.5 Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring for a Spirax Sarco DN25
SRV66 direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure
DN50 120 200 200 4.0 range of 1 - 5 bar, a PN10 / PN6 rating and an FPM diaphragm.
TI-P186-10
CH Issue 3
SRV66HC
High Capacity
Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve
Description
The SRV66HC all stainless steel sanitary pressure reducing valve
is a double seated, high capacity, spring loaded proportional 20
control valve which also benefits from having a quick release body
clamp ring. It is designed for hygienic applications in the food
processing, brewing/beverage and pharmaceutical industries. The
angle design allows for complete draining with no dead pockets
and is suitable for use in CIP and SIP systems. The valve does not 12
require an external pilot line.
Valve tightness 13
Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174
(leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).
Standard surface finish
Internal wetted parts - standard surface finish of Ra < 3.2 µm.
4.6.87 Available options
End connections; ASME BPE hygienic clamp, flanged ASME or
EN 1092, Aseptic thread, welding spigots.
PN10 rated inlet flange for DN65 – DN100 sizes.
Internal surface finishes; Ra 1.6 µm, 0.80 µm, 0.40 µm and 0.25 µm,
electropolished.
EPDM diaphragm and 'O' ring seals for gas and liquid service.
Maximum operating temperature when this option is used: 130°C.
Sealed bonnet with leakage line for toxic or hazardous media. 19
For sizes DN65 – DN100 with PN16 / PN2.5 (0.3 – 1.1 bar g), 8
PN16 / PN6 (0.8 – 2.5 bar g) and PN10 (2.0 – 5.0 bar g).
3, 5
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel 1.4404 18
2 Seat Stainless steel 1.4404 17
4
3 Spacer, upper Stainless steel 1.4404
14
4 Spacer, lower Stainless steel 1.4404
5 Diaphragm disc Stainless steel 1.4404
6 Spring Stainless steel 1.4310
11
7 Spring cap Stainless steel CrNiMo
9
8 Adjusting screw Stainless steel A4-70
9 Lower stem Stainless steel 1.4404 10
10 'O' ring Elastomer FEPM 75
2
11 'O' ring Elastomer FEPM 75
12 Diaphragm Elastomer FPM
13 Protective film PTFE PTFE 1
14 Upper stem Stainless steel 1.4404
15 Spring washer Stainless steel A2
16 Nut Stainless steel A4-70
17 'O' ring Elastomer FEPM 75
18 Clamp Stainless steel 1.4404
19 Screw Stainless steel 1.4404
20 Gasket Composite Nova-Uni
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
where:
A B
D = Steam mass flow (kg/h)
E s
= Liquid volume flow (m 3 /h)
Steam
saturation g = Gas flow at standard conditions: 0°C @ 1.013 bar a (m³/h)
curve C
P1 = Upstream pressure (bar absolute)
P2 = Downstream pressure (bar absolute)
Pressure bar g P1 - P2
c
The product must not be used in this region. = (pressure drop factor)
P1
The product should not be used in this region or beyond S = Specific gravity
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. T = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = °C + 273)
A - B - C Maximum operating conditions for steam
D - E - C Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases Steam Critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
Inlet PN16
Body design conditions
Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below
Maximum design pressure 15.2 bar @ 50°C
Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 9 bar g Non-critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
Minimum design temperature -10°C
EPDM diaphragm 130°C
Maximum operating temperature
FPM diaphragm 180°C
Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g
Gas
Minimum operating temperature -10°C 4.6.88
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g
C How to order
Example: 1 off, Spirax Sarco DN40 SRV66HC direct acting
pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 – 2.5 bar g
and a PN16 / PN6 rating and FPM diaphragm.
A
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
A supplied as spares.
Available spares
Size A B C Weight Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 20
DN25 100 138 305 2.5 How to order spares
DN40 115 200 345 6.5 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN50 125 200 355 6.5 headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model, pressure range
and PN rating.
DN65 175 240 690 26.0 Example: 1 - Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit for a Spirax Sarco
DN80 175 240 690 26.0 DN40 SRV66HC direct acting pressure reducing valve having a
DN100 175 240 690 26.0 pressure range of 0.8 – 2.5 bar g and a PN16 / PN6 rating and
FPM diaphragm.
4.6.89
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P470-08
CH Issue 3
Temperature ranges
Range A 16 °C to 49 °C Range B 38 °C to 71 °C Range C 49 °C to 82 °C Range D 71 °C to 104 °C Range E 93 °C to 127 °C
Available on request: DN15 - DN50 JIS 10, JIS 16 and ANSI 150 DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F DN15 ANSI 300
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Spring housing SG iron DIN1693 GGG 40.3
4 Top spring plate Stainless steel ASTM A351/A351M CF8M
5 Pressure adjustment spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 25
6 Bottom spring plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Steel
7 Spring housing
Securing studs DN15 to DN32 M10 x 95 mm BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
DN40 and DN50 M12 x 95 mm
8 Pilot diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB102 1980
9 Pilot valve chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
10 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
11 Pilot valve seat with integral seal Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
12 Pilot valve ball Stainless steel AISI 420
13 Pilot valve spring Stainless steel BS 2057 302 S 25
14 Pilot valve clip Stainless steel BS 1449 301 S 21
15 Pilot filter cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S 11
16 Pilot filter cap Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
17 Pilot filter element Brass
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
15
16
17
DP27T
1
6
Exploded view of item 11 2 43
3
10
4
45 5 40
46 41
47 7 35
4.6.92
42
48
8 34
11
39
37
12 9
38
13 21 36
44
18
14 29
19
20 22
28
24
23
32
25
26
DP27TE
27 30
33
Materials - DP27T/TE
See DP27 items list on page 2 for common components
No. Part Material
43 Pilot valve assembly with integral seal
44 Pipe assembly Brass and copper
45 Circlip Stainless steel 1.4116
46 Retainer Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
47 Variseal Composite elastomer / stainless steel Turcon T40 / AQISI 302
48 Pilot seat Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Optional extras
Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m.
Conversion kit: Comprising of a solenoid valve and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing DP27T to DP27TE.
Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP.
Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple, mild steel or stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and
carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP.
Special long pockets are available having minimum length of 0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a rubber bung.
Glass pockets are also available complete with bracket and sealed by a rubber bung.
4.6.93
DP27T
31 (not visible)
W
V
21
U
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Size Flanged Weight
Screwed BS 10 H PN25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16
A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D F G Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 404 130 130 15.7 16.5
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 404 130 130 15.7 16.5
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 404 130 130 15.7 17.4
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 428 148 130 17.2 19.7
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 428 148 130 - 20.7
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 473 178 139 - 32.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 473 178 139 - 35.2
A
A1
4.6.94
D
V
O
K M
L N P
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Steam capacities chart
Downstream pressure bar
4.6.95
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.
Superheated steam
Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart
above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat.
It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Compressed air capacities chart
Downstream pressure bar
4.6.96
Installation note:
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 DP27T pilot operated pressure/temperature control valve having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections
and a temperature range A.
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Spare parts - Available spares
Maintenance kit: A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked *
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot diaphragms (2 off) B
* Pilot valve assembly C, C1
Pilot valve filter and gasket (packet of 3 of each) E, F
Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit B2, C2, D2, E2
* Pilot valve packless gland set H2, J2
Main valve assembly DN15 to DN50 K, L
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly G
* Internal strainer M
* Main valve return spring N
Pressure adjustment spring 0.2 - 17 bar O
Control head (3 pieces) Y, Z
When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m.
Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost).
Range A 16 °C − 49 °C Range B 28 °C − 71 °C Range C 49 °C − 82 °C Range D 71 °C − 104 °C Range E 93 °C − 127 °C
Union sub assembly (3 pieces) U
* Control pipe assembly P
Balance pipe assembly Q
* Body gasket set (3 off) R
* Pilot valve block gasket temperature control unit (3 pieces) R1
Set of spring housing/actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T
DN15 to DN32 (set of 10)
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: V
DN40 to DN50 (set of 12)
Set of temperature pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S1
4.6.97 Set of adjustment head securing screws (set of 3) Y
Solenoid valve complete W
Type DP27TE only Replacement coil X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is
common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. Spares which are marked † are interchangeable with the DP17 and DP27 pressure reducing
valves. Spares marked 'o' are interchangeable with the 37D temperature control valve.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN ½"LC ½" ¾" 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
Maintenance kit a a a b f f a b c d e
†o Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
† Pilot diaphragm a a a a a a a a a a a
† Pilot valve assembly for pressure control unit a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve filter and gasket a a a a a a a a a a a
o Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit a a a a a a a a a a a
o Pilot valve packless gland set a a a a a a a a a a a
†o Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
†o Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
†o Main valve return spring a a a b a a a b b c c
† Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a a a a
o Control head a a a a a a a a a a a
o 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor a a a a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b d e f
† Balance pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
† Gasket set a a a a a a a a a b b
Pilot valve block gasket a a a a a a a a a a a
† Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
†o Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
†o Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of temperature pilot valve housing
securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a a a
o Set of adjustment head securing screws a a a a a a a a a a a
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Z J2
O
S E2
D2
Y C2
S B2
Q S1
B U
Shown 180° out of
position for clarity
C1
4.6.98
Pilot valve chamber
R
F E
assembly
R1
P
Main valve assembly
N R
K
L T
Coil
V X1
Solenoid valve complete
G W
assembly
Core
X2
A
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.99
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P470-01
CH Issue 9
Suitable for steam applications. It incorporates an electrical solenoid valve in the pipe assembly allowing
DP27E
remote closure by means of a switching or timer device.
Suitable for compressed air and inert industrial gas applications. Its design incorporates a nitrile soft seal
DP27G
pilot and main valve. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.
Available types Suitable for compressed air, inert industrial gas and critical low pressure control applications. Its design
incorporates a nitrile soft seal pilot and main valve, and uses a lower rate control spring with a downstream
DP27GY
e
pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.
This can be remotely adjusted by varying a pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm. This is usually achieved
4.6.100
DP27R
using a Spirax-Monnier pressure regulator and an instrument air supply.
iv
Suitable for steriliser or critical low pressure control applications. It uses a lower rate control spring with a
DP27Y
downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark
ch
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Ar
DP27 shown
Page 1 of 11
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Pressure / temperature limits
DP27, DP27E, DP27R and DP27Y DP27G and DP27GY
A B D
Temperature °C
Temperature °C
G
F F
F Steam F
saturation
curve
G C E E
Pressure bar g Pressure bar g
Note: A variable rate conical pressure adjustment spring is fitted providing a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 17 bar g. For the DP27Y
downstream pressure range is 0.2 - 3 bar g.
e
Body design conditions PN25
4.6.101 A-D-E 25 bar g @ 120 °C
Maximum design pressure
A-B-C 17.2 bar g @ 40 °C
-10 °C
DP27E 10 bar
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed : 25 bar g
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Exploded view of DP27 and DP27Y 1
item 11
*10 2
3
4
11
5
*12
*13 7
6
*14
9
8
11
15
16
17
19
18
e
4.6.102
iv 19
ch
* Note: Items 10, 12, 13 and 14 are shown on the
exploded view, as they are hidden by the pilot filter on
the main illustration.
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
DP27 and DP27Y
23
33
20
24 21
22
e
4.6.103 31
iv 25
32 28
ch
26
30
29
27
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
10
DP27E
45
46
47
48
12
13
49
14
43
e
44 4.6.104
iv
ch
Ar
Materials - DP27E
See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common components
No. Part Material
49 Solenoid assembly
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials - DP27G and DP27GY Materials - DP27R
See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common
components components
No. Part Material No. Part Material
35 Pilot valve chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 Actuating
38 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
chamber cover
36 Pilot valve assembly Brass / PTFE / Nitrile
Actuating air
Stainless steel / 39 Brass
37 Main valve assembly BS 970 431 S29 supply union
Nitrile
Diaphragm
40 Stainless steel BS 2056 Gr. 302 S26
DP27G spring
4
7
38 40
5
39 42
8, 41
33 9
7
15
6 16 23
e
8
4.6.105 33
35 17 11
19 36 19
18 18
20
31
iv 20
37
22
31
21
22
23
ch
24
24
19 19
25 25
28 32 28
32
26
Ar
30 26 30
27 27
29 29
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
2. The control pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm must be approximately 0.7 bar above the required
reduced downstream pressure.
Kv values
The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.
DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
DP27, DP27E and DP27Y
Screwed Flanged Weight
BS 10 H PN16/25 ASME 300 BS 10 F ASME 150 JIS 10/16
Size A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D E F Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.0
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.0
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.9
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 430 282 148 14.2 17.2
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 430 282 148 - 18.2
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 475 297 178 - 30.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 475 297 178 - 32.2
DP27R
A
A1
e
E
E 4.6.106
E
D
D
iv D
ch
F
F F
B B
B
Ar
DP27R
Screwed Flanged Weight
BS 10 H PN16/25 ASME 300 BS 10 F ASME 150 JIS 10/16
Size A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D E F Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.0
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.0
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.9
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 320 172 148 13.2 16.2
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 320 172 148 - 16.2
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 364 186 178 - 29.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 364 186 178 - 31.7
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Steam capacities chart
Downstream pressure bar
* * Note: The DP27E
e
4.6.107 Upstream pressure bar
is limited to 10 bar.
iv DN15LC
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal pressure sensing
pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.
Superheated steam
Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart
above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat.
It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Compressed air capacities chart
e
Upstream pressure bar
4.6.108
iv DN15LC
DN20
DN25
DN40
DN50
Installation note:
The pilot operated pressure reducing valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline, protected by a strainer and a separator, with the
direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked*
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
* Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B
* Pilot valve assembly inclusive of filter element (Pilot valve chamber assembly for the DP27G and DP27GY) C
* Pilot filter element and cap gasket (packet of 3 off each) E, F
(Not required for the DP27G and DP27GY) DP27G and DP27GY only - PTFE seals (packet of 6) E
Main valve assembly K, L
* Internal strainer M
Main valve return spring N
DP27, DP27E and DP27G 0.2 to 17 bar O
Pressure adjustment spring (Not required for DP27R)
DP27Y and DP27GY 0.2 to 3 bar
* Control pipe assembly P
* Balance pipe assembly Q
* Body gasket (3 off) R
Pilot valve block gasket (DP27R only) R1
Set of spring housing / actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T
½" - DN32 (set of 10) V
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes
DN40 and DN50 (set of 12)
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly Y
Type DP27E only
e
4.6.109 Solenoid valve complete W
Replacement coil X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is
common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares are interchangeable with the DP27T and where marked † are interchangeable with
the 37D temperature control.**
Ar
** Note: This does not apply to the DP27G and DP27GY soft seat pilot valve or main valve assemblies.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN ½"LC ½" ¾" 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
Maintenance kit a a a b f f a b c d e
Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
† Pilot diaphragms a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve chamber assembly a a a a a a a a a b b
Pilot filter element a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot filter cap gaskets a a a a a a a a a a a
PTFE seals a a a a a a a a a a a
† Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
† Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
† Main valve return spring a a a a a a a a a c c
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a a a a
† Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
Balance pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
† Body gasket a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
† Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
† Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly a a a b a a a b b c c
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
DP27, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27Y
S S
DP27E R1
DP27R
O
Solenoid valve complete
X1
W DP27E
e
B 4.6.110
DP27G, DP27GY
C
X2
iv C
E
P
ch
C
E S
Q
Ar
N
Main valve assembly
R
K T
L T
V
M
A Y
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.111
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Local regulations may valves
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P204-04
CH Issue 7
DLV7
SG Iron
Pressure Reducing Valve
Description Sizes and pipe connections
The DLV7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed pressure DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100.
reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and PN25.
and is suitable for steam.
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a
WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure
signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
Available types:
The DLV7 is available with the following pressure ranges:
Pressure range Actuator
Valve + Actuator and Size
(bar) PN rating
DLV71 DN100 0.5 - 1.5 2.5
DLV72
DN15 to DN50
DN65 to DN80
0.2 - 1.8
0.4 - 1.8
2.5 4.6.112
DLV73 DN100 1.0 - 4.0 6.0
DN15 to DN80 1.0 - 5.5 16.0
DLV74
DN100 3.5 - 13 16.0
DLV75 DN15 to DN80 4.0 - 13 25.0
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve
C E
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A - B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A - D - E Flanged EN 1092 PN25.
Body design conditions PN25 PN16
Maximum design 25 bar g @ 100°C 16 bar g @ 100°C
pressure
Maximum design
250°C @ 21.8 bar g 250°C @ 13.9 bar g
temperature
Minimum design 0°C 0°C
temperature
Maximum operating 250°C @ 21.8 bar g 250°C @ 13.9 bar g
temperature
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0°C
Kvs values
Maximum differential pressure 19 bar g 16 bar g
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Designed for a maximum cold 38 bar g 24 bar g
hydraulic test pressure of K vs 3.0 5.8 10.2 14.7 21.6 36 52 83 130
Note: With internals fitted, 25 bar g 16 bar g Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
test pressure must not exceed be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron EN-JS1025
2 Bonnet SG iron EN-JS1025
3 Valve head assembly (including snap ring) Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 A276 431
DN15 - DN32 Stainless steel 420A UGIMA
4 Valve seat
DN40 - DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 A276 431
Balancing bellows assembly Stainless steel 316L
Guide bush PTFE / Steel composite
5 Except components Ball bearing DN15 - DN20 Stainless steel AISI 440B or 440C
Spirol pin DN25 - DN100 Stainless steel SAE 51420
DN15 - DN65 Stainless steel BS 970 304S11
6 Spindle guide plate
DN80 - DN100 Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
7 Clamp nut Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
8 Pillar Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
DN15 - DN50 Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
9 Actuator mounting plate
DN65 - DN100 Steel zinc plate BS 1449 HR14
10 Bonnet spring plate Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
11 Spring Steel BS EN 10270-1 SM or DM
12 Spring plate Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
4.6.113 13 Axial needle bearing Steel
14 Adjustment nut Steel BS 970 606 M36
DN15 - DN32 M10 DIN 17240-CrMo5
* Cap screw
DN40 - DN50 M12 DIN 17240-CrMo5
15
DN65 M12 DIN 17240-CrMo5
Stud
DN80 - DN100 M16 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
Nut (Bonnet) DN65 M12 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
16 *
Nut DN80 - DN100 M16 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
17 Nut (Pillars) M12 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
18 Lock-nut M14 x 1.5 Steel BS 970 230 M07
19 Gasket (Bonnet / Body) Semi-rigid graphite Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR
20 Gasket (Bonnet / Bellows clamp) Semi-rigid graphite Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR
21 Snap ring (Retain spindle guide) DN65 - DN100 Stainless steel DIN 7993 St.St. (Austenitic)
Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 Carbon steel DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24
Actuator upper
Type 5 Low carbon steel BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3
Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 Carbon steel DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24
Actuator lower
Type 5 Low carbon steel BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3
Types 1 and 2 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
Housing screw
Type 3, 4 and 5 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1 and 2 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5
Housing nuts
Type 3, 4 and 5 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
22 Actuator assembly
Diaphragm Polyester fibre fabric EPDM coated
Hex headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105
Sealing washer Fibre
Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Piston Carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
Actuator spindle Carbon steel BS 970 Pt3 230M07 PB
Mounting nuts Carbon steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Coupling Steel zinc plated
23 * Name-plate PN25 DN50 Stainless steel
Hammer drive screw Stainless steel 18-8
24 *
* Name-plate arrow Stainless steel
* Not shown
3
4
21
19
2
16
15 10
20
7
DN40 and DN50 4.6.114
8 11
13
12
18 14
22
22
17
Type 5 actuator
22
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series
4.6.115 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the
actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream
temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
Selection example: DN25 DLV 7 2 flanged PN25 plus WS4 water seal pot having screwed BSP connections.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 DLV72 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections plus WS4 water
seal pot having screwed BSP connections.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket
Sealing bellows set E, F, G, K
and (DN65 - DN100) snap ring
Control spring(s) I
Head assembly and bonnet gaskets
Head set (DN15 - DN100) L, G, F
Note - The seat cannot be replaced
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket F, G
H L
K 4.6.116
B C A
4.7.1
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012
TI-P257-01
CH Issue 8
Certification
The product is available with a maunfacturers Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
Pressure / temperature limits
the time of order placement.
Temperature °C
Steam
Sizes and pipe connections
saturation
Inlet Screwed ½" or ¾" BSP taper male BS 21 R or NPT* curve
Outlet Screwed ¾" BSP parallel female BS 21 Rp or NPT*
* Please note that the SV405P is only available with BSP connections.
Pressure bar g
Maximum 10 bar g
Set pressure range
Minimum 1 bar g (1.65 bar g for the SV405P)
Backpressure Maximum 10% of set pressure
Minimum -20°C
Temperature Viton seat
Maximum +184°C
Steam 10%
Overpressure
Gas 10%
Performance data Blowdown limits Steam, gas 10%
Derated coefficient
of discharge values Steam, gas 0.78
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Safety valves
Materials
No. Part Material SV405 SV405P SV405X SV406
Stainless steel 304
1 Nozzle
Stainless steel 316
Brass EN 121640 CW617N
2 Body
Stainless steel 1.4409
3 Screw Stainless steel, A4
Brass EN 121640 CW617N
4 Cap
Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *
5 Gasket PTFE
6 Stem/disc holder Stainless steel, X20 Cr Ni 17
7 O’ring Viton, FPM 75
10 Spring plate Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304
13 Adjusting screw Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304
15 Spring Stainless steel, 1.4310
17 Lever Stainless steel, 304
Brass EN 121640 CW617N
29 Joint
Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *
33 Ring-pull Spring steel
4.7.3
29
33 4
13
15
17 15
D
10 10 C
D
2 2
C
6 6
7 7
3 3
5
5
B
1 B
1
A A
Sizing
For the majority of applications, the valve capacity can be selected from the flow capacity table below, alternatively it can be sized using the
online safety valve sizing and selection software at http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp
Installation note: The SV405 and SV406 should always be installed with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV405 safety valve having ¾" BSP inlet x ¾" BSP outlet connections, with a set pressure of 5 bar.
4.7.5
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P316-01
CH Issue 16
SV615
Safety Valve
Description Sizes and end connections
The SV615 full lift, full nozzle safety valve is suitable for steam, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50.
air, inert industrial gas and non-hazardous liquid service. Inlet connections
Applications Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connections.
The SV615 is suitable for the protection of steam or hot water boilers, 1" Sanitary clamp compatible (DN15, DN20 and DN25 sizes only)
generators, vessels, receivers and air compressors, autoclaves, BS 4825 / ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 - Safety valves with these connections
downstream of pressure reducing valves and for general pressure have a surface finish of 0.8 µm on primary wetted parts.
relief applications. Outlet connections
Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connection.
Available types
Valves are available in sizes ranging from DN15 to DN50 and have
a bronze body with female screwed connections and a stainless
steel nozzle. There is also the option of a 1" sanitary clamp inlet
connection on the smaller sizes. All valves have a closed bonnet with
either a lifting lever or closed cap (gas tight cap option). An optional
soft seal is available in Nitrile, EPDM or Viton. Where frequent
4.7.6
washdown occurs or aesthetic appearance is a consideration,
this product can also be supplied with an electroless nickel plated
(ELNP) finish to the body, lever housing (or sealed cap) and lever.
A mechanically fastened stainless steel name-plate can also be
provided - For full details contact Spirax Sarco.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard
for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test
pressure. Also available on request is material certification in
accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Screwed 1" Sanitary
Pressure / temperature limits female version clamp version
120
100 Minimum -90°C
Steam Metal seat
Maximum +230°C
50 saturation
curve Minimum -30°C
Nitrile seat *
0 Maximum +120°C
Temperature
-90 Minimum -50°C
0 5 10 15 20 25 EPDM seat *
Maximum +150°C
Pressure bar g 14 18 Minimum -20°C
Maximum Maximum Viton seat *
set pressure for set pressure for Maximum +200°C
1" and 2" " to 1" Steam 5%
SV615 SV615 Overpressure Gas 10%
Liquid 10%
The product must not be used in this region. Steam, gas 10%
Performance data Blowdown limits
Liquids 20%
A-A Maximum operating temperature with metal seat. Derated coefficient Steam, gas 0.71
B-B Maximum operating temperature with Viton seat. of discharge values Liquid 0.52
C-C Maximum operating temperature with EPDM seat. Maximum permitted backpressure 10% of set pressure
D-D Maximum operating temperature with Nitrile seat. Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g
* Note: Soft seal inserts are not suitable for steam applications.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4
Gas tight cap option
15 11
9
16
18
13
10
7
5
8
4.7.7 12
Soft seal disc 6
version
17
19
3
1
14
2
Table 1 - SV615 flow capacity for saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h)
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 5% overpressure)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.71
Table 2 - SV615 flow capacity for air in litres per second (normal I /s) at 0°C and 1.013 bar a
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 10% overpressure)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.71
Table 3 - SV615 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h) at 20°C
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 10% overpressure)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52
Table 4 - SV615 flow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100°C
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52
Selection example
SV615 A N DN15 BSPF x BSPF
EØ
DØ
A
4.7.11
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-S13-27
CH Issue 13
SV60
Safety Valve
4.7.12
Description
The SV60 is a range of full lift flanged safety valves suitable for use on steam, inert industrial gas and water services. Please contact
Spirax Sarco for suitability of any other media.
Available types
Model and material Bonnet and cap configuration
Open type easing lever
SV604 Carbon steel Closed bonnet Sealed cap
SV607 SG iron Packed easing lever - DN20 to DN100 only
Open bonnet Open type easing lever
Applications
The SV60 is suitable for the protection of steam boilers, pipelines, pressure vessels, compressors and receivers and most general process
industry applications.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also
available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Standards and approvals
The SV60 carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC falling within
Category 4 for Group 2 gases.
Seat tightness to ASME / API Standard 527-1992.
Lloyds Register (LR) type approval - Certificate number 01 / 00125 (E2).
The SV604 (PN flanged) is approved by the TÜV to AD-Merkblatt A2, AD-Merkblatt A4, TRD 421, Vd TÜV 100, 100 / 4.
Sizes and end connections Inlet sizes: DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150.
Valve type Inlet connection Outlet connection
PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN16
SV607
PN25 PN16
PN40 PN16
SV604
ASME 300 ASME 150
Standard PN flanges are to EN 1092 and ASME 300 flanges to EN 1759-1.
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Safety valves
Temperature °C
SV604 PN40 inlet
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
This product must not be
Temperature °C
4.7.13
Pressure bar g
SV604 PN40
Body design conditions
SV607 PN16 or PN25
Size Saturated steam Air Water
DN20 x DN32 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
DN25 x DN40 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
DN32 x DN50 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
DN40 x DN65 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
SV604 PN40 DN50 x DN80 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
DN65 x DN100 29 bar g 32 bar g 32 bar g
DN80 x DN125 29 bar g 32 bar g 32 bar g
DN100 x DN150 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN125 x DN200 20 bar g 20 bar g 20 bar g
DN150 x DN250 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
Set pressure range maximum
DN20 x DN32 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN25 x DN40 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN32 x DN50 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN40 x DN65 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
PN25 DN50 x DN80 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN65 x DN100 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN80 x DN125 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
SV607 DN100 x DN150 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
DN125 x DN200 20 bar g 20 bar g 20 bar g
DN150 x DN250 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
DN65 x DN100 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
DN80 x DN125 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
PN16 DN100 x DN150 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
DN125 x DN200 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
DN150 x DN250 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
Set pressure range minimum SV604 and SV607 0.2 bar g
SV604 400°C
Maximum
Temperature SV607 350°C
Minimum SV604 and SV607 -10°C
Steam 5%
Performance data Overpressure
Liquids and gas 10%
Steam and gas 10%
Blowdown limit
Liquids 20%
Backpressure limit 10% of set pressure
SV604 60 bar g
Designed for a maximum inlet
PN25 38 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of: SV607
PN16 24 bar g
32 31 30
4 26, 27 4
17 19, 20
4 29
14 28
15
18 16
18
34
6 35
Sealed cap
9
3
Packed easing lever
12 (DN20 to DN100 only)
11
7
22 10
33
13
21
23 5
8
36 2
4.7.14
1
Materials
No. Part Material SV607 / SV604
1 Body SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N
2 Seat Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4057 or for DN125 - DN150 ANC2
3 Bonnet SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N
4 Cap SG iron GJS-400-15
Stainless steel, DN20 - DN100 1.4021 or for
5 Disc
hardened 47-52 HRC (Hardened Rockwell 'C' Scale) DN125 - DN150 CA15
Standard Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
6 Spring
For temperatures above 230°C Tungsten alloy steel
7 Guide plate SG iron GJS-400-15
8 Skirt Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4301 or for DN125 - DN150 1.4308
9 Stem Stainless steel 1.4021
10 Body bolts Steel CK35
* 11 Spring plate Carbon steel C45E
* 12 Bearing ring (DN80 to DN150 only) Stainless steel 1.4021
13 Spacer Stainless steel 1.4021
14 Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4021
15 Lock-nut Zinc plated carbon steel
16 Screw Zinc plated steel
17 Collar Zinc plated carbon steel
18 Lever SG iron GJS-400-15
19 Cross pin Zinc plated carbon steel
20 Circlip Spring steel
21 Disc pin Spring steel DIN 7343, A304
22 Collets Stainless steel 1.4021
23 Stem ball Stainless steel
26 Collar pin Zinc plated carbon steel
27 Collar circlip Spring stainless steel
28 Packed lever spindle Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
29 Lifting fork Carbon steel
30 Gland packing Graphite
31 Gland Stainless steel ASTM A276 304
32 Gland nut Carbon steel
33 Guide plate gaskets (2 off) Reinforced exfoliated graphite
34 Sealed cap gasket Universal SA
35 Packed lever cap gasket Universal SA
36 Body drain plug ½ BSP Steel
* Note: The spring plate (11) and bearing ring design (12) varies according to the valve size and set pressure.
Table 1 - SV60 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126)
Valve size DN in /out 20 / 32 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
Flow area (mm²) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
Table 2 - SV60 flow capacity for air - normal m3/ h at 0°C and 1013 mbar
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421)
Valve size DN in /out 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Flow area (mm²) 230 445 740 1 140 1 979 2 734 4 185 6 504 8 659 12 272
w (P > 4 bar) 0.78 0.86 0.76 0.68 0.64 0.71 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.73
Valve size DN in / out 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Flow area (mm²) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
w 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
4.7.18
Installation note:
The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of
the spring housing vertically above the valve.
Open bonnet valves are recommended for all steam boiler
applications and for valves fitted with Tungsten alloy springs.
4.7.19
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 5
TI-P317-02
CH Issue 4
4.7.20
Description
The SV60H is a range of full lift safety valves suitable for the protection of hot water generators. The construction is characterised by an
EPDM bellows and elastomer seat seal to ensure leak free operation.
Available types
Set pressure range 1 to 10 bar g (in 0.5 bar increments)
SV604H Carbon steel
Body materials
SV607H SG iron
'O' ring seat seals in accordance with Vd TÜV-Merkblatt SV100/4 EPDM, Viton
Applications
The SV60H is designed to protect hot water generators from overpressure in accordance with DIN 4751, Side 2, for temperatures up
to 120°C.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure.
Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Standards and approvals
The SV60H carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and falls
within Category 4 for Group 2 gases.
The SV60H is approved by the TÜV to TRD 421, TRD 721 and Vd TÜV Merkblatt SV100 and 100 / 4.
Size and end connections Inlet sizes DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150
Valve type Inlet connection Outlet connection
PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN16
SV607H
PN25 PN16
SV604H PN40 PN16
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 5
���
Temperature °C
���
�
� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
���
Temperature °C
���
�
� � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
4.7.21
���
Temperature °C
���
�
� � � �� ��
Pressure bar g
SV604H PN40
Body design conditions
SV607H PN16 or PN25
Maximum 10 bar g
Set pressure range
Minimum 1 bar g
Minimum 5°C
EPDM seat
Maximum 120°C
Temperature
Minimum 5°C
Viton seat
Maximum 120°C
Overpressure 10%
Blowdown limit 10% of set pressure
Performance data
Derated coefficient of discharge values 0.5
Backpressure limit Up to 10% of set pressure
PN40 60 bar g
Designed for a maximum inlet
PN25 38 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of:
PN16 24 bar g
Page 2 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 3 of 5
Materials
No. Part Material 17 26 19, 20
1 Body SV604H Carbon steel 1.0619 + N
SV607H SG iron GJS-400-18 LT
DN20 - DN100 Stainless steel 1.4057 4
2 Seat
DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel ANC2 39
SV604H Carbon steel 1.0619 + N
3 Bonnet
SV607H SG iron GJS-400-18 LT
13
4 Cap SG iron GJS-400-15
DN20 - DN125 Stainless steel 1.4021 14
5 Disc
DN150 Stainless steel CA15
3
6 Spring Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
10
DN20 - DN100 Stainless steel 1.4301 18
7 Skirt
DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel 1.4308
8 Stem Stainless steel 1.4021 6
9 Body bolts Steel CK35
10 Spring plate Carbon steel C45E 8
11 Collets Steel 1.4021
13 Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4021 10
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated carbon steel 11
Page 3 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 5
Table 1 - SV60H flow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100°C
(calculated in accordance with TRD 721)
Valve size DN 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Area (mm²) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
4.7.23 8.5
9.0
500
529
967
1 023
1 425
1 507
2 195
2 322
3 810
4 031
5 263
5 569
8 056
8 525
12 520
13 249
16 669
17 638
23 624
24 998
9.5 556 1 076 1 585 2 442 4 239 5 856 8 964 13 932 18 548 26 287
10.0 574 1 111 1 637 2 522 4 378 6 048 9 257 14 387 19 154 27 146
Valve size DN 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) do 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Area (mm²) Ao 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 5 of 5
Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the
centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.
4H = Carbon steel
Body material 4H
7H = SG iron
C
E = EPDM
Seal material E
V = Viton
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV604HAE, DN20 flanged PN40 D
safety valve with a set pressure of 6 bar g.
A
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.25
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 4
TI-P315-04
CH Issue 3
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 4
Steam saturation
��� curve The product must not be used in this region.
C
���
��� A - B Metal seat
C - B EPDM seat seal is limited to a maximum operating
B temperature of 130°C.
�
� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
Table 1 - SVL606 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure in accordance with EN ISO 4126)
Valve size DN in / out 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Page 2 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 3 of 4
Table 2 - SVL606 flow capacity for air - normal m3 / h at 0°C and 1013 mbar
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2)
Valve size DN in / out 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Table 3 - SVL606 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20°C
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 at 10% overpressure)
Valve size DN in / out 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Page 3 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 4
Installation
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the product.
SVL606 - B - S - PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 x 40 SVL606-B-S-PN40 safety
valve with a set pressure of 15.5 bar g.
C
Page 4 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 5
TI-S13-25
CH Issue 11
���
Steam
��� saturation
curve
���
� D B
���
� ��� ��� ��� ��� ���
Pressure psi g
The product must not be used in this region.
A - B Limit for valves with a flanged inlet.
C - D Limit for valves with a screwed inlet.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 5
4
26
16
24, 25
14
15
18 20
10
12
13
11
27
40
9
4.7.31 5
7
21
17 23
22 8
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
2 Seat Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
3 Bonnet Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
4 Cap Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
5 Disc Stainless steel ASTM A217 CA15
6 Spring Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
7 Upper adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
8 Lower adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
9 Stem (lower) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
10 Stem (upper) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
11 Spring washers (2 off) Steel ASTM A105
12 Bonnet stud Steel ASTM A193 Grade B7
13 Bonnet nut Steel ASTM A194 Grade 2H
14 Adjusting screw Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
15 Adjusting screw nut Carbon steel
16 Release ring Carbon steel
17 Lock-nut (2 off) Carbon steel
18 Lever Grey iron
20 Cap set screw Carbon steel
21 Upper adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
22 Lower adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
23 Disc ball Stainless steel
24 Pin washer Carbon steel
25 Lever pin Carbon steel
26 Lock-nut Carbon steel
27 Guide plate Carbon steel
40 Stem pin Carbon steel
Page 2 of 5
Orifice J K L M N P Q R
Area Sq. In. 1.374 1.968 3.054 3.846 4.633 6.830 11.811 17.123
Steam Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow
Set
saturation lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
Capacities
pressure
temperature
psi g 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10%
ºF
250 15 1 833 1 897 2 625 2 717 4 074 4 216 5 131 5 308 6 181 6 395 9 111 9 427 15 756 16 302 22 842 23 634
259 20 2 146 2 231 3 074 3 196 4 770 4 959 6 007 6 244 7 236 7 522 10 668 11 089 18 447 19 176 26 744 27 800
267 25 2 459 2 566 3 522 3 675 5 466 5 702 6 883 7 180 8 292 8 649 12 224 12 751 21 139 22 050 30 646 31 966
274 30 2 772 2 900 3 971 4 153 6 162 6 446 7 760 8 116 9 348 9 776 13 780 14 413 23830 24 923 34 548 36 133
281 35 3 085 3 234 4 419 4 632 6 858 7 189 8 636 9 052 10 403 10 904 15 337 16 074 26 521 27 797 38 449 40 299
287 40 3 398 3 569 4 868 5 111 7 554 7 932 9 513 9 987 11 459 12 031 16 893 17 736 29 213 30 671 42 351 44 465
292 45 3 711 3 903 5 316 5 590 8 250 8 675 10 389 10 923 12 515 13 158 18 449 19 398 31 904 33 545 46 253 48 631
298 50 4 025 4 237 5 764 6 069 8 945 9 418 11 265 11 859 13 570 14 286 20 006 21 060 34 595 36 418 50 155 52 797
303 55 4 338 4 572 6 213 6 548 9 641 10 162 12 142 12 795 14 626 15 413 21 562 22 722 37 287 39 292 54 057 56 964
307 60 4 651 4 906 6 661 7 027 10 337 10 905 13 018 13 730 15 682 16 540 23 118 24 383 39 978 42 166 57 958 61 130
312 65 4 964 5 240 7 110 7 506 11 033 11 648 13 894 14 666 16 738 17 667 24 675 26 045 42 670 45 040 61 860 65 296
316 70 5 277 5 575 7 558 7 985 11 729 12 391 14 771 15 602 17 793 18 795 26 231 27 707 45 361 47 913 65 762 69 462
320 75 5 590 5 909 8 007 8 464 12 425 13 134 15 647 16 538 18 849 19 922 27 567 29 369 48 052 50 787 69 664 73 629
324 80 5 903 6 244 8 455 8 943 13 121 13 878 16 524 17 474 19 905 21 049 29 344 31 031 50 744 53 661 73 565 77 795
328 85 6 216 6 578 8 904 9 422 13 817 14 261 17 400 18 409 20 960 22 176 30 900 32 693 53 435 56 535 77 467 81 961
331 90 6 529 6 912 9 352 9 901 14 513 15 364 18 276 19 345 22 016 23 304 32 456 34 354 56 126 59 408 81 369 86 127
335 95 6 842 7 247 9 800 10 379 15 209 16 107 19 153 20 281 23 072 24 431 34 013 36 016 58 818 62 282 85 271 90 294
338 100 7 155 7 581 10 249 10 858 15 905 16 850 20 029 21 217 24 128 25 558 35 569 37 678 61 509 65 156 89 173 94 460
341 105 7 469 7 915 10 697 11 337 16 600 17 594 20 905 22 152 25 183 26 685 37 125 39 340 64 200 68 030 93 074 98 626
Safety
344 110 7 782 8 250 11 146 11 816 17 296 18 337 21 782 23 088 26 239 27 813 38 682 41 002 66 892 70 903 96 976 102 792
347 115 8 293 8 584 11 594 12 295 17 992 19 080 22 658 24 024 27 295 28 940 40 238 42 663 69 583 73 777 100 878 106 958
350 120 8 408 8 918 12 043 12 774 18 688 19 823 23 535 24 960 28 350 30 067 41 001 44 325 72 274 76 651 104 780 111 125
Page 3 of 5
Page 3 of 5
353 125 8 721 9 253 12 491 13 253 19 384 20 566 24 411 25 896 29 406 31 194 43 351 45 987 74 966 79 525 108 681 115 291
356 130 9 034 9 587 12 940 13 732 20 080 21 310 25 287 26 831 30 462 32 322 44 907 47 649 77 657 82 398 112 583 119 457
358 135 9 347 9 922 13 388 14 211 20 776 22 053 26 164 27 767 31 518 33 449 46 463 49 311 80 348 85 272 116 485 123 623
valves
Control valves
361 140 9 660 10 256 13 836 14 690 21 472 22 796 27 040 28 703 32 573 34 576 48 020 50 973 83 040 88 146 120 387 127 790
380 180 12 165 12 931 17 424 18 521 27 039 28 742 34 051 36 189 41 019 43 594 60 470 64 267 104 570 111 136 151 601 161 119
2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.
382 185 12 478 13 265 17 872 19 000 27 735 29 485 34 927 37 125 42 075 44 722 62 027 65 929 107 262 114 010 155 503 165 286
384 190 12 791 13 600 18 321 19 479 28 431 30 228 35 804 38 061 43 130 45 849 63 583 67 591 109 953 116 883 159 404 169 452
386 195 13 104 13 934 18 769 19 958 29 127 30 971 36 680 38 996 44 186 46 976 65 139 69 253 112 644 119 757 163 306 173 618
388 200 13 417 14 268 19 218 20 437 29 823 31 714 37 557 39 932 45 242 48 103 66 696 70 914 115 336 122 631 167 208 177 784
390 205 13 728 14 600 19 663 20 912 30 513 32 452 38 426 40 868 46 290 49 231 68 240 72 576 118 007 125 505 171 080 181 951
392 210 14 043 14 937 20 115 21 395 31 214 33 201 39 309 41 804 47 353 50 358 69 808 74 238 120 718 128 378 175 012 186 117
394 215 14 354 15 269 20 560 21 870 31 905 33 938 40 179 42 739 48 401 51 485 71 352 75 900 123 389 131 252 178 883 190 283
396 220 14 670 15 606 21 008 22 352 32 606 34 687 41 062 43 675 49 465 52 612 72 921 77 562 126 101 134 126 182 815 194 449
398 225 14 980 15 937 21 456 22 827 33 296 35 424 41 931 44 611 50 512 53 740 74 465 79 223 128 770 137 000 18 685 198 615
399 230 15 296 16 275 21 908 23 310 33 998 36 174 42 815 45 547 51 576 54 867 76 034 80 885 131 484 139 874 190 619 202 782
401 235 15 606 16 606 22 353 23 785 34 688 36 911 43 684 46 483 52 623 55 994 77 577 82 547 134 152 142 747 194 487 206 948
403 240 15 922 16 943 22 805 24 268 35 390 37 660 44 568 47 418 53 687 57 122 79 146 84 209 136 866 145 621 198 422 211 114
404 245 16 232 17 275 23 250 24 743 36 080 38 397 45 436 48 354 54 734 58 249 80 689 85 871 139 534 148 495 202 289 215 280
406 250 16 548 17 612 23 702 25 226 36 782 39 146 46 320 49 290 55 799 59 376 82 259 87 533 142 249 151 369 206 226 219 447
TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11
4.7.32
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 5
Where:
A = Required orifice area in square inches
P = Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is
3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7.
T = Inlet temperature, °F. Absolute (°F plus 460).
= Required steam capacity in pounds per hour.
= Required vapor capacity in pounds per hour.
Kd = Coefficient of discharge, 0.955 for steam, air and vapour service.
Ksh = Steam superheat correction factor. See Table 1 below.
M = Average molecular weight of vapour. See Table 2, page 5.
C = Gas or vapour flow constant. See Table 3, page 5.
Z = Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using
a value of Z = 1.0.
380 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - -
400 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - -
420 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 5 of 5
SV7 3 - V - A J - 180
B
How to order
A Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV73-V-AJ-180 safety valve having
a set pressure of 180 psi g.
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.35
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-S13-30
CH Issue 13
SV74
Carbon Steel
Safety Valve
Description
The SV74 steel series safety valves are built in conformance to Section I and VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. They
are primarily intended for use on power boilers and unfired pressure vessels where ASME Section I and VIII stamped valves are required.
Applications
Protection of steam systems downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and
process vessels. Also for use on flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation
vessels and air equipment from overpressurisation. Steam boilers and generators.
Available types
The SV74 is available with carbon steel body and stainless steel trim in orifice sizes from 'F' to 'R'. It has an open bonnet and easing
lever and flanged connections.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure.
4.7.36
Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Standards and approvals
Approved by National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Cvode Sections I and VIII.
Seat tightness is in accordance with ASME/API STD 527-1992.
If National Board 'V' or 'UV' stamp is required, then this must be specified at the time of ordering.
The SV74 fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.
A B
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure psi g
The product must not be used in this region.
A - B To avoid spring damage, do not exceed an operating
temperature of 446°F.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4
26
16
24, 25
18
14
15
20
10
12
13
11
27
40
9
7
4.7.37 21
5
17 23
22 8
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB
F to H orifice Stainless steel ASTM A479 304
2 Seat
J to R orifice Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
3 Bonnet Carbon steel ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB
4 Cap Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
F to H orifice Stainless steel ASTM A479 304
5 Disc
J to R orifice Stainless steel ASTM A217 CA15
6 Spring Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
7 Upper adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
8 Lower adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
9 Stem (lower) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
10 Stem (upper) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
11 Spring washers (2 off) Steel ASTM A105
12 Bonnet stud Steel ASTM A193 Grade B7
13 Bonnet nut Steel ASTM A194 Grade 2H
14 Adjusting screw Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
15 Adjusting screw nut Carbon steel
16 Release ring Carbon steel
17 Lock-nuts (2 off) Carbon steel
18 Lever Grey iron
20 Cap set screw Carbon steel
21 Upper adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
22 Lower adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
23 Disc ball Stainless steel
24 Pin washer Carbon steel
25 Lever pin Carbon steel
26 Lock-nut Carbon steel
27 Guide plate Carbon steel
40 Stem pin Carbon steel
Steam Set Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow
Capacities
saturation pressure
lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
temperature psi g
ºF 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10%
TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13
250 15 438 453 716 741 1 122 1 161 1 833 1 897 2 625 2 717 4 074 4 216 5 131 5 308 6 181 6 395 9 111 9 427 15 756 16 302 22 842 23 634
259 20 512 533 839 872 1 314 1 366 2 146 2 231 3 074 3 196 4 770 4 959 6 007 6 244 7 236 7 522 10 668 11 089 18 447 19 176 26 744 27 800
267 25 587 612 961 1 003 1 505 1 570 2 459 2 566 3 522 3 675 5 466 5 702 6 883 7 180 8 292 8 649 12 224 12 751 21 139 22 050 30 646 31 966
274 30 662 692 1 083 1 133 1 697 1 775 2 772 2 900 3 971 4 153 6 162 6 446 7 760 8 116 9 348 9 776 13 780 14 413 23 830 24 923 34 548 36 133
281 35 737 772 1 206 1 264 1 888 1 980 3 085 3 234 4 419 4 632 6 858 7 189 8 636 9 052 10 403 10 904 15 337 16 074 26 521 27 797 38 449 40 299
287 40 811 852 1 328 1 395 2 080 2 184 3 398 3 569 4 868 5 111 7 554 7 932 9 513 9 987 11 459 12 031 16 893 17 736 29 213 30 671 42 351 44 465
292 45 886 932 1 451 1 525 2 272 2 389 3 711 3 903 5 316 5 590 8 250 8 675 10 389 10 923 12 515 13 158 18 449 19 398 31 904 33 545 46 253 48 631
298 50 961 1 012 1 573 1 656 2 463 2 594 4 025 4 237 5 764 6 069 8 945 9 418 11 265 11 859 13 570 14 286 20 006 21 060 34 595 36 418 50 155 52 797
303 55 1 035 1 091 1 695 1 787 2 655 2 798 4 338 4 572 6 213 6 548 9 641 10 162 12 142 12 795 14 626 15 413 21 562 22 722 37 287 39 292 54 057 56 964
307 60 1 110 1171 1 818 1 917 2 847 3 003 4 651 4 906 6 661 7 027 10 337 10 905 13 018 13 730 15 682 16 540 23 118 24 383 39 978 42 166 57 958 61 130
312 65 1 185 1 251 1 940 2 048 3 038 3 208 4 964 5 240 7 110 7 506 11 033 11 648 13 894 14 666 16 738 17 667 24 675 26 045 42 670 45 040 61 860 65 296
316 70 1 260 1 331 2 062 2 179 3 230 3 412 5 277 5 575 7 558 7 985 11 729 12 391 14 771 15 602 17 793 18 795 26 231 27 707 45 361 47 913 65 762 69 462
320 75 1 334 1 411 2 185 2 309 3 422 3 617 5 590 5 909 8 007 8 464 12 425 13 134 15 647 16 538 18 849 19 922 27 567 29 369 48 052 50 787 69 664 73 629
324 80 1 409 1 490 2 307 2 440 3 613 3 822 5 903 6 244 8 455 8 943 13 121 1 3878 16 524 17 474 19 905 21 049 29 344 31 031 50 744 53 661 73 565 77 795
328 85 1 484 1 570 2 429 2 571 3 805 4 026 6 216 6 578 8 904 9 422 13 817 14 261 17 400 18 409 20 960 22 176 30 900 32 693 53 435 56 535 77 467 81 961
331 90 1 559 1 650 2 552 2 702 3 996 4 231 6 529 6 912 9 352 9 901 14 513 15 364 18 276 19 345 22 016 23 304 32 456 34 354 56 126 59 408 81 369 86 127
335 95 1 633 1 730 2 674 2 832 4 188 4 436 6 842 7 247 9 800 10 379 15 209 16 107 19 153 20 281 23 072 24 431 34 013 36 016 58 818 62 282 85 271 90 294
338 100 1 708 1 810 2 797 2 963 4 380 4 640 7 155 7 581 10 249 10 858 15 905 16 850 20 029 21 217 24 128 25 558 35 569 37 678 61 509 65 156 89 173 94 460
341 105 1 783 1 890 2 919 3 094 4 571 4 845 7 469 7 915 10 697 11 337 16 600 17 594 20 905 22 152 25 183 26 685 37 125 39 340 64 200 68 030 93 074 98 626
344 110 1 858 1 969 3 041 3 224 4 763 5 050 7 782 8 250 11 146 11 816 17 296 18 337 21 782 23 088 26 239 27 813 38 682 41 002 66 892 70 903 96 976 102 792
347 115 1 932 2 049 3 164 3 355 4 955 5 254 8 293 8 584 11 594 12 295 17 992 19 080 22 658 24 024 27 295 28 940 40 238 42 663 69 583 73 777 100 878 106 958
350 120 2 007 2 129 3 286 3 486 5 146 5 459 8 408 8 918 12 043 12 774 18 688 19 823 23 535 24 960 28 350 30 067 41 001 44 325 72 274 76 651 104 780 111 125
353 125 2 082 2 209 3 408 3 616 5 338 5 663 8 721 9 253 12 491 13 253 19 384 20 566 24 411 25 896 29 406 31 194 43 351 45 987 74 966 79 525 108 681 115 291
356 130 2 157 2 289 3 531 3 747 5 530 5 868 9 034 9 587 12 940 13 732 20 080 21 310 25 287 26 831 30 462 32 322 44 907 47 649 77 657 82 398 112 583 119 457
Safety valves
358 135 2 231 2 368 3 652 3 878 5 721 6 073 9 347 9 922 13 388 14 211 20 776 22 053 26 164 27 767 31 518 33 449 46 463 49 311 80 348 85 272 116 485 123 623
Control valves
361 140 2 306 2 448 3 775 4 008 5 913 6 277 9 660 10 256 13 836 14 690 21 472 22 796 27 040 28 703 32 573 34 576 48 020 50 973 83 040 88 146 120 387 127 790
363 145 2 381 2 528 3 898 4 139 6 104 6 482 9 973 10 590 14 285 15 169 22 168 23 539 27 916 29 639 33 629 35 704 49 576 52 634 85 731 91 020 124 288 131 956
366 150 2 456 2 608 4 020 4 270 6 296 6 687 10 286 10 925 14 733 15 648 22 864 24 282 28 793 30 574 34 685 36 831 51 132 54 296 88 422 93 893 128 190 136 122
368 155 2 530 2 688 4 143 4 400 6 488 6 891 10 599 11 259 15 182 16 127 23 559 25 026 29 669 31 510 35 740 37 958 52 689 55 958 91 114 96 767 132 092 140 288
375 170 2 755 2 927 4 510 4 792 7 063 7 505 11 539 12 262 16 527 17 563 25 647 27 255 32 298 34 317 38 907 41 340 57 358 60 943 99 188 105 388 143 797 152 787
377 175 2 829 3 007 4 632 4 923 7 254 7 710 11 852 12 597 16 976 18 042 26 343 27 998 33 175 35 253 39 963 42 467 58 914 62 605 101 879 108 262 147 699 156 953
2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.
380 180 2 904 3 087 4 754 5 054 7 446 7 915 12 165 12 931 17 424 18 521 27 039 28 742 34 051 36 189 41 019 43 594 60 470 64 267 104 570 111 136 151 601 161 119
382 185 2 979 3 167 4 877 5 184 7 638 8 119 12 478 13 265 17 872 19 000 27 735 29 485 34 927 37 125 42 075 44 722 62 027 65 929 107 262 114 010 155 503 165 286
384 190 3 053 3 246 4 999 5 315 7 829 8 324 12 791 13 600 18 321 19 479 28 431 30 228 35 804 38 061 43 130 45 849 63 583 67 591 109 953 116 883 159 404 169 452
386 195 3 128 3 326 5 122 5 446 8 021 8 529 13 104 13 934 18 769 19 958 29 127 30 971 36 680 38 996 44 186 46 976 65 139 69 253 112 644 119 757 163 306 173 618
388 200 3 203 3406 5 244 5 577 8 212 8 733 13 417 14 268 19 218 20 437 29 823 31 714 37 557 39 932 45 242 48 103 66 696 70 914 115 336 122 631 167 208 177 784
392 210 3 352 3 566 5 489 5 838 8 816 9 143 14 043 14 937 20 115 21 395 31 214 33 201 39 309 41 804 47 353 50 358 69 808 74 238 120 718 128 378 175 012 186 117
396 220 3 502 3 725 5 733 6 099 8 979 9 552 14 670 15 606 20 416 22 352 32 606 34 687 41062 43 675 49 465 52 612 72 921 77 562 126 101 134 126 182 815 194 449
399 230 3 651 3 885 5 978 6 361 9 362 9 961 15 296 16 275 21 908 23 310 33 998 36 174 42 815 45 547 51 576 54 867 76 034 80 885 131 484 139 874 190 619 202 782
403 240 3 801 4 045 6 223 6 622 9 746 10 371 15 922 16 943 22 805 24 268 35 390 37 660 44 568 47 418 53 687 57 122 79 146 84 209 136 866 145 621 198 422 211 114
406 250 3 950 4 204 6 468 6 883 10 129 10 780 16 548 17 612 23 702 25 226 36 782 39 146 46 320 49 290 55 799 59 376 82 259 87 533 142 249 151 369 206 226 219 447
409 260 4 100 4 364 6 712 7 145 10 512 11 189 17 174 18 281 24 599 26 184 38 174 40 633 48 073 51 161 57 910 61 631 85 372 90 856 147 632 157 116 214 029 227 779
413 270 4 249 4 524 6 957 7 406 10 895 11 599 17 801 18 950 25 496 27 142 39 565 42 119 49 826 53 033 60 022 63 885 88 484 94 180 153 014 162 864 221 833 236 111
416 280 4 399 4 683 7 202 7 667 11 279 12 008 18 427 19 618 26 393 28 100 40 957 43 606 51 579 54 905 62 133 66 140 91 597 97 503 158 397 168 611 229 636 244 444
417 290 4 548 4 843 7 446 7 929 11 662 12 417 19 053 20 287 27 290 29 057 42 349 45 092 53 331 56 776 64 245 68 394 94 710 100 827 163 780 174 359 237 440 252 776
4 698 5 003 7 691 8 190 12 045 12 827 19 679 20 956 28 187 30 015 43 741 46 578 55 084 58 648 66 356 70 649 97 822 104 151 169 163 180 106 245 243 261 109
Page 3 of 5
422 300
4.7.38
Control valves
Safety valves
Where:
A = Required orifice area in square inches
P = Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is
3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7.
Z = Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using
a value of Z = 1.0.
A SV7 4 - V - X P - 180
How to order
Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV74-V-XP-180 safety valve having
a set pressure of 180 psi g.
4.7.41
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P315-03
CH Issue 7
SVL488
Stainless Steel
Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications
Description
The SVL488 is a soft seated stainless steel, full lift, TÜV approved
safety valve suitable for steam, gas and liquid applications.
Applications
The SVL488 is suitable for the overpressure protection of low
pressure steam equipment, pipelines and pressure vessels,
particularly within the brewing and beverage industries where
extremely high standards of hygiene and cleanliness are required
to maintain product quality and to minimise contamination of the
process media.
Available types
Two main variations of the valve are available:
SVL488-B with a sealed cap for liquid service. 4.7.42
SVL488-C with a packed easing lever for steam (or other services
where a lever is specified).
Note: Both designs have a closed bonnet and EPDM soft seat seal
and bellows as standard.
Certification
A manufactures' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for
each valve including valve set and hydraulic pressure. Also
available on request is material certification in accordance with
EN 10204 3.1.
Optional extras
The standard inlet wetted surface finish is 0.75 µm Ra. Other finishes
are available on request - Please contact Spirax Sarco.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
11
4.7.43 10
12
4
14
13
3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel 1.4404
2 Seat Stainless steel 1.4404
Disc Stainless steel 1.4404
3
Disc 'O' ring EPDM (FDA approved)
4 Guide/bush Stainless steel 1.4404/PTFE + 15% Glass
5 Bonnet Stainless steel 1.4404
6 Stem Stainless steel 1.4404
7 Spring plates (2) Stainless steel 1.4404
Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4404
8
with bush PTFE + 15% glass
9 Cap Stainless steel 1.4404
10 Spring Stainless steel 1.4310
11 Packed lever Stainless steel 1.4404
12 Clamp Stainless steel 1.4401
13 Bellows EPDM (FDA approved)
14 Body gasket Laminated graphite
TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7 SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Page 2 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Table 1 - SVL488 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126)
TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7 SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Page 3 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Table 2
SVL488 flow capacity for air or normal cubic meters per hour (Nm3/h) at 0°C and 1013 mbar
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421)
Table 3 - SVL488 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20°C
(calcualted in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421 at 10% overpressure)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52
TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7 SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Page 4 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
SVL488 - B - E - PN16
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SVL488-B-E-PN16 safety
valve with a set pressure of 10 bar g. (If the bellows is not required,
please add 'without bellows').
TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7 SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Desuperheaters
4.8.1
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Desuperheaters
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P475-01
CH Issue 3
Description
Spirax Sarco direct contact desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated steam to produce steam temperatures approaching
saturation temperature. To cool the superheated steam, water is entrained and flashed into vapour by absorbing heat from the steam.
Typical applications:
- To reduce the temperature of steam
discharged from turbine by-pass systems
on power plants for heat exchangers, dump
stations etc.
- To improve heat transfer of indirect contact
heat exchangers - shell and tube , plate
type, reactor heating jackets etc.
- To reduce the temperature of steam on
4.8.2
direct contact applications - food cooking
kettles, in-line steam heaters, tobacco
drying plant and paper mills.
S e n d u s yo u r r e q u i r e m e nt s u s i n g o u r
Desuperheater Enquiry Form available from
our website.
Features:
- Low cost simple, robust design.
- No moving parts to wear.
- Minimal steam pressure drop.
- Flexible design options.
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Desuperheaters
Available types
Steam flow
4.8.3
Applications:
- Relatively constant load handling duties.
- Retrofitting a desuperheater to an existing steam line (steam line and thermal sleeve by others).
- Large steam lines where an STD could be cost prohibitive.
374 - 425 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 + PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100 Weld neck
375 - 570 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Mechanical design temperature Mechanical design temperature
Component
up to and including 425 °C above 425 °C up to and including 570 °C
Thermal sleeve
Superheated Desuperheated
steam steam
4.8.4
Cooling water
Standard STD has welded spray nozzle assembly. Item shown above is STD with removable spray nozzle.
Applications:
- Relatively constant load handling duties.
- Dumping steam application.
- Control of downstream temperature not critical.
374 - 525 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
375 - 570 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Mechanical design temperature Mechanical design temperature
Component
up to and including 425 °C above 425 °C up to and including 570 °C
Internal nozzle
Steam flow
Seals
Cooling water
Application
- Suitable for most general plant applications, except where high turndowns on cooling water are required.
- Flow turndowns between 3:1 and 10:1 depending on conditions.
4.8.5
Mechanical design temperature and flange rating
<374 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Slip-on (Weld neck optional)
374 - 525 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
375 - 570 °C ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 + PN10, PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Mechanical design temperature Mechanical design temperature
Component
up to and including 425 °C above 425 °C up to and including 570 °C
Internal
nozzle
Internal diffuser
Steam flow
Steam flow
Seals
Application
- High turndown applications where auxiliary steam is available, eg ;combined pressure reducing/desuperheating stations.
4.8.6
374 - 570 °C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Mechanical design temperature Mechanical design temperature
Component
up to and including 425 °C above 425 °C up to and including 570 °C
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 20:1 50:1
Approach
Spray type desuperheater (STD) to
Spray nozzle type desuperheater (SND) saturation
Vertical
Venturi type desuperheater (VTD) installations
only
Note: For VTD’s, turndowns above 7:1 must not be offered until design checks have been made by Spirax Sarco.
Start
No
No
Is turndown? Yes
VTD or SAD
without recycle
4.8.8
< 4:1
No
No No
No No
Yes Yes
Is application part of a Is auxillary steam available SAD
pressure reducing station? as an atomising source? without recycle
No
Yes
Is auxillary steam available SAD
as an atomising source? with recycle
No Consider a number of
appropriate units in
parallel
Installation note
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically with the steam flowing upwards.
Spirax Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection (and the atomising steam connection on a steam atomising
desuperheater) should ideally point downwards, as this gives the best orientation for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other
orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework (and atomising steam pipework, if applicable) should be brought
to the Desuperheater from below the corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage
of fluids on shutdown.
Pressure
controller
4.8.9 Pressure regulating control valve
Desuperheater
TS PT
Steam supply
Temperature
Cooling water controller
Combined desuperheating and pressure reducing station for venturi and spray type desuperheaters
Selection guide
Example
CS - Carbon steel A106 Grade B. For VTD sizes 1 to 2, CS = A350 LF2N material
Shell / pipe material CS
CM - Chrome molybdenum A182 F11
ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500
Steam end connections A600
PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100
Spare parts
For units with fixed internals, spare parts are not available.
Spare parts and internal diffuser removal tools are available for units fitted with removable internals.
For guidance ;
SAD of 6" and larger and VTD of 10" and larger are of a fully welded construction, hence spare parts are not available. There are no
spares available for SND or STD with fixed nozzle assembly.
Please quote the equipment model number and serial number from the nameplate when requesting parts.
4.8.11
Control valves
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Desuperheaters
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P475-06
CH Issue 3
Desuperheater
Online Program Sizing Guidance
Desuperheater overview
In typical process plants, process steam is usually superheated,
or heated to a temperature above saturation. The difference
between the saturation temperature and the actual temperature
of the steam is called 'superheat'.
Combined pressure reducing / desuperheating station for venturi and spray type desuperheaters
Pressure controller
Pressure regulating
control valve
Temperature regulating
control valve
Page 1 of 12
Control valves
Desuperheaters
Desuperheater selection
There are various types of desuperheater available so evaluation of the process duty is crucial to ensure selection of the right equipment.
Turndown capability, pressure drop and outlet superheat play lead roles in desuperheater design and selection:
Outlet superheat:
Although desuperheaters are capable of desuperheating to the saturation temperature of the steam, typically, desuperheaters
are designed to produce steam temperatures at 3ºC to 5ºC above saturation. This is because it becomes increasingly difficult to control
the process (and there is very little advantage) at lower temperatures.
General 'Rule-of-thumb':
Over-specifying the thermal load or process requirements is detrimental to efficient operation and will increase the cost
of the desuperheater (and its controls). Under specifying the operating range can result in a unit that cannot handle all
operating cases.
4.8.13 Each type of Spirax Sarco desuperheater, employs a different method to create water droplets. The process by which the water droplets
are created is usually referred to as 'atomisation'.
It must be remembered that the evaporation of the water droplets (and hence cooling of the steam) is a time dependent process and
does not occur instantaneously. Consequently, most of the desuperheating does not occur in the desuperheater itself, but in the pipework
immediately downstream. Thus, the design of the downstream pipework is a crucial factor in a successful desuperheater installation.
It is important that the water droplets remain suspended in the downstream pipework for as long as possible. To ensure this, it is
necessary to maintain sufficient turbulence in the downstream piping by keeping the velocity relatively high – higher than is usually
encountered in steam distribution systems (up to 60 m/s). This is the reason why desuperheaters and their associated pipework are
often (not always) smaller than the distribution system in which they are being installed.
When the steam velocity is too low, 'water droplet fall-out' occurs and a pool of water is formed which runs along the bottom of pipe.
At this point good contact between cooling water and the steam is lost and effective desuperheating will not occur. By following the
guidelines presented in this document or using the Spirax Sarco online sizing software, problems due to droplet fall-out can be avoided.
There are three basic types of Spirax Sarco desuperheater (shown below) which all use a different method to atomise the cooling water
droplets. Each one has its own merits and the desuperheater selection chart shown on the following page determines which type should
be selected.
Superheated
steam Desuperheated steam
Cooling water
Main
Venturi type Internal Internal diffuser
desuperheater (VTD) nozzle diffuser
Steam
flow
Seal Seal
Cooling water
Steam
flow
Steam
flow
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 20:1 50:1
Other considerations
Desuperheater orientation
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically (with the steam flowing upwards). In a vertical installation, increased
turndown can be achieved; as the steam and water are countered by gravity, the water is less likely to fall out of suspension. Spirax
Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards, as the opposite would occur.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection (and the atomising steam connection on a SAD (steam atomising
desuperheater) should ideally point downwards, as this gives the best orientation for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other
orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework (and atomising steam pipework, if applicable) should be brought
to the desuperheater from below the corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage of
fluids on shutdown.
Pressure controller
Pressure
B
regulating
control valve
4.8.16
Temperature regulating
control valve
Recommended distances for location of pressure and temperature sensors and equipment:
B Downstream distance required (straight) 2.5 m 3.7 m 5.0 m 6.25 m 6.8 m 7.5 m
'The greater the residual superheat, the faster the water droplets are absorbed'
Because of the benefits of using hot water, it is logical to insulate the water supply pipes to minimise heat loss.
For the spray and Venturi type desuperheaters, the highest water inlet pressure required will be at the highest cooling water flowrate.
It should be noted that the water flowrate is a function of the square of the pressure difference between cooling water and the steam.
So if the water flowrate is to be increased by a factor of 4 for example, then the pressure difference must increase by a factor of 4 2 =
16. This is the reason why it is important not to over-specify the turndown as high cooling water pressures are quickly reached (especially
with spray type desuperheaters).
If an independent or booster pump is used, a spill-back will be required to ensure that there is always flow through the pump.
The temperature of the steam after the desuperheater controls the amount of water added. The higher the temperature, the more the
control valve will open and the greater the amount of water that is added. Usually the target is to reduce the steam temperature to within
a small margin of saturation temperature. In virtually all applications the upstream pressure will be controlled and constant, however,
if the superheated steam supply pressure is increased, the saturation temperature will also increase. The set value on the Controller
will not change, and an excessive amount of water will be added as the control system tries to achieve the set temperature. This would
result in very wet saturated steam with its attendant problems.
Control
In this document we have frequently used the term 'turndown' to describe the performance of the different types of desuperheater.
However, as far as an installation is concerned, it should remembered that the desuperheater is only one element of a desuperheating
station. Obviously, if the controls that are fitted have lower turndown than the desuperheater, then the turndown of the desuperheater
station will be reduced.
For example, in a particular pressure reducing / desuperheating station, the rangability of the cooling water valve may not be as high
as the desuperheater. In this case it will be the rangability of the water control valve that limits the turndown of the desuperheating
station.
Separator station
In applications where there must be no moisture present in the resulting steam (such as prior to a turbine for example) it is recommended
that a separator is installed downstream of the desuperheater. This will protect downstream pipework and equipment from the effects
of moisture in the event of a control system failure or abnormal operating conditions, for example at start-up.
The separator must be located after the temperature sensor thereby giving the water droplets as much time as possible to evaporate.
Isolation valves
To allow maintenance to be safely carried out, isolation valves are recommended upstream of:
Safety valve
In applications involving simultaneous pressure reduction, a safety relief valve may be needed to protect both the desuperheater and
downstream equipment from the effects of:
It is essential that the desuperheater and downstream equipment are suitable for the maximum temperature of the superheated steam.
This is to protect these items in the event of a failure of both the pressure and temperature control systems.
Recycle loop
For SAD steam atomising desuperheaters with a very high turndown a 'catchpot and recycle loop' are often installed as shown on the
diagram below. The recycled condensate is hot which leads to faster absorption.
The desuperheater generates a small suction effect to draw the recycle water back to the desuperheater ensuring that the water doesn’t
'by-pass' the desuperheater.
Combined pressure reducing / desuperheating station for steam atomising type desuperheaters 4.8.18
Pressure controller
Pressure
regulating
control B
valve
3m
On / off control
Non return
Cooling water valve
Temperature controller
Temperature regulating
control valve
Pressure controller
Desuperheater
Steam supply
1 2 3
Pressure regulating
control valve
4.8.19
4
Temperature regulating
control valve
Method
As the turndown required equals 5:1 and the application
involves simultaneous pressure reduction, this would
seem to be a good application for a venturi type
desuperheater (VTD). Please note that a steam atomising
desuperheater (SAD) could also be used for this duty, but
the overall installation cost would be higher due to the
greater complexity of the installation.
4.8.20
20 Pressure (bar g) 2 2 2
3 21 Temperature ( °C) 136.7 136.7 136.7
22 Flowrate (kg/hr) 5193.5 3116.1 1038.7
23
24 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Flanges Carbon Steel ASTM A 105
25 Main Body Carbon Steel ASTM A 106 Grade B Gaskets Soft Copper
26 Inner Nozzle Stainless Steel BS 970 S11/13 Inner Body Carbon Steel ASTM A350 LF2
27 Inner Venturi Stainless Steel BS 970 S11/13 Main Venturi C.Steel BS 1501-151/161-430A/B
28
29 MECHANICAL DESIGN Steam Water CONNECTION DETAILS
30 Side Side Size Rating
31 Max.Design Pressure (bar g) 15 15 Inlet Steam 6 300 LB
32 Max. Design Temperature ( °C) 220 220 Discharge Steam 6 300 LB
33 Internal Corrosion Allowance (mm) 1.5 1.5 Cooling Medium 1 300 LB
34 Mechanical Design Code ASME B31.3 Flange Type ASME B16.5 Slip-On
35 Welding Standard To Code
36 External Surface Finish High Temp. Silicone Aluminium
37 Weight (kg) 68
38
39 DIMENSIONS
40 A (" 6
NB)
41 B (mm) 178
42 C (mm) 127
43 D (mm) 533
44 E (mm) 660 Note: Letters refer to Drawing
A Spirax Sarco Size 6 venturi type desuperheater has been selected. It can be seen from the 'Cooling Medium' section that the maximum
cooling water pressure required is 5.34 bar g consequently a water booster pump should also be installed (as the cooling water is only
available at 5 bar g.
The program has calculated a steam pressure drop across the desuperheater of 0.302 bar g (maximum). As there is a pressure reducing
valve installed, the program has automatically added this pressure drop to the desuperheater inlet pressure to 'compensate' for the
pressure drop. This will ensure that the outlet pressure from the desuperheater is 2 bar g. The datasheet therefore shows the correct
pressures and flowrates for sizing both the pressure reducing valve and the water control valve.
2 3
Non return
valve
Cooling water
4.8.21 Temperature
controller
4
Temperature regulating
control valve
Method
This section
As the turndown is approximately 3:1 we can select
does not
any type of Desuperheater. There are 3 options:
need to be
completed
SAD - Steam atomising desuperheater
This would require atomising steam at 7.5 bar g
(min).
Power generation
To reduce the temperature of steam discharged from turbine bypass
systems to that required for other parts of the plant.
• Turbine washing
Process industries
In process industries, desuperheaters are used as part of a system for
reducing the temperature and pressure of steam from boilers to economic
levels of operation.
Food industry
Textile industry
Tobacco industry
• Thermocompressor discharge
• Power generation
• Ship building
• Coffee
• Chemical
Desuperheaters
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P451-01
CH Issue 3
VAD
Variable Area Desuperheaters
Desuperheater overview
Steam used in process plants can be superheated, that is, heated to a temperature above
saturation. The excess of temperature above its saturation is called 'superheat'.
Desuperheated steam is more efficient in the transfer of thermal energy, consequently
desuperheaters are used to bring the outlet steam temperature closer to that of saturation
for the steam pressure.
Desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated process steam by introducing
finely atomised cooling water droplets into the steam flow. As the droplets evaporate,
sensible heat from the superheated steam is converted into latent heat of vaporisation.
As standard the VAD is supplied with an actuator. The following optional extras can
be supplied if requested when placing an order: Positioner, Regulator and Limit switch.
Strainer VAD in
conjunction
Check PN9000 series actuator
with a PN9400
valve series actuator
Water
VAD in
conjunction
with a PN9000
series actuator
VAD
1st 2nd VAD b :
Stop valve Stop valve 70 mm travel for
VAD applications that
VAD a : require a higher
30 mm travel Kv Kv of between:
0.1 to Kv 1.4 For Kv 1.8 to Kv 4.0
applications that
require a higher
Kv use a VAD b
VAD
+
PN9000 series actuator
Temperature sensor
Position of nozzles
Steam 6m
flow
A typical installation illustrating a VAD variable area desuperheater in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Desuperheaters
General description
Spirax Sarco VAD variable area desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated steam by spraying atomised water through a
variable area nozzle, producing near-saturated steam for a wide steam turndown ratio (max 50:1). There are two VAD options available
depending on the Kv value and control rangeability required for the application.
VAD a VAD b
in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator in conjunction with a PN9400 series actuator
4.8.25
Description
The VAD a variable area desuperheater has been designed to
perform between a Kv of 0.1 to Kv 1.4
The main advantages of the Spirax Sarco VAD is its full
modularity, as the components can be adjusted to meet each
individual application needs; on site if needed. The nozzle can
also be replaced to accommodate a change in flow requirement.
The cooling water is atomised through a number of nozzles which
are successively opened by the linear movement of a plug
controlled by the actuator.
As standard, it is designed and coupled with the PN9000 Series
actuator 30 mm travel.
The steam branch line connection is DN80 as standard, but could
be customised at the required dimension. Description
The water connection is DN25 as standard, but could be As standard, the VAD b is designed to and coupled with the
customised. PN9400 Series actuator. The water atomisation is done through
The standard dimensional lengths of the top and bottom pipe up to 18 nozzles which are successively opened with the linear
extensions of the desuperheater, as well as the position of the move of the plug.
water connection are shown on page 5, but please note that The steam branch line connection is DN80 as standard, but could
theses can be customised to meet any specific application to be customised at the required dimension.
meet your needs. The water connection is DN25 as standard, but could be
customised or increased for a higher Kv than 4.
The standard dimensional lengths of the top and bottom pipe
extensions of the desuperheater, as well as the position of the
water connection are shown on page 5, but please note that
theses can be customised to meet any specific application to
meet your needs.
Features:
- Low cost simple, robust design.
- Minimal steam pressure drop.
- Flexible design options.
Standards and approvals
Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are available built to ASME B 16.34
design code. Also available are ASME VIII Division 1.
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE
mark when so required.
Welding is in accordance with ASME IX.
Connections (EN 1092 or ASME B16.5) are sized to suit the
process conditions.
Standard ASTM materials of construction include: Carbon steel,
Stainless steel, Chrome molybdenum steel etc.,
Certification
The following certificates / documents can be supplied at an 12
additional cost:
- Material certificates to EN 10204 3.1 with a corresponding
4.8.26
material location diagram. 11
- NDT reports.
10
Air signal 15
The VAD lift should be controlled by use of a positioner, the
maximum air pressure on the actuator should be limited to
4 bar g.
8
The fail safe position of the standard VAD unit is in the shut
off position, spring-retact and will shut off water when retracted.
Optionally, if request at the point of order, the unit can be
supplied in the fail safe open position and the unit nomenclature
will be denoted by an 'E' (for spring-extend) in the description i.e.
VAD a E. 9
Positioners
Compatible with PP5, EP5, ISP5, SP400 and SP500 positioners.
7
Material
No. Part Material
1 Nozzle Stainless steel AISI 431
2 Seat Stainless steel AISI 431 6
3 Plug Stainless steel
4 Lock-nut Stainless steel
5 Stem Stainless steel AISI 431 5
6 Bottom pipe extension Carbon steel
7 Main steam flange Carbon steel ASTM A105N
8 Water flange Carbon steel ASTM A105N
4
9 Top pipe extension Carbon steel ASTM A105N 3
10 Packing Graphite 14
11 Packing bolting Stainless steel 13
12 Nut Stainless steel 2
13 Setting nut Stainless steel
14 Seat gasket Graphite 1
15 Stem bearing Stellite Grade 6
Please note that the pressure and temperature limits for the VAD product range is governed by the flange connection of choice:
PMA TMA
Flanges
bar g @ °C °C @ bar g
ASME 150 19.6 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 5.5
ASME 300 51.5 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 28.8
ASME 600 102.1 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 57.5
ASME 900 153.2 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 86.3
ASME 1500 255.3 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 143.8
ASME 2500 425.5 @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 239.7
VAD4 PN40 40.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 23.8
PN63 63.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 37.5
PN100 100.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 59.5
PN160 160.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 95.2
PN250 250.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 148.8
PN320 320.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 190.4
4.8.27 PN400 400.0 @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 238.0
ASME 150 19.0 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 1.4
ASME 300 49.6 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 25.2
ASME 600 99.3 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 50.0
ASME 900 148.9 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 75.2
ASME 1500 248.2 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 125.5
ASME 2500 413.7 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 208.9
VAD6
PN40 40.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 25.0
(316)
PN63 63.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 39.5
PN100 100.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 62.7
PN160 160.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 100.3
PN250 250.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 156.7
PN320 320.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 200.6
PN400 400.0 @ 100 °C 580 °C @ 250.8
ASME 150 19.8 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 1.4
ASME 300 51.7 @ 38 °C 538 °C @ 14.9
ASME 600 103.4 @ 50 °C 538 °C @ 29.8
ASME 900 155.1 @ 50 °C 538 °C @ 44.7
ASME 1500 258.6 @ 50 °C 538 °C @ 74.5
ASME 2500 430.9 @ 50 °C 538 °C @ 124.1
VAD8
PN40 40.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 27.2
(A182 F11 Cl.2)
PN63 63.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 42.8
PN100 100.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 68.0
PN160 160.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 108.8
PN250 250.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 170.0
PN320 320.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 217.6
PN400 400.0 @ 300 °C 490 °C @ 272.0
Weights
465
VAD a 35 kg
VAD b 70 kg
390
742
332
*
80 * Please note: *
This dimension becomes 80
100 mm when the flange
281 is greater than 25 mm or 281
158 the pressure is greater
158
t h a n A 6 0 0 / P N10 0 .
4.8.28
332 352
372 412
(540) (590)
(580) (650)
† †
33.5 33.5
60 60
VAD a VAD b
Orientation
Steam line
Water
connection
orientation by
default
Installation note:
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically with the steam flowing upwards.
Spirax Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection should ideally point downstream, as this gives the best orientation
for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework should be brought to the desuperheater from below the
corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage of fluids on shutdown.
The VAD must be sited in location on the pipeline that offers a stable flow - An unstable flow will affect the mixing efficiency of the VAD.
VAD
+
Temperature sensor
PN9000 series actuator
Installation depends on the application
Position of nozzles
Steam 6m
flow
A typical installation illustrating a VAD variable area desuperheater in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator
The temperature sensor should be located a minimum distance of calculated on the sizing sheet (and typically more them 12m) after
the VAD, however for optimum temperature control it is recommended that it be installed at the point of use.
A minimum length of 5 metres should be present before a pipe elbow. A thermal sleeve is recommended to protect the elbow from
4.8.29 corrosion and erosion.
The steam pipeline should be of at least DN150. At steam line sizes up to and including 20" NB, we recommend the thermal sleeve is
manufactured from pipe which is one size smaller than the steam line. Above 20" NB steam line size, we recommend the thermal sleeve
is two sizes smaller.
Pipe size should ensure a minimum 5m/s velocity in each flowrate, in case of lower value please contact Spirax Sarco
Water must be supplied with more than 3 bar differential pressure to the steam.
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
The location of the VAD in the pipeline must be such that it offers a stabilised flow. Unstabilised flow will affect the mixing efficiency.
The VAD must be sited in location on the pipeline that offers a stable flow - Unstabilised flow will affect the mixing efficiency.
Flow
Pressure
Water
Temperature
Further information, that if supplied, will help in selecting the optimal solution for your application: 4.8.30
Design pressure
Design temperature
Superheated steam size
Required flanged desuperheaters flange
Required flanged water flange
Fail safe position - Specify either Open or Closed
Selection chart
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 30:1 50:1
TSAT + 5 °C
Kv table
Desuperheater VAD a VAD b
Travel 30 mm 70 mm
Rangeability 1 : 20 1 : 40
Maximum turndown 50 : 1 50 : 1
1.40 4.0
1.00 3.7
0.60 3.3
0.54 2.9
Kv standard
0.45 2.5
0.40 2.1
0.20 1.8
0.10
4.9.1
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
1 of 8
TI-P329-01
CH Issue 1
Mounting
The Colima Visco and Colima Viscorol magnetic level indicators 2
are installed on the side of the tank (bypass system) or vertically 2
on the top of the tank.
4.9.2
Available types 3 3
LL Side / side mounted
LF Side / base mounted
LT Side / top mounted 4 5
Options
Electrical bistable reed switch contacts, placed at the required
levels, thus allowing control of several operating points with a
single instrument.
When equipped with a potentiometer transmitter, they allow
continuous reading of liquid level.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2010
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
2 of 8
Screwed (TH) on the counterflange Socket weld (SW) or Butt weld (BW) on the counterflange
GA ½" SA ½"
GK M GB ¾" SW SB ¾"
GC 1" SC 1"
NA ½" BA ½"
NPT-M NB ¾" BW BB ¾"
NC 1" BC 1"
Connection type R
External diameter flange: minimum 100 mm
Page 2 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
3 of 8
4.9.4
Page 3 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
4 of 8
Transmitter
Potentiometer transmitter with 5, 10, 20 mm resolution for the SPDT
continuous evaluation of the liquid level inside the tank. bistable
reed switch
contact.
Valves
The position
The indicators are supplied with a hole and ss plug or with a ¼" of the
drainage valve. A vent can also be supplied on request. contact is
4.9.5 Isolation or check valves between the indicator attachments and the
tank should be installed to aid maintenance work.
always field
adjustable
Page 4 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
5 of 8
5 mm
Reading resolution available 10 mm
20 mm
Resistance input 1 k ÷ 100 k Ohm
4.9.6
Special type suitable to low temperatures or Converter for inbuilt safe area
installation in high Field set using two trimmers
concentration saline environments and for use [for the Z (zero) gauging and
in the food industry. G (gain) gauging], without
Entirely in stainless steel. resorting to interconnecting
Protection degree IP67. systems.
On request IP68.
Up to two cable entrances.
Page 5 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
6 of 8
4.9.7
Page 6 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
7 of 8
Page 7 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
8 of 8
Spare parts
The available spare parts are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Float 5
Tube with rollers / indicator 2, 3 and 4
Scale 1
Electric components 6 and 7
7 6
4.9.9
Page 8 of 8
Steam traps
Section 5
Bimetallic 5.3
5
Thermodynamic 5.7
Sealed 5.8
5.1.1
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Page 1 of 4
TI-P086-17
MI Issue 1
Sensor chambers and sensor - Available types, sizes and pipe connections
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50
Type Body material Connection
½" ¾" 1" 1½" 2"
ST141 Steel body Screwed BSP or NPT • • • • •
ST142 Steel body Socket weld ends to BS 3799 • • • • •
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300,
Spiratec ST143 Steel body
BS 10 Table H and Table J
• • • • •
sensor
chamber ST161 Stainless steel body Screwed BSP or NPT • • • - -
ST162 Stainless steel body Socket weld ends to BS 3799 • • • - -
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300,
ST163 Stainless steel body BS 10 Table H and Table J • • • - -
Note: JIS 20 connections are available on request.
ST171 SG iron body Screwed BSP or NPT • • • - -
The SS1 standard sensor is threaded " parallel BSP for assembly into the Spiratec sensor chamber. An external
Spiratec
SS1 screw thread (M22 x 1.5) is provided to allow permanent installation using the PT2 or PT3 connector. Three
sensor
standard types of connector are available for use with the SS1 standard sensor:
Waterlogging sensor assembly is supplied complete with 1 m of high temperature three core cable for connection to
WLS1
an R1C automatic trap monitor. It can also be connected to an R16C automatic trap monitor using a special diode pack.
A plug in connector for use with SS1 standard sensors. Supplied with Type 30 or Type 40 hand held indicators
PT1
Spiratec complete with 1 m of high temperature cable and male plug.
sensor
A threaded in-line connector for use with SS1 standard sensors for permanent installations for use with the R1C or
connections PT2
R16C automatic trap monitors (non waterlogging applications only).
A right angled connector for use with SS1 standard sensors for permanent installations for use with R1C or R16C
PT3
automatic trap monitors (non waterlogging applications only).
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2005
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Page 2 of 4
Pressure/temperature limits
Temperature °C
and DN50 units must not be
Steam used in this region.
ST14 saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
ST16 saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Temperature °C
Steam
ST17 saturation
curve
5.1.3
Pressure bar g
Spiratec ST14, ST16 and ST17 Sensor Chambers and Sensors TI-P086-17 MI Issue 1
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Page 3 of 4
Materials
No. Part Material
ST14 Steel DIN 17425 GS C 25
1 Sensor chamber ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
ST17 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
SS1 standard sensor Stainless steel BS 970, 303, S31 and PEEK plastic
2
WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly Stainless steel BS 970, 303, S31 and PEEK plastic
3 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
4 Diode pack Polyamide 6-6
ST14 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Plug ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
ST17 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
ST14 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
6 Plug gasket ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
ST17 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
DN15 to DN25 Steel Mat No. 1.0460
ST14
7 Flanges DN40 and DN50 Steel BS 1501 151 430
ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
PT1 connector RYTON plastic
8 PT2 connector RYTON plastic and brass (nickel plated)
PT3 connector RYTON plastic and brass (nickel plated)
5.1.4
2 SS1 Standard sensor
3 Gasket (supplied fitted)
1
8 PT1
5, 6
8 PT2
8 PT3
4
2, 3
WLS1 Waterlogging sensor assembly
(supplied separately)
Spiratec ST14, ST16 and ST17 Sensor Chambers and Sensors TI-P086-17 MI Issue 1
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Page 4 of 4
Withdrawal distance
WLS1 PT1 PT2 PT3 Weight
Type Size A A1 B C D E F G H J K K K Scr. Flg.
DN15 - ½" 75 130 101 23 ½" 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 0.82 2.3
DN20 - ¾" 75 150 101 23 ½" 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 0.82 2.8
ST14 DN25 - 1" 120 185 120 28 ¾" 40 53 91 95 134 126 136 104 2.20 4.6
DN40 - 1½" 252 393 215 45 1" 82 95 133 137 176 167 177 145 22.00 27.5
DN50 - 2" 252 393 215 45 1" 82 95 133 137 176 167 177 145 22.00 29.0
DN15 - ½" 75 130 101 23 ½" 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 2.5
ST16 DN20 - ¾" 75 150 101 23 ½" 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 3.0
DN25 - 1" 120 185 120 28 ¾" 40 53 91 95 134 126 136 104 2.20 4.6
1" 120 - 120 28 ¾" 40.0 54 93 95 134 126 136 104 1.20 -
A A1 K (PT1)
Screwed, Flanged K (PT2)
socket weld
2+3
C
5 5
5
D E F
G
Recommended tightening torques K (PT3)
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 Spiratec ST143 (ST143L if a left hand sensor fitting is required) sensor chamber assembly with end
connections flanged EN 1092 PN40 fitted with SS1 standard sensor or Spiratec WLS1 waterlogging sensor. Note: State if the WLS1 is to
be supplied with or without a diode pack.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
SS1 standard sensor and gasket 2, 3
WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly and gasket 2, 3
WLS1 diode pack 4
Sensor gaskets (packs of 10) 3
Sensor blanking plug (optional extra - not shown)
How to order spares
Always order the spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size of model of the sensor chamber.
Example: 1 - Sensor blanking plug for a ½" Spirax Sarco Spiratec ST141 sensor chamber.
Spiratec ST14, ST16 and ST17 Sensor Chambers and Sensors TI-P086-17 MI Issue 1
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Steam trap management
5.1.6
Steam traps
Steam
Local regulations may restricttrap
the use of management
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P087-32
MI Issue 4
R1C
Steam Trap Failure Monitor
Description
The R1C steam trap failure monitor will monitor the performance of a single steam trap when used in conjunction with a Spiratec sensor
chamber and sensor or a steam trap with integral sensor. It will indicate whether a trap is operating correctly, passing live steam or has failed
closed by means of coloured trap status lights on the unit. Analogue and digital outputs allow it to be connected directly to BEMS / EMS to
indicate steam trap status remotely.
System components
To detect a steam trap that is leaking steam, a standard SS1 Spiratec sensor is installed in a sensor chamber or steam trap. To detect a steam
trap that is leaking steam or is waterlogged, a WLS1 Spiratec waterlogging sensor assembly is installed in a sensor chamber or steam trap.
R1C system installation
The R1C must be installed in a steel conduit system within 10 m of the Spiratec sensor.
Connections
The R1C enclosure is a circular conduit box with M20 threaded entry holes. To maintain resistance to moisture, use a suitable cable gland
between the R1C and the Spiratec sensor (Type SS1 or WLS1). If the cable to the BEMS / EMS passes through a conduit, make sure that the
threaded connection to the R1C is water-tight to maintain the IP65 enclosure rating. Details of electrical connection are supplied with the product.
Materials
5.1.7 Body Cast malleable iron with a black enamel finish.
Enclosure rating
IP65 (when fitted with correct cable glands)
The current output from the R1C is derived from an internally powered Maintenance
loop and is capable of driving into an impedance of at least 550 ohms. There are no user serviceable parts in the R1C.
In practice, this means that the maximum permissible distance between 5.1.8
the R1C and the BEMS / EMS will be governed by the type of How to order example
connecting cable used. 1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (pnp digital outputs),
or
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres 1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (npn digital outputs)
109 35
66
TI-P087-02
MI Issue 5
The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional cable
must be provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
By removing the nut (1) a conduit adaptor can be connected to the
M16 conduit thread on the housing, if cable protection is required.
How to use the R1 and R12 remote test point:
R1 Plug the indicator cable into the socket provided and use the
Type 30 or Type 40 indicator in accordance with its instructions.
R12 Use the rotary switch to select the sensor to be checked.
R1
Remote test point
Typical application
PT3
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2003
Steam traps
Steam trap management
R1
Type A B C Weight
R1 82 80 55 0.2
PT2
R12 80 120 55 0.3
A C
Sensor Chamber PT3
B Sensor D D
chamber size (PT2) (PT3)
½" 135 110
¾" 135 110
1"
1½"
140
185
115
155
5.1.10
R2 2" 185 155
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco R1 remote test point.
5.1.11
Steam traps
Steam trap management
TI-P087-04
MI Issue 3
WARNING:
The Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 are not approved for use
in hazardous areas. The Spiratec Type 30 (UL Approved) is
not approved for use in hazardous areas in the EU.
Operation
Full operating instructions are provided with each unit. The cable
is plugged into the indicator (3.5 mm jack plug) and into the sensor
to be tested. On pressing the upper button, LEDs will indicate the
trap status - green LED - working correctly, i.e. closing to steam, or
red LED - trap allowing steam to pass.
Available spares
Indicator cable
Specify whether for a Type 30, a Type 30 (UL) or a Type 40 trap
failure indicator.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spiratec Type 40 trap failure indicator
A and cable.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Steam trap management
TI-P087-20
MI Issue 4
Available types
R16C steam trap monitor is available as standard for use with
mains supplies at 96 -240 Vac or 24 Vac. The monitor is supplied
for wall or panel mounting.
5.1.13
Materials
Enclosure ABS
Front panel Polyester
Technical data
Supply voltage 96 -240 Vac + 10% or 24 Vac +10%
Supply frequency 50 - 60 Hz
Supply current
consumption 50 mA
Operating temperature 0°C to 50°C
range
Maximum 80% up to 31°C
Environmental operating decreasing linearly
limits relative humidity to 34% at 50°C
PT1
Maximum
altitude 2 000 m above sea level
Maximum voltage 24 Vac /dc
Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A
Maximum power 10 W
IP65 with correct cable glands
Enclosure rating (wall mounting unit only)
PT2
Electrical connections Screw terminals
Accessories
Connectors for use with SS1 sensors
PT1 plug tail with push fit connection. PT3
PT2 plug tail with screw on connection and straight pattern brass
housing.
PT3 plug tail with screw on connection and angle pattern brass
housing.
If cable protection is required, a conduit adaptor can be 1
connected to the M16 conduit thread on the housing after
removing the nut (1).
The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional
cable must be provided by the installer in accordance with the 1
Installation and Maintenance Instructions.
Note: The type of cable is not critical, but a lightweight cable
with 20 gauge conductors or 7/0.2 (0.22 mm²) multi-strand
cable is suitable.
WLS1 combined steam leak and waterlog sensors.
The combined steam leak and waterlog sensor has an
integral cable connected to it. This cable is connected via the
customers wiring back to the R16C monitor.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Wall mounting
A C F
B G
H K
E
D J
Panel mounting
Front Back
A C F E
B D
5.1.14
Master Box
Up to 16 local boxes
To steam traps
TI-P087-35
MI Issue 3
UP100
Ultrasonic Trap Tester
Description
The UP100 is a portable battery powered instrument which gives
visible and audible indication of ultrasonic frequencies. It is intended
for use as a diagnostic tool in the analysis of steam trap operation
and can also be used to detect leaks in steam and compressed air
systems. Some experience, together with a working knowledge of
steam trap operation, is required to correctly interpret the signals.
The UP100 consists of 4 components:
1. The pistol housing.
2. The stethoscope probe module with extension rods.
3. The headset with extension cable.
4. The flexible carrying case.
Limiting conditions
Ambient temperature operating range 0 to 50°C
Ambient temperature storage range -18 to 54°C
5.1.15
Technical specifications Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Circuitry SMD / solid state heterodyne receiver Weight
A B C D including battery
Frequency response 20 - 100 kHz (centred on 38 - 42 kHz)
Sensitivity selection 8 position precision attenuation UP100 instrument 114 200 48 292 0.35
and probe
Ultrasonic level display 10 segment red LED bargraph
UP100 in 250 x 160 x 90 0.70
Battery 9 volt alkaline carrying case
Sony 'Walkman' type model MDR 24
Headset (non standard male plug)
C D
Stethoscope / contact module type
(STM-1) stainless steel plug in type
Probes with 140 mm stainless steel waveguide. A
Extension rods to 788 mm for
inaccessible steam traps.
Operation
Full operating instructions are included with each UP100. Please
note that the UP100 is not suitable for use in hazardous areas.
Materials B
Pistol housing ABS plastic
Probe module Stainless steel
Extension rods Aluminium alloy
Carrying case Black soft cordura
Spares
The following spares are available:
- 9 volt alkaline battery
- Sony MDR 24 headset (non standard male plug)
- STM-1 probe
- 788 mm extension rods
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco UP100 ultrasonic trap tester.
Steam traps
Steam
Local regulations may restricttrap
the use of management
this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P014-02
MI Issue 2
STAPS
Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System
Description
The STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system has been designed to efficiently monitor and evaluate steam trap operation. It surveys
the operation of the steam trap at regular intervals and identifies poor performance that can cause reduced plant efficiency and increased
energy consumption. It can diagnose both failed-open steam traps that leak live steam and those that have failed-closed or are blocked
that result in waterlogging leading to plant damage, product spoilage and health and safety concerns.
Using non-intrusive installation technology combined with a 2.4 GHz wireless network, it is an ideal solution for steam trap monitoring.
It is suitable for use with all types of steam trap and can be connected to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.
Benefits include:
- Continuously monitoring of all steam traps.
- Reduces energy and emissions loss significantly.
- Immediate identification of failure location for quick response / action.
- Ability to validate losses via integrated software.
- Non-intrusive – no need to break into the steam pipeline to install.
- A range of clamps to suit pipework ranging up to 100 mm (4").
- No need for height access equipment to check trap operation.
- Typically 3 years battery life. Wireless steam trap
monitoring system +
wing nut clamp that is
5.1.16
Certification and Approvals
used on pipelines
EMC Emissions and immunity: Emissions class B and Industrial immunity. up to 32 mm.
- EN 61326-2-1: 2006 Complies with FCC rules CFR 47 (1st October 2011).
Safety to IEC / EN 61010-1 2001 (second edition).
- EN 61326-2-3: 2006 CSA 22.2
Associated equipment:
- Repeater.
- Laptop / PC software.
- Receiver.
- Access to the company's LAN network is preferred, giving improved network coverage.
Wireless steam trap
- For stand alone PC systems, it is recommended that a network switch device is used monitoring system
between the PC and receiver. + jubilee clamp that is used
on pipelines from 40 mm to 100 mm.
PC application:
- Allows quick and easy viewing of whole steam trap population.
- Alerts the user to any issues with traps.
- Historical view of data and maintenance on each trap.
Sizes and pipe connections
The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting to pipework up to
100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp. The head can be directly mounted to the sensor
or fitted remotely.
Materials
Head casing PA12 glass filled Wireless steam trap monitoring system +
Sensor housing Stainless steel 316 / 304 'U' bolt and wing nuts for use on STS17
Sensor PZT or STS17.2 compact pipeline steam
trapping stations.
Clamp Stainless steel 430 / 304
Winged nut Stainless steel 316
Head unit
LED enclosure PA12
Sensor cable FEP / PTFE insulation Receiver
Probe Stainless steel
Mounting Bracket Stainless steel 430
Sensor guide Stainless steel 304
Receiver / Repeater Casing ABS
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Technical information
Head unit:
Available with post or tethered head mountings.
Integral battery Lithium Thionyl Chloride
3 000 m
Maximum altitude
(0.7 bar atmospheric)
Ambient temperature range -29 to +70°C
Maximum pipe temperature 425°C
Maximum relative humidity 95%
Enclosure rating IP65
Output Wireless 2.4 GHz
Display LED
Operating modes Trap monitoring unit - end device or repeater / end device
Receiver / Repeater
Power Mains powered 100 – 250 Vac, 50 – 60 Hz
ac – 0.5 A 100 Vac
Current
dc – 1.5 A 12 V
ac – 2 pin IEC 320-C8
Connector 3 pin UK, US and European mains plug
dc – 2 pin IP65 connector
5.1.17 Maximum altitude 3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)
Ambient temperature range -29 to +70°C
Maximum relative humidity 95%
Enclosure rating IP65 (Excluding external power supply)
Display LED
Output Wireless 2.4 GHz, Ethernet
Operating modes Receiver or repeater
System requirements
Windows XP .NET 3.5
PC Windows 7 .NET 4.5
Network switch or access to company LAN network
Each STAPS head unit assembly is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years). It can communicate
directly to a receiver that is connected to the PC software via a LAN connection or via another intelligent head or repeater. The PC
software can be installed onto a PC on the sites internal network, or onto a standalone local PC.
The STAPS head, repeater and receiver create a network and can communicate with each other, passing on the steam trap data to the
supervisory PC. The illustration below illustrates a typical network.
Building 2 Building 1
PC
Head unit
Intelligent
head unit
Steam trap
Receiver
5.1.18
Repeater
Control room
LAN
Building 2 Building 1
PC
Head unit
Intelligent
head unit
Router / Repeater
B C
Receiver
47
E 90 97
125
5.1.19 145
F G
Size A B C D E F G Weight
DN15 - ½" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN20 - ¾" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN25 - 1" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN32 - 1¼" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN40 - 1½" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN50 - 2" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN65 - 2½" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN80 - 3" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN100 - 4" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
Disposal:
- The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards
remain even when the cells are discharged.
- The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.
No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.
How to order
Please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations.
A preliminary site survey of the plant must be conducted by trained personnel, the survey will identify the optimum
number of Receivers and Repeaters together with their most effective location, to give the most robust wireless network.
It will also establish the requirements for the IT network.
Spare parts
Only the parts listed below are available
for the STAPS system. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
Available spares
Battery 1 3 1
(SAFT LS 33600 3.6 V battery)
'O' ring spares kit 2
Head mounting bracket, 10
8, 9, 10 and 19
'U' bolt and wing nuts
Ethernet cable spares kit 15
9
'T' bolt and wing nut 5, 6 and 7
Clamp 8
'U' bolt and
19
wing nuts for
20, 21 and 22
STS17 or
STS17.2
(UK) spares kit 11 and 14
Power
(US) spares kit 12 and 14
supply
4 17 16 18 2
(EU) spares kit 13 and 14
Front cover spares kit 3 and 4
Spare receiver mounting kit 6, 17 and 18
Example: 5 6
1 off Battery spares kit
(SAFT LS 33600 3.6 V battery)
and
1 off Wall mounting spares kit
or 22
1 off Clamp for use with an STS17.2
pipeline trapping station. 21
These spares are for a DN15 STAPS
wireless steam trap monitoring system.
14 15
20
UK US
11 12
EU
13
TI-P014-06
MI Issue 1
STAPS
Wireless Receiver / Repeater version for use
with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System
Description Materials
The STAPS wireless receiver / repeater version is specifically
designed for use withthe STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring
system, within hazardous areas.
In conjunction with the STAPS head units and PC software, the
STAPS receiver / repeater, monitors steam trap operation to help
ensure optimum plant performance.
Euopean certification
ATEX Flame proof II 2 GD
Gas Ex d IIC T4 Gb
Dust Ex tb IIIC T135°C Db
Tamb -20°C to +70°C
EN 60079-0,
Standards used
EN 60079-1 and
are flame proof to:
EN 60079-31
Technical information
Mains powered 60 to 264 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz
Current 0.7 A, 115 Vac
Maximum altitude 3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)
Ambient
-20 to +70°C
temperature range
Maximum relative
95%
humidity
Enclosure rating IP66 (Excluding external power supply)
Input / Output ( I / O) IEE 802.15 2.4 GHz RJ45 port
Operating modes Receiver or repeater
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
A A1 B C D E E1 F G H J K L M N Weight
210 195 174 20 110 174 150 140 111 36 81 141.5 66.5 33 71.5 4.5 kg
L N
M 1
J
K 5.1.22
How to order
Example: 1 - STAPS receiver / repeater Ex version for use with
a STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system.
TI-P014-06 MI Issue 1
STAPS Wireless Receiver / Repeater version for use with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System
Steam traps
Steam trap management
5.1.23
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P014-22
MI Issue 3
Benefits include:
- Fully ISA100.11a compliant.
- Continuous monitoring of all steam traps.
- EN 61326-2-1: 2013
Wireless steam trap
- EN 61326-2-3: 2013
monitoring system
+
Safety: Wing nut clamp
- Complies with IEC / EN 61010 1 2010 (third edition) CSA 22.2.
Associated equipment:
- ISA100.11a compliant gateway (not supplied).
- Infrared network configuration tool (not supplied).
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Steam trap management
Sizes and pipe connections
The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.
Options
- +4 dBi Antenna with 3 m RF cable. Contact Spirax Sarco for model reference.
- Heat Shield Kit
Materials
Head casing Epoxy coated copper free aluminium (less than 0.4% copper)
Sensor PZT
5.1.25 +
Jubilee clamp that is
+
Wing nut clamp that is
+
Wing nut clamp that is
designed for use on designed for use on designed for use with
pipelines from 40 mm pipelines up to 32 mm. STS17.
to 100 mm.
Head unit:
Available with remote +4 dBi antenna.
Integral battery Lithium Thionyl Chloride
Maximum altitude 3 000 m
Ambient temperature range -20 to +70 °C
Maximum pipe temperature 427 °C
Maximum relative humidity 95%
Enclosure ingress rating IP66 / NEMA4X
Protocol ISA100 11a
Data rate 250 kbps
Frequency 2400 – 2483.5 MHz free ISM band
Output
Radio security AES 128 bit codified
Output power 10 dBm (fixed)
Antenna +2 dBi Omni directional monopole type (4dBi option)
Process pipe surface temperature
Sensor temperature
ISA100.11a analog inputs
Trap condition (good, leak, cold)
Steam loss
Trap type
Polling rate
Configuration Orifice diameter
5.1.26
Pressure
Return line type
Battery status
Diagnostics Signal strength
DIAG_STATUS
Equipment protection level IECEx certificate : IECEx SIR 15.0070X
Gas Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga
Dust Ex ia IIIC op is T135 °C Da
IECEx Tamb -20 to +70 °C
Certification
The certification and T process -20 to +427 °C
approvals are only valid if
For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only.
the product is installed using
the genuine supplied Standards used IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28
component parts and
accessories, including ATEX intrinsic safety ATEX certificate : Sira 15ATEX2197X
consumable items such as
batteries and power leads. Gas Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga
Dust Ex ia IIIC op is T135 °C Da
European Tamb -20 to +70 °C
T process -20 to +427 °C
For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only.
Standards used IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28
How does the STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system work?
A head unit assembly mounted on the pipe upstream of the trap to be monitored 'listens' to the sound signature of the trap in operation.
This sound signature is categorized and a steam loss value is calculated and transmitted via an ISA100, 2.4 GHz wireless network to
an ISA100 wireless compliant gateway (Not Supplied).
Each STAPS head unit is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years).
A G
C
F
J
K
E
F L
DN15 - ½" 180 110 150 50 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN20 - ¾" 180 110 150 56 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN25 - 1" 180 110 150 64 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN32 - 1¼" 180 110 150 74 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN40 - 1½" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN50 - 2" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN65 - 2½" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN80 - 3" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN100 - 4" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
STS17.2 85 90
Disposal:
- The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards
remain even when the cells are discharged.
- The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.
No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.
How to order
Contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations.
Available spares
Battery (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery) 11
Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit 10
Clamp, 'T' bolt and wing nut for pipe sizes ½" to 1¼" 4 and 5
Clamp for pipe size 1½"
Clamp for pipe size 2" - 2½" 12
Clamp for pipe size 3" - 4"
Clamp for STS17 (trap station) 13
Antenna (standard)
9
Antenna +4 dBi
Heat Shield Kit 14
Example:
9
1 off Battery spares kit (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery)
and
1 off Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit.
These spares are for a STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap
monitoring system.
5.1.28
10
11 14
12 13 4 5
TI-P122-01
ST Issue 6
BPT13
Brass
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Description BPT13A
The BPT13 is a readily maintainable brass bodied, balanced
pressure thermostatic steam trap.
The standard trap is designated BPT13A and has angled 2
connections.
5 3
Available types
4
BPT13A Angled connections (standard trap)
6
BPT13AX Angled connections with strainer screen
8
BPT13S Straight connections
BPT13SX Straight connections with strainer screen 7
BPT13UA Angled connections, union inlet
BPT13UAX Angled connections, union inlet with strainer screen 1
BPT13US Straight connections, union inlet
BPT13USX Straight connections, union inlet with strainer screen
Steam
saturation
curve
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Pressure bar g 2 Cap Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
The product must not be used in this region. 3 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon
4 Capsule Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN16 5 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C 6 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 7 bar g 7 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Minimum allowable temperature -20°C 8 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
PMO Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g @ 220°C
*9 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 7 bar g Union nut
10 Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Minimum operating temperature 0°C and tailpiece
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g * Note: Item 9 is shown clearly overleaf.
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
B B 2
(not an available
spare)
D E D E
C C
BPT13US BPT13A 3
A A
B B 5 5.2.2
Capacities
4
6
Condensate kg /h
7
9
8
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
TI-P126-03
ST Issue 6
10
5
14
7
6 8
6 21
5.2.3 4 9 22 20
Description
The BPT13T is a brass bodied maintainable balanced pressure steam trap with horizontal in-line connections. It has a unique bypass
and stop valve feature built into the trap which simplifies and reduces the cost of installation. The bypass can be used simply to handle
high start-up loads or to avoid debris collecting in the steam trap, on the commissioning of new systems. The BPT13TGX has an integral
sight tube for indication of operation.
Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.
Capsule fill and operation
Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation
at approximately 10°C below steam saturation temperature.
Materials
Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB'
operation at approximately 22°C below steam saturation No. Part Material
temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for near-to-steam operation 1 Body Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
at approximately 4°C below steam saturation temperature.
2 End connection Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Sizes and pipe connections 3 Cap Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP 4 Actuator Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC 4B
5 Spindle Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)
6 Stem seal 25% carbon filled PTFE
Temperature °C
Capacities kg / h
E Withdrawal distance
B1
D
B
C
A
Indicator
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal Spare parts
plane and the cap at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
preceding the trap. See IM-P126-05 for full installation details. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Warning:
Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate Available spares
can effect the inside face of the sight tube, particularly where Capsule assembly 16, 17*, 18, 19
caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is
recommended that the sight tube is periodically checked for Maintenance kit 6 (2 off), 11, 12, 13 (2 off), 14 (2 off),
thinning. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage 15, 16, 17*, 18, 19
then the sight tube should be replaced immediately. Always
wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the
sight tube.
Sight tube assembly 21 (2 off), 22
5.2.4
*Note: The capsule can be identified from the letter stamped on
Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from the name-plate on the cap (e.g. STD, SUB or NTS). A standard
injury in the unlikely event that the sight tube breaks. capsule (STD) will be supplied, unless specified otherwise on
the order.
Operation How to order spares
The trap is supplied in the 'Bypass' position (1). To move it to Always order spares by using the description given in the column
'Trap' (2) or 'Stop' (3) position the actuator should be moved until headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
the indicator aligns with the marking on the body. Example: 1 - Capsule assembly, marked STD, for a Spirax Sarco
BPT13T balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap.
BPT13T
1 2 3 19
Maintenance 18
See IM-P126-05 for full maintenance details
Replacement of capsule assembly: 17
Before any maintenance is undertaken, suitable independent isolation 16
valves should be closed and the trap positioned in the 'bypass' mode.
Allow the trap to cool. Remove the cap and lift out the old capsule, 12
spring and spacer plate. Drop in a new spacer plate,
capsule and spring. Screw on the cap using a new 'O' ring assembled 15
into the groove in the top of the cap. Always fit a completely new 11
assembly when replacing the capsule. BPT13GX only
Recommended tightening torques
or Sight tube
Item Size Nm assembly
mm
6 20 21 22 21 2
2 and 20 DN15 32 35 - 40
2 and 20 DN20 36 35 - 40 2 14 13 13 14
2 and 20 DN25 46 35 - 40
3 DN15 - 25 50 50 - 60
4 DN15 - 25 30 -
7 DN15 - 25 13 7- 10
9 DN15 - 25 13 12 - 15 6
12 DN15 - 25 17 12 - 15 7
How to order 4
Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco BPT13 balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap with a capsule marked 'SUB' for
sub-cooled operation. 9
TI-P125-08
ST Issue 9
MST21
Stainless Steel
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Description
The MST21 is a maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic
steam trap designed for relatively small condensate loads usually
associated with instrument tracing applications. It is manufactured
in stainless steel and is corrosion resistant and easily maintainable.
Available types
MST21 Standard capacity for tracing loads (standard unit)
MST21H High capacity for special applications
Note: When placing an order always state the capsule fill.
Capsule fill and operation
6
Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation at
approximately 10°C below steam saturation temperature. 4
Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub cooled 'SUB' 3
operation at approximately 22°C below steam saturation
temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for operation at approximately 4°C
below steam saturation temperature.
5.2.5 Standards
5
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and
capsule reference.
Example: 1 off Internals set for a Spirax Sarco ¼" MST21 balanced
pressure thermostatic steam trap having a 'STD' fill capsule for
operation at 10°C below steam saturation temperature.
1
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
A 3
5
C
7
TI-P125-08 ST Issue 9 MST21 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P126-06
ST Issue 4
���
��� Steam
saturation
��� curve
��
�
� �� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Materials
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
No. Part Material
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
DIN 17445 1.4408/
Body design conditions PN50 /ANSI 300 1 Body Stainless steel
ASTM A351 CF8M
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 38°C DIN 17440 1.4057/
2 Cap Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 33 bar g ASTM A276 431
Minimum allowable temperature 0°C 3 Capsule Stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 260°C 4 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 21 bar g 5 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0°C Strainer screen
6 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0.8 mm perforations
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 7 'O' ring EPDM
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
B in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Internal set 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
End cap 2
Capacities
����
����
����
5.2.8
Condensate kg /h
���
��� 6
���
���
4
���
���
��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) 3
Cold water capacity Hot water capacity
How to order 2
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 BPW32 maintainable wafer
pattern balanced pressure steam trap for installation between
DIN PN40 flanges. To be supplied with an 'STD' fill capsule. The
outer diameter to provide positive location inside flange bolts for
ease of installation.
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item Connections Sizes Nm
mm
ANSI 150 All sizes 10 - 15
PN40 DN15 10 - 15
1 and 2 ANSI 300
JIS 10 DN20 15 - 20
JIS 16
JIS 20 DN25 20 - 25
5.2.9
Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P180-11
ST Issue 11
BTM7
Stainless Steel
Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco BTM7 is a maintainable thermostatic steam trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with
minimal backing up. Applications include sterile steam barriers, process vessels and CIP/SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L stainless
steel with minimal crevises and a typical internal surface finish of 1.6 - 3.2 Ra, it is self-draining and operates close to steam temperature.
Traps are individually packaged with protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag.
Options available at extra cost - BTM7
Contact Spirax Sarco for further information with butt weld ends
Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation
Special connections to suit most piping systems.
Standards
The BTM7 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved
materials.
Part 3, 'O' ring - Complies with USP Class VI and FDA CFR title 21,
Paragraph 177, Section 2600.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 5.2.10
the time of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve
BTM7
with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections
Pressure bar g
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BTM7
with butt weld ends
3
2 4
5.2.11
BTM7
with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body (inlet) Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
2 Body with seal (outlet) Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
3 'O' ring FKM
4 Element Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Nuts and bolts Stainless steel BS 6105 Gr. A4 80
5
Washers Austenitic stainless steel
TI-P180-11 ST Issue 11 BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap Page 2 of 3
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
B F E
C
A
D
(across flats)
A Spare parts
Available parts are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken
line are not available as spares. 5.2.12
Capacities Available spares
Element assembly 4
'O' ring (packet of 3) 3
Body with seat (outlet) - state connections 2
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Condensate kg /h
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and end
connection of the trap.
Example: 1 off Element assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" BTM7
thermostatic clean steam trap having screwed NPT connections.
5
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P180-11 ST Issue 11 BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap Page 3 of 3
Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P180-30
ST Issue 7
BT6-B
Sanitary
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Sizes and pipe connections
½", ¾", 1" and 1½" sanitary clamp ends to ASME BPE.
For other connections please consult Spirax Sarco.
1
4
5
3
5.2.13
Description Materials
The Spirax Sarco BT6-B sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic
steam trap is designed to remove condensate from clean and No. Part Material
pure steam applications with minimal condensate retention. 1 Body (inlet) Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Applications include sterile steam barriers, block and bleed
installations, mains drainage and CIP / SIP of vessels and 2 Body (outlet) Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
reactors and process lines. Manufactured in 316L, the crevice 3 Capsule element Stainless steel AISI 316L
free body design of the BT6-B incorporates a 15° angled seat to
ensure full drainability. The standard element is extremely 4 Body clamp Stainless steel AISI 316
sensitive to changes in condensate temperature and is designed 5 Seal Tuf-steel ® PTFE + AISI 316
to open with a minimum of sub-cooling, less than 2°C from steam
saturation temperature at pressures below 2.5 bar g for typical
operating conditions. Exact operating performance may be Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)
affected by operating pressure, installation and ambient
conditions. Each trap is individually packaged within a 'clean'
environment with protective end caps and sealed in a protective
Temperature °C
plastic bag.
Available types Steam
BT6-BL Low capacity and BT6-BH High capacity saturation
curve
Body surface finish
(measured to ISO 4287-1997 and ISO 4288-1997):
- Internal surfaces have a finish of 0.6 μm (25 micro-inch Ra,
ASME BPE SFV2).
Pressure bar g
- External surfaces have a finish of 1.0 μm (40 micro-inch Ra).
Options: The product must not be used in this region.
- Mechanical and electropolishing to 0.375 μm (15 micro-inch Ra, The product should not be used in this region as damage
ASME BPE SFV4). to the internals may occur.
- For applications requiring closer to steam saturation
temperatures, for example, critical SIP applications, please Note: For hygienic / sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure /
consult Spirax Sarco. temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary
clamp used. Please consult Spirax Sarco.
Standard
The BT6-B has been designed and built in general accordance to Body design condition PN10
ASME BPE and complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All seals comply with PMA Maximum allowable pressure 10 bar g @ 140°C
FDA CFR title 21, part 177, section 1550 and USP class VI TMA Maximum allowable temperature 177°C @ 9.2 bar g
sections 87 and 88, ADI (Animal Derived Ingredient free).
Minimum allowable temperature -254°C
Certification
This product is available with the following certification: Maximum operating pressure
PMO 6 bar g
- EN 10204 3.1 material certificates. for saturated steam service
- Typical internal surface finish certificates. TMO Maximum operating temperature 165°C @ 6 bar g
- Certificate of conformity of the seal for FDA, USP and ADI.
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15 bar g
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Low capacity BL Size A B C D E Weight
High capacity BH
½" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.70
¾" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.71
1" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.94
1½" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.86
B
Condensate kg/h
A
E
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Cold water capacity C
Hot water capacity
5
3
TI-P180-03
ST Issue 7
BTS7
Stainless Steel
Clean Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco BTS7 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap
designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with
minimal backing up. Applications include sterile steam barriers,
process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L
stainless steel with minimal crevises, it is self-draining and operates
close to steam temperature. Traps are individually packaged with
protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag.
Options
Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation.
Special connections to suit most piping systems.
Standards 1
The BTS7 has been designed and built in general accordance with
ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted
parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved materials.
2
5.2.15 Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region as damage
to the internals may occur. Materials
Body design conditions PN7 No. Part Material
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 7 bar g @ 170°C 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 170°C @ 7 bar g 2 Element Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Minimum allowable temperature -254°C
Maximum operating pressure
PMO 7 bar g @ 170°C
for saturated steam service
TMO Maximum operating temperature 170°C @ 7 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.5 bar g
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Cold water capacity Hot water capacity C
Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow
downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose the
element to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result.
B
5.2.16
Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe
maintenance /replacement.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco non-maintainable DN15 BTS7 clean
steam trap with tube ends to ISO 1127, Series 1. (21.3 mm O / D x
1.6 mm wall thickness). Tangent length of tube ends to be 40 mm
C
for ease of orbital welding. Body to be self-draining. Suitable for
pressures up to 7 bar g.
Spare parts
There are no spare parts for the BTS7.
Screwed
TI-P180-40
ST Issue 4
BTS7.1
Stainless Steel
Clean Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco BTS7.1 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap
designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with
minimal back up. Applications include sterile steam barriers,
process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L
stainless steel with minimal crevices, it is self-draining and
operates close to steam temperature. The BTS7.1 has an internal
finish of 0.5 Ra whilst the external finish is 0.75 Ra. When supplied,
the BTS7.1 is individually packaged with protective end caps and
sealed in a polythene bag.
Options
Fixed bleed to ensure fail-open operation.
Standards
The BTS7.1 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted
parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved material.
5.2.17 Certification
Certification to EN 10204 3.1 is available for the body of this
product. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
stated at the time of order placement.
BTS7.1
Steam with sanitary clamp connections
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region as damage
to the internals may occur.
B
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Cold water capacity Hot water capacity A
Spare parts
There are no spare parts for the BTS7.1.
TI-P124-08
ST Issue 2
5.2.19
Standards
The product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
The product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Sizes and pipe connections
" and ½" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
Socket weld ends (½" only).
���
���
Steam
��� saturation
curve
��
�
� � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g Materials
The product must not be used in this region. No. Part Material
The product should not be used in this region or beyond 1 Cover Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 2 Capsule Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN25 3 Valve seat Stainless steel
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C 4 Strainer screen Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 242°C @ 20 bar g 5 Cover gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 6 Body Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 217°C 7 Cover bolts Steel M8 x 25 mm BS 1506 - 621 A B7M
TMO Maximum operating temperature 242°C @ 20 bar g 8 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 9 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 10 Spring Stainless steel
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2006
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
��� Example: 1 off Capsule and seat assembly for Spirax Sarco ½"
BPM21L balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having STD
fill operation at 13°C below steam saturation temperature.
��� 7
�� (Not an
�� available
�� spare)
��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
10 5.2.20
Withdrawal distance E
C 2
B 3
Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal
plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a drop leg
immediately preceding the trap. Installation in a vertical plane is
also acceptable. When welding the trap into the pipeline, there is
no need to remove the capsule, providing the welding is done by
the electric arc method. Suitable isolation valves must be installed
to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement.
Disposal:
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with Recommended tightening torques
the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
or
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BPM21L balanced pressure Item Part Nm
thermostatic steam trap having screwed BSP connections. The mm
unit is to be supplied with a steel body with internal strainer screen 3 Valve seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
and STD capsule for operation approximately 13°C below steam
saturation temperature. 7 Cover bolts M8 x 25 14 - 18
5.2.21
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Balanced pressure
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P005-01
ST Issue 6
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European BPC32Y
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
The product should not be used in this region or beyond TMO Maximum operating temperature 281 °C @ 32 bar g
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
Minimum operating temperature 0 °C
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300.
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco.
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A-D Flanged JIS/KS 20K. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 75 bar g
A-E Flanged ANSI 150.
F-G Flanged JIS/KS 10K.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32
1
9
2
17
3
18
7
5
BPC32CV
Check BPC32YCV
valve
BPC32Y
5.2.23
5
11 10
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
8 Body / flanges Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg
BPC32
Weight
BPC32Y
D
Weight F
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd/SW/BW Flgd
A
½" DN15 95 150 94 64 - 37 54 28 1.6 3.1 A1
¾" DN20 95 150 94 64 - 37 54 28 1.6 3.7 G Withdrawal distance
Capacities
5.2.24
Condensate kg/h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
Installation note:
The BPC32 and BPC32Y are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced.
It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.
Disposal
These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BPC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed BSP with
'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12 °C below steam saturation temperature.
BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32 - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12 °C below steam
saturation temperature.
9*
17
2
5.2.25
18
BPC32 3
5 7
BPC32Y
5
11
* Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares. 10*
or
Item Part Nm
mm
BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.26
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P005-06
ST Issue 4
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. 5 12 13 14
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at Check
the time of order placement. valve
Sizes and pipe connections
½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. IBPC32CV
½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799.
½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40,
ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS /KS 10K and JIS /KS 20K.
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)
�
���
�
Temperature °C
���
���
���
Steam
��� saturation
� �
curve � � �
Materials
� No. Part Material
� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g DIN 17243 C22.8
1 Cover Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
The product must not be used in this region.
2 Capsule Stainless steel
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its
operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300. 5 Strainer screen
Stainless steel AISI 304
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K. 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
A-E Flanged ANSI 150. DIN 17243 C22.8
F-G Flanged JIS/KS 10K. 8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Maximum body design conditions PN40 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -60°C 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g
PMO for saturated steam service Blanking plug
15 (not shown) Steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g
16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 17 Spring Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
A 9*
A1
G Withdrawal distance
Capacities
����
� ��� 17
����
2
5.2.28
Condensate kg / h
18
��� ��
����
���
�� 3
��� � ��
���
��� ��
�� 7
��
��
� ��
�
��� ��
��
��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IBPC32 carbon steel bodied Recommended tightening torques
maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed
BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below or
steam saturation temperature. Item Part Nm
The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify
waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage mm
only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, 3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
automatic monitors and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, 9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam 12 Sensor adaptor 27 A /F 120 - 135
trap monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor
with PNP / NPN output where appropriate. 14 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
5.2.29
Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P005-10
ST Issue 2
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32F
1
9
2
17
3
18
7
5
BPC32CVF
Check
BPC32YCVF
valve
BPC32YF
5.2.31
11 10
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2 BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Page 2 of 4
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32YF F D
Size A B C D E F G Weight
A
DN15 150 94 64 - 37 55 28 3.1
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
5.2.32
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BPC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having flanged
EN 1092 PN40 connections and an integral strainer screen. The trap is to be fitted with an 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately
12°C below steam saturation temperature.
TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2 BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Page 3 of 4
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32F - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12°C below steam
saturation temperature.
9*
17
5.2.33 2
18
3
BPC32YF
BPC32F
* Note: 5
Items 9 and 10 are
not available as spares.
11
or
Item Part Nm
mm
TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2 BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Page 4 of 4
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.34
Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P005-03
ST Issue 5
Steam
saturation
curve
5
11 10
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Materials
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its No. Part Material
operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
1 Cover Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K 2 Capsule Stainless steel
A-E Flanged ASME 150 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K
5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
Body design conditions PN40 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C
8 Body / flanges Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 30 bar g stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
Minimum allowable temperature -200°C 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g Austenitic
PMO for saturated steam service 10 Strainer cap stainless steel DIN 17440 (W/S 1.4404) 316L
TMO Maximum operating temperature 281°C @ 32 bar g Strainer cap
11 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0°C gasket
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 17 Spring Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
A
A1
G Withdrawal distance
BPS32Y
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd
17
½" DN15 95 150 94 64 - 37 55 28 1.6 3.1
¾" DN20 95 150 94 64 - 37 56 28 1.6 3.7 2
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 - 37 58 28 1.8 4.4
18
Capacities
3 000 BPS32 3
5.2.36
2 000 7
5
1000 BPS32Y
2Y V
S3
Condensate kg / h
BP YC
n d 32
500 3 2a B PS
S d
400 BP an
CV 2Y
300 3 2 P S3 YCV
S B 2
BP nd S3
200 3 2 a d BP
S an
BP
2 CV
S3
100 BP
5
50 11
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 32
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) * Note: 10*
Items 9 and 10 are
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity not available as spares.
Disposal
These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off DN20 Spirax Sarco BPS32Y balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap manufactured in corrosion resistant stainless
steel. Having a Y-type strainer and 'STD' fill capsule for operation at
approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Flanged
connections to EN 1092 PN40.
TI-P005-03 ST Issue 5 BPS32 and BPS32Y Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P005-05
ST Issue 5
IBPS32
Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure
Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Description IBPS32 1
The IBPS32 is a stainless steel maintainable balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor and
straight connections. It also has an integral 'Y' type strainer.
It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam 9
leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1).
The IBPS32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec 17
monitoring systems. 2
All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved 18
suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100. 3
Standard unit IBPS32 having 'STD' fill capsule
7
Also available IBPS32CV having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve
Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.
Capsule fill and operation:
Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at
approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature.
Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB'
operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature 16
or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6°C below steam
temperature.
5.2.37 Standards
8
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.
Certification 5 12 13 14
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Check
valve
Sizes and pipe connections
½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. IBPS32CV
½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40,
ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K.
Steam
saturation Materials
curve No. Part Material
Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
1 Cover
Pressure bar g stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
The product must not be used in this region. 2 Capsule Stainless steel
The product should not be used in this region or beyond 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.457
8 Body / flanges
A-E Flanged ASME 150 stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K
9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
Maximum body design conditions PN40 DIN 17440
12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C (W/S 1.4404) 316L
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 30 bar g 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -200°C 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g Blanking plug
PMO for saturated steam service
15 (not shown) Stainless steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g
16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 17 Spring Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
A 9*
A1
G Withdrawal distance
Capacities
17
2
5.2.38
Condensate kg / h
18
3
7
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IBPS32 stainless steel bodied Recommended tightening torques
maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed
BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below or
steam saturation temperature. Item Part Nm
The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify
waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage mm
only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, 3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
automatic monitors and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, 9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap 12 Sensor adaptor 27 A /F 120 - 135
monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with
PNP / NPN output where appropriate. 14 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
TI-P005-05 ST Issue 5 IBPS32 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P076-10
ST Issue 6
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
5
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300.
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. 11 10
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K.
A-E Flanged ASME 150. Materials
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K.
No. Part Material
Body design conditions PN40 1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C
Bimetallic Corrosion resistant bimetal Rau
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g 2 element and stainless steel Type H46
Minimum allowable temperature -60°C 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PMO Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g 4 Locking nut Stainless steel
for saturated steam service
5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AIS 304
TMO Maximum operating temperature 350°C @ 32 bar g
6 Valve Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel
reinforced exfoliated graphite
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g
8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460)DIN 17243 C22.8
ASTM A105N
9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2 70
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.B
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
11 Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Steam traps
Bimetallic
A 9*
A1
G Withdrawal distance
SMC32Y
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW / BW Flgd
½" DN15 95 150 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.7 3.1
¾" DN20 95 150 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.7 3.7 6
4
1" DN25 95 160 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.8 4.4
2 Element set
5
11
* Note: 10*
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Items 9 and 10 are
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity not available as spares.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" SMC32 carbon steel bodied
maintainable bimetallic steam trap with an integral strainer screen
and screwed BSP connections.
TI-P076-10 ST Issue 6 SMC32 and SMC32Y Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P076-11
ST Issue 4
�
���
���
���
���
� � � � �
�
� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
Materials
The product must not be used in this region. No. Part Material
DIN 17243 C22.8
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its 1 Cover Carbon steel
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
Corrosion resistant bimetal (Rau Type H46)
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300. 2 Bimetallic element and stainless steel
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
A-D Flanged JIS /KS 20K.
4 Locking nut Stainless steel
A-E Flanged ANSI 150.
F-G Flanged JIS /KS 10K. 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
6 Valve Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN40 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C DIN 17243 C22.8
8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -60°C 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
Maximum operating pressure 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37
PMO 32 bar g
for saturated steam service 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0°C Blanking plug
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 15 (not shown) Steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Bimetallic
A 9*
A1
G Withdrawal distance
Capacities
� ���
� ���
� ���
5.3.4
���� 6
Condensate kg / h
4
2 Element set
���
���
��� 3
���
7
���
��
��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 =kPa)
ISMC32 Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P076-11 ST Issue 4
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P076-17
ST Issue 2
���
���
Steam
��� saturation
curve D C B
�
� �� �� �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Steam traps
Bimetallic
9*
F
A
6
G Withdrawal distance 4
Element set
2
3
SMC32YF
Size A B C E F G Weight SMC32F 7
DN15 150 94 92 51 55 28 3.3
DN20 150 94 92 51 56 28 4.0 5 SMC32YF
5.3.6
DN25 160 94 92 51 58 28 4.7
Capacities
����
����
����
����
Condensate kg / h
��� 5
��� * Note: 11
Items 9 and 10 are
��� not available as spares.
10*
���
�� mm
��� ��� � � � � � �� �� ��
3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity 10 Strainer cap 27 A /F 120 - 135
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SMC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable bimetallic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40
connections and an integral strainer screen.
SMC32F and SMC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Bimetallic Steam Traps TI-P076-17 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P623-02
ST Issue 7
���
���
Steam
��� saturation
curve � � � �
�
� �� �� �� �� ��� ��� ���
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
A-B Screwed BSP/NPT, socket weld and butt weld ends.
A-C Flanged ANSI 600.
A-D Flanged PN100. Materials
A-E Flanged PN63. No. Part Material
1 Body Steel ASTM A105N
Body design conditions PN150, Class 900 to ANSI B 16.34
2 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 153 bar g @ 38°C
3 Bimetallic element Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 86 bar g
4 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
Minimum allowable temperature 0°C
Spiral wound stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 45 bar g @ 425°C 5 Cover gasket
and graphite (asbestos free)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 45 bar g
6 Cover Steel ASTM A105N
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 7
Cover nut Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation 15 bar g
8 Blind nut gasket Stainless steel tanged reinforced graphite
PMX The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure. 9 Blind nut Steel ASTM A105
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 229 bar g 10 Lock-nut Steel
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2008
Steam traps
Bimetallic
*9
*10
B
*7
8
4
5
C
3
A1
2 5.3.8
A
Capacities
����
����
* Items 7, 9 and 10 are not available spares.
����
Recommended tightening torques
����
���� Item or Nm
Condensate kg / h
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" HP45 bimetallic steam trap with
socket weld end connections.
Bimetallic
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P623-07
ST Issue 3
ABL Series
Bimetallic Steam Traps
12
10 11
Description
The ABL range of bimetallic steam traps are made 8
of forged steel. They have a check valve, a built 9
in strainer screen and an external device for
adjusting the discharge temperature of the
condensate. They are designed for high capacity 13
constant pressure process applications. 4
These steam traps operate with no loss of steam 7
and quickly drain air, non-condensable gases and 2
large quantities of cold water on start-up.
3
5 1
5.3.9 Materials
6
Operating range
A
Temperature °C
Condensate kg/h
C
A
E Withdrawal distance for gland packing.
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
Size Connections A B C D E Weight
1½"-2" BSP/NPT/SW 270 75 100 150 100 13.0
Spare parts
PN40 270 75 100 150 100 17.0 The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
PN64 290 75 100 150 100 20.0
Available spare
DN40 ANSI 150 270 75 100 150 100 15.0
ANSI 300 270 75 100 150 100 18.0 Bimetallic assembly kit 5, 7, 8, 9, 10
ANSI 600 290 75 100 150 100 19.0 How to order spares
PN40 270 75 100 150 100 17.0 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spare' and state the size and model of the 5.3.10
PN64 290 75 100 150 100 20.0 bimetallic steam trap.
DN50 ANSI 150 270 75 100 150 100 15.0 Example: 1 - Bimetallic assembly kit for a 1½" Spirax Sarco
ANSI 300 270 75 100 150 100 18.0 ABL405 bimetallic steam trap.
ANSI 600 290 75 100 150 100 19.0
Recommended tightening torques
Safety information, installation and
maintenance or
Item Nm
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions mm
(IM-P623-05) supplied with the product.
4 5 A/F
How to order 6 36 A/F 100 - 110
Example: 1 off DN40 Spirax Sarco ABL405 bimetallic steam trap
with PN40 flanges. 405, 414, 425
24 A/F 70 - 77
12 505, 514, 525
440, 540 24 A/F 120 - 132
13 8 mm socket 10.8 - 13.2
12
10
8
9
13
4 7
TI-P623-07 ST Issue 3
TI-P624-02
ST Issue 6
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
5.3.11 Certification
17
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement. 1
3
19
Sizes and pipe connections 18
DN80 SP80 or DN100 SP100 with 20
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 150 or ASME 300 connections.
Capacities
(0 to 3 bar g) N type pilot valve E type pilot valve (>3 to 21 bar g)
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity
18
Withdrawal distance E A 20
for main valve assembly
Weight
Size A B C D E PN40 ASME 300
ASME 150 Recommended tightening torques
DN80 350 210 132 150 100 43 48
DN100 400 210 132 150 100 52 60 Item or Nm
8 22 A/F 72 - 78
Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 10 36 A/F 120 - 132
(IM-P624-01) supplied with the product. 14 17 A/F 45 - 55
16 29 A/F 72 - 88
How to order 20 19 A/F 54 - 66
Example: 1 off DN80 Spirax Sarco SP80E bimetallic steam trap with
46 mm seat and flanged EN 1092 PN40 end connections
TI-P025-01
ST Issue 9
SM45
Bimetallic Steam Trap
Description SM45
The SM45 is a medium pressure, temperature sensitive, Butt weld version 13
maintainable steam trap. The operating element shown illustrating the
comprises a stack of bimetal discs which control the flow valve arrangement 1
of condensate, air and other incondensible gases at a for the ¾" and 1"
preset temperature below steam saturation. The body and sizes.
cover are forged and is available with integral flanges.
Standards 2
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and
carries the mark when so required. 3
Certification
The product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
stated at the time of order placement.
8
5.3.13 Sizes and pipe connections
½", ¾", 1" and 1½" screwed BSP or NPT. 5
½", ¾", 1" and 1½" butt weld to suit schedule 80 pipe and 4
socket weld to BS 3799 Class 3000.
DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 standard flange to :
EN1092 PN64, ASME 300 and JIS / KS 30K. 10
11
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)
See page 2.
9
7 12 6
5
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Bimetallic
A
450
The product must not be used in
5.3.14
Temperature °C
400
this region or beyond the parameter
300 of the PMA or TMA of the relative
end connection.
200
Steam
100 saturation curve
C The product should not be used in this
0 region as damage to the internals
0 10 20 30 40 51 may occur.
Pressure bar g
A
450 The product must not be used in
400
Temperature °C
Capacities
5.3.15
Condensate kg / h
Important note
H Withdrawal C
The earlier design of the SM45 incorporated 4 off long cover studs
distance and 8 off washers and nuts for assembling the body and cover.
The current design of the SM45 incorporates a threaded cover and
4 off shorter studs and 4 off washers and nuts.
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of steam trap.
Example: 1 - Element set for a DN25 Spirax Sarco SM45 bimetallic
D steam trap.
A1
5.3.16
11
Flanged
Size A1 C D E H Weight
DN15 210 102 138 24 108 7.2
2
3 3
Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 5
(IM-P025-02) supplied with the product. 4
Installation note:
The SM45 is designed for installation with the element in a horizontal 6
6
plane with the cover at the top. When welding the the trap into the
line there is no need to remove the element providing that welding
is done by the electric arc method. 10 10
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
disposal of this product providing care is taken.
11
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" SM45 bimetallic steam trap having 11
screwed BSP connections.
or
Item Nm
mm
5 27 A /F 120 - 132
11 19 A /F M12 110 - 120
TI-P626-02
ST Issue 4
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 4
Certification
6
5.3.17 This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement. 2
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
B
3
C 6
5.3.18
2
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
Item Nm
5 16 A / F 45 - 55
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" PBX30 bimetallic steam trap with
carbon steel quick fit connector having socket weld connections.
TI-P626-02 ST Issue 4 PBX Series Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P625-04
ST Issue 2
USM21
Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap
for use with Pipeline Connectors
Description Pipeline connector options
The USM21 is a pre-set and maintenance free sealed bimetallic The USM can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including:
steam trap manufactured in stainless steel. It is designed for steam PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10)
pressures up to 21 bar and applications such as steam tracing
PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15)
and mains drips. When installed in any position with a suitable
pipeline connector the USM21 can easily and simply be removed IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor (TI-P128-17)
without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02)
replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03)
are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections.
See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for
Standards details of the connections available for each pipeline connector.
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark 11 1 5 6
when so required.
Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated
5.3.19 at the time of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve
4
USM21 fitted to a
PC10HP connector 10 9 8 7 3 2
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
The product should not be used in this region or beyond USM21 fitted to a
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. PC4 _ connector
Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected
will dictate the maximum operating pressure and temperature of the
complete assembly. Consult the specified Technical Information sheet
as listed in 'Sizes and pipe connections' for relevant data. USM21 fitted to a
PC3 _ connector
Body design conditions ASME 300
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 40°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 450°C @ 29 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29°C
Materials
Maximum operating pressure
PMO for saturated steam service 21 bar g No. Part Material
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 21 bar g 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover Stainless steel AISI 316L
* Minimum operating temperature 0°C
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 21 bar 3 Seat Stainless steel AISI 316L
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 410
5 Bimetal Nickel alloy G. Rau H46
* Traps are available in a range of subcooled temperature settings.
Except for start-up and shutdown, they must operate above the 6 Lock-nuts Stainless steel AISI 304L
minimum differential pressure values shown in the table below: 7 Body / seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 316L
Nominal subcooled External Threshold 8 Screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
temperature identification differential pressure Stainless steel Spirally wound
9 Inner gasket
-10°C '-1' 5 bar / Graphite filler AISI 304 strip
-30°C '-3' 2 bar Stainless steel Spirally wound
10 Outer gasket
-50°C '-5' 0.5 bar / Graphite filler AISI 304 strip
-70°C '-7' 0.1 bar 11 Connector screws Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) Safety information, installation and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-P625-03) supplied with the product. The USM21 can be installed
on any Spirax Sarco pipeline connector. See separate Installation
and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors
(IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13).
Disposal
Condensate kg / h
The USM21 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is
therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
Spare parts
The USM21 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal
spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in
heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as
spares.
Available spares
Connector screws (2 off) 11
Complete USM21 trap unit
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) inclusive of gaskets (9 and 10) and connector screws (11)
Hot water Cold water
Note: The gaskets contain sharp metal reinforcement, please
handle with care.
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
How to order spares
Model A B C D Weight
(Trap only) Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state if ordering a complete trap the
USM21 35 78 68 40 0.6 nominal operating temperature of the steam trap.
Example: 2 off Connector screws for a USM21 sealed bimetallic
steam trap.
A D
Gaskets
5.3.20
10 9 Trap unit
11
B C
How to specify
Steam traps shall be of the sealed bimetal thermostatic USM21 type
manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating
pressures up to 21 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and to be
connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws for quick
and simple installation / replacement. The thermostatic element is to
nominally operate at 10°C, 30°C, 50°C or 70°C below steam
temperature. Traps can be installed in any plane.
How to order The USM21 is supplied in two parts:- Recommended tightening torques
PC10HP Standard connection or
Item Part Nm
PC20 + 'Y' type strainer
No.
1. The swivel IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and mm
pipeline connector Spiratec sensor
11 Connector screws " 33
PC3 _ + 1 integral ISO valve
PC4 _ + 2 integral ISO valves
2. The USM21 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and
two connector screws.
Notes:
1. State the nominal subcooling temperature required.
2. Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order
placement.
TI-P625-04 ST Issue 2 USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P018-01
ST Issue 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
5.3.21
Description
The No.8 fixed temperature liquid expansion thermostatic steam trap has an oil filled element set to operate at a fixed temperature.
It is easily adjusted to discharge at any temperature between 60°C and 100°C.
8 Element Brass
Steam
saturation 9 Valve head Stainless steel AISI 440B
curve
10 Valve seat gasket Copper BS 2870 C102
11 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Pressure bar g Certification
The product must not be used in this region. The product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
*PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended for saturated the time of order placement.
steam (17 bar g)
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2002
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Capacities (5) 2
Adjustment
The capacity graph shown is based on a trap with the adjustment lock-nut
3 turns open and handling condensate at 80°C. 7/ 8" Whit.
Round-head
screw
Adjustment
Condensate kg / h
nut
8
5.3.22
Element set
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Adjustment
The position of the valve head relative to the seat and, therefore, the
operating temperature, can be altered by turning the adjustment
which serves one end of the element.
How to order 10
Example: 1 off ½" BSP Spirax Sarco No.8 fixed temperature liquid
expansion steam trap.
11
5.4.1
Steam traps
Fixed temperature discharge
TI-P670-02
ST Issue 2
➧
The Spirax Sarco bydrain frost protection liquid expansion trap is
made of stainless steel. It has been specifically designed for protecting
water systems from frost damage. This fixed temperature discharge
trap continuously monitors the water temperature in the pipes; the
trap is firmly closed at 7°C, but as the temperature of the water cools
to 2°C the trap opens, discharging any water in the pipe.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure
PN50, Class 300 to ANSI B 16.34
41.4 bar g
5.4.2
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 450°C
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 10 bar g
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 70°C 1
Minimum operating pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.1 bar g
3
PMX - The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure.
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 62 bar g
Note: The trap seat is completely open at a water circuit temperature
of 2°C and closed at 7°C.
Materials
No. Part Material Capacities
1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
2 Thermostat Brass
Valve head PTFE
3
Internal parts Stainless steel
B
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" bydrain frost protection liquid
A expansion trap with screwed NPT end connections.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2003
Steam traps
Fixed temperature discharge
TI-P084-01
ST Issue 7
Fig 33 SDCV3
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
A How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 FT12-B cast iron float /orifice
trap having PN16 flanged connections.
B C
FT12 Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Trap operation Available spares
It is important that the FT12 is sized correctly to the running load of
the plant being drained. See 'Capacities - How to select / size the Main valve assembly with float 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
trap' for full details. Orifice plate (state A, B, C or D) 8, 9
The fixed orifice (available in four different cross sectional areas A,
B, C, or D) will pass a set amount of condensate at any given Set of body gaskets (packet of 3) 3
differential pressure consquently it is important that loads are constant. Set of body nuts and bolts 2
If the condensate load drops below the minimum value shown then
steam will also pass through the trap. A separate float trap mechanism How to order spares
provides additional capacity should the condensate level increase Always order spares by using the description given in the column
up to the maximum values shown on the graph. Correct sizing will headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
ensure that the plant condensate flow is between the minimum and Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN150 FT12-D cast iron
maximum flowrates shown. float /orifice trap.
9 8 2
5.4.4
2 3
7 4 6 5
Main valve assembly
FT12 Cast Iron Float /Orifice Trap for High Capacity Applications TI-P084-01 ST Issue 7
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.1
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-S02-03
ST Issue 10
FT14
Ball Float Steam Trap
(Screwed)
Description
The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless
steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. FT14-C (R-L) 20
The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework.
19
Available types 21
FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left
FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
FT14V Vertical connections with flow downwards
Capsule 8 4 17 6 3
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use
on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option
provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to 2
the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
1 5.5.2
The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen
(designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 7
Certification
5
This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 6
the time of order placement.
Materials
Steam No. Part Material
saturation
curve * 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pressure bar g
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
The product must not be used in this region. 5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Body design conditions PN16
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 14 bar g
for saturated steam service * 12 Erosion deflector (1" only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 18 Air vent gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Maximum FT14-4.5 4.5 bar 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
pressure FT14-14 14 bar 21 SLR seal Graphite
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 28 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
* Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (1" only).
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities
Condensate kg /h
5.5.3
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides
extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional
capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown.
On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
A D
C
F
FT14-C
B B1
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.
Steam lock
release assembly Air vent assembly Recommended tightening torques
19 + 21 20 18 17 3 or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A / F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 and 21 19 A / F 50 - 55
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
5.5.5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 3
TI-P615-01
ST Issue 6
���
��� Materials
��� Steam
saturation curve No. Part Material
�� 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
� 2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Stainless steel
Pressure bar g 3 Cover gasket
reinforced exfoliated graphite
The product must not be used in this region. 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Body design conditions PN16 *6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C Pivot frame
*7 assembly screws
Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2-70
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure * 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMO 14 bar g
for saturated steam service * 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 13 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
* 18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
Maximum IFT14-4.5 4.5 bar 24 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMX differential IFT14-10 10 bar 25 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
pressure IFT14-14 14 bar Blanking plug
27 Steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g (not shown)
* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11 and 18 are shown more clearly overleaf.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 3
Capacities
���
���
���
�
��
� ���
��
��
���
���
��
� ���
��
��
Condensate kg /h
5.5.7 ����
��
��
��
���
��
��
��
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides
additional capacity to the main valve. On the IFT14-4.5 units, this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot
condensate figures shown. On the IFT14-10 and IFT14-14 units there will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity.
The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 3
D A
C
B1 B
G Withdrawal distance
Withdrawal distance E
3
2
(not an available spare)
6 5 10 7 11 8
IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.9
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-S02-26
ST Issue 8
FT14
Ball Float Steam Trap
(Flanged)
Description 20
The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless
steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility.
The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. FT14-C (R-L)
19
Available types
FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left 21
FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Please note: On the cover of both of these traps, the orientation 11
of the connections can be adjusted on site in preparation of
downward vertical flow applications. 10
Capsule 8 4 17 18 3
The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use
on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
FT14 (R-L)
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option
provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to
the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
5.5.10
2
The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen
(designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).
1
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification 7
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 5
the time of order placement.
Materials
No. Part Material
Steam
saturation * 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
curve 2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pressure bar g 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
The product must not be used in this region.
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Body design conditions PN16 7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
Maximum operating pressure * 12 Erosion deflector (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PMO 14 bar g
for saturated steam service 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S19
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g 18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Minimum operating temperature 0 °C 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
FT14-4.5 4.5 bar 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum
PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar 21 SLR seal Graphite
pressure FT14-14 14 bar 28 Valve spring (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g * Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (DN25 only).
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities
Condensate kg /h
5.5.11
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides
additional capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate
figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the
minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
A D E D E
C G FT14-C F
C G
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged PN16 connections and integral air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 5.5.12
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (DN25 only)
Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 3
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 28 (DN25 only)
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
5.5.13
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 5
TI-S02-27
ST Issue 8
FT14HC
1"
FT14
1¼"
5.5.14
FT14-C
FT14
1½" and 2"
Description
The FT14 and FT14HC are iron bodied ball float steam traps having stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting
facility. These traps are supplied with horizontal screwed connections only and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. The
flow direction is as indicated on the valve body.
Available types
FT14 Standard 1¼", 1½" and 2"
High capacity (1" only) - As standard the FT14HC is available Note: These ball float steam traps are available with
FT14HC with flow direction in either left-to-right or right-to-left direction. either 4.5, 10 or 14 bar internals (PMX).
Please state preference when placing an order.
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 and FT14HC ball float steam traps is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g
and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras will only be supplied if specified at the point of order
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a
steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped up to " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the
time of order placement.
Sizes and pipe connections 1" (FT14HC only), 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP and NPT.
Pressure / temperature limits See page 2 for the pressure / temperature limitations.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 5
���
Temperature °C
��� FT14HC 1"
���
PN25 ��� Steam and
��� saturation
curve FT14 1¼"
��
�
� � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
���
Temperature °C
���
The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 21 bar g 14 bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 38 bar g 24 bar g
FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8
Page 2 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 5
FT14HC
1"
4 FT14
1¼"
2
8
1
17
10 18
7
9
11 6 2 3 17 18 8 4
12
5
7 26
6
5
12
17 18 20 21 19
FT14-C FT14
5.5.16
1½" and 2"
Materials
No. Part Material
1" and 1¼" SG iron BS EN 1563 JS 1030
1 Body
1½" and 2" Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
Cover bolts 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover bolts 1¼" Steel ASTM A193 B7
Cover bolts & nuts 1½" and 2" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
1" and 1¼" SG iron BS EN 1563 JS 1030
4 Cover
1½" and 2" Cast iron DIN 1961 GG 25
Valve seat 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 1½" and 2" Stainless steel BS 3146 Part 2 ANC 2
Valve seat gasket 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6
Main valve assembly gasket 1½" and 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly set screws 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Bolts 1½" Stainless steel ISO 3506-2: A2-70
Main valve assembly bolts
Studs and nuts 2" Stainless steel BS 6105 A4-80
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Support frame 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin 1" and 1¼" Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
20 SLR gasket Mild steel BS 1449 CS4
21 SLR seal Graphite
26 Inlet plate 1½" and 2" only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8
Page 3 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 5
Capacities
�� ���
�� ���
�� ���
� ���
� ��� ��
� ��� � ����
���
���
� ���
� ���
� ��� ���
� ���
�� ���
� ���
�
���
� ���
���
Condensate kg / h
� ��� �
��
���
� ���
���
5.5.17 ��
����
�
� ��
���
��
��
���
� ���
�� ��� � ���
��� ��� ���
��� ���
�� �� ��
��� ����
���
��� ���
��
���
���
�
���
���
� ���
�� �
�
���
��� � ���
� ����
�� ���
� � �� ���
�� �
���
��� ��
���
��
����
���
� ���
� ���
���
���
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � � � � � �� ��
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8
Page 4 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 5 of 5
Steam lock
release assembly 2 Dowel 3 18 Air vent assembly
17
19 + 21
20
6 5 10 8
11 9 7 6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly Main valve assembly
with float (1½" and 2")
(1" and 1¼") (horizontal assembly shown)
FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8
Page 4 of 5
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P145-01
ST Issue 4
FTS14
Austenitic Stainless Steel
Ball Float Steam Trap
Description FTS14X 4
The FTS14 is an austenitic stainless steel ball float steam trap with (Vertical down)
an integral automatic air vent.
It provides efficient condensate drainage and prompt air removal to
ensure process equipment operates to its maximum potential.
As standard the FTS14 has horizontal connections with flow from
right to left (R-L). However its unique design allows the cover to be 2
simply rotated to provide horizontal left to right (L-R) and vertical up
or vertical down configurations. 6
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European 1
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. 18
Certification optional extra
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 5
the time of order placement.
8 14 7 15
Materials
Steam No. Part Material
saturation Austenitic EN 10213 -4 (1.4408)
curve 1 Body stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
C B
2 Cover bolts Stainless steel BS EN 3506 A2 -70
Pressure bar g 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
The product must not be used in this region. Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4408)
4 Cover stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
The product should not be used in this region as damage to 5 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
the internals may occur.
Main valve /air vent Stainless steel
A - B Flanged PN16, PN25, ASME 300, screwed and socket weld. 6 seat gasket
A - C Flanged ASME 150.
Note: Tri-clamp compatible end connections, used for hygienic / Main valve
7 assembly screws Stainless steel
sanitary applications, are only available on the FTS14-4.5.
Body design conditions PN25 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 50°C 9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C 10 SLR assembly Stainless steel
Minimum allowable temperature -20°C 11 SLR gasket Stainless steel
Maximum operating pressure A-B 19 bar g 12 Pivot frame Stainless steel
* PMO for saturated steam service A - C 13.5 bar g 13 SLR seal Graphite
TMO Maximum operating temperature 225°C @ 19 bar g 14 Pivot Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C Grey Viton complies with FDA CFR
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 15 'O' ring Title 21, Para 177, Section 2600
Maximum FTS14-4.5 4.5 bar † 16 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel
PMX differential FTS14-10 10 bar † 17 Sensor blanking plug Stainless steel (optional extra)
pressure FTS14-14 14 bar 18 Strainer screen Stainless steel (optional extra)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g † Note: Items 16 and 17 cannot be shown.
Steam traps
Ball float
B B
C E C E C E
Capacities Safety information, installation and maintenance
Note. Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent (IM-P145-02) supplied with the product.
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic air
vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity to Spare parts
the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on
the published capacity. Available spares
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6 (2 off), 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16 (1" only), 18
Gasket set (packet of 3) 3, 15
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and
pressure range i.e. 4.5, 10 or 14 bar. 5.5.20
Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco ½" FTS14-4.5
steam trap.
Condensate kg /h
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item Nm
mm
2 M10 x 30 20 - 25
5 17 A /F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
9 17 A /F 50 - 55
10 19 A /F 35 - 40
17 sensor blanking plug 11 A /F 15 - 20
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
10 + 13 11
Steam lock
release assembly
18 3
2 6 5 14 12 7 16 8
Main valve assembly
Note: Item 16 is required for the 1" size only
Optional extra
How to order At extra cost the cover
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" FTS14X -4.5 R-L (right to left) can be tapped " BSP
stainless steel float trap fitted with screwed BSP connections. Trap for installation of a
is maintainable in line. Fitted with integral air vent and strainer screen. temperature sensor.
TI-P145-01 ST Issue 4 FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-11
ST Issue 5
Available options
FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left
FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for
use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on
the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This
option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition
5.5.21 to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature
i.e. FTGS14X) can be fitted to the trap. For further information
please consult Spirax Sarco.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. FTGS14 (R-L)
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
���
���
Steam
��� saturation
�� curve
�
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17 18
4
3
8
2
1
20
29
7
FTGS14 (R-L) 11 10
21
19
FTGS14-C (R-L)
(with optional SLR)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Austenitic stainless steel EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Electroless nickel plated SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
5 Valve seat Stainless steel
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel
21 SLR seal Graphite
28 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel
29 Body plug Stainless steel
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
FTGS14
A D
C FTGS14-C
B1
Capacities
����
5.5.23 ���� ��
���
���
� ��� ��
�����
��� ��� ��
���
��� ��� ��
��
������
��� ��� ��
Condensate kg /h
���
���
��
��
��
��
��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
SLR
gland
nut SLR
body
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P615-11
ST Issue 3
Standards
The product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
5.5.25 Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
8
���
��� Note: The IFTGS14 is supplied with a steel plug (27, not shown) in
the sensor adaptor, remove and fit sensor on site.
��� Steam
saturation
�� curve
� Materials
� � � � � �� �� �� �� No. Part Material
Pressure bar g
Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4308)
1 Body
The product must not be used in this region. stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel
Body design conditions PN16
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C Electroless nickel plated
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 14.6 bar g
for saturated steam service *6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13.8 bar g Pivot frame
*7 assembly screws Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
IFTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel
Maximum
PMX differential IFTGS14-10 10 bar * 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
pressure IFTGS14-14 14 bar * 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel
* 20 Gasket Stainless steel
24 Sensor Stainless steel
25 Sensor gasket Stainless steel
Blanking plug
27 Steel
(not shown)
* 29 Body plug Stainless steel
* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 20 and 29 are shown more clearly overleaf.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Steam traps
Ball float
20 18 17 3
29
6 5 11 10 7 8
Main valve assembly
25
How to order Blanking plug 27 not shown 24
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IFTGS14-4.5 ball float steam
trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.
IFTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-11 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.27
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-18
ST Issue 2
FTGS14
Ball Float Steam Trap
(Flanged)
Description
The FTGS14 ball float steam trap has an austenitic stainless
steel body, stainless steel working internals and integral
automatic air venting facility. The SG iron cover is electroless
nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is
supplied with horizontal flanged connections and can be
maintained without disturbing the pipework.
Available options
FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left
FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for
use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on
the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This
option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition
to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco. 5.5.28
An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature
i.e. FTGS14X) can be fitted to the trap. For further information
please consult Spirax Sarco.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. FTGS14 (R-L)
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17 18
3
8
2
1
20
29
7
FTGS14 (R-L)
11 10 6
28
20
19
21
FTGS14-C (R-L)
(with optional SLR)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Austenitic stainless steel EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Electroless nickel plated SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
5 Valve seat Stainless steel
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel
21 SLR seal Graphite
28 Valve spring (DN25 only) Stainless steel
29 Body plug Stainless steel
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
F
D E D E
A C G C G
Capacities
5.5.30
Condensate kg /h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-19
ST Issue 1
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14HC ball float
steam trap is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and
50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
5.5.32
nomenclature i.e. FTGS14HC-C) can be fitted to the trap.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature
in addition to the standard air vent. For further information
please consult Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT
for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point
of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP
or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the
point of order.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement. FTGS14HC-C
Sizes and pipe connections
1" screwed BSP and NPT.
���
��� PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C
��� TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C
Steam
��� saturation Minimum allowable temperature -10°C
�� curve Maximum operating pressure
PMO 17 bar g
� for saturated steam service
� � �� �� �� �� TMO Maximum operating temperature 288°C @ 15 bar g
Pressure bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Maximum FTGS14HC-4.5 4.5 bar
The product must not be used in this region.
PMX differential FTGS14HC-10 10 bar
pressure FTGS14HC-14 14 bar
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17
18
10
3
5.5.33
17 18 20 21 19
FTGS14HC (L-R)
FTGS14HC-C
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Austenitic stainless steel EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Electroless nickel plated SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
*6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
*7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 4183 18 /8
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
*9 Support frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
* 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
21 SLR seal Graphite
* Note: For clarity items 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 are shown more clearly on the spares drawing on page 4.
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
FTGS14HC D2
FTGS14HC-C
B1
F
B2
C
A E D1
Withdrawal
distance
Capacities
����
5.5.34
���
����
�
� ��
�� ��
���
����
��
����
���
���
Condensate kg /h
���
���
���
���
���
���
���
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
19 + 21 20
3 6 5 9 11 10 7 8
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.36
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-28
ST Issue 4
���
� ���
��
�
�� ���
���
�� ��
���
���
��� ��
��� ��� ���
��� ��
��
����
5.5.37 �� ��
�� ��� ��
���
���
��
���
����
���
Condensate kg /h
���
����
��� � ���
���
��
��
��
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
���
�� ���
��
�� ��� ��
� ���
� ��� ��
��
� ��� ����
� ��
��� ���
��
� ���
� ���
��
� ���
� ���
��
� ��
��� ���
��
���
Condensate kg / h
� ��� ��
5.5.38
��
� ��
����
� ��� � ��
���
��� ��
���
�
��� ���
� ��� ���
�
��� ��� ���
�� ��
��� ����
��� ��
���
���
���
���
���
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � � � � � �� ��
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
Capacity Charts for FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps TI-S02-28 ST Issue 4
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-46
ST Issue 3
���
���
���
���
��
���
���
�� ����
��� ���
���
5.5.39
���
���
��
�����
���
��� ����
Condensate
��
��� ��� � ���
� ���
���
�� ���
�����
�� ���
���
���
�� � ���
�� ���
��� ��
���
�� ���
��
���� ���
��
��
�� ���
�� ���
����
���
��
��
���
��
�� ��
�����
���
�� ���
���
���
���
��
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ����
Differential pressure mm
Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Ball float
����
����
����
����
� ���
���
����
���
���
����
5.5.40
Condensate kg/h
��
� ���
����
��
���
���
���
����
���
�
���
� ���
���
��� �
����
�����
����
�� ���
�� ��� �� ����
���� � ���
��
�� ����
��� � ���
���
����
�
����
�� ���
��
���
� ���
���
���
��
��� ���
����
�� ����
� ��� ���
��� ��
� ���
���
�����
� ���
��
� ����
����
���
����
��
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ����
Differential pressure mm w.g
Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28
5.5.41
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014
TI-P605-01
ST Issue 1
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Temperature °C
Stainless steel region.
body and cover
Steam
saturation
Flanged PN40 curve
A
Pressure bar g
A - A Flanged PN40
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater
than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.
5.5.43
Pressure psi g
FTS23
The product must
B not be used in this
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
r e g i o n o r b eyo n d
Stainless steel the parameter of
body and cover the PMA or TMA of
the relative end
Steam
Flanged ASME 150 saturation
connection.
and curve
C B
Flanged ASME 300
Pressure bar g
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as
damage to the internals may occur.
FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover
TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1 FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps Page 2 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Temperature °C
Carbon steel body with region.
Stainless steel cover
Steam
saturation
Flanged PN40 curve
A
Pressure bar g
A - A Flanged PN40
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater
than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.
5.5.44
Pressure psi g
FTC23
The product must
B not be used in this
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
r e g i o n o r b eyo n d
Carbon steel body with the parameter of
Stainless steel cover the PMA or TMA of
the relative end
Steam
Flanged ASME 150 saturation
connection.
and curve
Flanged ASME 300 C B
Pressure bar g
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as
damage to the internals may occur.
FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover
TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1 FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps Page 3 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
C
B
D
E*
* Withdrawal distance for cover removal
5.5.45 Capacities
The condensate discharge capacities are based
on the actual temperature of operation.
Condensate kg
The choice of trap should be based on the
following data:
- Effective differential pressure
Safety factors:
- 1.25 ÷ 1.5 with continuous duty
- 2 ÷ 3 with intermittent duty
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
In the event that, during the operation, the trap comes into contact with harmful substances, you will need to dispose of it in accordance
with regulations under the current legislation.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 FTC23-23 carbon steel ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Valve seat assembly 6, 8
Valve ball 9
Ball float lever and pin assembly 10, 11
Float assembly 12, 13, 14
Manual lever kit 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
Stuffing box and manual lever spacer assembly 16, 17
Gasket set (3 + 3 units) 3, 7
11 12
5.5.46
2a 3 7 6 8 9 10 14 13 13
(not an available spare)
18 17
20 19 16 15 2b
(not an available spare)
Manual lever kit
Recommended tightening torques
mm
Model Item no. Quantity Part Nm
or
2a 8 Cover studs M16 x 70
FTC23 2b 8 Cover nuts 24 80
8 4 Valve assembly screws 13 M8 x 20 19
2a 12 Cover studs M16 x 70
FTS23 2b 12 Cover nuts 24 40
8 4 Valve assembly screws 13 M8 x 20 19
5.5.47
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P602-01
ST Issue 4
FTC32
Carbon Steel
Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20)
FTC32-C
5.5.48
FTC32CV shown
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
8 2 14 4 1 3
11 12
10
9
11
7
13
5
6
15
Materials
No Part Material No Part Material
ASTM A216 WCB/ 9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
1 Body Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N
10 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
ASTM A216 WCB/
2 Cover Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N 11 Air vent / SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
3 Cover bolts M12 x 35 Steel ASTM A193 B7 / A 2.70 12 SLR seal Graphite
4 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 13 Pivot Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5.5.49 5 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC 2 Strainer screen
14 (FTC32X only) Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
6 'O' ring EPDM
Check valve assembly
Main valve assembly 15 (FTC32CV only) Stainless steel
7 screws M3 x 6 Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2 70
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
Note: For clarity some items are not identified on the drawing.
B B
➤
➤
➤ G➤
➤ C ➤ F➤ ➤ C ➤ F ➤
➤ A ➤ ➤ D ➤➤ E ➤ ➤ A1 ➤ ➤ D ➤➤ E ➤
Withdrawal Withdrawal
distance distance
Flanged
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Size PN40 ASME 150 ASME 300 JIS 20K JIS 30K B C D E F G Weight
DN15 and DN20 150 144 150 150 150 135 121 180 120 26 47 7.4
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 FTC32-10-C-X-CV (R-L) carbon steel ball float steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40
connections and material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
5.5.50
Differential pressure bar ( x 100 = kPa )
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent (TV) under start-up conditions.
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent (TV) will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
Spare parts 8 2 14 4 1 3
Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are supplied as
spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float 5, 6, 7 (3 off), 8, 13
Air vent assembly 9, 11
Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly 9, 10, 11
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 4
Check valve assembly 15
Strainer screen 14
FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Ball float
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S02-21
ST Issue 12
FT43
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50
Description
The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The trap is
supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated
FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated below. For vertically orientated traps the flow
is downwards only.
Capsule
The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT43 is suitable for use
on 150 °C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50 °C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when
FT43 DN25
so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. 5.5.52
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature i.e. FT43-C) can be fitted to the FT43. This
option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition
to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT
for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point
of order. FT43-C
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or
NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point
of order.
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Pressure / temperature limits
A
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
D C B
Pressure bar g
A - D Flanged JIS/KS 10
FT43-14 13 bar
2 1 18 17 8 4
10
9 12 6 5 7 11
FT43-C 19 21 20 18 17
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron EN-JL 1040
Cover bolts DN25 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover stud Steel BS 4882 - B7M
Cover nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Cast iron EN-JL 1040
Valve seat DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 BS 3146 Part 2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector DN40, DN50 Stainless steel
Anc 2
Valve seat gasket DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6
Main valve assembly gasket DN40, DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly bolts DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Main valve assembly bolts DN40 BS 970 304 S16
Studs and nuts DN50 BS 6105 A4.80
Ball float and lever DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
8
Ball float DN40, DN50 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Support frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
20 SLR gasket Mild steel BS 1449 CS4
21 SLR seal Graphite
26 Inlet plate DN40, DN50 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15
Condensate kg/h
5.5.55
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
DN25, DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050
F
A
D E Withdrawal distance
* The face-to-face dimensions for the PN16 are in accordance with ISO 6554; for other flange variants, please contact Spirax Sarco.
Installation note:
The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises
5.5.56
and falls vertically.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN16 with cast iron body and cover with thermostatic
air vent.
Available spares
Main valve assembly complete with ball float (DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) (specify horizontal or vertical trap) ** 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps.
20
5.5.57
6 5 10 8 12
11 9 7
Main valve assembly with float (DN25)
6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly (DN40 and 50)
(horizontal assembly shown)
or
Item Part Nm
mm
Ball float
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S02-22
ST Issue 9
FT43
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
1 10 9 Sizes and pipe connections
DN80 and DN100
Standard flange: EN 1092 PN16.
Flanges available on request: JIS 10, KS 10
and ASME 125.
5
5.5.58
6 7 3 2
Description
The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. It is
available with horizontal flanged connections only. If required, the covers can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of
fitting drain cocks.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when so
required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover studs and nuts Steel
BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Cast iron EN JL 1040
5 Main valve assembly Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt. 2 ANC 2
6 Main valve assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Main valve assembly studs and nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4-80
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
10 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)
A
Temperature °C
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service limited to DPMX
TMO Maximum operating temperature 220 °C @ 12.1 bar g
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0 °C
FT43-4.5 4.5 bar
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
F
A D D E Withdrawal distance
FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Steam traps
Ball float
Safety information and maintenance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product.
Installation note: The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal
plane so that it rises and falls vertically.
Disposal: This procuct is recyclable. Providing due care is taken no ecological hazard is anticipated with its disposal.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CDN100 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap flanged to EN 1092 PN16, with cast iron body and cover with
thermostatic air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly 5, 6, 7
Set of gaskets 3, 6, 10
Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare is required, with the exception of the gaskets and main valve assembly kit.
5.5.60
Air vent assembly
Dowel
10 9
3 6 7 5
Main valve
Recommended tightening torques assembly 2 8
or
Item Nm
mm
2 24 A/F M16 x 45 80 - 88
7 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
9 17 A/F 50 - 55
FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.61
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Ball float
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S02-14
ST Issue 14
FT44
Carbon Steel
Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)
FT44 FT44
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN40 and DN50
DN15 shown DN50 shown
5.5.62
FT44-C
Description
The FT44 is a carbon steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The
body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for
the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only.
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT44 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT44-C) can be fitted to the FT44 horizontal version only.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
FT44 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN15 shown
10
11
2 1 3 18 17 8 4
9 12 6 5 7
FT44-C
19 21 20 18 17
5.5.63
FT44
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown 7 6 26 5
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N / WCB
Cover studs Steel BS 4882 B7M
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Steel EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4
2 Cover nuts
DN40 and DN50 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N / WCB
Valve seat DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector DN40 and DN50 Stainless steel
BS 970 416 S37
Valve seat gasket DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6 Main valve assembly gasket DN40 and DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly screws DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Bolts DN40 Stainless steel BS 970 302 S25
Main valve assembly
Studs and nuts DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Support frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31
20 SLR gasket Steel BS 1449 CS4
21 SLR seal Graphite
26 Inlet plate DN40 and DN50 only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
A
This product should not be used in this region as damage
Steam to the internals may occur.
saturation A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300
curve
D C B
A - C Flanged JIS /KS 2
Pressure bar g A - D Flanged ASME 150.
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the
internal mechanism may result.
DN15 150 (150) 209 (150) 203 (150) 206 (150) 80 80 215 120 155 10.8
DN20 150 (150) 209 (150) 205 (150) 210 (150) 80 80 225 120 165 10.8
DN25 160 (160) 212 (160) 208 (160) 210 (160) 115 85 282 170 215 15.0
DN40 230 (230) 327 (230) 321 (230) 322 (230) 130 115 337 200 200 33.0
DN50 230 (230) 320 (230) 313 (230) 311 (230) 141 123 347 200 225 34.0
B B
(A) (A)
C C
A
F
D E F E
Condensate kg/h
5.5.65
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
DN15 and up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN20 32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
DN25, DN40 up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
and DN50 32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT44-14 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN40 with carbon steel body and cover and thermostatic
air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap) 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Main valve assembly with float and erosion deflector (DN15 and DN20 vertical traps only) 5, 6, 7, 8
Ball float (DN40 and DN50) 8
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Manually adjustable needle valve (SLR - Steam lock assembly) and air vent assembly (FT44-C) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as
a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps.
19 + 21 20 2 Dowel 3 17 17 A / F 50 - 55
18 19 22 A / F 50 - 55
6 5 10 8
11 9 7
Main valve assembly with float
(DN15, DN20 and DN25)
12 6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50)
(horizontal assembly shown)
TI-S02-23
ST Issue 12
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
5.5.67 5
7
3
6
2
2" BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting drain cocks.
Standards Steam
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European saturation
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries the mark curve
when so required.
C
Certification D B
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be specified at Pressure bar g
the time of order placement. The product must not be used in this region.
Sizes and pipe connections A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) 300.
DN80 and DN100 standard flange is EN 1092 PN40, EN 1759-1 or A - C Flanged JIS / KS 20K.
ASME (ANSI) Class 150 or 300, and JIS / KS 20K. A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011
Steam traps
Ball float
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
Weights (approximate) in kg F
A D D E
DN80 95 DN100 97 Withdrawal
distance
the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 FT44-4.5 ball float steam
trap flanged to EN 1092 PN40, with cast steel body and cover with
thermostatic air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in
broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly 5, 6, 7
Ball float and lever 8
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Air vent assembly
Set of gaskets 3, 6, 10
9, 10
5.5.68
Additonal cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare is required, with the
under start-up conditions exception of the gaskets.
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation
temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold How to order spares
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional Always order spares by using the description given in the column
capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN100
FT44-4.5 ball float steam trap.
Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg / h)
Dp (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
Size Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg / h)
DN80, DN100 (up to 21 bar) 920 1 360 1 800 2 160 2 600 3 200 3 960 4 100 5 200 -
DN80, DN100 (32 bar only) 160 240 700 920 1 200 1 700 1 800 2 040 2 400 2 600
FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100 TI-S02-23 ST Issue 12
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.69
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Ball float
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P143-01
ST Issue 11
FT46
Stainless Steel
Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)
FT46 FT46
4.5 bar - 21 bar DN15 to DN50
DN15, DN20 and DN25
32 bar
DN15 shown
FT46
4.5, 10 and 21 bar
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
5.5.70
FT46-C
4.5-21 bar
Description
The FT46 is an austenitic stainless steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting
facility. The body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections
and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above.
Air vent: The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT46 is suitable for use on 150 °C superheat @ 0 bar g. This value reduces with
elevated pressure.
The bimetallic element is fitted as standard to the 32 bar variants to provide additional superheat resistance. It is also available on other
variants on request. Please refer to the Pressure/temperature limits graph on page 2.
Standards: This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the
mark when so required.
Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
stated at the time of order placement.
Optional extras: A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT46-C) can be fitted to the trap.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent.
Note: The SLR and bimetallic air vent cannot be used in conjunction with each other. Alternative arrangements may be available. For
further information please consult Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of
order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point
of order.
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Sizes and pipe connections Materials
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.
No. Part Material
Note: Flow direction when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to
right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left. Austenitic
1 Body stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions (316)
in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
On request - ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150 and 300 flanges are Cover studs Austenitic stainless steel A2.70
2
available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 Cover nuts Austenitic stainless steel A4
(Series 1).
Note: ASME (ANSI) flanges are supplied with tapped (UNC) holes for 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
flange bolts.
Austenitic
4 Cover stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
(316)
DN15,
Pressure / temperature limits DN20 Stainless
Valve seat BS 970 431 S29
A and steel
Temperature °C
5 DN25
DN40
Main valve Stainless BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
and
Steam assembly steel BS 970 416 S37
DN50
saturation
curve DN15,
C B
Valve seat DN20 Stainless
BS 1449 304 S11
gasket and steel
Pressure bar g 6 DN25
Main valve DN40
Reinforced exfoliated
The product must not be used in this region. assembly and
graphite
gasket DN50
This product should not be used in this region as damage to
the air vent may occur. DN15,
Pivot frame
DN20 Stainless
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME (ANSI) 300. assembly set BS 4183 18/8
and steel
5.5.71 A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.
screws
DN25
7 Stainless
Bolts DN40 BS 970 304 S15
Note: The use of the bimetallic element extends the superheat Main steel
resistance to in excess of 400 °C. valve Studs
assembly and Stainless
DN50 BS 6105 A4.80
Body design conditions PN40 steel
nuts
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 100 °C Stainless
8 Ball float and lever BS 1449 304 S16
steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 °C @ 27.4 bar g
DN15,
Minimum allowable temperature -10 °C
DN20 Stainless
9 Support frame BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure for and steel
PMO 32 bar g @ 239 °C DN25
saturated steam service
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed: 48 bar g 21 SLR seal Graphite
DN40
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be and Stainless
subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the 26 Inlet plate BS 1449 304 S16
DN50 steel
internal mechanism may result. only
11
5
10 9 6 7
5.5.72
FT46-C
4.5-21 bar
19 21 20 18 17 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
FT46
4.5, 10 and 21 bar
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
7 12 6 26 5
Condensate kg/h
5.5.73
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN15 and DN20
32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
DN25, DN40 and DN50
32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300
FT46
DN15 and DN20
D E
5.5.74
FT46
DN25, DN40 and DN50
C
D E
Installation note:
The FT46 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it
rises and falls vertically.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Note: Although FT46 4.5 bar - 21 bar versions are fitted with a capsule air vent assembly as standard, they can be fitted with a bimetallic
air vent assembly upon request.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a bimetallic
air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40.
Note: Although the FT46 32 bar is fitted with a bimetallic air vent assembly as standard, it can be fitted with a capsule air vent assembly
and steam lock release feature upon request.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a capsule
air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40.
5.5.75 20
5 11 6 9 10 7 8
Main valve assembly with float
(DN15, DN20 and DN25)
or or
Item Size Nm Item Size Nm
mm mm
Ball float
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P142-01
ST Issue 12
FT47
SG Iron
Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)
Description
The FT47 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged connections
as well as vertical flanged connections, designated FT47V. As an option in the horizontal version up to 21 bar g, a manually adjustable
needle valve can be added for use as a steam lock release designated FT47-C. If required, the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP
or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock. Body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. As an available option certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.
FT47
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN15 shown
FT47-C
FT47
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Pressure / temperature limits
Temperature °C
A
Steam
saturation
curve C B
Pressure bar g
This product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the
internal mechanism may result.
DN15 shown
10
11 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
9 12 6 5 7
FT47-C
19 21 20 18 17
FT47
DN40 and DN50 5.5.78
DN50 shown 7 6 26 5
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 SG iron EN JS1025
Body
1 DN50 SG iron EN JS1049
Cover stud Steel DIN 17420 21 Cr Mo V57
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Steel EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4
2 Cover nuts
DN40 and DN50 Steel DIN 17420 24 Cr Mo 5
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Valve seat DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 DN40 and DN50 Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector
BS 970 416 S37
Valve seat gasket DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6 Main valve assembly gasket DN40 and DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly set screws DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
Bolts DN40 Stainless steel BS 970 302 S25
7 Main valve assembly
Studs and nuts DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Support frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector DN15, DN20 and DN25 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31
20 SLR gasket Steel BS 1449 CS 4
21 SLR seal Graphite
26 Inlet plate DN40 and DN50 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
5
-4.
F
T47
0
N
D 5
10
47-
0 FT
N
D 5 4.5
T
47-
0 F
N
D 4
-10
F T47
0
D N4
5
-4.
F T47
5
N2
Condensate kg / h
D
10
47-
5 FT
N2
D
-14 4 .5
F T47
47-
2 5 F T
DN
0
N 2
n
dD
5a 10
1
5.5.79
DN
0 FT47-
N 2
ndD
a
1
5 14
DN 47-
0 FT
2
DN
a
nd
15
DN
21
47-
0 FT
2
DN
a
nd
15 -32
DN T47
0 F
DN2
a nd
N
D 15
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
P (bar)
Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h)
DN15 and up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN20 32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
DN25, DN40 up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
and DN50 32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300
B
B
A A
C C
A
F
D E F E
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT47-14 ball float steam trap, having an SG iron body and cover with thermostatic air vent. Connections
are to be flanged to EN 1092 PN40.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap) 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 vertical traps only) 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Steam lock release and air vent assembly (FT47-C) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available
as a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps in sizes DN40 and DN50.
Steam lock
release assembly 2 Dowel 3 18
Air vent assembly
17
19
20
5.5.81
6 5 10 8
11 9 7
Main valve assembly with float
(DN15, DN20 and DN25)
7 DN40 10 A/F M6 x 20 10 - 12
DN50 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
17 17 A/F 50 - 55
19 22 A/F 50 - 55
5.5.82
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-36
ST Issue 3
�����
����� ���
�����
� ���
��
����� ���
��� �����
�� ���
��� �� ���
��� ��� ��
��� �� � � � ��
�� ��� ��� ��
�
���
5.5.83 ���
��� ��
� ����
�� ���
�����
�� ��
��� ��� ���
��
�� ���
�
�� ���
��� ���
���
Condensate kg/h
���
�� �� �
����
��� �
� ��
���
��
�
���
��� � ���
�
��
�� ���
�� �
�� ���
�� � ���
�
��
�� ���
��
��
��
��
��
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � � � � �� �� �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2007
Steam traps
Ball float
DN40, DN50, DN80, DN100 FT44 (formally FT20) - Cast steel GS-C25N (TI-S02-23)
DN40, DN50 FT46 - Austenitic stainless steel 1.4581 (TI-P143-01)
DN40, DN50 FT47 - SG iron GGG 40.3 (TI-P142-01)
Note: All capacities shown are for the FT44, FT46, and FT47 unless otherwise indicated.
Capacities for the DN15 - DN25 are shown overleaf
������
������
������
�
��
��
���
������ ���
��
��
� ��
� ��
� �� ��
�� �
� ��
������ � �� �
�� ��
�� ��
��
��� �
�� ��
Condensate kg/h
�
��
�� � ��
� ��� �� �� ��
� ��
��� ��
�� ��
��� ����
������ �� ��
�� ��
� ��
��
����� ��
����� �� ��
�� ��
����� �� � ��
����
���
�����
��
�
5.5.84
����� �
��
��
� ��
� ���
����� ��
�
��
���
� ��
����� � ���
��
�
��
� ���
���
��
�� ��
�
��
����� ��
��
���
�� ��
��� ��
��
���
���
���
���
��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � � � � �� �� �� ��
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Capacity Charts for FT44, FT46 and FT47 Ball Float Steam Traps TI-S02-36 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P603-07
ST Issue 4
FT53
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Description FT53V
The FT53 is a cast iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic 2
air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam 4
systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for
horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without
disturbing the pipework. For further information see TI-P603-08. 1 8
Available options: FT53H - Horizontal flow. FT53V - Vertical flow.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark
when so required.
6
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. 7 5
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement. 3
Optional extras
Manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature can be fitted to all versions. This option provides a
steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent. Optional
The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a Steam lock release
balance line and drain cock if requested at the point of order.
FT53H
Pressure / temperature limits
2
Temperature °C
8
Steam
saturation
curve
1
Pressure bar g
6
The product must not be used in this region. 5
7
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 3
D E A B D E F
A G
C
Condensate kg /h
5.5.86
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions:
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h):
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13
DN40 and 50 460 680 900 1 080 1300 1700 1900 2150
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16.
Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C.
Spare parts
See TI-P603-08 for the relevant information.
TI-P603-07 ST Issue 4 FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-08
ST Issue 1
5.5.87
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately
preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing
damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.
Maintenance
Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used
at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken.
Note: For further information regarding Installation, Maintenance and Safety see IM-P603-03
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2002
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown
in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
information see TI-P603-07.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 5, 7, 10, 16
Ball float 8
Air vent assembly 17, 18, 24, 25, 26
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 7, 18, 20
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25, 26 Steam lock release
assembly
How to order spares 20 19 21
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the
column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No.,
orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of
the trap.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float
steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the
nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C
3 26 25 24 17 18
5.5.88
8 5 16 10 7
Main valve assembly
with erosion deflector
TI-P615-07
ST Issue 3
Optional extras
If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped
for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.
8
11
Steam 9 24
saturation 7
curve 25
3
Pressure bar g 4
2
The product must not be used in this region.
The product should not be used in this region due to the Materials
limitations of the sensor. No. Part Material
Body design conditions PN16 1 Body Cast iron EN-GJL-250
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C 2 Cover Cast iron EN-GJL-250
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 9.5 bar g 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Cover bolts IFT53H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Maximum operating pressure 4 Cover studs IFT53V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
PMO for saturated steam service 13 bar g Cover nuts IFT53V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 11.5 bar g 7 Valve seat Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 8 Valve Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
Maximum IFT53H-4.5, IFT53V- 4.5 4.5 bar 10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
PMX differential IFT53H-10, IFT53V-10 10 bar 11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
pressure IFT53H-13, IFT53V-13 13 bar 24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2005
Steam traps
Ball float
IFT53H IFT53V
D E A B D E F
A G
C
Condensate kg /h
5.5.90
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions:
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the
main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h):
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 700 1 900 2 150
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1) to
identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Spare parts
See TI-P615-08 for the relevant information.
TI-P615-08
ST Issue 2
5.5.91
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2005
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information
see TI-P615-07.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float 11
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 9, 18, 20
Sensor and gasket 24, 25
How to order spares
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e.
horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.
3 17 18
5.5.92
4
(Not an available spare)
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
with erosion deflector
25 24
TI-P603-01
ST Issue 4
FT54
Carbon Steel
Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Description DN15 FT54V
The FT54 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with internal 2
thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate
loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged
connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be 1
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover
are produced by TÜV approved foundries. For further information
see TI-P603-04. 10
Available options: FT54H - Horizontal flow. FT54V - Vertical flow.
Standards 6
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European 5
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and carries the mark
when so required. 3
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the
time of order placement.
1
8
9
Steam 7
saturation 3
curve
Pressure bar g 4 DN40 FT54H
The product must not be used in this region. Materials
The product should not be used in this region or beyond No. Part Material
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N
Body design conditions PN40 2 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 24 bar g Cover bolts FT54H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 4 Cover studs FT54V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Maximum operating pressure Cover nuts FT54V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
PMO 31 bar g
for saturated steam service X 22 CrNi 17 2
5 Valve seat DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 284°C @ 28.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C X 105 CrMo 17
6 Valve DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
X 22 CrNi 17 2
DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf 7 Valve seat DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g X 22 CrNi 17 2
8 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
the internal mechanism may result.
10 X 5 CrNi 18 10
Ball float Stainless steel
11 (1.4301)
Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.
Steam traps
Ball float
D E A B D E F
A G
C
Condensate kg /h
DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with carbon steel body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT54-4.5-C.
TI-P603-01 ST Issue 4 FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-04
ST Issue 2
5.5.95
Safety information
Pressure
Before attempting any maintenance on the trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and
safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation
valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero.
Temperature
Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety
glasses) is required.
Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if
it is not handled and disposed of carefully.
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately
preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing
damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.
Maintenance
Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used
at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in
broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
information see TI-P603-01.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float
(DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector
(DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and DN50 only) 11
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 9, 18, 20
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23
3 17 18
5.5.96
15 5 12
11 7 16 8 9
10 13 6 14
FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares) TI-P603-04 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013
TI-P615-06
ST Issue 3
Optional extras
If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped
for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.
7
25
3
Steam
saturation 4
curve 2
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Materials
No. Part Material
The product should not be used in this region due to the 1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N
limitations of the sensor.
2 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N
Body design conditions PN40
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C Cover bolts FT54H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 24 bar g 4 Cover studs FT54V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Cover nuts FT54V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
Maximum operating pressure 5 Valve seat (DN15 -25) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
PMO 31 bar g
for saturated steam service 6 Valve (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 105 CrMo 17 (1.4125)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 31 bar g 7 Valve seat (DN40 -50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Minimum operating temperature 0°C 8 Valve (DN40 -50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
DPMX Maximum differential pressure See overleaf 10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g 11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be 24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to 25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
the internal mechanism may result.
Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.
Steam traps
Ball float
A G
C
Condensate kg /h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with a carbon steel body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1)
to identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Spare parts
See TI-P615-05 for relevant information.
TI-P615-05
ST Issue 2
5.5.99
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2005
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information
see TI-P615-06.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and DN50 only) 11
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 9, 18, 20
Sensor and gasket 24, 25
3 17 18
4 5.5.100
(Not an available spare)
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector
15 5 12
25 24
10 13 6 14
Main valve
assembly with
float for DN15,
DN20
and DN25 size traps
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item No. Nm
mm
IFT54H Bolt 10 (socket) M12 x 35 70 - 75
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stud M12 35 - 40
IFT54V
Nut 19 A / F M12 70 - 75
4
IFT54H Bolt 24 A / F M16 x 55 150 - 165
DN40 and DN50 Stud M16 70 - 80
IFT54V
Nut 24 A / F M16 150 - 165
5 Valve seat 17 A / F M12 50 - 55
14 Valve bolts 10 A / F M6 x 10 10 - 12
16 Erosion deflector bolts 10 A / F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
25 Sensor 24 A / F 50 - 55
TI-P603-02
ST Issue 4
FT57
SG Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Description DN15 FT57V
The FT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic 2
air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from
steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged
connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be 1
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover
are produced by TÜV approved foundries. For further information
see TI-P603-05. 10
Available options: FT57H - Horizontal flow. FT57V - Vertical flow.
Standards
These products fully compy with the requirements of the European 6
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark 5
when so required.
3
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
1
8
Steam 9
7
saturation
curve 3
Pressure bar g 4 DN40 FT57H
The product must not be used in this region. Materials
No. Part Material
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 1 Body SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Cover SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
Body design conditions PN40 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 120°C Cover bolts FT57H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 350°C @ 28 bar g 4 Cover studs FT57V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Cover nuts FT57V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
Maximum operating pressure X 22 CrNi 17 2
PMO for saturated steam service 32 bar g 5 Valve seat DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 287°C @ 32 bar g X 105 CrMo 17
6 Valve DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125)
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco X 22 CrNi 17 2
7 Valve seat DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf
X 22 CrNi 17 2
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g 8 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to
the internal mechanism may result. 10 X 5 CrNi 18 10
11 Ball float Stainless steel (1.4301)
Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.
Steam traps
Ball float
D E A B D E F
A G
C
5.5.102
Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)
Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.
Condensate kg /h
DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT57H-4.5 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT57-4.5-C.
TI-P603-02 ST Issue 4 FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-05
ST Issue 2
5.5.103
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2005
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown
in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
information see TI-P603-02.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float
(DN15, 20 and 25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector
(DN40 and 50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and 50 only) 11
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 9, 18, 20
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23
3 17 18
4
(Not an
available
spare) 5.5.104
15 5 12
11 7 16 8 9
10 13 6 14
FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - (Spares) TI-P603-05 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.105
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P615-03
ST Issue 5
IFT57 SG Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap with
Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections
IFT57H
DN40
(horizontal shown)
5.5.106
IFT57V
DN15
(vertical shown)
Description
The IFT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals, an integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage
detection and built-in automatic air venting facility for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is
supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated
IFT57V are available. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is from right to left only when facing the body. For vertically orientated traps
the flow is downwards only. The body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries.
Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote set point,
R12 (12 trap) remote test point,
Type 30 hand held indicator,
R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP/NPN output where applicable.
Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.
Standards - This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries
the mark when so required.
Certification - This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
2
3 1
10
25
24
6
5
IFT57H DN40
4
IFT57V DN15
5.5.107
11
8
9 24
7
25
3
4
2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Cover SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Cover bolts FT57H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
4 Cover studs FT57V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Cover nuts FT57V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
5 Valve seat (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi172(1.4057)
6 Valve (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 105CrMo17(1.4125)
7 Valve seat (DN40-50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)
8 Valve (DN40-50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)
9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Pressure/temperature limits
Pressure bar g
Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed ∆PMX
IFT57H IFT57V
Size A B C D E Weight Size A B D E F G Weight
DN15 150 48 126 151 119 7.5 DN15 150 48 214 119 96 175 7.5
DN20 150 53 126 151 119 8.0 DN20 150 53 214 119 106 175 8.0
DN25 160 58 126 151 119 8.5 DN25 160 58 221 119 116 175 8.5
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83 312 168 166 255 30.0
A G
C
Condensate kg/h
Condensate kg/h
5.5.109
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg/h)
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1080 1 250 - 1 700 - 2 000 2 250 2 550 - 3 000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1080 - 1 300 1 700 1 900 - 2 250 2 550 2 900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT57H-16 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SSI) to identify
steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and DN50 only) 11
Air vent assembly 17, 18
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 9, 18, 20
Sensor and gasket 24, 25
18 5.5.110
4
(Not an available spare)
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector 15 5 12
25 24
Integral
Spiratec
sensor
10 13 6 14
Main valve assembly with float for
DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps
11 7
15 5
24
5.5.111
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item No. and part Nm
mm
24 Sensor 24 A/F 50 - 55
TI-P179-02
ST Issue 4
FTC80
Cast Steel
1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body
5.5.112
Description
As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal
connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld
connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most
high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance
to waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage.
It has a large maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber.
Available options
Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a ½" NPT screwed connection (a ½" BSP screwed connection is used on the PN100 version)
Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses
Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted.
Standard
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
32 (optional) 12 (optional)
Please note that items 33 to 42 make
up the fixed bleed assembly
29
2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown
4, 5
1 19 18 15, 26 6 13 14 3 27 9 10, 11
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
5.5.113 2 Cover Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
3 Cover gasket Tanged graphite SST100
4 Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 B16
5 Cover nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
6 Valve head and retainer Stainless steel
7 Strainer flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
8 Strainer screen Stainless steel
9 Strainer gasket Tanged graphite SST100
10 Strainer studs Steel ASTM A193 B16
11 Strainer nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
12 Air vent (optional) Stainless steel (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)
13 Mechanism assembly Stainless steel
14 Float Stainless steel
15 Valve seat Titanium
18a
Assembly bolts Stainless steel A4-80
18b
19 Assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
26 Gasket Stainless steel
27 Drain plug Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
28 Air vent plug (not shown) Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
29 Name-plate Stainless steel
* 30 Flange pipe Steel ASTM A335 P11
* 31 Flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
33 Bleed orifice Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
34 Pipe support Stainless steel 304 or 316
35 Washer Stainless steel
36 Lock-nut Stainless steel A2-70
37 Nut Stainless steel 316
32 Fixed bleed assembly
38 Ferrule Stainless steel 316L
39 Bleed pipe Stainless steel ASTM A269 304
40 Stud Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
41 Twin ferrule Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
42 Nut Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
* Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown.
TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4 FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Condensate kg/h
The product must not be used in this region.
Body design conditions ASME 600
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 52°C
E C
A (SW)
F
A (ASME100)
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with ASME Class 6000 weld connections and screwed
BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.
TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4 FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are
16
not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Mechanism maintenance kit, including float 3, 13, 18a,18b, 19
Seat and ball head 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26
Cover gasket (3 off) 3 15
Strainer screen 8, 9
Strainer gasket (3 off) 9
Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32
5.5.115
18b
32
(Optional - fixed
bleed assembly)
18a 19 13
8 9
TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4 FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P179-03
ST Issue 3
5.5.116
Description
As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal
connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld
connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most
high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance to
waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage. It has a large
maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber.
Available options
Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a ½" BSP screwed connection
Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses
Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted.
Standard
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2010
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
32 (optional) 12 (optional)
Please note that items 33 to 42 make
up the fixed bleed assembly
29
2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown
4, 5
1 19 18 15, 26 6 13 14 3 27 9 10, 11
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP240GH 1.0619
5.5.117 2 Cover Cast steel GP240GH 1.0619
3 Cover gasket Tanged graphite SST100
4 Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 B16
5 Cover nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
6 Valve head and retainer Stainless steel
7 Strainer flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
8 Strainer screen Stainless steel
9 Strainer gasket Tanged graphite SST100
10 Strainer studs Steel ASTM A193 B16
11 Strainer nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
12 Air vent (optional) Stainless steel (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)
13 Mechanism assembly Stainless steel
14 Float Stainless steel
15 Valve seat Titanium
18a
Assembly bolts and nuts Stainless steel A4-80
18b
19 Assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
26 Gasket Stainless steel
27 Drain plug Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
28 Air vent plug (not shown) Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
29 Name-plate Stainless steel
* 30 Flange pipe Steel ASTM A335 P11
* 31 Flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
33 Bleed orifice Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
34 Pipe support Stainless steel 304 or 316
35 Washer Stainless steel
36 Lock-nut Stainless steel A2-70
37 Nut Stainless steel 316
32 Fixed bleed assembly
38 Ferrule Stainless steel 316L
39 Bleed pipe Stainless steel ASTM A269 304
40 Stud Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
41 Twin ferrule Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
42 Nut Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
* Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown.
FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Condensate kg/h
The product must not be used in this region.
Body design conditions PN100
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 50°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 46 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29°C
Maximum operating pressure
PMO 70 bar g
for saturated steam service
TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 46 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
FTC80-45 45 bar
Maximum differential
∆PMX FTC80-62 62 bar
pressure
FTC80-80 70 bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
5.5.118
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
A B Withdrawal distance Weight
Size Socket Flanged BDV2 Plug C D E F Socket Flanged
weld PN100 Cover Screen weld PN100
DN40 (1½") 555 755 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
DN50 (2") 555 785 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
E C
A (SW)
F
A (PN100)
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN100 connections and screwed
BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.
FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are
not supplied as spares.
16
Available spares
Mechanism maintenance kit, including float 3, 13, 18a,18b, 19
Seat and ball head 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26
Cover gasket (3 off) 3
Strainer screen 8, 9 15
Strainer gasket (3 off) 9
Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32
5.5.119
18b
32
(Optional - fixed
bleed assembly)
18a 13
8 9
FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.120
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.1
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Inverted bucket
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-S03-02
ST Issue 6
HM Series
Cast Iron
Inverted Bucket Steam Traps
Description
The Spirax Sarco HM Series of cast iron inverted bucket steam
traps are designed for installation in horizontal pipework. They are
available in screwed and flanged connections, with an optional
blowdown valve.
Optional extras
Integral blowdown valve:- The HM Series inverted bucket steam
traps can be supplied with integral blowdown valves to remove
debris from the inlet strainer. For further details see the relevant
Technical Information Sheet.
DPMX - Maximum differential pressure
Pressure bar g
DPMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
The product must not be used in this region. Size
4 8.5 10 12.5 14
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressue of 24 bar g DN25 HM123/12 HM123/10 - - HM123/7
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
HM 1" only 15 5 6 2 1
8
7
11
9
10
HM
½" & ¾"
4
3
HM 1" only
13
12 14
5.6.3
Materials
No. Part Material
DN20 ¾" 120 210 100 140 94.5 107 65 M28 3.2
DN25 1" 180 230 160 160 145.0 120 85 M32 8.8
A1
A C Withdrawal
B distance
G
J
H Withdrawal distance
Installation
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should
be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the
bucket.
Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly until normal operating conditions are achieved. Check for leaks and correct operation.
Maintenance
Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are
used at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks.
How to fit the valve and seat assembly
Isolate the trap, remove the cover by undoing the cover nuts.
Unhook the bucket from the valve lever. Remove the valve seat.
Remove the valve guide plate by undoing the two screws. Screw in a new valve seat, using a little jointing paste on the threads and making
sure the joint faces are clean. Fix a new valve guide plate in position by using the new screws which are supplied, hook the new valve
lever over the pins on the valve guide plate and centralise the valve to the orifice and tighten the screws.
Note: Due to adoption of metric threads the spares for the HM series, other than buckets, are not interchangeable with the spares for the
previous H series.
How to clean or replace the strainer screen
Undo the strainer cap and remove the screen. Clean or replace as required and reassemble the strainer cap into the body, ensuring the
screen is located centrally and a new gasket is used. Using a little anti-seize compound on the threads tighten to the recommended torque.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ¾" HM10/7 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.
Available spares
Valve and seat assembly 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10
Bucket 4
Strainer screen 12
6
5 Valve seat
8 assembly
10
11
5.6.5
7
or
Item Part Nm
mm
½", ¾" M6 x 25 15 - 16
2 12
1" M12 x 45 85 - 95
14
½", ¾" 13 50 - 55
8
1" 13 80 - 88
13
½", ¾" 22 M28 90 - 100
13
1" 27 M32 125 - 145 2
5.6.6
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-S03-03
ST Issue 2
Limiting conditions
Note: Maximum operating conditions depend on the orifice size. 2
Body design conditions PN16 6
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 22 bar g @ 210°C
5.6.7 TMO - Maximum operating temperature 210°C @ 22 bar g 9 7
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 34 bar g
10 11
PMX - Maximum differential pressure
Screwed valves 4
PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17
5
½" 211/12 - 211/10 211/8 - 211/7 211/6
¾" 212/16 - 212/12 212/10 - 212/8 212/7
12
1" 213/24 - 213/20 213/16 213/14 - 213/12
1½" 215/36 - 215/28 215/22 215/20 - 215/18
2" - 216/48 216/40 216/32 216/28 - 216/24
Flanged valves
PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17
DN15 221/12 - 221/10 221/8 - 221/7 221/6
DN20 222/16 - 222/12 222/10 - 222/8 222/7
DN25 223/24 - 223/20 223/16 223/14 - 223/12
DN40 225/36 - 225/28 225/22 225/20 - 225/18
DN50 - 226/48 226/40 226/32 226/28 - 226/24
Screwed version shown
Materials (for details of the flanged version see overleaf)
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2
Cover nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
4 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
5 Bucket Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31
6 Valve guide plate screws Stainless steel BS 4183 (18 /8)
7 Valve guide plate Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31
8 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
9 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 440B
10 Valve Stainless steel AISI 440B Certification
11 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31 This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at
12 Internal tube Steel BS 1387 (MED) the time of order placement.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2002
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off DN40 225 /18 Spirax Sarco inverted bucket steam
trap with flanged PN16 connections.
200 Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-S03-03 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-S03-04
ST Issue 3
1000
900 12 10
800
700
600
7
3
12
M
,H
500 12
HM
8
10
5.6.9 400
7
7
300
0 3 8
M1
Condensate kg /h
,H 6
10
HM
200
3
00
, HM
00
HM
100
90
80
70
60
50
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12.5 14
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
10000
9000
48 40 32 28 24
8000
7000 6
, 22
6000 216
5000
22 20 18
36
28
4000
5
, 22
215
3000
2000
24
3 20 16
, 22 14
213 12
16
1000
900 2 12 10
, 22
800 212
700 8
Condensate kg/h
7
600
5.6.10
500
12 8
10 7
400
1
, 22 6
211
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load.
Capacity Charts for HM Series and 200 Series Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-S03-04 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 1 of 3
TI-P077-01
ST Issue 5
Screwed ½"
���
��� 9
��� Steam
saturation
�� curve
�
���
� � � � � �� �� �� ��
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
Body design conditions PN16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 9.6 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -10°C
Maximum operating pressure
PMO 13 bar g @ 195°C
for saturated steam service
TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C @ 9.6 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0°C
∆PMX Maximum differential pressure
Screwed 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar Flanged 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar
½" SA4 SA8 SA12 DN15 SFA4 SFA8 SFA12
Flanged DN15
¾" SB4 SB8 SB12 DN20 SFB4 SFB8 SFB12
1" SC4 SC8 SC12 DN25 SFC4 SFC8 SFC12
1½" SD4 SD8 SD12 DN40 SFD4 SFD8 SFD12 No. Part Material
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 10 Strainer cap Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
11 Strainer gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Materials 12 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
No. Part Material * 13 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 * 14 Pivot pin Stainless steel BS 970 304 S15
2 Cover Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 15 Top plug Malleable iron
*3 Valve seat Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 * 16 Valve screw Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2 70
*4 Valve head Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 17 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
*5 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 18 Inlet tube ¾", 1", 1½" Steel BS 1387
*6 Lever pivot Stainless steel BS 1449 304 * 19 Starlock washer Stainless steel
7 Ferrule Stainless steel BS 3605 CF5 304 S14 * 20 Washer Stainless steel
8 Bucket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 21 Name-plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304
9 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L * Parts 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 19 and 20 have been shown overleaf.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2009
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 2 of 3
Capacities
Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load.
4000
8
4 12
3000
1½" SD
2000
4 8
12
C
1" S
1000
8 12
900
4
800
SB
700 ¾"
5.6.13 600
Condensate kg /h
500
8
400
4 12
SA
½"
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5
Page 2 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 3 of 3
D
E
C 17
G
Withdrawal distance
Flanged connections
Size A1 B C D E F G Weight
12 5.6.14
DN15 175 105 85 95 180 70 66 4.7
13
DN20 225 145 110 105 215 90 80 9.3
3
DN25 255 155 135 120 255 105 90 12.8
4, 19
DN40 295 180 195 155 350 165 105 22.3
6
5
Safety information, installation and maintenance 20
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-P077-02) supplied with the product. 14
Installation note: 16
The trap must be installed with the body upright with the strainer cap
at the bottom so that the internal bucket is rising and falling vertically. 20
Disposal:
This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with 8
the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item
No. Trap size Nm
mm
½" - DN15 15 - 25 - 30
¾" - DN20 17 - 25 - 40
3 1" - DN25 22 - 50 - 60
1½" - DN40 30 - 80 - 90
½" - DN15 - M28 x 30 50 - 60
10 ¾" - DN20 - M32 x 36 50 - 60
1" - DN25 - M42 x 46 70 - 80
1½" - DN40 - M42 x 50 90 - 110
½" - DN15 - M4 x 8 2.5 - 3
¾" - DN20 - M5 x 10 3 - 4
16 1" - DN25 - M5 x 10 3 - 4
1½" - DN40 - M6 x 10 5 - 6
½" - DN15 - M8 x 20 20 - 25
17 ¾" - DN20 - M12 x 25 60 - 70
1" - DN25 - M10 x 30 40 - 45 9
1½" - DN40 - M12 x 35 60 - 70
11
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SFB4 inverted bucket steam 10
trap having flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections.
S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5
Page 3 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-P077-05
ST Issue 3
300
200 Steam 4
saturation
100 curve
D C B 5
0
0 10 14.1* 20 30 36.1* 40 41.5*
41.6* 51
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
* PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended.
A - B Flanged ANSI 300, screwed and socket weld
A - C Flanged BS 4504 PN40 (ISO 7005.1) 18
6
A - D Flanged ANSI 150
Certification
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B
as standard. Certification must be specified at the time of order.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
➤ A1 ➤ Spare parts
➤ A ➤ The spare parts that are available are detailed below.
Available spare
Internal set 4, 8, 9, 10, 11 (2 off)*, 12, 13, 14,
(state pressure range) 15, 16 (2 off), 17
➤
Strainer set 5, 18
➤
➤
Cover and strainer gasket (packet of three) 8, 18
D D
* Note: Item 11 (valve guide plate screws) are not shown.
➤
➤
B How to order spares
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the
column headed 'Available spare' and state the size, model number
and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 - Internal set for a Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted
bucket steam trap.
➤➤
C
➤
500
SC
A3 5.6.16
400 8 9
A5
SC 10 12,16
300 1 14 13
A1
Capacity kg / h
SC 15 17
A
SC
200 15
0
A3
SC
0
A4
SC
100
60
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40
Pressure bar g 4
Installation
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket
is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections 5
should be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the
drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the
open end of the bucket.
Maintenance
Before undertaking any maintenance on the inverted bucket steam
trap it must be isolated from both supply line and return line and any
pressure allowed to safely normalise to atmosphere. The trap should
then be allowed to cool. It is recommended that new gaskets are
used whenever maintenance is undertaken. 18
The cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring 6
which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed (not an available spare)
of carefully.
How to fit valve and seat assembly Recommended tightening torques
Isolate the inverted bucket steam trap, remove body by undoing mm
cover bolts. Remove complete bucket assembly by undoing the two Item No Part Nm
screws. Remove valve seat. Screw in new valve seat to torque
figures shown, using a little jointing paste on the threads and or
making sure that joint faces are clean. Fix new bucket assembly in
position by using new screws which are supplied, centralise valve to *3 Cover bolts 14 M10 40 - 45
the orifice and tighten screws to torque figures shown. Using new 6 Strainer cap 5 M28 170 - 190
gaskets, refit body to torque figures shown. 9 Valve seat 17 M16 35 - 40
How to order Valve guide
* 11 plate screws Posidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted bucket steam
trap with steel body, and flanged to PN40. * Note: Items 3 and 11 are not illustrated.
5.6.17
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
Inverted bucket
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016
TI-P072-01
ST Issue 5
HM34 Series
Carbon Steel
Inverted Bucket Steam Traps
Description
The HM34 is an inverted bucket steam trap manufactured in carbon steel Size ½" and ¾"
with an internal strainer fitted as standard.
It is designed for use on horizontal installations and will operate on steam
pressures up to 32 bar g.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time
of order placement.
Steam
saturation
curve
C B
Pressure bar g
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Size ½" and ¾"
1
2
7
6 8
5 11
ç 10
9
12
13
14
5.6.19
Size 1"
Materials
No. Part Material
½", ¾" Forged steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
1 Cover
1" Cast steel 1.0619 +N
Cover screws ½", ¾" Steel BS 4168 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover bolts 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Cover nuts ½", ¾", 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Body Cast steel 1.0619 +N
4 Bucket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S31
Stainless steel
5 Valve guide plate screw BS 4183 18/8
M 4.5 x 10
6 Valve guide plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
7 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 440B
9 Valve Stainless steel AISI 440B
10 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31
½",¾" Stainless steel BS 970 321 S31
11 Ferrule
1" Stainless steel BS 3605 (CFS) 304 S14
12 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
13 Strainer cap Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
14 Strainer gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Size A A1 B C F G H J Weight
Flanged connections
Size A A1 B C F G H J Weight
A1
C A
Withdrawal
distance B
F
5.6.20
Withdrawal
distance
H
Thread J
for
strainer screen
Disposal:
This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" HM34/8 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.
Available spares
Valve and seat assembly 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10
Bucket 4
Strainer screen 12
11
or
Item Size Nm
mm
½", ¾" M8 x 30 25 - 28
2
1 M12 x 45 25 - 28
12
½", ¾" 13 - 50 - 55 14
8
1" 13 - 80 - 88
13
½", ¾" 22 M28 90 - 100
13
1" 27 M32 125 - 145
2
5.6.22
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-P072-02
ST Issue 2
½" / DN15
5.6.23
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
¾" / DN20
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2004
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
1" / DN25
Selection note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load, For example;
DN25 HM34 with a load of 80 kg / h at 7 bar differential should be handled by an HM34/10 and not an HM34/5.
5.6.24
Capacity Charts for HM34 Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P027-02 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.25
Steam traps
Inverted
Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P067-10
ST Issue 1
IBV Series C
Carbon Steel
Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap
Description
The IBV series C inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured
using carbon steel for the body and cover; with internal
components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for
use with saturated and superheated steam and in high pressure
and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic
and has been designed in such a way that there is minimal
friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, 3 For items
without any steam loss and the discharge action is positive with 9, 10, 11, 12
no equivocal phases. 2 and 13
On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and see 'Spare
4
plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically parts' for
tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on specific part
†
site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. 7 identification
8
Available types 6
The following
Series C Carbon steel body and cover
Inbuilt will be
supplied,
5.6.26
Carbon steel body and cover check valve
with a material specification of Supplied as an if specified,
Series C-LF2 See TI-P067-13 Optional extra at the time of
A350 LF2 for low temperature
applications down to -46°C order
placement:
Series Z Alloy steel body and cover See TI-P067-15 5
1. A special
Standards name-plate
1 when a
This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive
and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure U-STAMP has
Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when been specified.
so required.
2. A support
Certification bracket. The
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. support bracket
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at will be bolted
the time of order placement. where
indicated '†' on
Optional extras the adjacent
On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: illustration.
An inbuilt stainless steel check valve
Please note that this option is only available for units that have Materials
a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See No. Part Material
the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10
for clarification. Carbon PED ASTM A266 CL.2
1 Body
steel U-STAMP ASME SA266 CL.2
A Stellite plug and seat.
2 Cover Carbon steel ASTM A105
Cover bolts Carbon steel A193 B7
Sizes and pipe connections 3
Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be NACE version (external only) ASTM A479 XM-19
slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special 4 Cover gasket Reinforced graphite
order and must be specified at the time of order placement. 5 Channelling pipe Stainless steel AISI 316
½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" 6 Bucket Stainless steel AISI 316
Screwed BSP or NPT
7 Bracket Stainless steel AISI 316
Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11
8 Bracket screw Stainless steel AISI 316
½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3"
Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* 9 Lever pin Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Split pin Stainless steel AISI 316
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80
Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* 11 Valve seat Stainless steel 400 series
12 Valve head Stainless steel 400 series
* Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160
13 Valve lever Stainless steel AISI 316
units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME
Pressure psi g
B
The product must not
A F E D C
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
Temperature°F
beyond the parameter of
the PMA or TMA of the
Steam
saturation relative end connection.
curve
* Please note that the PMO
is limited to the maximum
F E D B, C
DP of the selected IBV.
Pressure bar g
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
L K J H G
A The product must not
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 3 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 500 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 70 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.29
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 4 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 1 050 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 55 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.30
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 5 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 4 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 5 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 1 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 15 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.31
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 6 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 50 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 75 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 110 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.32
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 7 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 6 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 8 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 10 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 2 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 20 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.33
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 8 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 5 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 55 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 90 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.34
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 9 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has † † †
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.35 where
indicated '†' on
the adjacent
illustration. Socket weld
Flanged
Screwed
DP maximum differential pressure DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar 110
Size = ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80 3"
Screwed = BSP or NPT
Connections Socket weld = According to ASME B 16.11 ASME
ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 class 300
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
NACE = NACE compliancy
Optional extras
Check valve
CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a
DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.
IBV product selection example: IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel
body and cover with stainless steel internals.
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 10 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Installation note:
The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body
upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet
connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the
bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction.
It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV
to protect it from contamination.
To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it
is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed
upstream and downstream of the IBV application.
It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this
device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should
be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.
11
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
10 8
Spare parts 12
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares. 9
Available spares 13
Valve assembly 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13
Bucket assembly 4, 6, 9, 10
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 4
Optional extra
4
Inbuilt
stainless steel
check valve
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 11 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.37
Steam traps
Inverted
Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P067-13
ST Issue 1
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME
Pressure psi g
B
The product must not
A F E D C
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
Temperature°F
beyond the parameter of
Steam the PMA or TMA of the
saturation
curve relative end connection.
* Please note that the PMO
is limited to the maximum
F E D B, C DP of the selected IBV.
Pressure bar g
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
L K J H G
The product must not
A
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 3 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 500 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 70 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.41
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 4 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 1 050 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 55 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.42
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 5 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 4 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 5 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 1 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 15 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.43
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 6 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 50 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 75 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 110 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.44
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 7 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 6 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 8 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 10 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 2 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 20 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.45
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 8 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 5 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 55 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 90 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.46
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 9 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has † † †
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.47 where
indicated '†' on
the adjacent
illustration. Socket weld
Flanged
Screwed
DP maximum differential pressure DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar 110
Size = ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80 3"
Screwed = BSP or NPT
Connections Socket weld = According to ASME B 16.11 ASME
ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 class 300
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
NACE = NACE compliancy
Optional extras
Check valve
CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a
DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.
IBV product selection example: IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel
body and cover with stainless steel internals.
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 10 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Installation note:
The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body
upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet
connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the
bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction.
It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV
to protect it from contamination.
To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it
is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed
upstream and downstream of the IBV application.
It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this
device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should
be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.
11
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
10 8
Spare parts 12
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares. 9
Available spares 13
Valve assembly 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13
Bucket assembly 4, 6, 9, 10
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 4
Optional extra
4
Inbuilt
stainless steel
check valve
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 11 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.49
Steam traps
Inverted
Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket
product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015
TI-P067-15
ST Issue 1
IBV Series Z
Alloy Steel
Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap
Description
The IBV series Z inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured
using alloy steel for the body and cover; with internal components
being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for use with saturated
and superheated steam and in high pressure and high
temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic and has been
designed in such a way that there is minimal friction from
mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, without any 3 For items
steam loss and the discharge action is positive with no equivocal 9, 10, 11, 12
phases. 2 and 13
On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and see 'Spare
4
plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically parts' for
tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on specific part
†
site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. 7 identification
8
Available types 6
The following
Series C Carbon steel body and cover See TI-P067-10
Inbuilt will be
supplied,
5.6.50
Carbon steel body and cover check valve
with a material specification of Supplied as an if specified,
Series C-LF2 See TI-P067-13 Optional extra at the time of
A350 LF2 for low temperature
applications down to -46°C order
placement:
Series Z Alloy steel body and cover 5
1. A special
Standards name-plate
1 when a
This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive
and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure U-STAMP has
Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when been specified.
so required.
2. A support
Certification bracket. The
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. support bracket
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at will be bolted
the time of order placement. where
indicated '†' on
Optional extras the adjacent
On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: illustration.
An inbuilt stainless steel check valve
Please note that this option is only available for units that have Materials
a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See No. Part Material
the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10
for clarification. Alloy PED ASTM A182 F22 CL.3
1 Body
steel U-STAMP ASME SA182 F22 CL.3
A Stellite plug and seat.
2 Cover Alloy steel ASTM A182 F11
Cover bolts Alloy steel A193 B16
Sizes and pipe connections 3
Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be NACE version (external only) ASTM A479 XM-19
slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special 4 Cover gasket Reinforced graphite
order and must be specified at the time of order placement. 5 Channelling pipe Stainless steel AISI 316
½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" 6 Bucket Stainless steel AISI 316
Screwed BSP or NPT
7 Bracket Stainless steel AISI 316
Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11
8 Bracket screw Stainless steel AISI 316
½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3"
Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* 9 Lever pin Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Split pin Stainless steel AISI 316
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80
Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* 11 Valve seat Stainless steel 400 series
12 Valve head Stainless steel 400 series
* Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160
13 Valve lever Stainless steel AISI 316
units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME
Pressure psi g
B
The product must not
A E D C
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
Temperature°F
beyond the parameter of
the PMA or TMA of the
relative end connection.
Steam
saturation
curve * Please note that the PMO
is limited to the maximum
F E D B, C DP of the selected IBV.
Pressure bar g
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
L K J H G
The product must not
A
be used in this region or
Temperature°C
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 3 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 500 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 70 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.53
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 4 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 1 050 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 55 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.54
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 5 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 4 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 5 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 1 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 15 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.55
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 6 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 2 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 50 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 75 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 110 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.56
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 7 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 6 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 8 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 10 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 2 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 20 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.57
Condensate kg / h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 8 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 5 000 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 55 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 25 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 90 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.
5.6.58
Condensate kg / h
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 9 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has † † †
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.59 where
indicated '†' on
the adjacent
illustration. Socket weld
Flanged
Screwed
DP maximum differential pressure DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar 110
Size = ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80 3"
Screwed = BSP or NPT
Connections Socket weld = According to ASME B 16.11 ASME
ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 class 300
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
NACE = NACE compliancy
Optional extras
Check valve
CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a
DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.
IBV product selection example: IBV - Z - 123 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - Z - 123 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having an alloy steel
body and cover with stainless steel internals.
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 10 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Installation note:
The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body
upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet
connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the
bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction.
It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV
to protect it from contamination.
To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it
is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed
upstream and downstream of the IBV application.
It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this
device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should
be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.
11
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
10 8
Spare parts 12
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares. 9
Available spares 13
Valve assembly 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13
Bucket assembly 4, 6, 9, 10
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 4
Optional extra
4
Inbuilt
stainless steel
check valve
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 11 of 11
Steam traps
Thermodynamic
TI-P156-01
ST Issue 2
1
To suit swagelock fitting Outlet
Limiting conditions
5.7.1 Body design conditions PN16
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 350°C
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 10 bar g
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 350°C
PMOB - Maximum operating back pressure must not exceed 50%
of the upstream pressure.
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g
Operating range
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
* PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended 10 bar g.
PMOB Maximum operating back pressure 50% of upstream pressure.
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel BS 970 420 S37
2 Cap Stainless steel AISI 416
3 Disc Stainless steel BS 1449 420 S45
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. © Copyright 2002
Steam traps
Thermodynamic
Capacities
5.7.2
Condensate kg /h
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off ¼" Spirax Sarco TD10 thermodynamic steam trap
with swagelock outlet connection.
TI-P068-06
ST Issue 7
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
TD259A
Temperature °C
Steam
saturation
curve TD259A
anti-air-binding disc
Pressure bar g
2
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
D Withdrawal
distance for
B cap
5.7.4
TI-P068-04
ST Issue 8
TD3-3
Thermodynamic Steam Trap
8 9 2
10
9
4
8
5.7.5
6
5